[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2002063009A2 - Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents - Google Patents

Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002063009A2
WO2002063009A2 PCT/US2002/000525 US0200525W WO02063009A2 WO 2002063009 A2 WO2002063009 A2 WO 2002063009A2 US 0200525 W US0200525 W US 0200525W WO 02063009 A2 WO02063009 A2 WO 02063009A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seq
coding portion
primate
mature coding
polypeptide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2002/000525
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2002063009A3 (en
WO2002063009A8 (en
Inventor
Ramesh Rajani Bhatt
John Nels Calley
Josef Georg Heuer
Gerald Patrick Keleher
Joanne Sloan Lancaster
Qingqin Li
Deshun Lu
Bradley Jay Mills
Santosh Kumar Mishra
Douglas Raymond Perkins
Scott William Rowlinson
Rosamund Carol Smith
Eric Wen Su
He Wang
Yu Zhi
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Eli Lilly and Co
Original Assignee
Eli Lilly and Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Eli Lilly and Co filed Critical Eli Lilly and Co
Priority to AU2002249928A priority Critical patent/AU2002249928A1/en
Priority to US10/470,390 priority patent/US20040126777A1/en
Priority to EP02718810A priority patent/EP1419250A2/en
Publication of WO2002063009A2 publication Critical patent/WO2002063009A2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Publication of WO2002063009A3 publication Critical patent/WO2002063009A3/en
Publication of WO2002063009A8 publication Critical patent/WO2002063009A8/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals

Definitions

  • the present invention generally relates " to compositions related to proteins.
  • it provides purified genes, polynucleotide sequences, proteins, polypeptides, antibodies, binding compositions, and related reagents useful, e.g., in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of such proteins.
  • Protein transport and secretion are essential for cellular function. Protein transport is mediated by a signal peptide located at the amino terminus of the protein to be transported or secreted. Proteins targeted to the ER may either proceed through the secretory pathway or remain in any of the secretory organelles such as the ER, Golgi apparatus, or lysosomes. Proteins that transit through the secretory pathway are either secreted into the extracellular space or retained in the plasma membrane. Proteins that are retained in the plasma membrane contain one or more transmembrane domains, each comprised of about 20 hydrophobic amino acid residues.
  • Secreted proteins are generally synthesized as inactive precursors that are activated by post-translational processing events during transit through the secretory pathway. Such events include glycosylation, proteolysis, and removal of the signal peptide by a signal peptidase. Examples of secreted proteins with amino terminal signal peptides are discussed below and include proteins with important roles in cell-to-cell signaling. Such proteins include transmembrane receptors and cell surface markers, extracellular matrix molecules, cytokines, hormones, growth and differentiation factors, enzymes, neuropeptides, and vasomediators (reviewed in Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The Cell, Garland PubUshing, New York, NY, pp. 557-560, 582-592.).
  • the present invention is based in part upon the discovery of LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) proteins and/or polypeptides.
  • LP LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295
  • the invention provides substantially pure, isolated, and/or recombinant LP protein or peptide (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) exhibiting identity over a length of at least about 12 contiguous amino acids to a corresponding sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y; a natural sequence LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) of SEQ ID NO: Y;
  • the portion is at least about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length.
  • the LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295):
  • LPl 94 comprises a mature sequence of Table 1;
  • LP263a and LP263b comprises a mature sequence of Table 2;
  • LP264 comprises a mature sequence of Table 3;
  • LP265 comprises a mature sequence of Table 4;
  • LP283 comprises a mature sequence of Table 5;
  • LP286 comprises a mature sequence of Table 6;
  • LP284 comprises a mature sequence of
  • compositions comprising: a sterile LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or peptide and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration.
  • a sterile LP LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293,
  • the invention further provides a fusion protein, comprising: mature protein comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18 a detection or purification tag, including a FLAG, His ⁇ , or Ig sequence; or sequence of another LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or peptide.
  • reagents also make available a kit comprising such an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or polypeptide, and: a compartment comprising the protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit.
  • LP LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295
  • the invention further provides a binding compound comprising an antigen binding portion from an antibody, which specifically binds to a natural LP (LP194, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or polypeptide, wherein: the protein or polypeptide is a primate protein; the binding compound is an Fv, Fab, or Fab2 fragment; the binding compound is conjugated to another chemical moiety; or the antibody: is raised against a peptide sequence of a mature polypeptide comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18 is raised against a mature LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265,
  • kits include those containing the binding compound, and: a compartment comprising the binding compound; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. Many of the kits will be used for making a qualitative or quantitative analysis. Other preferred compositions will be those comprising: a sterile binding compound, or the binding compound and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration.
  • the present invention further provides an isolated or recombinant LP nucleic acid encoding a protein or peptide or fusion protein described above, wherein: the LP protein and/or polypeptide is from a mammal, including a primate; or the LP nucleic acid: encodes an antigenic peptide sequence from an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18 encodes a plurality of antigenic peptide sequences from an LP(LP194, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP
  • the invention provides a cell or tissue comprising such a recombinant LP nucleic acid.
  • kits include: a prokaryotic cell; a eukaryotic cell; a bacterial cell; a yeast cell; an insect cell; a mammalian cell; a mouse cell; a primate cell; or a human cell.
  • kit embodiments include a kit comprising the described LP nucleic acid, and: a compartment comprising the LP nucleic acid; a compartment further comprising an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit.
  • kits are capable of making a qualitative or quantitative analysis.
  • Other LP nucleic acid embodiments include those which: hybridize under wash conditions of at least 42°C, 45°C, 47°C, 50°C, 55°C, 60°C, 65°C, or 70°C and less than about 500 mM, 450 mM, 400 mM, 350 mM, 300 mM, 250 mM, 200 mM, 100 mM, to an LP of SEQ ID NO: X that exhibit identity over a stretch of at least about 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 59, 75, or at least about 150 contiguous nucleotides to an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209,
  • the wash conditions are at 55° C and/or 300 mM salt; 60° C and/or 150 mM salt; the identity is over a stretch is at least 55 or 75 nucleotides.
  • the invention provides a method of modulating physiology or development of a cell or tissue culture cells comprising introducing into such ceU an agonist or antagonist of an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295).
  • an LP LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b,
  • an and “the” include, e.g., their corresponding plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • reference to “an organism” includes, e.g., one or more different organisms
  • reference to “a cell” includes, e.g., one or more of such cells
  • reference to “a method” include, e.g., reference to equivalent steps and methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art, and so forth.
  • GeneraUy in the LIFESEQ GOLDTM database a cDNA sequence is, derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a primate, (e.g., a human tissue). Each tissue is generaUy classified into an organ/tissue category (such as, e.g., cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract).
  • organ/tissue category such as, e.g., cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system;
  • each LP sequence of the invention is also searched via BLAST against the UniGene database.
  • the UniGene database contains a non-redundant set of gene- oriented clusters.
  • Each UniGene cluster theoreticaUy contains sequences that represent a unique gene, as weU as related information such as the tissue types in which the gene has been expressed and map location.
  • Particularly interesting portions, segments, or fragments of LP's of the present invention are discovered based on an analysis of hydrophobicity plots calculated via the "GREASE" appUcation, which is a computer program implementation based on the Kyte- DooUttle algorithm (J. Mol. Biol.
  • a hydrophiUcity plot is determined based on a hydrophiUcity scale derived from HPLC peptide retention times (see, e.g., Parker, et al., 1986 Biochemistry 25:5425-5431). Another hydrophobicity index is calculated based on the method of Cowan and Whittaker (Peptide Research 3:75-80; 1990).
  • Antigenic features of LPs are calculated based on antigenicity plots (such as, e.g., via algorithms of: WeUing, et al. 1985 FEBS Lett.
  • LPl 94 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) is expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries:
  • Cardiovascular System 23/68 (the numerator represents the number of Ubraries positively expressing LP 194 sequence and the denominator represents the total number of Ubraries examined. So, for example, in the LIFESEQ GOLDTM database of Cardiovascular System Ubraries, twenty-three Ubraries contained LPl 94 sequence out of sixty-eight cardiovascular Ubraries examined); Connective Tissue 6/47; Digestive System 30/148; Embryonic Structures 4/21; Endocrine System 10/53; Exocrine Glands 12/64; GenitaUa, Female 26/106; GenitaUa, Male 19/114; Hemic and Immune System 17/159; Liver 2/35; Musculoskeletal System 6/47; Nervous System 54/198; Pancreas 3/24; Respiratory System 18/93; Sense Organs 1/8; Skin 4/15; and Urinary Tract 15/64.
  • LPl 94 sequence is expressed in the foUowing UniGene database cDNA Ubraries: Aorta, Brain, Breast, CNS, Colon, Ear, Foreskin, GaU bladder, Heart, Kidney, Lung, Ovary, Parathyroid, Placenta, Prostate, Skin, Spleen, Tonsil, Uterus, Whole embryo: brain, normal breast, connective tissue, lung, and ovary.
  • Table 1 Primate, e.g., human, LPl 94 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • the ORF for LP194 is 168-851 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • a predicted mature P194 sequence is as follows :
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of LPl 94 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Met-1 to Ser-24; a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Nal-26; another predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-40.
  • a portion from the end of the predicted transmembrane region to the beginning of a predicted hydrophobic sequence (Ser-24 to Ser-42); also particularly interesting are LP194 fragments Ser-42 to Nal- 81; Val-81 to Asn-90; Val-91 to Gly-103; Lys-120 to Ile-133; Glu-134 to Met-147; Gly-148 to Thr-155; Lys-157 to Lys-168; Gly-169 to Val-183; Phe-184 to Asn-202; and Asn-203 to Asp- 227, each of which was discovered based on an analysis of a hydrophobicity plot.
  • LPl 94 Further interesting sections of LPl 94 are the portions of the polypeptide from Arg-49 to Gly-59; Nal-96 to Arg-102; Pro-53 to Lys-67; Lys-117 to Trp-125; Thr-149 to Ala-154; Lys-188 to Ser-194; His-199 to Gly-211; and Pro-223 to Asp-227; which were discovered based on an analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • particularly interesting LP 194 secondary structures are the foUowing heUcal structures of LPl 94: Lys-8 to Leu-17; Ile-23 to Phe-27; Asn-37 to Ala-48; Phe-132 to Ile-139; and Tyr-155 to Asp-167.
  • Particularly interesting co structures are Ser-50 to Arg-55; Gly-59 to Glu-66; Ser-75 to Lys- 84; Glu-88 to Asn-90; Ser-94 to Gly-103; Asn-109 to Glu-115; Asp-123 to Nal-129; Gln-140 to Gly-142; Thr- 49 to Ala-155; Leu-168 to Ser-172; Leu-176 to Asp-180; Gly-186 to Phe- 196; Asn-202 to Pro-213; and Glu-219 to Asp-227.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Ile-85 to Leu-87; Nal-191 to Met-93; Ile-104 to Leu-108; Nal-116 to Leu-117; Tyr-121 to Phe-122; Thr-143 to Gly-148; Ile-173 to Thr-174; Asn-181 to Cys-185; and Glu-214 to Nal-216.
  • Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil motif of LP194 combines the Leu-176 to Asp-180 coil; with the Asn-181 to Cys-185 strand; and the Gly-186 to Phe-196 coil to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Leu-176 to Phe-196.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LPl 94 exhibits simUarity to the human cytokine family member EF-7 protein (WO9956778-A1) and human cytokine family member 2-19 polynucleotide (WO9947658-A1. Although no canonical cytokine-Uke motif was found when examining LPl 94, it is possible that Lpl94 is an atypical cytokine and thus, may be important for immune system regulation.
  • LP263 a SEQ ID NO: 3
  • LP263b SEQ ID NO: 5
  • the construction was based generaUy on the methods of Ko (1990) Nucleic Acids Res. 18(19):5705-11 and Soares, et al (1994) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci.91:9228-9232.
  • Tissues from twelve brain subregions were obtained from Harvard Medical School Tissue Bank (Hypothalamus, Thalamus, Amygdyla, Sensory Cortex, Motor Cortex, Hippocampus, CerebeUum, Pons and Locus Coeruleus, Caudate/Putamen/Nucleus Accumbens, Entero-Cortex and Anterior Hippocampus, Prefrontal cortex, Anterior Cingulate Cortex) and mRNAs (made from each tissue) were mixed in equal amounts. The resulting cDNA generated from the mixed mRNA was used for PCR ampUfication and subsequent normaUzation. NormaUzation was evaluated by checking the ratio among high, medium, and low abundance control genes.
  • LP263 cDNA has two alternatively spUced forms (Table 2) designated LP263a (which is 229 amino acids; SEQ ID NO: 4) and LP263b (which is 179 amino acids; SEQ ID NO: 6).
  • Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at positions 502,663, and 725 of the polynucleotide coding for LP263a; Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at positions 269,35 , and 428 of the polynucleotide coding for LP263b.
  • the ORF for LP263a is 52-741 bp.
  • the OEF for LP263b is 52-591 bp. (The start and stop codons are underlined and in bold typeface.)
  • LP263a X at position 151 (GPXTC) can be Ser (S), Cys (C), Gly (G), or Arg (R).
  • X at position 225 (RQXNSN) can be Ser (S), Cys (C), Phe (F), or Tyr (Y).
  • X at position 136 can be Ser (S), Cys (C), Gly (G), or Arg (R).
  • X at position 210 RQXNSN
  • S Ser
  • Cys C
  • Phe F
  • Y Tyr
  • misc. feature of LP263b is that X at position 73 (RSXPR) can be Leu (L), Pro (P), Gin (Q), or Arg (R).
  • Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 100 (TEXVS) can be Ser (S), or Arg (R).
  • Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 126 (LPXHS) can be Arg (R), Lys (K), Met (M), or Thr (T).
  • LP263b Mature sequence ( 164aa) : Misc. feature of LP263b is that X at position 58 (RSXPR) can be Leu (L), Pro (P), Gin (Q), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 85 (TEXVS) can be Ser (S), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 111 (LPXHS) can be Arg (R), Lys (K), Met (M), or Thr (T).
  • a predicted mature LP263 sequence is as follows:
  • LP263 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 3 and SEQ ID NO: 5) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Digestive System 2/148; Endocrine System 1/53; Exocrine Glands 2/64; GenitaUa, Female 3/106; GenitaUa, Male 5/114; Hemic and Immune System 1/159; Nervous System 3/198; Respiratory System 7/93; and Stomatognathic System 1/10.
  • LP263a SEQ ID NO: 4
  • polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-15; a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Ser-4 to Asp-27; also particularly interesting are LP263a fragments Leu-6 to Leu-18; His-19 to Gly-31; Lys-32 to Met-37; Ser-40 to Asp-44; Asn-45 to Leu-53; Arg-56 to Tyr-83; Thr-63 to Gly79; Asp-85 to Asn-93; Val-101 to Ser-111; Glu-114 to Pro-125; Met-134 to Pro-150, Pro-137 to Gln-148; and Glu-177 to Asn-191, each of which was discovered based on an analysis of a hydrophobicity plot.
  • LP263a Additional interesting sections of LP263a are the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Nal-12; Nal-13 to Asn-27; Thr-30 to Ser-40; Thr-42 to Ala- 50; Leu-51 to Nal-60; Thr-70 to Leu-81 ; Glu-86 to Asn-93; Val-110 to Glu-112; Thr-116 to Val-130; Asn-131 to Asn-141; Gln-148 to Cys-153; Gln-156 to Gly-165; Ala-170 to Arg-188; Ala-1 0 to Arg-206; and Lys-207 to Lys-219. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • particularly interesting LP 194 secondary structures are the foUowing heUcal structures of LP263a: Ser- 192 to Leu-196; and Thr-215 to Arg-223.
  • Particularly interesting coil structures are His-19 to Lys-24; Ser-29 to Ile-34; Asp-44 to Gly-47; Arg-56 to Lys-58; Ser-65 to Asp-85; Lys-91 to Gly-93; Lys-106 to Asp-119; Leu-124 to Ser-128; Met-134 to Thr-138; Gln-148 to Thr-152; Gly-159 to His-173; Leu-182 to Pro-187; Lys-203 to Thr-212 and Lys-, Met-, Thr, or Arg- 225 to Asn-229.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Nal-96 to Leu-97; Phe-129 to Nal-130; and Ala-155 to Nal-157.
  • one coil-strand-coU motif of LP263a combines the Gln-148 to Thr-152 coU; with the Ala-155 to Nal-157 strand; and the Gly-159 to His-173 coil to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gln-148 to His-173.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP263b SEQ ID NO: 6
  • polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-15; a transmembrane-Uke region from Met-1 to Asn-27; also particularly interesting are LP263b fragments Met-1 to Tyr-25; Lys-26 to Ser-35; Thr-36 to His-57; Leu-58 to Ser-65; Lys-66 to Ser-72; Gly-79 to Asp-85; Glu-86 to Arg- or Ser-100; Ser-102 to Asp-119; Asp-122 to Met- 134; Ser-135 to Trp-143; Lys-26 to Thr-36; Met-37 to Glu-52; Ser-65 to Ser-72; Ser-84 to
  • LP263a is the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Nal-12; Nal-13 to Asn-27; Gly-20 to Gly-33; Cys-28 to Ser-40; Thr-42 to Ala-50; Leu-51 to Nal-60; Thr-63 to Gly-79; Gly-79 to Ile-88; Thr-70 to Leu-81 ; Glu-86 to Asn-93; Nal-110 to Glu-112; Thr-116 to Nal-130; Tyr- 133 to Gly-149; Asn-131 to Asn-141; Ser-142 to Arg-150; Pro-152 to Arg-158; Ile- 59 to Pro-165; and Tyr-168 to Arg-174.
  • particularly interesting LP 194 secondary structures are the foUowing heUcal structures of LP263b: Ser-142 to Arg-145.
  • Particularly interesting coU structures are His-19 to Lys-24; Asp-44 to Gly-47; Arg-56 to His- 57; Ser-65 to Asp-85; Lys-91 to Gly-94; Lys-106 to Ser-128; Tyr-133 to Thr-138; Gly-149 to His-155; Ser-163 to Ser-166; and Ala-172 to Trp-179.
  • strands are Phe-129 to Nal-130; Nal-157 to Leu-161; and Tyr-168 to Met-171.
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil-strand-coU motif of LP263b combines the Gly-149 to His-155 coU; with the Nal-157 to Leu-161 strand; the Ser- 163 to Ser-166 coU, the Tyr-168 to Met-171 strand, and the Ala-172 to Trp-179 coil to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-149 to Trp-179.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP264 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 7). Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at position 229 of he polynucleotide coding for LP264.
  • An ORF for LP264 is 29-427b ⁇ (with the start and stop codons identified in bold lettering). The putative start and stop codons are underlined and in bold.)
  • LP 264 Full length Protein sequence ( 132aa) : Underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Phe-16). X (underlined) at amino acid residue position 67 of the full length LP264 protein (SEQ ID NO: 8) can be His (H) or Gin (Q).
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP264 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ser-17; a predicted transmembrane- Uke region from Thr-4 to Pro-29; also particularly interesting are LP264 fragments Lys-26 to Ser-48; His-49 to Nal-65; Ala-70 to Glu-85; Asp-96 to Glu-107; Lys-26 to Nal-40; Lys-41 to Thr-50; Thr-51 to Nal-63; Ala-70 to Arg-83; Ser-84 to Arg-95; and Lys-97 to Gln-107, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity and hydrophiUcity plots.
  • LP264 Additional interesting sections of LP264 are the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Phe-9; Lys- 12 to Phe-22; Gly-30 to Thr-47; Lys-77 to Ser-84; Glu-104 to Trp-111; Arg-117 to Arg-123; Lys-15 to Pro-20; Thr-58 to Gly-71; Pro-97 to Arg-116; Ser-32 to Pro-41; and Thr-57 to Gln-71. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • particularly interesting LP 264 secondary structures are the foUowing LP264 heUcal structures: Thr-4 to Phe-9; Ser-8 to Phe-9; and Asp-96 to Ala-101.
  • Particularly interesting coil structures are Ala-25 to Gly-37; Glu-41 to Ser-48; His- 54 to Cys-60; Gln-67 to Arg-69; Thr-73 to Ser-84; Ser-89 to Pro-91; Glu-104 to Gln-106; Arg-112 to Ser-118; and Cys-130 to Arg-132.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Leu-39 to Leu-41; and Nal-63 to His-66.
  • Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coU-strand-coU motif of LP264 combines the Ala-25 to Gly-37 coU; with the Leu-39 to Leu-41 strand; and the Glu-43 to Ser-48 coU to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ala-25 to Ser-48.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LP265 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9). Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at position 41 .
  • the ORF for LP265 is 87-395b ⁇ (with the start and stop codons identified in bold lettering).
  • the "N" at position 419 can be A, T, C, or G.
  • LP265 Full-length Sequence (102aa) : (SEQ ID NO: 10) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ser-29) .
  • a Mature LP265 Sequence (73aa) A predicted mature LP265 is as follows: P CRLSA HNSFSFCLRDSLV LC ⁇ FSFVG YAVIYSCL LMLIAWISSG PALAMLESCSFRVMHLREL RS*
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP265 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ser-29; a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Ile-8 to Ser-36; also particularly interesting are LP265 fragments Met-1 to Ser-25; Trp-26 to Arg-34; Ser-36 to Leu-46; Arg-47 to Nal-59; Gly-60 to Nal-64; Ile-65 to Ile-74; and Ala-75 to Ser-102, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity and hydrophiUcity plots.
  • LP265 Additional interesting sections of LP265 are the portions of the polypeptide from Ile-4 to Pro-14; Gly-16 to Lys-30; Pro-31 to Asn-40; Ser-41 to Arg-47; Asp-48 to Nal-51 ; Leu-52 to Leu-61 ; Tyr-62 to Met-72; Leu-73 to Leu-81 and Ala- 85 to Met-95. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • a further interesting portion of LP265 is the segment FNGLYANTYSC that is identified based on PROSITE analysis as a potential Upoprotein Upid attachment site.
  • particularly interesting LP 265 secondary structures are the foUowing LP265 heUcal structures: Arg-34 to Ser-36; Ala-63 to Ile-77; Leu-84 to Leu-87; and His-96 to Glu-99.
  • Particularly interesting coil structures are Met-1 to Leu-3; Pro-10 to Gly- 16; Ser-25 to Pro-31; His-39 to Ser-41; Ser-79 to Pro-82; and Arg-101 to Ser-102.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Gly-5 to Nal-9. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coU-heUx-coU motif of LP265 combines the Ser-25 to Pro-31 coU; with the Arg-34 to Ser-36 heUx; and the His-39 to Ser-41 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-25 to Ser-41.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP283 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 11) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; GenitaUa, Male 1/114; Nervous System 1/198; Respiratory System 3/93; Urinary Tract 1/64.
  • LP283 is expressed in cardiovascular system (specificaUy in heart) and respiratory system (specificaUy in lung), LP283 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to, the heart and lung.
  • Sequence encoding LP283 has been locaUzed to human chromosome region 6p21.1-21.33. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: psoriasis (Balendran, et al.
  • compositions comprising LP283 polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP283 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP283 antibodies) will also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease.
  • LP283 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 11).
  • the ORF for LP283 is 157- 2850 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentifled one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame).
  • the two underlined AG's in 5' UTR may be splicing sites.
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-20)
  • a predicted mature LP283 sequence is as follows:
  • SEQ ID NO: 12 include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ak-20; a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Gly-4 to Ala-21; also particularly interesting are LP283 fragments Ser-24 to Asp-38; Asp-38 to Arg-51; Ser-52 to Asp-64; His-67 to As ⁇ -78; Ala-80 to Tyr-93; Arg-139 to lys-164; Gly-167 to Asp-182; Cys-228 to Cys-247; His-297 to Asn-322; Phe-331 to Pro-383; Gly-401 to Lys-428; Phe-442 to Ser-458; His-468 to Asn-505; Aly-507 to Lys-542; Gln-565 to Leu-583; Leu-586 to Ser-597; Met-600 to Leu-611; Glu-637 to Nal-651; Ser-654 to Tyr-674; Asp-677 to Asp-693; Ser-721 to Gly-7
  • LP283 Additional interesting sections of LP283 are the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Lys-11; Lys-11 to Nal- 30; Asp-31 to Cys-40; Nal-34 to His-41 ; Ile-42 to Pro-50; Gln-47 to Tyr-53; Tyr-53 to Gly- 63; Lys-58 to Nal-71; Asp-64 to Asp-72; Cys-86 to As ⁇ -99; Pro-90 to As ⁇ -99; Gly-100 to Lys-111; Glu-115 to Glu-135; Cys-116 to Gln-125; Met-131 to Glu-140; Ser-145 to Ile-152; His-149 to Asn-165; Pro-155 to Cys-168; His-170 to Tyr-191; Arg-173 to Gly-179; Pro-186 to Cys-199; Lys-198 to His-217; Asn-209 to Gly-229; Asp-221 to Ile-232; His-237 to Cys-
  • LP283 fragments identified based on PROSITE analysis as potential aspartic acid and asparagine hydroxylation sites: Cys-46 to Cys-57; Cys-86 to Cys-97; Cys-127 to Cys-138; Cys-299 to Cys-310; Cys-339 to Cys-350; and Cys-379 to Cys-390.
  • AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP283 are the segments identified based on PROSITE analysis as calcium-binding, EGF-Uke domains: Asp-29 to Cys-55; ASp-70 to Cys-95; Asp-112 to Cys-136; Asp-284 to Cys-308; Asp-325 to Cys-348; and Asp-364 to Cys-388.
  • EGF-Uke domains Cys-33 to Cys-68; Cys- 74 to Cys-110; Cys-116 to Cys-151; Cys-161 to Cys-197; Cys-208 to Cys-243; Cys-247 to Cys-282; Cys-288 to Cys-323; Cys-329 to Cys-362; and Cys-368 to Cys-404.
  • a common feature of EGF-Uke domains are that they are typicaUy found in the extraceUular domain of membrane-bound or secreted proteins.
  • the EGF domain includes six cysteine residues which have been shown (in EGF) to be involved in disulfide bonds.
  • the main structure is a two-stranded beta-sheet foUowed by a loop to a C-terminal short two-stranded sheet.
  • Subdomains between the conserved cysteines strongly vary in length.
  • An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as an EB-Uke domain: Gly-91 to Cys-110.
  • An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as a Keratin B2-Uke domain: Cys-95 to Cys-247.
  • An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as a CUB-Uke domain: Cys-708 to Tyr-817.
  • An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as a TIL-Uke domain: Cys-219 to Cys-288.
  • particularly interesting LP 283 secondary structures are the foUowing LP283 coU structures: Met-1 to Pro-6; Glu-35 to Cys-40; Asn-48 to Ser-52; Ser 59 to Asp-70; Arg-76 to Cys-82; Asn 88 to Asn 92; Tyr-98 to Phe-101; His-105 to Cys-110; Glu-118 to Cys-123; Met-131 to Tyr-134; Cys-138 to Gly-141; Ser-145 to His-149; Gln-153 to Asn-160; Asn-163 to Gly-167; Arg-173 to Gly-179; Cys-184 to Phe- 188; Thr-191 to Lys-198; Tyr-210 to Cys-215; Cys-219 to Gly-229; Thr-238 to Lys-241; Asn- 250 to Asp-255; His-259 to Bly-264;
  • heUx structures are His-17 to Ala-27; Glu-560 to Gln- 565; Arg-587 to Leu-594; Leu-598 to Ser-604; Tyr-824 to Arg-833; Gln-844 to Phe-857; and Ser-871 to Leu-876.
  • Lys-54 Cys-57; Cys-95 to Cys-97; Leu-Ill to Nal-113; Ile-180 to Cys-182; Ile-201 to Cys-208; His-231 to Leu-236; Cys-243 to Glu-245; His-266 to Cys-267; Cys-288 to Arg-289; His-297 to Cys-299; Leu-316 to Ile-318; His-337 to Nal-340; Gln-347 to Leu-349 ⁇ Leu-355 to Tyr-357; Tyr-386 to Cys-388; Ala-419 to Leu-421; Thr-451 to Ser-453; Gln-527 to Leu 533; Lys-649 to Gln-652; Nal-700 to Ala- 701; Tyr-718 to Ile-719; Glu-733 to Trp-736; Lys-745 to Nal-749; Nal-764 to Arg-768; Phe- 791; and Ile-8
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one strand-coil-heUx motif of LP283 combines the Ile-815 to Nal-818 strand; with the Tyr-820 to Asp-821 coil; and the Tyr-824 to Arg-833 heUx to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ile-815 to Arg-833.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LP286 is a member of a famUy of alternatively spUced LP's which include LPl 88 and LP284 (LPl 88 has been previously disclosed in USSN 60/255850 filed on 15-DEC-2000). It has been discovered that LP286 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 13) are expressed primarUy in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries:
  • Cardiovascular System 2/68 Connective Tissue 1/47; Digestive System (smaU intestine, colon, and stomach) 16/148; Exocrine Glands 2/64; Genita a, Female 3/106; GenitaUa, Male 9/114; Hemic and Immune System 3/159; Musculoskeletal System 2/47; Nervous System (brain and spinal cord) 26/198; Pancreas 1/24; Respiratory System 3/93; and Sense Organs (eye) 1/8.
  • LP286 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to, brain, spinal cord, smaU intestine, colon and stomach.
  • compositions comprising LP286 polypeptides or polynucleotides (including fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancers, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demyeUnating diseases, peripheral neuropathies, neoplasias, trauma, congenital malformations, spinal cord injuries, ischemia and infarction, aneurysms, hemorrhages, schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder, learning disabiUties, ALS, psychoses, autism, and altered behaviors, including, for example, disorders in feeding, sleep patterns, balance, and perception.
  • diseases disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancers, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, ence
  • Sequence encoding LP286 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 19. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: gUoma (Smith, et al., 2000 Genes Chromosomes Cancer 2000 (l):16-25), asthma, heart defects, and eye development (Hamshere, et al, 2000 Genomics 2000 63(3):425-9), alcohoUsm (Valdes et al., 1999 Genet Epidemiol Suppl LS367-72), and ilms' tumor (McDonald, et al., 1998 Cancer Res. 58(7) :1387-90).
  • compositions comprising LP286 polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP286 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP286 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease.
  • LGIl Leucine-rich gene-GUoma Inactivated Protein
  • g9939002, g4826816 The rearrangement of the LGIl gene has been detected in the A172 gUoblastoma ceU Une and several gUoblastoma tumors. These rearrangements lead to a complete absence of LGIl expression in gUoblastoma ceUs (Chernova, et al, 1998 Oncogene 17(22):2873-81). Consequently, it has been suggested that LGIl is a candidate tumor suppressor gene involved in the progression ofgUal tumors.
  • compositions comprising LP286 are useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention ofa cancer, such as, for example, especiaUy a gUoblastoma.
  • Table 6 Primate, e.g., human, LP286 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 13).
  • the ORF for LP286 is 532- 2073 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold letteringin case numberingis misidentitled one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame).
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 19).
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala- 9 and Trp-20 indicated as follows: 1 MGGAGILLLLLAGAGVWA ⁇ R 21 GGAGIL AGAG ⁇ /WA RPPKGKCPLRCSCSKDSA CEGSPDLPVSFSPT S S VRTGVTQ KAGSF LRiPSLHLLFIEDNEIGSISI ⁇ H- ⁇ RGLRS TH]-,SL--- ]lOTLET PRF FRGLDTLTHvOLRGNPFQCDCRvl)W QW PTVNASVGTGACAGPASLSHMQLHHLDPKTFKCRAIELSWFQTVGESALSVEPFSYQGEPHIVLAQP FAGRC ILS DYSLQRFRP ⁇ EE PAASWSCKPLVLGPSLFVL- 5 -ARLWGGSQL ARPSPG R--.APTQT APR R LRPNDA ⁇ LL
  • LP286 is absent from the splice form of LPl 88.
  • Blast genomic DNA analysis of LPl 88 demonstrates that the extra sequence in LPl 88 is a distinct exon.
  • a predicted mature LP286 is as follows: RPPKGKCPLRCSCSKDSALCEGSPDLPVSFSPTLLSLSLVRTGVTQLKAGSFLRIPSLHLLFIEDNEIGS IS - IALRGLRSLTHLSLAl>JNHLETLPRFLFRGLDTLTHVDLRGNPFQCDCRv LLQVmPTV-NrASVGTGAC AGPASLSHMQLHHLDPKTFKCRAIELS FQTVGESALSVEPFSYQG ⁇ PHIVLAQPFAGRCLILS DYSLQR FRP ⁇ EELPAASWSCKP VLGPSLFVLAARL GGSQL ARPSPGLR APTQTLAPRRLLRPNDAELLWLEG QPCFVVADASKAGSTTLLCRDGPGFYPHQSLHA HRDTDAEALELDGR
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP286 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-1 ; another analysis yields a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Cys-40.
  • LP286 is two transmembrane-Uke regions: Ala-4 to Pro-23, and Ser-246 to Gly-266; also particularly interesting are LP286 fragments Arg-30 to Ser-49; Phe-50 to Nal- 60; Arg-61 to Gly-70; Ser-71 to Ile-83; Glu-84 to Ser-101; Asp-124 to Cys-140; Arg-141 to Pro-150; Thr-151 to His-169; His-174 to Ala-184; Sln-191 to His-210; Tyr-228 to Lys-248; Pro-249 to Trp-264; Ala-310 to Leu-320; Cys-322 to Leu-334; Ala-336 to Pro-352; Gly-370 to His-390; Phe-497 to His-507; Lys-26 to Gly-42; Pro-47 to Asp-85; Leu-107 to Leu-119; Phe-136 to Thr-151; Ala-160 to Met-1
  • LP286 Additional interesting sections of LP286 are the portions of the polypeptide from Gly-42 to Phe-50; Pro-76 to Ala-95; Gly-98 to Leu-115; Gly-122 to Leul31; Arg-132 to Arg-141; Nal-142 to Ala-165; Leu-167 to Lys-181; Arg-183 to Ala-197; Leu-198 to Gln-215; Phe-217 to Pro-235; Ala-280 to Ala-296; Glu-297 to Nal-308; Thr-319 to Phe-328; Glu-332 to Leu-346; Glu-347 to Pro-363; Nal-364 to Glu-383; Gly-394 to Gln-423; Ala-482 to Pro-500; Arg-21 to Leu-29; Ser-32 to Pro-44; Nal-129 to Nal-142; Leu-172 to Lys-181; Pro-202 to Pro-209; Tr ⁇ -226 to Glu-238; Gly
  • LP286 An additionaUy interesting portion of LP286 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as membrane Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site: Thr-151 to Cys-161.
  • membrane Upoprotein sites are synthesized with a precursor signal peptide that is cleaved by a specific Upoprotein signal peptidase (signal peptidase II).
  • the peptidase recognizes a conserved sequence and cuts upstream of a cysteine residue to which a glyceride- fatty acid Upid is attached resulting in a post-translational modification (Hayashi & Wu (1990) J. Bioenerg.
  • LRRs Leucine Rich Repeat-Uke domains
  • Thr-53 to Pro-76 Thr-77 to Arg-100
  • Ser-101 to Asp-124 and Thr-125 to Gin- 147.
  • LRRs are short sequence motifs present in a number of proteins with diverse functions and ceUular locations. LRRs are usuaUy involved in protein-protein interactions.
  • Each Leucine Rich Repeat is composed of a beta-alpha unit, which typicaUy form elongated non-globular structures.
  • Leucine Rich Repeats are often flanked by cysteine rich domains (Kobe & Deisenhofer 1994 Trends Biochem Sci 19:415-421).
  • An additionally interesting portion of LP286 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as a Leucine Rich Repeat C-terminal-Uke domain (LRRCT): Asn-134 to Arg-183.
  • the LRRCT domain is often found at the C-terminus of tandem leucine rich repeats (Kobe & Deisenhofer 1994 Trends Biochem Sci 19:415-421).
  • LP286 secondary structures are the foUowing LP286 coil structures: Met-1 to Gly- 3;Gly-13 to Gly-15; Pro-22 to Pro-28; Ser-32 to Ser-37; Glu-41 to Nal-48; Ser-51 to Pro-52; Lue-67 to Ser-71; Pro-76 to Leu-78; Glu-84 to Ile-88; Asn-109; Gly-122 to Thr-125; Leu-131 to Cys-138; Trp-148 to Pro-164; Leu-175 to Thr-179; Thr-192 to Ala-197; GIu-201 to Pro- 209; Pro-216 to Arg-220; Phe-233 to Ala-242; Cys-247 to Pro-254; Tr ⁇ -264 to Gln-268; Ala- 271 to Leu-277; Ala-280 to Thr-282; Arg-292 to As
  • Particularly interesting strands are Nal-17 to Trp-20; Leu-81 to Ile-83; Thr-127 to Thr- 128; Cys-221 to Leu-224; Phe-307 to Ala-310; Thr-318 to Cys-322; Nal-364 to His-367; Nal- 397 to Leu-401; and Nal-410 to Arg-412.
  • heUx structures are Ala-95 to Thr-103; Leu-115 to Phe-120; Ala-260 to Leu-263; Ala-343 to Glu-347; Glu-383 to Ala- 387; Met-417 to Gln-422; Pro-434 to Leu-435; Ala-450 to Arg-456 and Arg-479 to Ala-482.
  • one coU-strand-coU motif of LP286 combines the Ala-312 to Ser-317 coU; with the Thr-318 to Cys-322 strand; and the Arg-323 to Ser-333 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ala-312 to Ser-333.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • FEATURES OF LP NO: 8 LP284
  • LP284 which was cloned from a neurogangUon tumor, is a member of a family of alternatively spUced LP's that include LPl 88 and LP284 (LPl 88 has been previously disclosed in USSN 60/255850 filed on 15-DEC-2000).
  • LP284 sequences are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: GenitaUa, Male (seminal vesicle and testis) 2/114; Hemic and Immune System 1/159; Musculoskeletal System (skeletal muscle) 1/47; and Nervous System (brain and gangUon) 16/198.
  • LP284 is abundantly expressed in the nervous system (specificaUy in brain and gangUon), the musculoskeletal system (specificaUy in skeletal muscle) and the male reproductive system (specificaUy in seminal vesicle and testis)
  • LP284 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to, nerve, muscle, and organs including, but not Umited to brain, gangUon, skeletal muscle, seminal vesicle and testis.
  • compositions comprising LP284 polypeptides or polynucleotides (including fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancer, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demyeUnating diseases, peripheral neuropathies, neoplasia, trauma, congenital malformations, spinal cord injuries, ischemia and infarction, aneurysms, hemorrhages, schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder learning disabiUties, ALS, psychoses, autism, and altered behaviors, including disorders in feeding, sleep patterns, balance, and perception.
  • diseases disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancer, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demye
  • Sequence encoding LP284 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 19. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: gUoma (Smith, et al., 2000 Genes Chromosomes Cancer 2000 (l):16-25), asthma, heart defects, and eye development (Hamshere, et al., 2000 Genomics 2000
  • an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP284 meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. ⁇ 101 since it can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene.
  • AdditionaUy compositions comprising LP284 polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP284 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP284 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease.
  • AdditionaUy, LP284 polypeptide exhibits sequence similarity to LGIl (Leucine-rich gene-GUoma Inactivated Gene) g9938002. The rearrangement of the LGIl gene has been detected in the A172 gUoblastoma ceU Une and several gUoblastoma tumors. These rearrangements lead to a complete absence of LGIl expression in gUoblastoma ceUs (Chernova, et al., 1998 Oncogene 17(22):2873-81).
  • LGIl is a candidate tumor suppressor gene involved in the progression of gUal tumors.
  • compositions comprising LP286 are useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a cancer, such as, for example, especially a gUoblastoma.
  • LP284 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 15).
  • the ORF for LP284 is 158- 943 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • LP284 DNA sequence; (983bp) (ORF 158 943):
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-19 and Trp-20 indicated as follows: 1 MGGAGILLLLLAGAGVWA ⁇ WR 21 ⁇ -GGAGILLLLLAGAGVWAWRPPKGKCPLRCSCSKDSALCEGSPDLPVSFSPTLLSLSLVRTGVTQLKAGS FLRIPSLHLLLFTSNSFSVIEDDAFAGLSHLQYLFIEDN ⁇ IGSISKrALRGLRSLTHLSLA-N ⁇ STH ETLPRF LFRGLDTLT-WDLRGNPFQCDCRV LLQWMPTVNASVGTGACAGPASLSH QLHHLDPKTFKCRAIGGGL SRWGGRREIWGKGCQGQEARLTPCPAISRSGKTLSKQHCLPEPQFSHL* LP284 Mature Sequence (242aa) : A predicted mature LP284 sequence is as follows: RPPKGKC
  • SEQ ID NO: 16 include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-19; another analysis yields a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Cys-40.
  • An additionaUy interesting segment of LP284 is a transmembrane-Uke region: Ala-4 to Pro-23; also particularly interesting are LP284 fragments Lys-26 to Gly-42; Ser-56 to Lys-68; Gly-70 to Thr-84; Ser- 87 to Gly-98; Leu-131 to Leu-143; Phe-159 to Thr-175; Asp-200 to Ser-214; Gly-217 to Gln- 228; Leu-7 to Trp-20; Arg-21 to Ser-49; Phe-50 to Nal-60; Arg-61 to Gly-70; Ser-71 to Thr- 84; Ser-85 to Gly-98; leu-99 to Ile-107; Glu-108 to Ser-125; Asp-148 to Cys-164; Thr-1
  • LP284 Additional interesting sections of LP284 are the portions of the polypeptide from Glu-41 to Leu-55; Ser-85 to Ala-95; Leu-105 to Leu-120; Arg-121 to Pro- 140; Leu-147 to Leu-155; Gly-157 to Nal-166; Leu-167 to Gly-187; Ser-192 to Phe-204; Lys- 205 to Gly-229; Gln-230 to Ser-243; Thr-246 to Pro-256; Arg-21 to Ser-32; Leu-29 to Gly- 42; Lys-35 to Phe-50; His-152 to Nal-166; Met-194 to Cys-206; Gly-210 to Trp-223; Ser-214 to Gly-226; Gly-217 to Ala-232; Gly-224 to Pro-236; Pro-238 to Gln-250; Ile-240 to Ser-259; Ser-243 to Pro-256; Cys-252 to Leu-261; Arg-21 to Asp
  • LP284 An additionaUy interesting portion of LP284 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis is a membrane Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site: Thr-175 to Cys-186.
  • membrane Upoprotein sites are synthesized with a precursor signal peptide that is cleaved by a specific Upoprotein signal peptidase (signal peptidase II).
  • the peptidase recognizes a conserved sequence and cuts upstream of a cysteine residue to which a glyceride- fatty acid Upid is attached resulting in a post-translational modification (Hayashi & Wu (1990) J. Bioenerg.
  • LP284 An additionaUy interesting portion of LP284 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as an ATP/GTP binding site motif-Uke A sequence or P-loop: Ala-239 to Thr-246. Sequence comparisons and crystaUographic data have shown that an appreciable proportion of proteins that bind ATP or GTP share a number of more or less conserved sequence motifs. The best conserved of these motifs is a glycine-rich region, which typicaUy forms a flexible loop between a beta-strand and an alpha-heUx. This loop interacts with one of the phosphate groups of the nucleotide.
  • LRR Leucine Rich Repeat-Uke domains
  • LRRs are usuaUy involved in protein-protein interactions. Each Leucine Rich Repeat is composed of a beta-alpha unit, which typicaUy form elongated non-globular structures. Leucine Rich Repeats are often flanked by cysteine rich domains (Kobe & Deisenhofer 1994 Trends Biochem Sci 19:415-421). An additionaUy interesting portion of LP284 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as a Leucine Rich Repeat C-terminal-Uke domain (LRRCT): Pro-201 to Arg-207. The LRRCT domain is often found at the C-terminus of tandem leucine rich repeats (Kobe &
  • LP284 secondary structures e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU
  • LP284 heUcal structures His-101 to Gln-103; Ala-119 to Thr-127; and Leu-139 to Phe-144.
  • Particularly interesting coU structures are Met-1 to Gly-3; Gly-12 to Gly- 14; Pro-22 to Pro-28; Ser-32 to Ser-37; Glu-41 to Nal-48; Ser-51 to Pro-52; Thr-62 to Gly-63; Leu-66 to Ser-71 ; Pro-76 to Leu-78; Thr-84 to Ser-87; Glu-108 to Ile-112; Gly-146 to Tyr-149; Leu-155 to Cys-162; Trp- 172 to Asn-177; Gly-181 to Pro-188; Leu-199 to Thr-203; Gly-210 to Arg-219; Gly-224 to Lys-245; and Lys-249 to Leu-261.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Nal-16 to Trp-20; Leu- 80 to Phe-83; Phe-204 to Ala-208; and Arg-220 to Trp-223.
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil motif of LP284 combines the Gly-210 to Arg-219 coU; with the Arg-220 to Trp-223 strand; and the Gly-224 to Lys-245 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-210 to Lys- 245.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP282 (HGF-AIh2) is an alternatively spUced version of LPl 36 (HGF-AIhl), which was previously disclosed in provisional appUcation USSN 60/188,881 and was filed 13-MAR-2000. Both LPl 36 and LP282 exhibit sequence similarity to the hepatocyte growth factor activator inhibitor (HGF-AI) protein, which is a serine protease inhibitor that was discovered from the conditioned medium of a cancer ceU Une (Shimomura, et al., 1997 J Biol. Chem. 272(10): 6370-6) W27368.
  • HGF-AI hepatocyte growth factor activator inhibitor
  • HGF Hepatocyte growth factor
  • HGF-A HGF activator
  • a Kunitz-type serine protease inhibitor isolated from the conditioned medium of a human stomach carcinoma ceU Une (MKN45), is beUeved to participate in regulating the action of HGF via inhibitory effects on HGF activator (Shimomura, et al., 1997 J Biol. Chem., 272(10):6370-6).
  • a second Kunitz-type HGF activator inhibitor also isolated from the MKN45 carcinoma ceU Une, shares certain properties with HAI-1. Molecular cloning revealed that HAI-2 is derived from a 252 amino acid precursor that contains two Kunitz-type domains and a hydrophobic COOH-terminal region (Kawaguchi et al., 1997J Biol.
  • HAI-1 expression levels are decreased in the white matter of Alzheimer brains (Yamada et al., 1998 Exp. Neurol., 153(l):60-4) and in adenocarcinoma tissue (Kataoke et al., 1998 Cancer Lett, 128(2):219-27) suggesting that HAI and related proteins (such as LPl 36 and LP282) may be useful in treating neural conditions diseases, syndromes, or conditions associated with ceU proUferation such as, for example, wound healing and cancer (Shimomura, et al, 1997 J Biol. Chem., 272(10): 6370-6).
  • LP282 sequences are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Connective Tissue 2/47; Digestive System 1/148; Embryonic structures 1/21; Endrocrine System 2/53; GenitaUa, Female 2/106; GenitaUa, Male 1/114; Germ CeUs 1/5; Nervous System (brain) 5/198; Respiratory System (lung) 5/93; and Sense Organs 1/8.
  • LP282 is mainly expressed in the respiratory system (specificaUy, e.g., in the lung) and the nervous system (specificaUy, e.g., in brain)
  • LP282 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to the nervous system (e.g., brain) and the respiratory system (such as, e.g., the lung).
  • compositions comprising LP282 polypeptides or polynucleotides (including fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancer, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demyeUnationg diseases, peripheral neuropathies, neoplasia, trauma, congenital malformations, spinal cord injuries, ischemia and infarction, aneurysms, hemorrhages, schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder learning disabilities, ALS, psychoses, autism, and altered behaviors, including disorders in feeding, sleep patterns, balance, and perception.
  • diseases disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancer, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demyeUnation
  • compositions comprising LP282 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues including, but not Umited to smaU intestine, pancreas, Uver, testis, and uterus.
  • LP282 polypeptide has been shown to promote growth of the foUowing cultured ceUs: GT1-7: hypothalamic ceUs; GnRH producing ceU Unes; HDF: human dermal fibroblasts; Hep G2: human hepatoma ceU Une; and MO7E: megakaryoblastic ceU Une (Megakaryocyte: ⁇ hematology> Giant polyploid ceU of bone marrow that gives rise to 3-4,000 platelets.). Sequence encoding LP282 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 6q25.1.
  • an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP277 meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. ⁇ 101 as it can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene.
  • LP282 polynucleotide sequence SEQ ID NO: 17
  • cortesponding polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 18
  • the ORF for LP282 is 27-1433 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 37).
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-37 and Ala-38 indicated as follows: 1 MASVAQESAGSQRR PPRHGALRGL L C W PSGRA ⁇ AL 39 MASVAQESAGSQRR PPRHGALRGLL LC WLPSGRAALPPAAPLSELHAQ SGVEQ EEFRRQ QQERP QEEL ⁇ E RAGGGPQEDCPGPGSGGYSAMPDAIIRTKDS AAGASF RAPAAVRGWRQCVAACCSEPRCSV A VE PRRPAPPAAVlGCYLFNCTARGRNVCKFA HSGYSSYS SRAPDGAALATARASPRQEKDAPPIiSK AGQDWLHLPTDGvV DGR ⁇ STDDHAIVQYE ALLQGDPSVDMKVPQSGT KLSHLQEGTYTFQLTVTDTA GQRSSDIWSVTvl
  • LP282 exhibits sequence identity with Kunitz type 1 Murine Serine Protease Inhibitor g8394351
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP282 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-37.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP282 are two transmembrane-Uke regions: Gly-20 to Ala-37 and Ile-413 to Leu-441; also particularly interesting are LP282 fragments Glu-7 to ala- 21; Leu-22 to Pro-33; Leu-59 to Glu-78; Arg-80 to Ser-98; Leu-Ill to Ala-123; Pro-154 to Cys-165; Arg-199 to GLn-216; Pro-223 to Ala-246; Val-280 to Ser-302; Ala-328 to His-356; Arg-365 to Pro-392; Ile-413 to Leu-441 and Cys-439 to Leu-462, Glu-7 to Ala-21; Leu-22 to Pro-33; glu-1 to Glu-76; Ala-81 to Ala-103; Arg-106 to Ser-116; Ala-122 to Ala-143; Ser-179 to Ala-194; Ala-196 to Leu-211; Thr-224 to G
  • LP282 Additional interesting sections of LP282 are the portions of the polypeptide from Arg-14 to Leu-28; Ala-37 to Gly-54; Leu-77 to Arg-106; Ser-110 to Nal-124; Gln-129 to Ala-143; Leu-158 to Asn-171; Nal-172 to Ser- 183; Arg-188 to Asp-207; Ala-208 to Gly-26; His-314 to Nal-332; Gln-333 to As ⁇ -350; Arg- 351 to Leu-363; Glu-380 to Ala-393; Phe-405 to Leu-421; Arg-442 to Pro-453; Gly-20 to Ala-37; Gly-84 to Ser-98; Ala-194 to Lys-213; Nal-228 to Ala-239; Phe-276 to Thr-295; Nal- 332 to Gln-345; Leu-363 to Ala-385; Pro-388 to Lys-399; Lys-449 to
  • LP282 An additionaUy interesting portion of LP282 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis is a membrane Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site: Ile-429 to Cys-439. In prokaryotes, such membrane Upoprotein sites are synthesized with a precursor signal peptide that is cleaved by a specific Upoprotein signal peptidase (signal peptidase II). The peptidase recognizes a conserved sequence and cuts upstream of a cysteine residue to which a glyceride-fatty acid Upid is attached resulting in a post-translational modification (Hayashi & Wu (1990) J. Bioenerg.
  • LDL-receptor class A LDL-receptor class A domain-Uke signature and profile: Cys-322 to Cys344; and a low-density Upoprotein receptor- Uke domain (LDL): His-308 to Asn-346.
  • LDL low-density Upoprotein receptors
  • LDL Low-density Upoprotein receptors
  • Seven successive cysteine-rich repeats of about 40 amino acids are present in the ⁇ -terminal of this multidomain membrane protein (Yamamoto, et al., 1984 CeU 39:27-38.).
  • LP282 An additionaUy interesting portion of LP282 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as a PKD-Uke domain (Bycroft, et al, 1999 EMBO J; 18:297-305): Pro-209 to Leu-297.
  • the PKD domain was first identified in the polycystic kidney disease protein (PKD1) and is predicted to contain an Ig-Uke fold (CeU 1995 81:289-2981).
  • particularly interesting LP282 secondary structures are the foUowing LP282 heUcal structures: Nal-4 to Glu-7; Ser-46- to Ala-50; Nal-55to Gln-68; Gln-72 to Leu-77; Leu-111 to Ala-112; Ala-115 to Leu-118; Ala- 123 to Gln-129; Ala-194 to Arg-199; and Leu-427 to Lys-450.
  • Particularly interesting coU structures are Ala-9 to Gly-20 Pro-33 to Ala-43; Ala-81 to Met-100; Ala-133 to Cys-140; Pro- 148 to Ala-155; Asn-164 to Asn-171; His-178 to Ser-182; Ser-187 to Asp-191; Pro-202 to Glu-216; Leu-222 to Gly-226; Gly-231 to His-238; Gly-250 to Ser-253; Pro-259 to Thr-263; Leu-269 to Gly-272; As ⁇ -282 to Asn-291; Ala-300 to Ser-311; Asp-318 to Cys-321; Cys-329 to Asp-340; Leu-347 to Lys-352; Thr-357 to Asp-376; Ala-385 to Ala-404; Gly-407 to Ser- 410; Met-416 to Met-419; and Arg-452 to Ser-459.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Leu-28 to Leu-30; Nla-142 to Nal-145; Nal-172 to Leu-177; Nal-218 to His-221; Tyr-274 to Nal-280; Ser-293 to Arg-298; Tyr-313 to Phe-316; Ile-323 to Leu-327; and Nal-354 to Thr-355.
  • Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand- coU-strand-coil-strand-coil-strand-coU motif of LP282 combines the Leu-269 to Gly-272 coil; with the Tyr-274 to Nal-280 strand; the Asp-282 to Asn-291 coU, the Ser-293 to Arg-298 strand; the Ala-300 to Ser-311 coU, the Tyr-313 to Phe-316 strand, the Asp-318 to Cys-321 coil; the Ile-323 to Leu-327 strand, and the Cys-329 to Asp-340 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Leu-269 to Asp-340.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP273 comprises an N-terminal portion (from about Met-1 to about Cys-191) that exhibits amino acid sequence identity to the N-terminal portion of LP268 — except for a two amino acid residue difference at amino residues 65 and 114 (1-65 of LP268 ⁇ M-65 of LP273 and R-114 of LP268 ⁇ S-114 of LP273; see Table 9 below).
  • LP273 also comprises a C-terminal portion (from about Arg-193 to about Ser-310) that exhibits amino acid sequence similarity to a "membrane protein" having GenBank Accession No. g6467175.
  • TAFI thrombin-activatable fibrinolysis inhibitor
  • TAFI has been shown to play a role in blood coagulation (such as, e.g., prolonging clot lysis by removing C-terminal Lys residues in partiaUy degraded fibrin and by inhibiting fibrinolysis (Marx, et al, 2000 Thromb Haemost (2):297-303)). Inhibition of TAFI (or activated TAFI) appears to have an opposite effect (e.g., resulting in enhanced fibrinolysis and benefiting tPA-induced thrombolysis). Taken as a whole, these data suggest that modulating TAFI influences thrombolysis (Klement et al., 1999 Blood 94(8), 2735-2743).
  • the C-terminal portion of LP273 is similar to the g6467175 "membrane protein.”
  • the g6467175 molecule was identified as a putative endoplasmic reticulum membrane protein as the result of a large-scale in vitro translation analysis of a fuU-length human cDNA bank (Iwamuro, et al. 1999 J Biochem (Tokyo) 126(l):48-53).
  • the same cDNA bank study indicated that g6467175 faUs to assume a mature three-dimensional conformation in the absence of its translocation target. Consequently, improperly folded g6467175 molecules are degraded via an ubiquitin-proteasome pathway.
  • LP273 an immediate impact of the formation of LP273 from the translocation between chromosome 1 and 2 is the loss of a putative membrane domain from the g6467175's contribution to LP273.
  • the translocation producing LP273 generates a unique molecule without a membrane domain and that is processed as a secreted molecule having its own signal peptide sequence.
  • Similar fusion-Uke proteins — resulting from chromosomal translocations — have been shown to cause human diseases (see, e.g., Testa, J. R. 1990 CeU Growth Differ 1(2): 97-101).
  • the chimeric fusion protein Bcr-Abl is an oncogene that has been impUcated in the pathogenesis of chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML).
  • CML chronic myelogenous leukemia
  • translocated Philadelphia chromosome (Phl)-positive has been shown to cause acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL) (Gishizky, et al., 1996 Cytokines Mol Ther (4):251-61; NoweU & Hungerford 1960 Science 132: 1497). Since the discovery of the PhUadelphia chromosome, many other chromosomal translocations have been impUcated in the genesis of human neoplasias.
  • smaU intestinal T-ceU lymphoma is associated with the chromosomal translocation q26;pl3 (Rojas- Atencio, et al., Invest CUn 1999 Sep;40(3):179-89; Carbonnel, et al. 1994 Cancer 73(4): 1286- 91).
  • q26;pl3 Ros- Atencio, et al., Invest CUn 1999 Sep;40(3):179-89; Carbonnel, et al. 1994 Cancer 73(4): 1286- 91.
  • translocations involving chromosomes 1 and 2 have also been reported in breast cancer patients (Rojas-Atencio, et al., 1999 Invest CUn 40(3):179-89) and it has been associated with an intestinal carcinoma (Hertz & Jensen 1985 Ann Genet 28(4):228-30; Halal, et al, Am J Med. Genet 32(3):376-379).
  • the sequence encoding LP273 itself was isolated from tissue of a cancer patient with a family history of ceU proUferative conditions (such as, e.g., cancer, including colon cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, and Uver cancer).
  • compositions comprising LP273 polypeptides (fragments thereof), polynucleotides (fragments thereof), and/or antibodies, activators and inhibitors of LP273 wiU be useful for the diagnosis and/or treatment of proUferative states or conditions in tissues in which it is expressed (such as, e.g., cancers including, but not Umited to, colon cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, and Uver cancer).
  • LP273 sequences are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 5/68; Connective Tissue 3/47; Digestive System 10/148; Embryonic structures 2/21; Endocrine System 2/53; Exocrine System 8/64; GenitaUa, Female 12/106; GenitaUa, Male 5/114; Hemic and Immune System 17/159; Liver 2/35; Musculoskeletal System 4/47; Nervous System 20/198; Pancreas 1/24; Respiratory System 6/93; and Skin 2/15.
  • Sequence encoding the N-terminal portion of LP273 (approximately, bp 1-592 of LP273 DNA sequence (ds35878; Table 9 below)) has been located to human chromosome 2, while sequence encoding the C-terminal portion of LP273 (approximately, bp 593-1434 of LP273 DNA sequence (ds35878; Table 9 below)) has been located to human chromosome 1.
  • LP273 polynucleotide sequence SEQ ID NO: 19
  • SEQ ID NO: 20 The ORF for LP273 is 19-951 bp (with die start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • LP273 DNA sequence 1501bp
  • ORF 19-951
  • MKPL BTLY LGMLVPGGLGYDRS AQHRQEIVDKSVSPWSL ⁇ TYSYNIYHPMGEIYEMREISEKYKEWT QHFLGVTYETHPl ⁇ Y KISQPSGNPKKII MDCGIHARE IAPAFCQWFVKEILQNHKDNSSIRKL RNLDF YVT-,PV--,NIDGYIYTWTTDRLWRKSRSPH:ir ⁇ GTCFGTDLNra
  • a predicted mature LP273 is as follows: YDRS AQHRQEIVT-KSVSP SLETYSYNIYHPMGEIYE MREISEKYKEVVTQHFLGVTYETHPMYYLKIS QPSGNPKKIIWMDCGIHARE IAPAFCQ FVKEI QNHKDNSSIRKL RN DFYV P ' VLNIDGYIYT TTD RLWRKSRSPHISTNGTCFGTD Nr ⁇ FNASWCKRQEEKL- ⁇
  • RVVAKLPFTP SYIQGLSHRN LGDDTTDCSFIFLYILCTMSIRQNIQKILGLAPSRAATKQAGGF GPPP PSGKFS*
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments ofthe fuU length LP273 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Gly-20; a second predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Trp-40.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP273 are transmembrane-Uke portions Leu-4 to Gly-19; Asn-200 to Asn-228; and His-252 to Gln- 278.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP273 are fragments Leu-10 to Ser-24; Leu-25 to Ser-38; Pro-39 to Ile-63; Gly-77 to Tyr-87; Met-103 to Lys-123; Leu-126 to Leu-138; Arg- 140 to Tp-159; Asp-162 to Thr-180; Asn-187 to Met-207; Met-210 to Phe-227; Asn-228 to Arg-253; Leu-256 to Leu-284; Ser-289 to Leu-300; LeulO to Leu-19; Tyr-21 to Tyr-45; Asn- 48 to Lys-68; Glu-69 to Thr-79; Thr-82 to Asn-96; Lys-98 to Gly-106; Ile-107 to Phe-117; Phe-121 to Leu-139; Leu-142 to Ile-156; Tyr-157 to Thr-180; Leu-182 to Arg-209; Ser-212 to Phe-241; Gln-248 to As
  • LP273 Additional interesting sections of LP273 are the portions of the polypeptide from Thr-7 to Tyr-21; Asp-22 to Asp-34; Tyr-47 to Lys-66; Thr-79 to Gln-92; Gly-95 to Ala-109; Arg-110 to Lys-123; Nal-146 to Asp-162; Pro-171 to Phe-186; Asp-204 to Gly-217; Phe-218 to Nal-236; Thr-260 to Leu-286; Asp-22 to Glu-43; Met-60 to Gly-76; Pro- 84 to Ser-94; Gly-95 to Asp-104; Lys-123 to Leu-138; Trp-165 to Leu-182; Phe-186 to Leu- 205; Gly-249 to Asp-262; Ile-284 to Gln-295; Asp-22 to Nal-37; Tyr-57 to Nal-70; Gln-127 to Leu-139 and Phe-186 to Ser-206 .
  • LP273 segments that were discovered based on a PROSITE analysis to be zinc-binding-Uke regions or zinc carboxypeptidase-Uke motifs: Lys-99 to Phe-121 ( ⁇ irKMDCGIHARE IAPAFCQ F); Tyr-50 to Ile-90; Lys-99 to Trp-112; His-129 to Arg-169; Asn-173 to Asn-187; Leu-76 to Leu-88; Lys-99 to Ile-113; Gly-179 to Asn-187; and Tyr-50 to Glnl94.
  • Carboxypeptidase Al (EC 3.4.17.1), is a pancreatic digestive enzyme that can removes aU C-terminal amino acids with the exception of Arg, Lys and Pro;
  • Carboxypeptidase A2 (EC 3.4.17.15), is a pancreatic digestive enzyme with a specificity similar to that of carboxypeptidase Al , but with a preference for bulkier C- terminal residues;
  • Carboxypeptidase B (EC 3.4.17.2), is also a pancreatic digestive enzyme, but it preferentiaUy removes C-terminal Arg and Lys;
  • Carboxypeptidase N (EC 3.4.17.3) (also known as arginine carboxypeptidase), is a plasma enzyme that protects the body from potent vasoactive and inflammatory peptides containing C-terminal Arg or Lys (such as
  • Streptomyces griseus carboxypeptidase (EC 3.4.17), which combines the specificities of mammaUan carboxypeptidases A and B (Narahashi Y. J., 1990 Biochem. 107:879-886); Thermoactinomyces vulgaris carboxypeptidase T (EC 3.4.17.18) (CPT), which also combines the specificities of carboxypeptidases A and B (Teplyakov, et al, 1992 Eur. J. Biochem.
  • AEBP1 a transcriptional repressor active in preadipocytes, which seems to regulate transcription by cleavage of other transcriptional proteins
  • Yeast hypothetical protein YHR132c a transcriptional repressor active in preadipocytes, which seems to regulate transcription by cleavage of other transcriptional proteins
  • Yeast hypothetical protein YHR132c a transcriptional repressor active in preadipocytes, which seems to regulate transcription by cleavage of other transcriptional proteins
  • Yeast hypothetical protein YHR132c Yeast hypothetical protein YHR132c. Note that these proteins belong to famiUes M14A/M14B in the classification of peptidases (RawUngs & Barrett 1995 Meth. Enzymol. 248:183-228).
  • TypicaUy aU of the enzymes in this family of proteins bind an atom of zinc. Three conserved residues are impUcated in the binding of the zinc atom: two histidines and a glutamic acid.
  • wiU typicaUy contain these three zinc-Ugands: one consensus pattern is (PI ⁇ -x-(LlNMF ⁇ -x-(LlNMFY)-x(4)-H- (STAG)-x-E-x-(LrvM)- (STAG)-X(6)- (LINMFYTA) where H and E are the zinc Ugands.
  • TypicaUy practically aU sequences exhibiting this pattern belong to a member of the farr ⁇ ly described above.
  • a second consensus pattern is the foUowing: H- (STAG)-x(3)- (LINME)- x(2)- (LIVMFYW)-P- (FY ) where H is a zinc Ugand.
  • TypicaUy practicaUy aU sequences exhibiting this pattern belong to a member of the family described above.
  • GeneraUy if a protein includes both signature motifs, the probability of it being a eukaryotic zinc carboxypeptidase approaches 100%.
  • particularly interesting LP273 secondary structures are the foUowing LP273 heUcal structures: Leu-4 to Leu-8; Arg-23 to Arg-26; Ile-56 to Nal-70; Pro-115 to Gln-127; Ser-134 to Asn-141; Trp-190 to Lys-199; Leu-205 to Met-207; Met-210 to Lys-211; Gln-278 to Leu-284; and Arg- 290 to Lys-294.
  • coU structures are Pro-16 to Gly-201 Kts-35 to Trp- 45; Trp-80 to Pro-84; Ser-91 to Lys-98; Cys-105 to His-108; His-129 to Asp-131; Leu-142 to Phe-144; Asn-151 to Tyr-155; Thr-160 to Thr-161; Ser-168 to Phe-186; Ile-216 to Gly-217; Phe-231 to Gly-233; Pro-240 to Pro-243; Gly-249 to Asp-262; Gly-285 to Pro-288; and Ala- 296 to Ser-310.
  • strands are Tyr-87 to Ile-90; Lys-99 to Met-103; Tyr- 145 to Leu-147; Ile-156 to Thr-158; and Nal-235 to Ala-237.
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above are possible.
  • one heUx-coil-strand-coU-strand motif of LP273 combines the Ser-134 to Asn-141 heUx, with the Leu-142 to Phe-144 coil; with the Tyr-145 to Leu-147 strand; Asn-151 to Tyr-155 coil, and the Ile-156 to Thr-158 strand to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-134 to Tyr-155.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP277 (CPAh2; human carboxypeptidase 2) is an alternatively spUced version of LPl 90 (CPAh; human carboxypeptidase).
  • LPl 90 was previously disclosed in provisional appUcation USSN 60/241 ,813, which was filed 19-OCT-2000.
  • LP277 differs from LPl 90 due to an insertion of an additional exon that is missing from LPl 90.
  • the translation o the additional exon results in the production of a truncated protein because of an early stop codon.
  • the N-terminal portion of LP277 (from about Met-1 to about Lys-178) shows sequence identity with a similar portion of LPl 90.
  • the C-terminal portion of LP277 is a distinct fragment of about 10 amino acid residues (from about Gly-179 to about Nal-188).
  • Analysis of an aUgnment comparing LP277 with human carboxypeptidase Al protein (GenBank Accession No.
  • LP277 is characterized as having a signal peptide portion about 33 amino acid residues in length (from about Met-1 to about Gly-33), an activation peptide portion about 74 amino acid residues in length (from about Gln-34 to about Ile-107), and a pseudo-proteinase domain portion about 81 amino acid residues in length (from about Lys-108 to about Nal-188).
  • the pseudo-proteinase domain fragment of LP277 results from the insertion of the extra exon since its translation produces a truncated protein.
  • LP277 is missing specific amino acid residues that are essential to carboxypeptidase functioning.
  • LPl 90 contains'residues Arg-198, Asn-271, Arg- 272, Glu-300, Tyr-325, and Try-375, which are beUeved to be necessary for substrate binding during carboxypeptidase activity.
  • truncation of LP277 aborts these residues. Consequently, lacking an intact proteinase domain, LP277 appears to be an inactive carboxypeptidase, however, LP277 may function as a modulator of endogenous carboxypeptidase activity (as described herein) either by competing for substrate binding with other functioning carboxypeptidases or by competing for conversion to an activated state.
  • compositions comprising LP277 polypeptides (fragments thereof), polynucleotides (fragments thereof), and/or antibodies, activators and inhibitors of LP277 will be useful comprising a composition for the diagnosis, prognosis, and/or treatment of conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states involving carboxypeptidase activity. Particularly, in conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states involving the expression of LP277 (such as, e.g., in the cardiovascular system, the immune system, and ovarian tumors). AdditionaUy, sequence encoding LP277 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 7q31.
  • the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: autism (Warburton, et al, 2000 Am J Med. Genet 96(2):228-234); speech and language disorder (Lai, et al, 2000 Am J Hum Genet 67(2):357-68); cancer (Zenklusen, et al., 2000 Oncogene 19(13):1729-1730) such as, for example, prostate cancer (Latil, et al, 1995 CUn Cancer Res.
  • an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP277 meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. ⁇ 101 as it can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene.
  • compositions comprising LP277 polypeptides or polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), LP277 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP277 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease.
  • LP277 sequences are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; Exocrine System 1/64; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; GenitaUa, Male 1/114; Hemic and Immune System 2/159; and Skin 1/15.
  • LP277 was cloned from testis tissue, accordingly, compositions comprising LP277: polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues including, for example, but not Umited to the reproductive organs.
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Gly-33) .
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-33 and Gln-34 indicated as follows: 1
  • LP277 DNA contains an additional exon when compared with LP190.
  • a predicted mature LP277 is as follows:
  • SEQ ID NO: 22 include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Gly-33.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments ofLP277 are fragments Gly-7 to Asp-17; Thr-20 to Gin- 34; Leu-62 to Ser-77; Gly-100 to Gln-111; Glu-117 to Asn-132; Ser-133 to Ser-147; Phe-26 to Asp-40; Arg-44 to Gly-57; Leu-59 to Gly-72; Pro-76 to Phe-86; Glu-88 to Gly-100; Tyr- 136 to Ile-149; Asn-151 to Ile-163; Gly-7 to Arg-19; Thr-20 to Lys-32; Gly-33 to Val-42; As ⁇ -58 to Phe-69; Arg-71 to Arg-83; Phe-86 to Leu-101; Leu-114 to Arg-125; Arg-126 to His-140; Nal-153 to Ile-163; and Gln-164 to Ser-173, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophi
  • LP277 Additional interesting sections of LP277 are the portions of the polypeptide from Gly-7 to Arg-18; Ile-27 to Gln- 41; Nal-42 to Ser-54; Pro-73 to Glu-88; Leu-89 to His-99; Gly-100 to Leu-113; Glu-143 to Glu-155; Ser-157 to Asn-171; Glu-172 to Ser-182; Thr-9 to Arg-18; Asp-40 to Lys-48; Lys-51 to Gly-61 ; Lys-63 to Pro-76; Leu-78 to Glu-88; Glu-88 to Ser-98; Glu-116 to Glu-128; Leu- 127 to His-140; His-156 to Asn-167; and Asp-115 to Ser-130.
  • LP273 An additionaUy interesting portion of LP273 is a segment that was discovered based on a sequence analysis (Pfam) to be a zinc carboxypeptidase-Uke motif: Tyr-139 to Lys-1 8 (YHTLEEIYSWID ⁇ FVMEHSDINSKIQIG ⁇ SFE ⁇ QSILNLK).
  • GeneraUy proteins possessing such a motif appear to be structuraUy and functionaUy related to members of the zinc carboxypeptidase family (as described above).
  • particularly interesting LP277 secondary structures are the foUowing LP277 heUcal structures: Leu-22 to Ala-30; Gln-41 to Ala-47; Glu-50 to Leu-55; Leu-89 to Leu-96; Met- 106 to Glu-128; and Leu-142 to Phe-152.
  • Particularly interesting coil structures are Met-1 to Arg-18; Gln-34 to Gly-39; Gly-61 to Gln-65; Trp-70 to Pro-85; His-99 to Leu-101; Ser-130 to Tyr-139; His-156 to Asp-158 Gly-166 to Asn-171; and Gly-179 to Nal-188.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Ser-161 to Gln-164. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one heUx-coU-heUx motif of LP277 combines the Met-106 to Glu-128 heUx, the Ser-130 to Tyr-139 coil; and the Leu-142 to Phe-152 heUx to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Met-106 to Phe-152.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LP287 is an alternatively spUced version of LP281 (described above). LP287 exhibits similarity at the amino acid level to members of the latent TGF-beta-binding family of proteins (LTBPs) (see, e.g., Saharinen, et al. 1998 J Biol. Chem.
  • EGF-Uke domains have been shown to be important for protein-protein interactions, as exempUfied by the association of Notch and its Ugands Delta and Serrate via EGF domains (Rebay, et al. 1991 CeU 67, 687—699). Loss or malfunction of EGF-Uke domains has been shown to play a role in disease conditions (see below). Similar domains in LTBPs are beUeved to play a role as structural matrix proteins (see below).
  • fibuUn-2 is a late component of the cutaneous microfibriUar apparatus with an earUer existence in a fibriUar matrix mediated by fibronectin suggesting that fibuUns interact with both fibronectin fibrils and fibriUin microfibrils (see, e.g., Ragunath, et al. 1999 J Invest Dermatol 112(1):97-101).
  • LTBPs are involved in the assembly, secretion, and targeting of TGFs to sites at which TGFs are stored and/or activated, thus LTBPs play critical roles in controlling and directing the activity of TGFs.
  • LTBPs have been shown to bind and regulate TGF beta cytokines. Recent evidence suggests that the differential expression of LTBP isoforms occurs during the development of coronary heart disease, and that modulation of LTBP function — and hence of TGF-beta activity — is associated with a variety of disease states (e.g., such as conditions of ceU proUferation. for example, certain cancers) (see, e.g., Oklu & Hesketh 2000 Biochem J 352 Pt 3:601-610).
  • LTBP levels are also altered in other pathological conditions, including solar elastosis, solar keratosis, and pseudoxanthoma elasticum, pancreatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, glomerulosclerosis, hypertension, muscular dystrophy, carcinoid heart disease, and tuberculous pleurisy (see, e.g., Oklu & Hesketh, supra and the references cited therein).
  • Evidence also suggests that abnormal levels of TGF beta 1 in serum and in artial vessel waUs are associated with the development of atherosclerotic type conditions (Grainger, et al. 1995 Nat. Med. (N.Y.) 1, 74-79).
  • TGF beta 1 is postulated to be a protective cytokine that inhibits the development of vascular lesions and their progressive deterioration (see, e.g., Metcalfe and Grainger 1995 Biochem. Soc. Trans. 23, 403—406).
  • the protective properties of drugs such as tamoxifen on the cardiovascular system of mice and monkeys and in breast cancer cUnical trials may be derived in part from their capacity to increase the concentration of active TGF beta 1 in vessel waUs (see, e.g., ilUams, et al. 1997 Arterioscler. Thromb. Vase. Biol. 17, 403-408; Grainger, et al. 1995 Nat. Med.
  • LTPB-Uke molecules or fragments thereof
  • drugs such as tamoxifen
  • tamoxifen Uke drugs could be tested using LP281 or LP287.
  • LTBP molecules may also exert effects independendy of those associated with TGF; for example, LTBPs may function as structural matrix proteins. This is exempUfied by the close identity between LTBPs and members of the fibriUin famUy of extraceUular matrix proteins. Mutations in fibriUin have been Unked directly to Marfan's syndrome (MFS), a heritable disorder of connective tissue. MFS Ues at one end of a phenotypic continuum, with people in the general population who have one or another of the features of MFS at the other end, and those with a variety of other conditions in between.
  • MFS Marfan's syndrome
  • a unifying feature among fibriUin, LTBPs, LP281, LP287, and Delta related protein are similar domains and structural-Uke motifs (e.g., such as cysteine and EGF-Uke domains; see herein for descriptions of their locations in LP281 and LP287), whose loss or absence (e.g., through point mutations, frame shifts, exon deletions, etc.) has been shown to lead to disease conditions.
  • cysteine deletions in fibriUin are associated with Marfan's syndrome (Ades, et al. 1996 J. Med. Genet. 33, 665-671; Dietz, et al. 1993 Science 259, 680-683; and Liu, et al. 1997 Nat.
  • LP287 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 23) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Connective Tissue 1/47; Embryonic structures 1/21; GenitaUa, Female 3/106; GenitaUa, Male 3/114; Hemic and Immune System 5/159; Musculoskeletal System 3/47; Nervous System 3/198; and Skin 1/15.
  • LP281 is expressed in hemic and immune system (e.g., specificaUy, in spleen, lymph nodes, and thymus) and musculoskeletal system (e.g., specificaUy, in synovium, and cartilage). Consequently, based on these expression patterns, compositions comprising LP281 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP281 antibodies (or LP281 binding compositions) are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues and organs including, but not Umited to, cartilage, bone, spleen, lymph nodes, thymus, connective tissue; and joints (e.g., arthritis).
  • Table 11 Primate, e.g., human, LP287 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 23) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 24).
  • the ORF for LP287 is 13-852 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • ATGGTGCCCAGCTCTCCGCGCGCGCTCTTCCTTCTGCTCCTGATCCTCGCCTGCCCCGAGCCGCGGGCTTCC CAGAACTGTCTCAGCAAACAGCAGCTCCTCTCGGCCATCCGCCAGCTGCAGCAGCTGCTGAAGGGCCAGGAG ACACGCTTCCGAGGGCATCCGCCACATGAAGAGCCGGCTGGCCGCGCTGCAGAACTCTGTGGGCAGGGTG GGCCCAGATGCCCTTCCAGTTTCCTGCCCGGCTCTGAACACCCCCGCAGACGGCAGAAAGTTTGGAAGCAAG TACTTAGTGGATCACGAAGTCCATTTTACCTGCAACCCTGGGTTCCGGCTGGTCGGGCCCAGCAGCGTGGTG TGTCTTCCCAATGGCACCTGGACAGGGGAGCAGCCCCACTGTAGAGGTAT
  • con+l__ORFl ( SEQ ID NO : 24 )
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 23 ) .
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-23 and Ser-24 indicated as follows : 1 MVPSSPRA F LL ILACPEPRA ⁇ SQ 25
  • a predicted mature LP287 is as follows : SQNCLSKQQ SAIRQ QQ KGQ ⁇ TRFAEGIRHMKSR AALQNSVGRVGPDA PVSCPA NTPADGR FG SKYLVDHEVHFTCNPGFR VGPSS ⁇ VCLPNGT TGEQPH
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP287 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-23.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP287 are fragments Lys-11 to Ser-24; Gln-25 to Leu- 43; Leu-44 to Arg-61; Lys-59 to Ser-68; Gly-70 to Val-79; Cys-81 to Thr-106; Asn-108 to Cys-121; Gly-125 to Cys-145; Arg-159 to Ser-183; Phe-190 to Cys-205 Gly-246 to Ser-268; Leu-11 to Cys-27; Glu-47 to Glu-66; Ser-68 to Gly-90; Thr-106 to Asn-124; Pro-163 to Ser- 183; Ala-193 to Phe-211 ; As ⁇ -224 to Glu-246; Gly-260 to Leu-270; Ala-8 to Cys-18; Por-19 to Glu-32; Leu-43 to Leu-62; Ala-64 to Pro-78; Pro-82 to Leu-98; Asn-124 to Ile-137; Ser- 138 to
  • LP287 Additional interesting sections of LP287 are the portions of the polypeptide from Ile-15 to Ser-24; Asn-26 to Gln-42; Glu-48 to His-57; Met-58 to Asn-67; Ser-68 to Val-79; Lys-92 to His-104; Asn-108 to Ser-118; Val- 119 to Gly-136; Cys-140 to Nal-155; Gly-154 to Cys-171; Ser-220 to Pro-233; Pro-236 to Pro-253; Pro-253 to Nal-265; Pro-21 to Ser-35; Gln-41 to Arg-56; Lys-59 to Gly-70; Gly-70 to Cys-81; Ser-80 to Arg-91; Asn-85 to Tyr-97; Glu-130 to Cys-151; Arg-135 to Nal-152; Thr-167 to Ala-185; Arg-192 to His-204; Arg-217 to Glu-227; Nal-225 to Gln-232;
  • LP287 based on PROSITE analysis
  • segment Ala-8 to Cys-18 A further interesting portion of LP287 (based on PROSITE analysis) is the segment Ala-8 to Cys-18 (ALFLLLLILAC), which has been discovered to be a a Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site (as previously described herein).
  • Further interesting portions of LP287 are the segments: Cys-160 to Cys-171 (CICPPGRTG ⁇ RC), Cys-140 to Cys-171 (CSSQPCQNGGTCNEGVNQYRCICPPGRTGNRC), and Cys-228 to Pro-269 (CVGLQPVCPQGTTCINTGGSFQCNSPECPEGSGNNSYVKTSP) which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP287 are the segments: Asp-224 to Cys-250 (DVDECNGLQPNCPQGTTCI ⁇ TGGSFQC), Cys-134 to Cys-145 (CRGISECSSQPC), and Cys-151 to Arg-166 (CNEGVNQYRCICPPGR) which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains.
  • Asp-224 to Cys-250 DVDECNGLQPNCPQGTTCI ⁇ TGGSFQC
  • Cys-134 to Cys-145 CGISECSSQPC
  • Cys-151 to Arg-166 CNEGVNQYRCICPPGR
  • LTPBs of calcium binding sites and EGF-Uke domains have been suggested to be associated with, respectively, increased LTPB degradation and anomalous targeting of TGF beta; both of which may cause disease conditions (Oklu and Hesketh, 2000 Biochem. J. 352, 601-610). Loss of similar domains in LP287 may have similar effects (see also, the discussion above for LP281 domains). Further interesting segments of LP287 are the segments: Gly-136 to Asn-147 (GISECSSQPCQN), Gly-148 to Nal-155 (GGTCVEGV), and Asn-156 to Arg-166
  • ⁇ QYRCICPPGR which are aU identified as Type II EGF-Uke signatures (aspartic acid or asparagine residues in these Type II EGF-Uke signatures of a number of proteins typicaUy undergo post-translational hydroxylation to form either erythro-beta-hydroxyaspartic acid or erythro-beta-hydroxyasparagine; see, e.g., Stenflo, et al. 1988 J. Biol. Chem. 263:21-24).
  • An additionaUy interesting portion of LP287 is the segment: Cys-81 to Cys-134
  • LP 277 secondary structures are the foUowing LP287 heUx structures: Arg-7 to Leur-14; Cys-27 to Leu-34; Thr-49 to Gln- 66; and Arg-195 to Arg-201.
  • Particularly interesting coU structures are Met-1 to Ser-4; Ala-17 to Ser-24; Gly-70 to Ser-95; Cys-109 to Phe-111; Gly-115 to Ser-117; Pro-123 to Gly-149; Val-155 to Asn-156; Cys-162 to Arg-170; Ala-178 to Ser-188; Ser-206 to Gly-210; Ser-214 to Val-221; and Asp-226 to Cys-229.
  • Particularly interesting strands are Tyr-97 to Leu-98; Val- 103 to Phe-105; Val-119 to Cys-121; Arg-159 to Cys-160; Thr-240 to Ile-242; Glu-249 to Cys-250; and Ser-263 to Val-265.
  • a particularly interesting coUed coU exists from Ser-29 to Arg-56.
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-strand-coil-coil-strand-coU motif of LP287 combines the Gly-70 to Ser-95 coU; with the Tyr-97 to Leu-98 strand; the Nal-103 to Phe-105 strand, the Cys-109 to Phe- 111 coil, with the Gly-115 to Ser-117 coil, the Nal-119 to Cys-121 strand, and the Pro-123 to Gly-149 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-70 to Gly-149.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LP209 is a novel composition that exhibits sequence similarity to members of the OX2 receptor/Ugand protein family. LP209 may exist in both a soluble (a 264 amino acid extraceUular portion is indicated) and ceU bound form (a putative transmembrane is indicated and hydrophobic fragments exist near both the N- and C-terminal regions suggesting that LP209 exists in a membrane bound receptor-Uke configuration). Other examples of receptors that also have naturaUy soluble forms exist in the Uterature (see, e.g., TNFR-1).
  • OX2 is membrane glycoprotein containing two immunoglobuUn superfamily (IgSF) domains that interacts with other ceU surface proteins.
  • IgSF immunoglobuUn superfamily
  • OX2 has single transmembrane domain with a short cytoplasmic tail. OX2 receptor/Ugand interactions play a regulatory role in immune/inflammatory processes apparently through interactions of the IgSF-Uke domains on the OX2 Ugand and OX2 receptor. OX2 protein is expressed in recirculating B-ceUs, activated T-ceUs, dedritic ceUs, vascular endotheUum, degenerating corpora lutea and both central and peripheral neurons. AdditionaUy, OX2 is an important regulator of ceUs of the macrophage Uneage. In mice lacking OX2, macrophage-type ceUs (including brain microgUa) are more numerous and they exhibit an activated phenotype.
  • OX2-deficient neurons After facial nerve transection, damaged OX2-deficient neurons eUcit an accelerated microgUal response. Moreover, in the CNS, lack of OX2 results in a more rapid onset of experimental autoimmune encephalomyeUtis (EAE). Wh e outside the brain, disruption of OX2 Ugand-OX2 receptor interaction hastens susceptibiUty to coUagen-induced arthritis (CIA) in mice that are normaUy resistant to this disease. OveraU, these data suggest that OX2 functions in a variety of tissues as an inhibitory regulator for ceUs ofthe macrophage Uneage.
  • EAE experimental autoimmune encephalomyeUtis
  • OX2 receptor/Ugand interactions exacerbates diseases, conditions, or syndromes involving immune and/or inflammatory mediated activity (especiaUy, in activities mediated by ceUs of the macrophage Uneage, such as, for example, Gauchers disease, Hodgkins disease, rheumatoid arthritis, encephalomyeUtis, neural trauma, HIV disease, Krabbe disease, aUergic disease, cardiovascular disease (e.g.,atherosclerosis, Coats Disease, Lebers miUary aneurysm), respiratory disease (e.g., asthma), Chrons disease, Kawasaki disease, ect.).
  • Gauchers disease e.g., Gauchers disease, Hodgkins disease, rheumatoid arthritis, encephalomyeUtis, neural trauma, HIV disease, Krabbe disease, aUergic disease, cardiovascular disease (e.g.,atherosclerosis, Coats Disease, Lebers miUary aneurysm
  • LP209 was tested in various assay systems that have been designed to assign functions to novel proteins using a variety of ceU-based techniques. Briefly, in assays testing ceU proUferation (similar to those described herein), various ceU types are sub-maximaUy stimulated using fetal bovine serum (FBS), and the effect of an LP (such as here, for example, LP209) on the growth rate of various ceU types is tested by comparing the growth of specific ceUs with (or without) the addition of varing concentrations of the LP. This type of assay aUows one skiUed in the art to determine whether LP209 has a positive or negative effect on ceU growth rate.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • LP209 influenced both ceU cycle and ceU proUferation.
  • LP209 was shown to increase proUferation in both a human prostate ceU Une (LNCaP) and in a human ovarian ceU Une (PAl).
  • LNCaP human prostate ceU Une
  • PAl human ovarian ceU Une
  • LP209 was shown to have an inhibitory effect on the proUferation of human vein endotheUal ceUs (HUVEC) when compared to a control buffer.
  • LP209 Ugand may be expressed on the surface of HUVEC ceUs (OX2 is a transmembrane receptor protein), as a ceU surface receptor. EndotheUal ceUs can play a very active role in a variety of inflammatory processes; their activation & proUferation often induces them to produce cytokines which are mediators of inflammation.
  • down-regulation of the proUferation of HUVEC ceUs may indicate that LP209 plays a role in the down-regulation of endotheUal ceU activation.
  • Down-regulation of endotheUal ceU activation has multiple impUcations in regulation of a variety of inflammatory diseases and in the treatment of diseases of ceU proUferation (e.g., cancers) via the inhibition of angiogenesis, since endotheUal ceU proUferation is an important component of angiogenesis.
  • various ceU types are stimulated with an LP (e.g., here either LP209 or a positive control stimulant) or left unstimulated.
  • CeUs are then lysed and the lysates run on an SDS- PAGE gel. Subsequently, the proteins are transferred from the gel to nitroceUulose membranes. These membranes are then probed with antibodies specific for phosphorylated AKT or phosphorylated ERK kinases since phosphorylated forms of these kinases are indicative of the active forms of these enzymes.
  • the results of assays testing for the presence of kinase activity indicate LP209 induces the activity of AKT kinase in a human erythroblast ceU Une (TF-1). Furthermore, in human astrocytes (U373), LP209 induced ERK kinase activity. Together, these data indicate that
  • LP209 can signal, respectively, via a protein Kinase C pathway and an ERK/MAP kinase pathway.
  • AppUcants used the LP209 sequence to create a soluble LP209 fusion protein
  • LP209-Fc differs from
  • LP209-Fc is useful, for example, as an antagonist or agonist of ceUs of the macrophage Uneage that respond to signaling via an OX2-Uke pathway.
  • soluble LP209-Fc would compete with the natural LP209 Ugand on LP209 presenting ceUs to inhibit functioning OX2-Uke LP209 receptor/Ugand complexes from forming, thus preventing inhibitory signals in ceUs of the macrophage Uneage and aUowing, for instance, macrophage activation.
  • viraUy infected ceUs escape immune surveiUance by expressing OX2-Uke proteins to inhibit activation of immune ceUs or to prevent macrophage-secreted signaUng molecules (e.g., cytokines and chemokines) from orchestrating an immune response.
  • macrophage-secreted signaUng molecules e.g., cytokines and chemokines
  • LP209- Fc could compete with a viraUy infected ceU presentation of OX2-Uke molecules thus preventing a viraUy directed inhibition of immune ceUs (e.g., Uke those in the macrophage Uneage).
  • LP209 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 25) are expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; Exocrine Glands 2/64; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Hemic and Immune System 2/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Respiratory System 1/93.
  • LP209 is expressed in the hemic and immune system (e.g., specificaUy, in spleen, lymph nodes, and thymus) and musculoskeletal system (e.g., specifically, in synovium, and cartilage).
  • AdditionaUy a Northern blot (the membrane is the CLONTECH Human 12- lane MTN blot) was performed using fuU-leng h LP209 with DIG labeUng. The results of the Northern blot demonstrated a strong signal from Uver of approximately 1.9kb in size.
  • compositions comprising LP209 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/ or LP209 antibodies (or LP209 binding compositions) are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues and organs including, but not Umited to, cartilage, bone, spleen, lymph nodes, thymus, connective tissue; and joints (e.g., arthritis).
  • Table 12 Primate, e.g., human, LP209 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 25) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 26).
  • the ORF for LP209 is 257-1303 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • LP209 Full -Length Sequence (348aa) >btzzl528428 -encoded polypeptide
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-24) .
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-24 and Glu-25 indicated as follows: 1 MLCPWRTANLG LLILTIFLVAEA ⁇ E 25 M CP RT- ⁇ LG L ILTIF VAEAEGAAQPK ⁇ sTSLM QTSKE HALASSSLCMDEKQITQIS ⁇ fSKV AEvTSrTS P - ⁇ --AT Av ⁇ -.CCPPIA -l- ⁇ IIITWEII RGQPSC KAYR ETNETKETNCTD ⁇ RIT VSRPDQNSD QIRP VAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGYH QVLVTPEVT FQNRNRTAVCKAVAG PAAQISWIPEGDCATKQ ⁇ Y SNGTVTVTVKSTCH EVHNVSTVTCHVSH TGNKS YIE PVPGAKKSAKLYIPYII TIIII-TIVGFI LLK VNGCRKYKLNKTESTPV ⁇
  • a correspondingly predicted mature LP209 protein is as follows:
  • the underlined portion indicates a predicted transmembrane domain (YIPYIILTIII TIVGFIW LKVNGCRKY; Tyr-267 to Tyr-295) .
  • the double underlined portion indicates a predicted transmembrane domain (YIPYIILTIII TIVGFIW LKVNGCRKY; Tyr-267 to Tyr-295) .
  • NKTESTP WEEDEMOPYASYTEK-SJNPLYDTTNKVKASOALOSEVDTD HTL indicates a predicted cytoplasmic portion.
  • a Flag-tagged/His-tagged ( "FLIS” ) version of the first 264 amino acids of a predicted extracellular domain of LP209 (Met-1 to Ala-264 ) is shown below .
  • a predicted signal sequence is from Met-1 to Ala-24 .
  • Predicted glycosylation sites are indicated in italics .
  • the human Fc region of the construct is indicated by underlining ( Ile-265 to Ile-499 ) .
  • the flag antibody epitope-Hexahsitidine ( " FLIS " tag ) is indicated by double underlining ( Tyr-501 to His-515 ) .
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP209 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Ala-24.
  • AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP209 are nine potential glycosylation sites: Asn-31 to Ser-33; Asn-60 to Ser-62; Asn-69 to Ser-71 ; Asn-116 to Thr-118; Asn-122 to Thr-124; asn-185 to Thr-187; Asn-218 to Thr-220; Asn-233 to Ser-235; and Asn-247 to Ser-249.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP209 are predicted transmembrane-Uke regions: Trp-5 to Ala-27; Arg-90 to Lys-113; and Tyr-267 to Tyr-295.
  • AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP209 are discovered fragments Gly-11 to Gln-29; Pro-30 to Glu-41 ; Ala-44 to Gln-56; Ile-57 to Thr-70; Ser-71 to Arg-102; Pro-105 to Asn-137; Trp-203 to His-228; Gly-259 to Asn-290; Cys-292 to Ala-315; Ser-316 to Ser-339; Gly-11 to Pro-30; Thr-70 To Pro-105; Ser-106 to Pro-134; Ala-146 to Met-157; Pro-160 To Thr-175; Gly-195 To Glu-214; Trp-216 to Trp229; Glu-2230 to His- 243; Leu-244 to Leu-256; Pro-258 to Gly-2
  • LP209 Additional interesting sections of LP209 are the discovered portions of LP209 from Ala-8 to Gly-26; Thr-38 to Leu-50; Asn-69 to Cys-84; Pro-85 to Cys-107; Lys-119 to Ile-142; Alaa-146 to Phe-164; Pro-197 to Ser-217; Cys-227 to Leu-250; Ile-268 to Asn-290; Pro-304 to Glu-319; Leu-324 to Asp-342; Ala-27 to Asp-42; Ala-44 to Ile-57; Thr-58 to Nal-64; Asn-69 to Thr-78; Lys-109 to Asp-125; Ser-138 to Ala- 146; Thr-124 to Gln-136; Tyr-152 to Phe-163; Gly-162 to Leu-173; Gln-182 to Lys-196; Cys- 209 to Thr-222; Lys-224 to Thr-236; Nal-237 to
  • LP209 secondary structures e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil
  • LP209 heUx structures Thr-58 to Gln-59; and Tyr-111 to Arg-112.
  • Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are Met-1 to Cys-3; Ala-27 to Asn-32; Ser-47 to Cys-51; Asn-69 to Lys-75; Cys-84 to Ile-87; Arg-102 to Ser-106; Glu-117 to Asp-125; Arg-133 to Asp-1339; Thr-148 to Gly-151; Thr-159 to Gly-167; Thr-175 to Glu-177; Gln-182 to Asn- 185; Gln-195 to Ala-198; Pro-205 to Thr-211; Ser-217 to Gly-219; Asn-233 to Nal-234; Leu- 244 to Lys-248; Pro-256 to Ala-264; Nal-289 to Arg-293; Asn-298 to Pro-304; Asp-309 to Tyr-314; Thr-318 to Thr-327; and Leu-345 to Leu-348.
  • Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are: Ile-128 to Nal-131; Gln-141 to Ile-142; Tyr-153 to Nal-158; His-169 to Leu-173; Thr-179 to Phe-181; Gln-200 to Trp-203; Nal-221 to Lys-224; Thr-236 to Nal-241; Leu-250 to Leu-254; Leu-266 to Tyr-267; Trp-285 to leu-287; and Lys-294 to Leu-297.
  • a particularly interesting coiled coU exists from Ser-24 to Glu-53. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one strand-coU-strand-coil-strand-coil motif of LP209 combines the Tyr-153 to Nal-158 strand; with the Thr-159 to Gly-167 coU, with the His-169 to Leu-173 strand; the Thr-175 to Glu-177 coil, the Thr-179 to Phe-181 strand, and the Gln-182 to Asn-185 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Tyr-153 to Asn-185.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
  • LP209b is a novel variant of LP209 (described above).
  • the LP209b polypeptide is encoded by an alternatively spUced mRNA of LP209.
  • LP209b differs from LP209 by exhibiting a 24 amino acid residue deletion in the N-terminal portion (EAEGAAQPNNSLMLQTSKENHALA; corresponding to the Glu-23 to Ala-46 portion of fuU-length LP209) and by being truncated at an earUer amino acid residue than LP209 (see, Table 13 below).
  • LP209b comprises primarily the extraceUular portion of LP209 without the predicted transmembrane and cytoplasmic portions.
  • LP209b may be a natural secreted variant form of LP209 that has similar functions to those of LP209-Fc (e.g., such as soluble receptor that competes for LP209-Uke Ugand thus blocking the function of the normal Ugand-receptor pair).
  • Table 13 Primate , e . g . , human, LP209b polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO : 27 ) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO : 28 ) .
  • the ORF for LP209b is 112-264 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation) .
  • I ⁇ P209b DNA sequence (265 bp) (ORF 112-264) : LP209b ( start (atg) codon is indicated in bold typeface and underlined) .
  • LP209b Full-Length Sequence ( 51aa) : MLCPWRTA-NJLGLLLILTIFLVAASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKVLAE-VNTS PV
  • LP209b exhibits sequence identity with Human Secreted Protein encoded by gene 85 SEQ ID NO:208 of WO200006698-A1.
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP209b polypeptide include discovered fragments Thr-7 to Ser-26; Leu-27 to Glu-44; Leu-10 to Ala-22; and Ala-23 to Lys-40, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots.
  • Additional interesting sections of LP209b are the discovered portions of LP209b from Leu 12 to Nal-21; Ser-26 to Asn-37; Glu-44 to Ser-48 and Ser-25 to Lys-40.
  • LP209b secondary structures e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU
  • LP209b heUx structures Arg-7 to Thr-7; Leu-13 to Leu-16; and Glu-31 to Nal-41.
  • coU structures are Met-1 to Cys-3; Ser-24 to Met-29; and Ser-48 to Nal-51.
  • one coU-heUx motif of LP209b combines the Ser-24 to Met-29 coil, and the Glu-31 to Nal-41 helix to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-24 to Nal-41.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LP209c is another novel variant of LP209 that also exhibits sequence similarity and/or identity to members of the OX2 receptor/Ugand protein family.
  • LP209c is also a spUce variant of LP209 and is also characterized as a natural soluble variant of LP209.
  • LP209c differs from LP209 by exhibiting a deletion of approximately 24 amino acids at the N-terminad portion ofthe sequence and a four amino acid difference just N-terminad to the transmembrane region of LP209.
  • LP209c can be tested as described herein using any of the various assay systems designed to assign functions to novel proteins by employing any of a variety of ceU-based techniques. AppUcants used the LP209c sequence to create a soluble LP209c fusion protein (LP209c-Fc) by joining LP209c (Met-1 to Ala-264) to the foUowing human Fc region:
  • LP209c-Fc differs from LP209c-Fc-FLIS by lacking the flag antibody epitope-Hexahsitidine ("FLIS" tag)(Tyr-501 to His-515).
  • LP209c sequence (SEQ ID NO: 29) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; Exocrine Glands 2/64; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Hemic and Immune System 2/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Respiratory System 1/93.
  • LP209c is expressed in the hemic and immune system (e.g., specificaUy, in spleen, lymph nodes, and thymus) and musculoskeletal system (e.g., specificaUy, in synovium, and cartilage
  • Table 14 Primate, e.g., human, LP209c polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 29) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 30).
  • the ORF for LP209c is 1-714 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 22) .
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-22 and Ala-23 indicated as follows: 1 MLCPWRTANLGLLLILTIFLVA ⁇ A 23
  • a correspondingly predicted mature LP209c protein is as follows: ASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKV--JA ⁇ VTSTTSWPVKMATNAV--.CCPPIALRNLIIIT ⁇ IILRGQPSCTKAYRKETN ETKETNCTDERIT VSRPDQNSDLQIRPVAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGYHLQVLVTPEVTLFQNRNRT AVCKAVAGKPAAQISWIPEGDCATKQEY SNGTVTVKSTCHWEV ⁇ NVSTVTCHVSHLTGNKSLYIELLPEN IN*
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP209c polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal-Uke sequence from about Met-1 to about Ala-24.
  • LP209c are predicted transmembrane-Uke regions: from about Trp-5 to about Ala-27; from about Arg-90 to about Lys-113; and from about Tyr-267 to about Tyr-295.
  • Other interesting segments of LP209c are discovered portions of LP209c from about Asn-9 to about Ala-23 (NLGLLLILTIFLVAA); from about Ser-25 to about Asn-37
  • SSLCMDEKQITQN from about Nal-58 to about Asn-68 (VLCCPPIALR ⁇ ); from about Leu-69 to about Arg-79 (LIIIT EIILR); from about Gly-80 to about Asn-93 (GQPSCTKAYRKET ⁇ ); from about Glu-94 to about Arg-104 (ETKET ⁇ CTDER); from about Tyr-145 to about Phe-158 (YHLQNLVTPENTLF); from about Gln-159 to about Ala- 176 (Q ⁇ R ⁇ RTANCKANAGKPAA); from about Glu-183 to about Tyr-192
  • ESDCATKQEY from about Trp-193 to about His-205 (EGDCATKQEY); from about Trp-206 to about Asn-224 (WENH ⁇ VSTVTCHNSHLTG ⁇ ); from about Gly-11 to about Cys-28 (GLLLILTIFLNAASSSLC); from about Met-29 to about Tyr-38 (MDEKQITQ ⁇ Y); from about Ser-39 to about Trp-49 (SKNLAEN ⁇ TS ); from about Nal-51 to about Leu-66 (VKMATNANLCCPPIAL); from about Arg-67 to about Arg-79 (RNLIIITWEIILR); from about Gly-80 to about Lys-90 (GQPSCTKAYRK); from about Glu-91 to about Arg-104 (ETNETKETNCTDER); from about Ile-105 to about Asp-116 (ITWVSRPDQNSD); from about Leu-117 to about Met-134 (LQIRPVAITHDGYYRCIM); from about Val-135 to
  • LP209c Additional interesting sections of LP209c are the discovered portions of LP209c from about Thr-7 to about Ser-25 (TA ⁇ LGLLLILTIFLNAASS); from about Thr-47 to about Pro-62 (TS PNKMAT ⁇ AVLCCP); from about Pro-63 to about Thr-73 (PIALR ⁇ LIIIT); from about Trp-74 to about Ser-83 (WEIILRGQPS); from about Cys-84 to about Asn-93 (CTI ⁇ AYRKET ⁇ ); from about Glu-94 to about Glu-103 (ETKETNCTDE); from about Arg-104 to about Leu-117 (RITWVSRPDQNSDL); from about Gln-118 to about Tyr-130 (QIRPNAITHDGYY); from about Arg-131 to about Asn-140 (RCIMNTPDG ⁇ ); from about Phe-141 to about Thr-152 (FHRGYHLQVLNT); from about Pro-153 to about Asn- 162 (PEVTLFQ ⁇ R
  • particularly interesting LP209c segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil).
  • Particularly interesting LP209c coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Cys-3; from about Ser-24 to about Met-29; from about Asn-46 to about Trp-49; from about Cys-61 to about Ile-64; from about Arg-79 to about Ser-83; from about Glu-94 to about Asp-102; from about Arg-110 to about Asp-116; from about His-126 to about Gly-128; from about Thr-136 to about Gly-144; from about Thr-152 to about Glu-154; from about Asn-160 to about Asn-162; from about Gly-172 to about Ala- 175; from about Pro-182 to about Thr-188; from about Ser-194 to about Gly-196; from about Nal-211 to about Nal
  • Particularly interesting strand structures are from about Nal-58 to about Leu-59; from about Ile-105 to about Nal-108; from about Gln-118 to about Ile-119; from about Tyr-130 to about Nal-135; from about His-146 to about Leu-150; from about Thr-156 to about Phe-158; from about Gln-177 to about Trp-180; from about Val-198 to about Lys-201; from about Thr-213 to about Nal-218; and from about Ser-226 to about Leu- 231.
  • Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coU-strand- coU-strand-coil motif of LP209c combines the Nal-211 to about Nal-211 coil; the Thr-213 to Nal-218 strand; the Leu-221 to Lys-225 coil; the Ser-226 to Leu-231 strand; and the Leu-232 to Asn-237 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Nal-211 to about Asn-237.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LP209d is another novel variant of LP209.
  • LP209d is encoded by an alternatively spUced mR ⁇ A of LP209.
  • LP209d differs from LP209 by exhibiting a 24 amino acid residue deletion in the ⁇ -terminal portion (EAEGAAQP ⁇ SLMLQTSI -E ⁇ HALA; corresponding to the Glu-23 to Ala-46 portion of fuU-length LP209).
  • LP209d differs from LP209c by being truncated at an earUer amino acid residue than LP209c (see, Table 15 below).
  • LP209d comprises primarily a truncated extraceUular portion of LP209c.
  • LP209d may be another natural secreted variant form of LP209c that has similar functions to those of LP209c-Fc (e.g., such as soluble receptor that competes for LP209c-Uke Ugand thus blocking the function of the normal Ugand-receptor pair).
  • Table 15 Primate, e.g., human, LP209d polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 31) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 32).
  • the ORF for LP209d is 112-264 bp (with the start (ATG) identified in bold typeface. If numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-22 and Ala-23 indicated as follows: 1 MLCPWRTANLGLLLILTIFLVA ⁇ A 23 MLCP RTA-NTLGLLLILTIFLVAASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKVLAEVNTSWPV
  • a correspondingly predicted mature LP209d is as follows: ASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKVLAEVNTS PV
  • LP293 is a novel secreted polypeptide.
  • LP293 has a signal peptide-Uke portion at its N-terminal.
  • LP293 exhibits sequence similarity at the amino acid level to embryonic serine protease-1 (Xenopus) (Yamada, et al., 2000 Gene 252(1-2): 209-216) and LP293 contains the active sites of serine proteases (trypsin family) and trypsin-Uke domains.
  • LP293 is expressed primarily in IL-5 activated eosinophils, and eosinophils exhibiting hyper-eosinophilia, and in asthma patients.
  • Eosinophils are a type of polymorphonuclear leukocyte containing eosin- staining granules. Eosinoph s are known to destroy parasitic organisms and play a major role in aUergic reactions. They also secrete chemical mediators that can cause broncho- constriction in asthma (Sampson, et al., 2000 CUn Exp Allergy 2000 Jun;30 Suppl 1:22-7; Walsh, et al, 1999 Crit Rev CUn Lab Sci 1999 Oct;36(5):453-96). Eosinophils make up one to three percent of the total white blood ceU count.
  • compositions comprising LP293 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists, and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of parasite infection, aUergy, and asthma.
  • CD26/DPP IV serine protease CD26/dipeptidyl-peptidase IN
  • CD26/DPP IN functions by removing ⁇ H2-terminal dipeptides from several chemokines and thus, profoundly affects their biological activity.
  • Chemokines are a superfamily of proteins that play a central role in immune and inflammatory reactions and in viral infections.
  • Chemokine receptors can function as entry/ fusion co-receptors for human immunodeficiency virus (HIN)-1 infection, and regulation of receptor expression by cytokines may be relevant for viral infection. Consequently, post-translational processing of chemokines can profoundly affect their interaction with receptors.
  • HIN human immunodeficiency virus
  • KS Kaposi's sarcoma
  • KS Kaposi's sarcoma
  • These viral chemokines possess a partial agonist activity for certain chemokine receptors and may function as receptor antagonists.
  • LP293 may function to modulate immune activity by postranslation modification of the known and useful chemokine proteins.
  • CD26/DPP IN has been shown to play a role in T-ceU proUferation and chemotaxis and of fibroblast activation in Uver disease (e.g., human cirrhosis) (McCaughan, et al. 2000 Immunol Rev 174:172-191). Consequently, LP293 may play a similar role by activating immune ceUs in such conditions.
  • ECM extraceUular matrix
  • LP293 may be important in such a role by its ability to enzymaticaUy modify the ECM microenvironment during the inflammatory response.
  • LP293 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 33) are expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Germ CeUs 1/5; Hemic and Immune System 5/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Nervous System 1/198.
  • compositions comprising LP293 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP293 antibodies (or LP293 binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not Umited to, e.g., ceU proUferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
  • Table 16 Primate, e.g., human, LP293 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 33) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 34).
  • the ORF for LP293 is 185-751 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • LP293 Full-Length Sequence (188aa): ( SEQ ID NO : 34 ) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Gly-22 ) .
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-22 and Arg-23 indicated as follows : 1 MRGVSCLQVLLLLVLGAAGTQG ⁇ RK 24
  • a predicted mature LP293 sequence is as follows : RKSAACGQPRMSSRIVGGRDGRDGEWPWQASIQHRGAHVCGGSLIAPQWVLTAAHCFPSAPPRVATATRSKG AAAGLAHLRRPLPRGRGRAQAERIVLPGSLCAGYPQGHKDACQVCTQPPQPPESPPCAQHPPSLNSRTQDIP TQAQDPGLQPRGTTPGVWNPEN*
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP293 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal peptide-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Gly-22.
  • AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP293 are two trypsin-Uke domains: Ile-37 to Arg-85 Arg-117 to Gln-137; and a serine protease, trypsin famUy-Uke active site: Leu-73 to Cys-78. Suggesting that LP293 may perform a peptidase Uke activity based on this homology.
  • Trypsin-Uke protein domains are recognized in aU proteins in families SI, S2A, S2B, S2C, and S5 in the classification of peptidases (RawUngs & Barrett 1994 Meth Enzymol 244:19-61; Sprang, et al., 1987 Science 237:905-909).
  • Active sites in serine protease-Uke proteins of the trypsin family, typicaUy involve the catalytic activity of serine proteases of the trypsin family, which are provided by a charge relay system involving an aspartic acid residue hydrogen- bonded to a histidine, which itself is hydrogen-bonded to a serine.
  • LP293 Additional interesting sections of LP293 are the discovered portions of LP293 from Leu-7 to Ala-18; Lys-24 to Met-33; Cys-28 to Gly-40; Nal-38 to Glu-47; Arg-44 to Ile-54; Cys-62 to Trp-71; Nal-72 to Ala-82; Arg-85 to Ala-95; Gly-94 to Leu-106; Ala-113 to Gly-127; Tyr-128 to Gln-137; Cys-139 to Pro-149; Ser-160 to Asp-171; Gly-173 to Nal-183; Gln-21 to Pro-31; Met-33 to Asp42; Asp-45 to Ala- 52; His-56 to Gly-64; Ser-65 to Ala-76; Ala-82 to Gly-94; Thr-88 to Gly-98; Gly-98 to Arg- 108; Leu-106 to Gln-114; Arg-108 to Leu-120; Gly
  • LP293 secondary structures e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil
  • the foUowing LP293 heUx structures Cys-6 to Gln-8; and Gly-98 to Leu-102.
  • coU structures are Met-1 to Arg-2; Ala-18 to Thr-20; Ala-26 to Met-33; Gly-39 to Pro-49; Arg-57 to Gln-70; Ala-75 to Pro-84; Ser- 92 to Gly-94; Arg-104 to Arg-112; Leu-120 to Ser-123; Gly-127 to Ala-135; and Gln-141 to Asn-188.
  • Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are Arg-36 to Ile- 37; Nal-72 to Thr-74; and Gln-137 to Nal-138. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one coil-strand-coil motif of LP293 combines the Gly-127 to Ala-135 coil, with the Gln-137 to Nal-138 strand, and the Gln-141 to Asn-188 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-127 to Asn-188.
  • Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
  • LP294 is a novel polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 35) that is a spUce variant of LP293.
  • LP294 exhibits sequence simUarity at the amino acid level to human serine proteinases as described above (e.g., such as the serine proteinase designated as prostasin (Yu, et al., 1995 J Biol Chem 270(22):13483-89).
  • LP294 contains the active sites of serine proteinases (trypsin famUy), trypsin-Uke domains, and apple-Uke domains.
  • LP294 has a signal peptide-Uke portion at its N-terminal.
  • EosinophUs are a type of polymorphonuclear leukocyte containing eosin-staining granules. EosinophUs are known to destroy parasitic organisms and play a major role in aUergic reactions. They also secrete chemical mediators that can cause broncho-constriction in asthma (Sampson, et al., 2000
  • compositions comprising LP294 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists, and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of parasite infection, aUergy, and asthma.
  • CD26/DPP IN plays an important role in immune function (Sozzani, et al.2000 Pharm
  • LP294 may play a similar role by activating immune ceUs in such conditions.
  • an automated microtiter plate assay can be used to aUow detection of a suspected protease (such as, e.g., LP294) in tissue samples of patients with a proUferative disease condition (for example, see, e.g., the proteomic screen for proteases in colorectal carcinomas developed by McKerrow, et al, 2000 Mol Med. (5): 450-460, which is incorporated by reference herein for these teachings).
  • proteases whose activities may be essential for tumor progression and are not completely balanced by endogenous inhibitors. Such proteases are logical targets for efforts to produce low molecular weight protease inhibitors as a potential chemotherapy.
  • Employing such an assay on LP294 to test its serine protease- Uke activity in a biological sample would allow a determination of its role in diseases of ceU proUferation, such as, e.g., colon cancer.
  • LP294's homology to proteins involved in blood coagulation e.g., plasma kalUkrein, coagulation factor XI, and plasminogen
  • apple domains which have been shown to be involved in binding other members of the coagulation cascade (such as, e.g., kininogen, and factor Xlla) suggest that LP294 may also be participate in the blood coagulation system.
  • kininogen kininogen
  • factor Xlla factor Xlla
  • LP294 may also participate in inflammatory processes.
  • phagocytic effector ceUs neutral monocytes, and macrophages
  • the second piece of evidence supporting this view is the expression data for LP294, which is primarUy in IL-5 activated eosinophils, and eosinophils exhibiting hyper-eosinophiUa, and in asthma patients. Thus, supporting the Unkage between the immune system and the coagulation system.
  • LP294 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 35) are expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLDTM database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Germ CeUs 1/5; Hemic and Immune System 5/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Nervous System 1/198.
  • compositions comprising LP294 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP294 antibodies (or LP294 binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not Umited to, e.g., ceU proUferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, coagulative, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
  • Table 17 Primate, e.g., human, LP294 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 35) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 36).
  • the ORF for LP294 is 52-894 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
  • LP294 DNA sequence (1653 bp) (ORF 52-894) :
  • LP294 >ds38140 (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined).
  • a polyadenylation signal is indicated in italic typeface.
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Gly- 22).
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-22 and Arg-23 indicated as follows: 1 MRGVSCLQVLLLLVLGAAGTQG ⁇ RK 24 MRGVSCLQvT-LLLVLGAAGTQGRKSAACGQPRMSSRIVGGRDGRDGEWPWQASIQHRGAHVCGGSLIAPQ VI-TAAHCFPRRALPAEYRVRLGALRLGSTSPRTLSVPVRRVLLPPDYS ⁇ DGARGDLALLQLRRPVPLSARV QPVCLPVPGARPPPGTPCRVTGWGSLRPGVPLPEWRPLQGWVPLLDSRTCDGLYHVGADVPQAERIVLPG SLCAGYPQGHKDACQGDSGGPLTCLQSGSWVLVGWSWGKGCALPNRPGV ⁇ TSVATYSP IQARVSF* An LP294 Mature Sequence ( 258a
  • a predicted mature LP294 sequence is as follows :
  • LP293 and LP294 are alternatively spUced mRNAs from the same genomic DNA.
  • LP294 shows sequence identity with various human serine proteases such as, e.g., the mature forms of alpha-tryptase (VandersUce, et al. 1990 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 87, 3811-3815) or the catalytic chains of acrosin (Adham, et al. 1990 Hum. Genet. 84, 125-128), plasma kalUkrein (Chung, et al. 1986 Biochemistry 25:2410-2417), coagulation factor XI (Fujikawa, et al.
  • LP294 the catalytic His-Asp-Ser triad in LP294 is formed by His-77 (LTAAHCFPR); Asp-126 (GARGDLALL); and Ser-231 (CQGDSGGPL)).
  • LP294 contains an aspartic acid residue (D) at amino acid residue position Asp-225 (QGHKDACQ), indicating that LP294 has trypsin-Uke activity (also, LP294 exhibits a trypsin-Uke domain and serine protease, trypsin famUy-Uke active sites further suggest that it has trypsin-Uke activities).
  • D aspartic acid residue
  • QGHKDACQ aspartic acid residue
  • This cysteine residue has been discovered to be involved in the formation of an interchain disulfide bond with the noncatalytic chain in plasma kalUkrein, coagulation factor XI, and acrosin (see, e.g., McMuUen, et al. 1991a Biochemistry 30, 2050- 2056;McMuUen, et al. 1991b Biochemistry 30, 2056-2060; and Topfer-Petersen, et al. 1990
  • Asp residues in other serine proteinases have been shown to be placed at the bottom of a substrate-binding pocket in trypsin that is involved in an interaction with an Arg or Lys residue on a corresponding substrate (see, e.g., Ruhlmann et al, 1973 J. Mol. Biol. 77, 417-436; and Yu, et al. 1995 J. Biol. Chem. 270 (22): 13483-89).
  • two Glycine residues Gly-252 (WS GKGCA) and Gly-262 (P ⁇ RPGVYTS) are conserved in LP294 and other serine proteinases.
  • LP294's primary structure additionaUy reinforce its trypsin-Uke functionaUty.
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP294 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal peptide-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Gly-22.
  • LP294 AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP294 are: a trypsin-Uke domain from Ile-37 to Ile-274:); and serine protease, trypsin famUy-Uke active sites: Leu-73 to Cys-78 (LTAAHC) and Asp-225 to Thr- 236 (DACQGDSGGPLT). Trypsin-Uke protein domains are recognized in aU proteins in famiUes having the SI, S2A, S2B, S2C, and S5 classification of peptidases (see, e.g., RawUngs & Barrett, 1994 Meth Enzymol 244:19-61; and Sprang, et al, 1987 Science 237:905-909).
  • Active sites in serine protease-Uke proteins of the trypsin family, typicaUy involve the catalytic activity of serine proteases of the trypsin family, which are provided by a charge relay system involving an aspartic acid residue hydrogen-bonded to a histidine, which itself is hydrogen- bonded to a serine. Sequences near the active site serine and histidine residues are weU conserved in this family of proteases (see, e.g., Brenner 1988 Nature 334:528-530).
  • LP294 possesses a characteristic catalytic triad of histidine (H), aspartic acid (D), and serine (S) residues, which have been shown to be essential for enzymatic activity in other serine proteinases (see, e.g.; Yu, et al. 1995 J. Biol. Chem. 270 (22): 13483-89).
  • the residues of the triad in LP294 are (His-77 (LTAAHCFPR); Asp-126 (GARGDLALL); and Ser-231 (CQGDSGGPL)).
  • LP294 contains a conserved aspartic acid residue (D) at amino acid residue position Asp-225 (QGHKDACQ). Similar placement of an Asp residue in other serine proteinases is interpreted as indicating trypsin-Uke activity (LP294 also possesses, as indicated above, both a trypsin-Uke domain and serine protease trypsin-family-Uke active sites, which further suggest that it possesses trypsin-Uke activity).
  • a conserved Cys residue in LP294 (Cys-146; NQPNCLPVP), is also conserved in aU of the serine proteinases of the aUgnment.
  • LP294 Glycine residues Gly-252 (VNS GKGCA) and Gly-262 (P ⁇ RPGVYTS); are also conserved in other serine proteinases.
  • the counterparts of these two Gly residues in trypsin and prostatin have been shown to be present at the entrance of the substrate-binding pocket and to permit entry of large amino acid side chains. Consequently, analyzing the data as a whole, LP294's primary structure reinforce the view that it possesses enzymatic-Uke functionaUty.
  • LP294 Given its sequence homology to serine proteinases, its possession of a trypsin-Uke domain, its possession of serine protease, trypsin- family-Uke active sites, and the conservation of primary features with other serine proteinases, it is Ukely that LP294 possesses similar catalytic properties. Based on the teachings suppUed herein, one skiUed in the art would be able to easUy determine enzymatic Uke activity for LP294 using common assay techniques.
  • LP294 could easily be tested for trypsin-Uke activities, using synthetic substrates (see, e.g., Yu et al. 1994 J. Biol. Chem. 269, 18843-18848 and the teachings suppUed therein, which are hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • D-Pro-Phe-Arg-MCA and D-Phe-Phe-Arg-MCA For example to test LP294 for arginine amidolytic activities one could use the substrate D-Pro-Phe-Arg-MCA and D-Phe-Phe-Arg-MCA.
  • a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Phe-Lys-MCA and t- butyloxycarbonyl-Nal-Leu-Lys-MCA.
  • a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Ala-Pro-Phe-MCA, Ala-Ala-Phe-AMC, or Suc-Leu-Leu-Nal-Tyr-AMC. Trypsin-Uke activity could be assayed, for example with Boc-Leu-Ser-Thr-Arg-AMC. Other methods for testing are known in the art and would be easily avaUable.
  • LP294 AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP294 are: the chymotrypsin-Uke domain signatures of serine proteases: Gly-63 to Cys-78 (GGSLIAPQWVLTAAHC); Gly-122 to Nal-136 (GARGDLALLQLRRPV); and Lys-224 to Thr-236 (KDACQGDSGGPLT); and the apple-domain-Uke signatures of serine proteases: Gly-64 to Arg-96
  • GSLIAPQ VLTAAHCFPRRALPAEYRVRLGALR Leu-97 to Pro-135
  • LGSTSPRTLSVPVRRVLLPPDYSEDGARGDLALLQLRRP Val-136 to Pro-170
  • VPLSARVQPVCLPVPGARPPPGTPCRVTG GSLRP Ala-217 to Trp-251
  • Gly-252 to Phe-280 GKGCALPNRPGV ⁇ TSVATYSPWIQARVSF
  • Apple domains are found in the two related plasma serine proteases that are activated by factor XIIA— plasma kaUikrein (EC 3.4.21.34) and coagulation factor XI (EC 3.4.21.27).
  • Both of these serine proteases share the same domain topology — an N-terminal region containing four tandem repeats of about 90 amino acids, and a C-terminal catalytic domain.
  • This 90 amino-acid repeated domain contains six conserved cysteines that form three disulfide bonds (Linking the first and sixth, second and fifth, and third and fourth cysteines) (see, e.g., McMuUen, et al. 1991 Biochemistry 30:2050-2056; and McMuUen, et al. 1991
  • PAN modules Based on functional information of apple- and N-domains, PAN modules have been shown to exhibit diverse biological functions by mediating protein- protein or protein-carbohydrate interactions. Consequendy, it is expected that LP294 will also have such a predicted fold structure and Ukewise mediate protein-protein or protein- carbohydrate interactions Uke other members of the PAN module.
  • LP294 Additional interesting sections of LP294 are the discovered portions of LP294 from Cys-28 to Ile-54; Cys-62 to Trp-71 ; Nal-72 to Arg-82; Leu-84 to Ala-94; Ala-123 to Ser-139; Nal-145 to Thr-158; Gly-157 to Nal-172; Nal-172 to Gly-182; Pro-204 to Gly-218; Tyr-219 to Gln-228; Gly-229 to Ser-240; Gly-241 to Lys-253; Gly-254 to Ala-268; Tyr-264 to Gln-275; Thr-20 to Pro-31; Met-33 to Gly-43; Gly-43 to Ala-52; Gln-21 to Ala-52; His-56 to Gly-63; Leu-92 to Ser-106; Nal-112 to Leu-127; Pro-150 to Trp-165; Pro-154 to Gly-164; Nal-185 to Thr-192; Cy
  • LP294 secondary structures e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil
  • the foUowing LP294 heUx structures Leu-127 to Gln-131.
  • coil structures are Met-1 to Arg-2; Ala-18 to THr-20; Cys-28 to Met- 33; Gly-40 to Pro-49; Arg-56 to Gly-57; Gly-63 to Gln-70; Ala-75 to Arg-81; Leu-97 to Arg- 103; Leu-114 to Gly-125; Arg-133 to Pro-144; Leu-147 to Pro-159; Gly-166 to Leu-180; Asp- 189 to Gly-195; Gly-200 to Nal-203; Leu-211 to Ser-214; Gly-218 to Lys-224; Gly-229 to Gly-233; Gln-239 to Ser-242; Trp-251 to Gly-262; Thr-269 to Ser-271; and Ser-279 to Phe- 280.
  • strand structures are Arg-36 to Ile-37; Arg-110 to Leu-113; Tyr-197 to His-198; Leu-235 to Leu-238; and Trp-243 to Nal-249.
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one strand-coil-heUx-coil motif of LP294 combines the Arg-110 to Leu-113 strand, with the Leu-114 to Gly-125 coU, with the Leu-127 to Gln-131 heUx, and the Arg-133 to Pro-144 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Arg-110 to Pro-144.
  • LP295 is a novel human polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 38) that exhibits amino acid sequence identity to various serpin proteins.
  • the serpins are a superfamUy of proteins, typicaUy 350-400 amino acids in length, with a diverse set of functions including, but not Umited to, inhibition of serine proteases in the vertebrate blood coagulation cascade (see, e.g., Huber and CarreU 1989 Biochemistry 28: 8951-8966; and MarshaU 1993 Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. B342: 101-119).
  • Serpins are of cUnical interest because mutations in these compositions cause a number of disease conditions — for example, blood clotting disorders, emphysema, cirrhosis, and dementia — many of which are consequences of polymerization (see, e.g., CarreU & Lomas 1997 Lancet 350: 134—138). Serpins have a conserved set of secondary structural elements whose nomenclature (Schechter and Berger 1967 Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 27: 157-162) has developed based on a naming system given to the canonical structure of native alpha-1-antitrypsin (Elliott et al. 1996 Nat. Struct. Biol. 3: 676-681).
  • serpins contain three beta-sheets and nine alpha-heUces.
  • the portion of a serpin designated as the reactive center loop (RCL) is crucial for the function of inhibitory serpins by undergoing large structural changes that alter the folding topology of the molecule.
  • the RCL comprises residues P17-P4' and it contains a scissile bond (between residues PI and PI'), which is cleaved by its cognate target protease.
  • LP295 sequence taught herein and its identity with known serpins AppUcants have discovered similar secondary structures in LP295.
  • the latent state is an uncleaved state in which the RCL is inserted into the A beta- sheet, as in the cleaved form; this is an alternative R state.
  • the latent state was first seen in the crystal structure of Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-1 (PAI-1; Kinen, et al. 1992 Nature 355: 270-273).
  • PAI-1 Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-1
  • the transition in PAI-1 from the native, active form to the latent, non-inhibitory conformation provides a fine level of functional control, Umiting the active Ufetime of PAI-1 to a few hours (Levin and San-teU 1987 Blood 70: 1090-1098).
  • the latent state also occurs in the crystal structure of antithrombin (CarreU, et al.
  • Some non-inhibitory serpins such as CBG, use the S— >R transition to control Ugand release: the native state of CBG has higher affinity for cortisol than does the cleaved form (Pemberton, et al. 1988 Nature 336: 257-258). Note the difference between this mechanism and that of hemoglobin: once cleaved, CBG releases its Ugand, and it cannot be re-used whereas hemoglobin has to develop a complex aUosteric mechanism to achieve reversible release of Ugands.
  • Some other serpins e.g., ovalbumin
  • do not undergo an S— >R transition under normal physiological conditions (Wright et al. 1990 J. Mol. Biol.
  • the serpins also share certain mechanistic features with non-serpin inhibitor famiUes. Both serpin and non-serpin inhibitors inhibit proteases by forming stable equimolar complexes in which a substrate-Uke interaction is made between an exposed inhibitor binding loop and an enzyme active site (see, e.g., Potempa, et al. 1994 J. Biol. Chem. 269 15957-15960; Olson, et al. 1994 Semin. Thromb. Hemostasis 20, 373-409; Laskowski, et al. 1980 Annu. Rev. Biochem 49, 593-626; and Bode & Huber. 1992 Eur. J. Biochem.
  • serpins differ from non-serpin inhibitors in requiring a large inhibitor conformational change to trap proteases in such complexes (see, e.g., Engh, et al. 1990 Protein Eng. 3, 469-477; Schulze, et al. 1990 Eur. J. Biochem. 194, 51-56; Skriver, et al. 1991 J. Biol. Chem. 266, 9216-9221; CarreU, et al. 1991 Nature 353, 576-578; Bj ⁇ rk, et al. 1992 J. Biol. Chem. 267, 1976-1982; and Bj ⁇ rk, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32, 6501-6505).
  • the inhibitor-binding loop is thought to coUapse from its exposed position on the protein surface and become inserted into the center of a major beta-sheet comprising the core of the protein.
  • the binding loop is rigidly fixed in an optimal substrate binding, "canonical" conformation capable of tight interaction with the protease with minimal conformational adjustments (Laskowski, et al. 1980 Annu. Rev. Biochem. 49, 593-626; and Bode & Huber. 1992 Eur. J. Biochem. 204, 433-451).
  • the hinge the P15-P9 portion of the RCL (Hopkins et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32: 7650-7657).
  • the hinge provides mobiUty essential for the conformational change of the RCL in the S— >R transition;
  • the breach located at the top of the A beta-sheet, the point of initial insertion of the RCL into the A beta-sheet (Whisstock et al. 2000a J. Mol. Biol. 296: 685-699); (3) The shutter, near the center of A beta-sheet (Stein and CarreU 1995 Nat. Struct. Biol. 2: 96-113).
  • the breach and shutter are two important regions that faciUtate sheet opening and accept the conserved hinge of the RCL as it inserts (Whisstock et al. 2000a J. Mol. Biol. 296: 685-699); (4) The gate, including strands s3C and s4C, primarily characterized by studies of the transition of active PAI-1 to latency (Mottonen et al. 1992 Nature 355: 270-273; Stein and CarreU 1995 Nat. Struct. Biol. 2: 96-113). To insert fuUy into the A beta-sheet without cleavage, the RCL has to pass around the heUx-turn Unking strands s3C and s4C.
  • inhibitory serpins can be recognized by a consensus pattern in their sequences in the hinge region (see, e.g., Gettins, et al. 1996 Serpins: Structure, Function and Biology, R.G. Austin, Texas; Hopkins, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32:7650-57; and Irving, et al. Genome Research 10:1845-64).
  • the hinge residues are beUeved to permit efficient and rapid insertion of the RCL into the A- beta sheet during S— >R transition.
  • the corresponding regions of non-inhibitory serpins deviate from the consensus.
  • conformational labiUty of serpin higher order structure is the possibiUty of it leading to undesirable conformation formations (e.g., aberrant polymerizations), for example, such as that resulting from the insertion of the RCL of one molecule into the A beta-sheet of another (see, e.g., Mast et al. 1991 Biochemistry 30: 1723- 1730; Lomas et al. 1992 Nature 357: 605-607; Huntington et al. 1999 J. Mol. Biol. 293: 449- 455; and Dunstone et al. 2000 Protein Sci. 9: 429-443).
  • undesirable conformation formations e.g., aberrant polymerizations
  • LP295, and LP295 variants (such as, e.g., amino acid residue variants of the shutter region of LP295), associated with such or simUar polymerizations resulting in conditions, disorders, syndromes, or disease states such as, e.g., dementia, Alzheimer's disease, neurofibriUary plaque formation, amyloid-fibril formation, inclusion-body myositis, inclusion-body myopathy syndromes, intrafiber congophiUas, neuromuscular junctional disease, hepatic maUgnant fibrous histocytoma, hepatic inclusion formations, pulmonary inclusion formations, uremic cachexia, muscle cachexia, hepatic damage that may progress to cirrhosis and hepatoceUular carcinoma, (see, e.g., Lomas, D. A., 1996 QJM 89(11):807-12).
  • AdditionaUy included herein are methods to represent conformational disease state related to LP295
  • LP295 amino acid sequence suggests that it also is an extraceUular serpin.
  • the extraceUular serpins have been further categorized (based on a phylogenetic analysis of aU the currendy described extant serpins; see, e.g., Irving et al, 2000 Genome Research 10:1845-1860) into eight separate clades, the largest of which — clade 'a' in the Irving et al., nomenclature — contains 77 antitrypsin-Uke extraceUular inhibitory serpins. Further analysis of LP295 suggests that is a newly discovered member of this antitrypsin-Uke grouping.
  • LP295 exhibits particularly close amino acid sequence identity to the foUowing serpins: Contrapsin- Like Protease Inhibitor 3 Precursor (CPI-23), Serine Protease Inhibitor 1 (SPI-1); Contrapsin-Like Protease Inhibitor 1 Precursor (CPI-21), KaUikrein-Binding Protein (KBP), Growth Hormone-Regulated Protease Inhibitor (GHR-P63), Serine Protease Inhibitor 2
  • LP295 contains an arginine residue (Arg-379) at the presumptive Pl-Uke position of the reactive-site peptide bond-Uke region in LP295, which, in rodent serpins (also know as contrapsins), is a characteristic indicator of trypsin inhibition (see, e.g., Potempa, et al. 1995 Biochem J Feb 15;306 ( Pt l):191-7).
  • LP295 is a novel trypsin inhibitor. Testing the inhibitory spectrum of LP295 would not require undue experimentation given the teachings in the art regarding assays for determining the inhibitory activity of suspected serpins (such as, e.g., against chymotrypsin, pancreatic elastase, neutropbil elastase, thrombin, plasmin, plasma kaUikrein, pancreatic kaUikrein, clotting factor Xa, or papain). Such methods are weU known in the art and could be adapted here to test LP295 (see, e.g., Yamamoto & Sinohara 1993 J Biol Chem 268(24):17750-53).
  • LP295 wiU the genetic locus of LP295 wiU be found within or near a serpin gene cluster recently described on human chromosome 14.
  • the cluster of known human serpin genes that map to the 14q32.1 locus include genes that are phylogeneticaUy related to LP295.
  • Identified serpin genes at this locus encode: alpha-1 -antitrypsin (alpha 1AT, gene symbol PI), corticosteroid- binding globuUn (CBG), alpha 1-antichymotrypsin (AACT), protein C inhibitor (PCI), kaUistatin (KAL, gene symbol PI4), the polymorphic protease inhibitor (PI) gene, PIL; and the Pl-Uke pseudogene. Given the phylogenetic relationship of LP295 to these genes, it is Ukely that LP295 also maps to this region of human chromosome 14.
  • Table 18 Primate, e.g., human, LP295 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 37) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 38).
  • the ORF for LP295 is 147-1388 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame ⁇ without undue experimentation).
  • P295 DNA Sequence (1725 bp) (ORF 147-1388) :
  • a polyadenylation signal is indicated in italic typeface.
  • LP295 Full-Length Sequence (413aa) >ds38141+3_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 38)
  • the underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-17) .
  • a predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-17 and Val-18 indicated as follows: 1
  • MAFIAALGLLMAGICPA ⁇ VLCDG 22 An' alternative predicted cleavage site based on a different signal peptide analysis is between Cys-20 and Asp-21 indicated as follows: 1 MAFIAALGLLMAGICPAVI-C DG 22. Both versions are encompassed herein.
  • a predicted mature LP295 sequence is as follows: VT-ICDGTLG- ⁇ TLSHEDHGKGRQLHSLTLASSNTDFALSLYKKLALRNPDKNVVFSPLSISAALTILSLGAKD STMEEILEGLKFNLT ⁇ ITE ⁇ EIHQGFGHLLQRLSQPEDQVEINTGSALFIDKEQPILSEFQEKTRALYQAEA FVADFKQPNEAKKLINDYVSNQTQGKIAELFSDL ⁇ ERTSMVLVIJYLLFKGK KAPFNP-X ⁇ DTI ⁇ SEFYLD ⁇ KR SVKVPMMKIKEVTTPYVRDEELSCS ⁇ /LELKYTGNASALFILPDQGKMQQVESSLQPETLKKWKDSLIPRIIN DLRMPKFSISTDYSLKEVLP ⁇ LGIKKVFSQQADLSRITGTKDLYVSQVVHKAVLD ⁇ /DETGTEATAATGVATV IRRQPRTLNFNRPFMWITD DSQSILFVAKITN
  • LP295 can define a minimaUy predicted reactive center- Uke loop (RCL) region, with an N-terminad side portion having residues Glu-363 to Thr-372 (ETGTEATAAT)and a C-terminad side portion having residues Arg-379 to Arg-380 (RR) which is a pipeUne reactive center-Uke portion of LP295. Between these two areas Ues a region from about Thr-372 to Ile-378 (TGNATNI).
  • RCL minimaUy predicted reactive center- Uke loop
  • LP295 EMGTEATAAT
  • CTGNATNI CTGNATNI
  • RR Arg-379 to about Ile-378
  • serpins see, e.g., CarreU & Evans 1992 Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 2:438-446.
  • the reactive center (including the P-P') functions as an ideal substrate, with a central residue that matches the proteolytic specificity of its cognate target protease.
  • an arginine is characteristic for a thrombin-Uke protease (such as, e.g., Arg-379 of LP295), or an alanine (Ala) or methionine (Met) is characteristic for an elastase.
  • a thrombin-Uke protease such as, e.g., Arg-379 of LP295
  • an alanine (Ala) or methionine (Met) is characteristic for an elastase.
  • the reactive center of a serpin is described as lying on a peptide loop that extends at its ⁇ -terminad most portion from about PI 7 (which is located at the end of strand 5 of the A sheet of the serpin) to about P'4at its C-terminad most portion (which is located at the commencement of the strand 1 of the C sheet of the serpin) (see, e.g., R.W. CarreU pp. 1009-1013, especiaUy Fig. S9b, in the section titled "Serpins" in The Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology, ed. Sir J. Kendrew 1994 BlackweU Science Ltd.); however, others have extended these boundaries (e.g., PI 9- P'9).
  • a reactive center-Uke loop region of LP295 extends ⁇ terminad from the PI reactive center arginine residue of Arg-379 and C terminad from the PI' arginine residue of Arg-380. Accordingly (using the notation of Scheter & Berger 1967 Biochem Biophys Res Commun 27:157-162), the P17— > P'4 peptide loop of LP295 starts at LP295 Leu-359 (which is the ⁇ -terminad (P17) residue) and continues to LP295 Arg-384 (which is the C-terminad (P'4) residue). This portion of LP295 defines a 25 contiguous amino acid region as foUows:
  • AppUcants embodiments include muteins of, in and around this region, particularly LP295 variants as described herein created by mutagenesis around the PI- P'l region since it is known as conveying to a unique cleavage site target to its cognate binding partner/s.
  • additionaUy since serpin inhibitors behave as suicide substrates that are cleaved early in the interaction with their target enzyme, for example, testing the specificity of LP295 for various suspected substrates (including testing, e.g., the kinetic parameters of their hydrolysis) could be done using internaUy (and/or intramolecularly) quenched fluorogenic peptides having specific structures containing particular amino acid pairs designed, e.g., based on the described reactive-center loop sequence of LP295 (e.g., from P17 to about P'13).
  • the LP295 ETGTEATAAT region exhibits a high degree of sequence identity to the hinge region of serpins (defined as the P15-P9 or P17-P8 portion of the RCL (depending on various authors, see, e.g., Hopkins, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32:7650-57; Hopkins &
  • the hinge region appears to be mechanisticaUy critical for the reactive loop of the serpin to undergo a dramatic conformational change upon cleavage (this native to cleaved change of the serpin is caUed the "stressed to relaxed" (S— >R) transition; Carrel & Owen 1985 Nature 317: 730-32.
  • the hinge provides the mobiUty essential for the conformational change of the RCL in the S— -»R transition) and for the formation of a characteristicaUy stable 1:1 complex of an inhibitory serpin and its cognate target protease (even under reducing conditions).
  • inhibitory serpins can be recognized by a consensus pattern in their sequences in the hinge region (see, e.g., Gettins, et al. 1996 Serpins: Structure, Function and Biology, R.G. Austin, Texas; Hopkins, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32:7650-57; and Irving, et al. Genome Research 10:1845-64).
  • the hinge residues are beUeved to permit efficient and rapid insertion of the RCL into the A-beta sheet during S ⁇ R transition.
  • LP295 is an inhibitory-type serpin protein.
  • inhibitory serpins are cleaved by their target cognate protease within a reactive center loop region of about 20 amino acids that is located near the C terminus.
  • the amino acid located N terminad to the scissUe bond appears to be important for determining the specificity of a serpin for its cognate protease. Possession of such a hinge-Uke region by LP295 suggests that it also has the capacity to inhibit protease activity, Uke other inhibitory serpins.
  • Classical inhibitory-type serpins are able to form SDS- stabLe complexes with their target proteases, even in the presence of reducing agents (see, e.g., Potempa et al. 1994 J. Biol Chem. 269: 15957-60; O' MaUey et al. 1997 J. Biol Chem. 272: 5354-59; and Schick et al.
  • Characteristic elements of a serpin secondary structure map to a portion of LP295 as foUows: an A-heUx, a B-heUx, etc., are indicated respectively, as hA, hB, etc., whUe a strand 1 of the A beta-sheet, a strand 2 of the A beta-sheet, etc., are indicated respectively, as si A, s2A, etc.
  • TypicaUy members of the serpin superfamUy are characterized by a dominant A beta-sheet and a mobUe reactive loop region that acts as a pseudosubstrate for the serpin cognate proteinase (see, e.g., Wei, et al., 1994 Nat. Struct. Biol. 1, 251-258; and Baumann, et al, 1991 J. Mol. Biol. 218, 595-606).
  • a reactive center loop-Uke region which is a distinguishing feature of serpins (see, e.g., CarreU & Evans 1992 Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 2:438-446), can be found in LP295 and labeled "P" and "P"' (employing the canonical serpin nomenclature for indicating particular amino acid residues of an RCL region of serpins).
  • P and P employing the canonical serpin nomenclature for indicating particular amino acid residues of an RCL region of serpins.
  • foUows the canonical serpin nomenclature for an RCL-Uke region of serpins
  • a putative PI- P'l reactive center-Uke region of LP295 is defined by residues Arg- 379 to Arg-380 (RR).
  • An interesting portion of the LP295 RCL-Uke region at the N- terminad side of the reactive loop region is defined by residues Glu-363 to Thr-372 (ETGTEATAAT).
  • Particularly interesting portions or fragments of a full length LP295 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal peptide-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Ala-17 (MAFIAALGLLMAGICPA).
  • An alternative predicted cleavage site based on a different signal peptide analysis is between Cys-20 and As ⁇ -21 (MAFIAALGLLMAGICPAVLC).
  • LP295 AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP295 are a discovered serpin-Uke domain from Ser-42 to Pro-412; a discovered serpin-Uke signature motif: Leu-385 to Ile-395
  • LNFNRPFMVNI serpin protein-Uke signatures: Asn-68 to Thr-91 ( ⁇ VNFSPLSISAALTILSLGAKDS ⁇ ); Ala-172 to Phe-192 (AKKLI ⁇ DYNS ⁇ QTQGKIAELF); Thr-199 to Met-240 CTSMVLV ⁇ YLLFKGKWI APF ⁇ P ⁇ DTIESEFYLDEI ⁇ -RSNI ⁇ -NPMM); Leu-307 to Phe- 333 (LRMPKFSISTDYSLKENLPELGIKKNF); and Asn-388 to Pro-412 ( ⁇ RPFMVNITDMDSQSILFNAI ⁇ IT ⁇ P).
  • AppUcants have developed a signature consensus sequence pattern ([LINMFYJ-x- [LrvMFYAq-p ⁇ CJ-[ra ⁇ MQS]-iPST]-F ⁇ identify putative members of the serpin family of proteins.
  • This consensus sequence has been designed around the weU-conserved Pro-Phe (P-F) sequence ( ⁇ ?STJ ⁇ F) that is found ten to fifteen residues C-terminad of the reactive bond (note: in position 6 of the pattern indicated by the brackets enclosing PST; typicaUy, die Pro residue (P) is found in most serpin family proteins).
  • Leuserpin 2 is a 5-element fingerprint that provides a signature for the heparin cofactor II, a glycoprotein that is involved in the blood coagulation system.
  • Heparin cofactor II exists in human plasma and inhibits thrombin rapidly in the presence of dermatan sulphate or heparin (see, e.g., Zhang, et al. 1994 Biochemistry 33: 3632-3642). In the presence of these glycosaminoglycans, HCII becomes the predominant thrombin inhibitor in place of anti hrombin III (AT). It also inhibits chymotrypsin, but in a glycosaminoglycan-independent manner.
  • AT anti hrombin III
  • HCII function as a thrombin inhibitor, but Umited proteolysis near its N-terminus yields biologicaUy active peptide(s) that might participate in inflammation and in wound heaUng and tissue repair processes (see, e.g., Church, et al. 1991 J. Biol. Chem. 266: 704-709).
  • the sequence of HCII contains a signal peptide of 19 amino acids and a mature protein of 480 amino acids (BUnder, et al. 1988 Biochemistry 27: 752-759).
  • HCII contains two acidic repeats (EDDDYLD and EDDDYID) that may bind to anion- binding exosite I of thrombin to facilitate covalent complex formation (Van DeerUn & ToUefsen, 1991 J. Biol. Chem. 266: 20223-20231).
  • the sequence of HCII shares similarity with anti-thrombin III and other members of the alpha 1 -antitrypsin superfamUy (BUnder, et al. 1988 Biochemistry 27: 752-759).
  • LP295 possesses typical serpin protein characteristics, including its homology to known serpins and serpin-Uke motifs. Consequently, analyzing the data as a whole, LP295's primary structure reinforces the view that it possesses enzymatic-Uke functionaUty.
  • LP295 Given LP295's sequence homology to known serine proteases inhibitors, its possession of a serpin-Uke domain, a serpin-Uke signature motif, a leuserpin 2-Uke domain, serpin protein-Uke signatures, and other primary features found conserved in other serine protease inhibitors (such as, e.g., a conserved hinge-Uke region (ETGTEATAAT) N- terminad to a serpin-Uke reactive site), it is Ukely that LP295 also possesses catalytic properties similar to other serpins (e.g., the ability to form an inhibitory complex with its cognate serine protease target).
  • ESGTEATAAT conserved hinge-Uke region
  • LP295 e.g., by expressing the coding region of LP295 using in vitro transcription/ translation
  • proteases such as, e.g., trypsin, chymotrypsin (CT), human neutrophil elastase (HNE), protease 3 (PR3), thrombin, plasmin, ca hepsinG (catG) to test serine proteases; cathepsins B or L (catB) (catL) to test cysteine proteases, or cathepsin D (catD) to test aspartic proteases; aU of which can be commerciaUy obtained, e.g., Athens Research & Technology, Inc., Athens GA or SIGMA) to test for the formation of SDS-stable complexes.
  • proteases such as, e.g., trypsin, chymotrypsin (CT), human neutrophil elastase (HNE), proteas
  • a PBS reaction buffer (0.01 M phospate buffer, 27 mM KC1, 137 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) is used with catG, plasmin, thrombin, and HNE.
  • a cathpesin reaction buffer 50mM sodium acetate (pH5.5), 4mM dithiothreitol, ImM EDTA) is used with catL, catB, and catD.
  • a buffer of 0.2M Tris-HCl (pH7.8), 20mM CaC12 is used with CT or trypsin.
  • a buffer of 200mM NaCl, 50mM Tris-HCl (pH6.7) is used.
  • the complete coding region of LP295 is ampUfied by PCR using a high fideUty Taq system (Boehringer Mannheim, Germany) and cloned via TA-cloning into pGEM (Promega, Mannheim, Germany).
  • the sequence of the resulting LP295 coding region in the resulting recombinant plasmid is confirmed using standard techniques (e.g., sequence analysis).
  • LP295 is expressed by in vitro transcription in the presence of [ 35 S] methionine (Amersham) for 90 minutes at 30°C using a coupled reticulocyte lysate system (Promega) and phage T7 RNA polymerase (Promega). The resulting LP295 translation mixture is diluted fivefold with 50mM Tris-HCl (pH7.4). The in vitro translated [ 35 S]LP295 is then size separated by consecutive ultrafiltration using a Microcon 100 and a Microcon 30 (MiUipore, Eschborn, Germany). The amount of ' [ 35 S]LP295 in the retentate is calculated over the incorporated [ 35 S] methionine.
  • 542 pM of [ 35 S]LP295 is incubated in an appropriate buffer (as described above) with a chosen protease at the foUowing concentrations: 5.0pM, 125pM, and 500pM for the foUowing times: 15 minutes at 25°C and 15 minutes at 37°C.
  • the resulting proteins are mixed with 2X loading buffer (125 mM Tris-HCl ( ⁇ H6.8), 20% (v/v) glycerol, 4% (w/v) SDS, 5% (v/v) beta-mercaptoethanol, 0.01% (w/v) bromophenol blue), heated to 100°C for four minutes and separated by SDS-PAGE (10% ProSieve 50 gel (FMC, USA, ME)) using a Tris/Tricine electrode buffer system. Any [ 5 S]LP295 is detected by autoradiography using Hyperfilm (Amersham) (see, e.g., Abts, et al. 1999 J. Mol, Biol.
  • An LP295 recombinant protein could easily be tested for its functionaUty, such as, e.g., inhibitory specificity, resistance to oxidative and proteolytic inactivation, capabiUty of forming serpin-enzyme complexes and/or determining inhibitory specificity with proteases such as, e.g., trypsin, chymotrypsin, and elastase (e.g., neutrophU elastase).
  • functionaUty such as, e.g., inhibitory specificity, resistance to oxidative and proteolytic inactivation, capabiUty of forming serpin-enzyme complexes and/or determining inhibitory specificity with proteases such as, e.g., trypsin, chymotrypsin, and elastase (e.g., neutrophU elastase).
  • testing a protein for trypsin activity is routine in the art and would not require undue experimentation given the teachings suppUed herein (e.g., as to the LP295 sequence) and given teachings in the art for methods of determining whether a suspected protein has trypsin-Uke activity.
  • LP295 could easUy be tested for trypsin-Uke activities, using synthetic substrates (see, e.g., Yu, et al. 1994 J. Biol. Chem. 269, 18843-18848 and the teachings suppUed therein, which are hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • D-Pro-Phe-Arg-MCA and D-Phe-Phe-Arg-MCA For example to test LP295 for arginine amidolytic activities one could use the substrate D-Pro-Phe-Arg-MCA and D-Phe-Phe-Arg-MCA.
  • a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Phe-Lys-MCA and t- butyloxycarbonyl-Nal-Leu-Lys-MCA.
  • a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Ala-Pro-Phe-MCA, Ala-Ala-Phe-AMC, or Suc-Leu-Leu-Nal-Tyr-AMC. Trypsin-Uke activity could be assayed, for example with Boc-Leu-Ser-Thr-Arg-AMC. Other methods for testing are known in the art are easUy available.
  • LP295 Additional interesting sections of LP295 are the discovered portions of LP295 from Ala-6 to Gly-25; Thr-28 to Ala-46; Ala-53 to Asp-66; Asn-68 to Thr-81; Gly-86 to Lys-100; Phe-101 to Phe-115; Pro-125 to Phe-138; Phe-138 to Gln-150; Glu-151 to Ala-164; Gln-168 to Asp-178; Tyr-179 to Ser-193; Leu-195 to Tyr-206; Asn-218 to Tyr-228; Nal-235 to Thr-247; Ala-268 to Leu-287; Glu-288 to Ser-298; Leu-299 to Ser- 315; Leu-348 to Nal-361 ; Leu-385 to Lys-408; Leu-19 to Ala-46; Leu-24 to Lys-36; Arg-26 to Lys-36; Gly-37 to Leu-45; Asn-68 to Leu-74
  • LP295 fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots.
  • particularly interesting LP295 structures e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU
  • the foUowing LP295 heUx structures Ile-4 to Leu-9; Phe-52 to Ala-61; Thr-91 to Gly-98; Thr-107 to Phe-115; His-117 to Arg-121; Ile-145 to Ala-164; Glu-171 to Asp-178; Ile-188 to Glu-196; Asn-205 to Leu-208; Gln-281 to Ser-285; Glu-290 to Lys-296; Pro-301 to Ile-304; Lys-330 to Ser-334; and Gln-352 to Lys- 356.
  • strand structures are Ala-17 to Leu-19; Nal-129 to Ile-131; Ala-270 to Ile-273; and Met-392 to Ile-395.
  • contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above.
  • one heUx-coil-coU-strand-coU motif of LP295 combines the Gln-352 to Lys-356 heUx, with the Nal-361 to Thr-366 and Gln-381 to Pro-390 coUs, and the Met-392 to Ile-395 strand to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gln-352 to Ile-395.
  • Total NT Seq refers to the total number of nucleotides in a polynucleotide sequence identified by an "LP No.”
  • the nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of the putative start codon (methionine) is identified as "5' NT of Start Codon.”
  • the nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of a predicted signal sequence of an LP protein or polypeptide is identified as "5' NT of First AA of Signal Pep.”
  • AA SEQ ID NO: Y The corresponding translated amino acid sequence of a particular NT SEQ ID NO:X, typically beginning with the methionine, is identified as "AA SEQ ID NO: Y," although other reading frames can also be easily translated using techniques known in molecular biology.
  • a polypeptide produced using an alternative open reading frame/s is also specifically encompassed by the present invention.
  • the first and last amino acid position of a SEQ ID NO: Y of the predicted signal peptide is identified as "First AA of Signal Pep" and "Last AA of Signal Pep.”
  • the predicted first amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the secreted portion is identified as "Predicted First AA of Secreted Portion.”
  • the amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the last amino acid in the open reading frame is identified as "Last AA of ORF.”
  • An LP polypeptide or fragment thereof, identified from SEQ ID NO: Y may be used, e.g., as an immunogen to generate an antibody that specifically and/or selectively binds a protein comprising an LP polypeptide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the invention and/or to a mature LP polypeptide or secreted LP protein, e.g., encoded by a polynucleotide sequence described herein.
  • An LP polypeptide of the invention can be prepared in any manner suitable to those known in the art. Such a polypeptide includes, e.g., naturally occurring polypeptides that are isolated, recombinantiy produced polypeptides, synthetically produced polypeptides, or polypeptides produced by any combination of these methods.
  • An LP polypeptide may be in the form of, a mature polypeptide, a secreted protein (including the mature form), or it may be a fragment thereof, or it may be a part of a larger polypeptide or protein, such as, e.g., a fusion protein. It is often advantageous to include with an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), e.g., additional amino acid sequence that contains, e.g., secretory or leader sequences, pro- sequences, sequences that aid in purification, such as, e.g., multiple histidine residues, or an additional sequence for stability during recombinant production.
  • An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is preferably provided in an isolated or recombinant form, or it may be preferably substantially purified.
  • a recombinantly produced version of an LP polypeptide of the invention, including a secreted polypeptide, can be substantially purified using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., the single-step purification method (Smith and Johnson (1988) Gene 67(1) :31- 40).
  • An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can also be purified from natural, synthetic or recombinant sources using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., using an antibody of the invention raised against a secreted protein.
  • the present invention provides an isolated or recombinant LP polynucleotide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a nucleic acid molecule having a mature polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X wherein said polynucleotide sequence or said cDNA encodes at least 12 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • LP polynucleotide refers to a molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence contained in a Table herein or in a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • the polynucleotide can contain the nucleotide sequence of the full length cDNA sequence, including the 5' and 3' untranslated sequences, the coding region, with or without the signal sequence, the secreted protein coding region, as well as fragments, epitopes, domains, and variants of the nucleic acid sequence.
  • An "LP polynucleotide” also encompasses, e.g., those polynucleotides that stably hybridize, under stringent hybridization conditions to an LP sequence of a table herein, or to a sequence contained in SEQ ID NOX.
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence is at least 15, at least 30, at least 50, at least 100, at least 125, at least 500, or at least 1000 contiguous nucleotides but are less than or equal to 300 kb, 200 kb, 100 kb, 50 kb, 15 kb, 10 kb, 7.5 kb, 5 kb, 2.5 kb, 2.0 kb, or 1 kb, in length.
  • An LP polynucleotide sequence can be composed of any polyribonucleotide or polydeoxribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA.
  • polynucleotides can be composed of single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, single- and double-stranded RNA, and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typically, double-stranded or a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions.
  • polynucleotide can be composed of triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA.
  • a polynucleotide may also contain one or more modified bases or DNA or RNA backbones modified for stability or for other reasons.
  • Modified bases can include, e.g., for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine.
  • tritylated bases can include, e.g., for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine.
  • a variety of modifications can be made to DNA and RNA; thus, the term "polynucleotide” embraces chemically, enzymatically, or metabolically modified forms.
  • altered nucleic acid sequences encoding LP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as LP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of LP. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of die polynucleotide encoding LP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding LP.
  • “Substantial similarity" in a nucleic acid sequence comparison context means either that the segments, or their complementary strands, when compared, are identical when optimally aligned, with appropriate nucleotide insertions or deletions, in at least about 50% of the nucleotides, generally at least 56%, more generally at least 59%, ordinarily at least 62%, more ordinarily at least 65%, often at least 68%, more often at least 71%, typically at least 74%, more typically at least 77%, usually at least 80%, more usually at least about 85%, preferably at least about 90%, more preferably at least about 95 to 98% or more, and in particular embodiments, as high at about 99% or more of the nucleotides.
  • substantial similarity exists when the segments will hybridize under selective hybridization conditions, to a strand, or its complement, typically using a sequence derived from SEQ ID X.
  • selective hybridization will occur when there is at least about 55% similarity over a stretch of at least about 30 nucleotides, preferably at least about 65% over a stretch of at least about 25 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 75%, and most preferably at least about 90% over about 20 nucleotides. See Kanehisa (1984) Nuc. Acids Res. 12:203-213.
  • the length of similarity comparison may be over longer stretches, and in certain embodiments will be over a stretch of at least about 17 nucleotides, usually at least about 20 nucleotides, more usually at least about 24 nucleotides, typically at least about 28 nucleotides, more typically at least about 40 nucleotides, preferably at least about 50 nucleotides, and more preferably at least about 75 to 100 or more nucleotides, e.g., 150, 200, etc.
  • sequence comparison typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared.
  • test and reference sequences are input into a computer, subsequent coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated.
  • sequence comparison algorithm calculates the percent sequence identity for the test sequence(s) relative to the reference sequence, based on the designated program parameters.
  • Optical alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1981) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482, by the homology alignment algorithm of Needlman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol. 48:443, by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
  • nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical.
  • hybridize e.g., sequence identity at the nucleotide level.
  • standards for determining homology between nucleic acid molecules (or polynucleotide sequences) use art known techniques which examine, e.g., the extent of structural similarity or sequence identity between polynucleotide sequences; and/or that determine a phylogenetic relationship (e.g., whether compared sequences are orthologs or paralogs); and/or that are based on the ability of sequences to form a hybridization complex. Hybridization conditions are described in detail herein.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions.
  • Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of similarity and/or identity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after "washing.” Washing is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, typically, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding (e.g., binding between polynucleotide sequences that demonstrate less sequence identity or similarity). Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve a desired stringency, and therefore, a particular hybridization specificity.
  • Stringent conditions when referring to homology or substantial similarity and/or identity in the hybridization context, will be stringent combined conditions of salt, temperature, organic solvents, and other parameters, typically those controlled in hybridization reactions.
  • Stringent temperature conditions will usually include temperatures in excess of about 30°C, more usually in excess of about 37°C, typically in excess of about 40°C, characteristically in excess of about 42°C, routinely in excess of about 45°C, usually in excess of about 47°C, preferably in excess of about 50°C, more typically in excess of about 55°C, characteristically in excess of about 60°C, preferably in excess of about 65°C, and more preferably in excess of about 70°C.
  • the term "about” includes, e.g., a particularly recited temperature (e.g., 50°C), and/or a temperature that is greater or lesser than that of the stated temperature by, e.g., one, two, three, four, or five degrees Celsius (e.g., 49°C or 51°C).
  • Stringent salt conditions will ordinarily be less than about 500 mM, usually less than about 450 mM, even more usually less than about 400 mM, more usually less than about 350 mM, even more usually Less than about 300 mM, typically less than about 250 mM, even more typically less than about 200 mM, preferably less than about 100 mM, and more preferably less than about 80 mM, even down to less than about 20 mM.
  • the term "about” includes, e.g., a particularly recited molarity (e.g., 400 mM), and/or a molarity that is greater or lesser than that of the stated molarity by, e.g., three, five, seven, nine, eleven or fifteen millimolar (e.g., 389 mM or 415 mM). It is to be remembered that the combination of parameters is more important than the measure of any single parameter (see, e.g., Wetmur and Davidson (1968) J. Mol. Biol. 31:349-370).
  • a nucleic acid probe that binds to a target nucleic acid under stringent conditions to form a stable hybridization complex is said to be specific for said target nucleic acid.
  • hybridization under stringent conditions should give a signal of at least 2-fold over background, more preferably a signal of at least 3 to 5-foid over background or more.
  • a hybridization probe is more than 11 nucleotides in length and is sufficiently identical (or complementary) to the sequence of the target nucleic acid (over the region determined by the sequence ofthe probe) to bind the target under stringent hybridization conditions to form a detectable stable hybridization complex.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid molecules by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or Rgt analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (such as, e.g., without limitation, paper, plastic, a membrane, a filter, a chip, a pin, glass, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids can be complexed with either covalentiy or non-covalentiy).
  • a solid support such as, e.g., without limitation, paper, plastic, a membrane, a filter, a chip, a pin, glass, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids can be complexed with either covalentiy or non-covalentiy).
  • a non- limiting example of a high stringency condition of the invention comprises including a wash condition of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour.
  • temperatures of about 67°C, 63°C, 61°C, 59°C, 57°C, 53°C, 51°C, 49°C, 47°C, 43°C, or 41 °C may be used.
  • SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2X SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%.
  • blocking reagents are used to block nonspecific hybridization.
  • blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared, and denatured salmon sperm D ⁇ A at about 100-200 ug/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as, e.g., formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for a R ⁇ A:D ⁇ A hybridization.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is indicative of a similar functional and/or biological role for the nucleotide sequence and its correspondingly encoded polypeptide sequence.
  • a stringent hybridization condition comprises, e.g., an overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5x SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 pg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 0. lx SSC at about 65°C.
  • nucleic acid molecules that hybridize to an LP polynucleotide sequence at lower stringency hybridization conditions.
  • washes are performed following stringent hybridization at higher salt concentrations (e.g. 5X SSC).
  • blocking reagents include, e.g., Denhardt's reagent, BLOTTO, heparin, denatured salmon sperm DNA, and commercially available proprietary formulations.
  • the inclusion of specific blocking reagents may require modification of a hybridization conditions described herein.
  • a polynucleotide that hybridizes only to polyA+ sequences (such as any 3' terminal polyA+ tract of a cDNA of the invention), or to a complementary stretch of T (or U) residues, is not included, e.g., in the definition of an "LP polynucleotide” since such a polynucleotide would hybridize to any nucleic acid molecule containing a poly (A) stretch or the complement thereof (i.e., practically any double-stranded cDNA clone generated using oligo dT as a primer).
  • a stringent hybridization condition is one that employs, e.g.: low ionic strength and high temperature for washing (e.g., 15mM sodium chloride/1.5 mM sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C); a denaturing agent (during hybridization) such as formamide (e.g., 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% ficoll/0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride/75 mM sodium citrate at 42°C); or 50% formamide, 5X SSC (750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5X Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 ⁇ g/mL), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran s
  • formamide e
  • an "isolated" nucleic acid is a nucleic acid molecule or a polynucleotide sequence (e.g., an RNA, DNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, or a mixed polymer) which is substantially separated from other biologic components that naturally accompany a native sequence (e.g., proteins and flanking genomic sequences from the originating species).
  • the isolated LP sequence is free of association with components that can interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the sequence including, e.g., enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous agents.
  • the term embraces a polynucleotide sequence removed from its naturally occurring environment.
  • an isolated polynucleotide sequence could comprise part of a vector or a composition of matter, or could be contained within a cell, and still be "isolated” because the vector, composition of matter, or cell is not the original environment of the polynucleotide sequence.
  • the term encompasses recombinant or cloned DNA isolates, chemically synthesized analogs, or analogs biologically synthesized using heterologous systems.
  • the term includes both double-stranded and single-stranded embodiments. If single-stranded, the polynucleotide sequence may be either the "sense" or the "antisense" strand.
  • a substantially pure molecule includes isolated forms of the molecule.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecule will usually contain homogeneous nucleic acid molecules, but, in some embodiments, it will contain nucleic acid molecules having minor sequence heterogeneity. Typically, this heterogeneity is found at the polymer ends or portions of the LP sequence that are not critical to a desired biological function or activity.
  • isolated does not refer to genomic or cDNA libraries, whole cell total or mRNA preparations, genomic DNA preparations (including those separated by electrophoresis and transferred onto blots), sheared whole cell genomic DNA preparations, or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of a LP polynucleotide sequence of the present invention.
  • a "recombinant" nucleic acid or polynucleotide sequence is defined either by its method of production or its structure. In reference to its method of production, e.g., a product made by a process, the process is use of any genetic engineering technique, e.g., products made by transforming cells with any non-naturally occurring vector are encompassed, as are nucleic acids comprising sequence derived using any synthetic oligonucleotide process. A similar concept is intended for a recombinant LP polypeptide. Specifically included are synthetic nucleic acid molecules which, due to the redundancy of the genetic code, encode polypeptides similar to fragments of these antigens, and fusions of sequences from various different species variants.
  • an "LP protein” shall encompass, when used in a protein context, a protein or polypeptide having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: Y or a significant fragment of such a protein or polypeptide, preferably a natural embodiment.
  • the term “protein” or “polypeptide” is meant any chain of contiguous amino acid residues, regardless of length or postranslation modification (e.g., glycosylation, or phosphorylation).
  • an LP protein or an LP polypeptide encompass polypeptide sequences that are pre- or pro-proteins.
  • the present invention encompasses a mature LP protein, including a polypeptide or protein that is capable of being directed to the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), a secretory vesicle, a cellular compartment, or an extracellular space typically, e.g., as a result of a signal sequence, however, a protein released into an extracellular space without necessarily having a signal sequence is also encompassed.
  • the polypeptide undergoes processing, e.g., cleavage of a signal sequence, modification, folding, etc., resulting in a mature form (see, e.g., Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The Cell, Garland PubUshing, New York, NY, pp. 557-560, 582-592.).
  • the invention also embraces polypeptides that exhibit similar structure to an LP polypeptide (e.g., one that interacts with an LP protein specific binding composition).
  • binding compositions e.g., antibodies
  • bind an LP protein with high affinity e.g., at least about 100 nM; usually, better than about 30 nM; preferably, better than about 10 nM; and more preferably, at better than about 3 nM.
  • An LP polypeptide can be composed of amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e., peptide isosteres, and may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids.
  • the polypeptides may be modified by either natural processes, such as post-translational processing, or by chemical modification techniques that are well known in the art. Such modifications are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature. Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini.
  • polypeptides may be branched, for example, as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be cycUc, with or without branching. CycUc, branched, and branched cycUc polypeptides may result from posttranslation natural processes or may be made by synthetic methods.
  • Modifications include, e.g., acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a Upid or Upid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidyUnositol, cross-Unking, cydization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-Unks, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myristoylation, oxidation, pegylation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer- RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation, and ubi
  • the encoded protein may also be "altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues that produce a silent change and result in a functionaUy equivalent LP.
  • DeUberate amino acid substitutions may be made based on similarity in polarity, charge, solubiUty, hydrophobicity, hydrophiUcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of the LP is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and v Une; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
  • substantially pure refers to LP nucleic acid or LP protein or polypeptide that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated and/or separated from other contaminating proteins, nucleic acids, and other biologicals. Purity may be assayed by standard methods, and will ordinarily be at least about 50% pure, more ordinarily at least about 60% pure, generaUy at least about 70% pure, more generaUy at least about 80% pure, often at least about 85% pure, more often at least about 90% pure, preferably at least about 95% pure, more preferably at least about 98% pure, and in most preferred embodiments, at least 99% pure. Similar concepts apply, e.g., to LP antibodies or nucleic acids of the invention.
  • an LP polypeptide may be desirable to purify an LP polypeptide from recombinant ceU proteins or polypeptides.
  • Narious art known methods of protein purification may be employed (see, e.g., Deutscher, (1990) Methods in Enzymology 182: 83-9 and Scopes, (1982) Protein Purification: Principles and Practice. Springer-Nerlag, ⁇ Y.)
  • Solubility of an LP protein or polypeptide is reflected by sedimentation measured in Svedberg units, which are a measure of the sedimentation velocity of a molecule under particular conditions (see, Freifelder (1982) Physical Biochemistry (2d ed.) W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA; and Cantor and Schimmel (1980) Biophysical Chemistry parts 1-3, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA).
  • a soluble particle or polypeptide wiU typicaUy be less than about 30S, more typicaUy less than about 15S, usuaUy less than about 10S, more usually less than about 6S, and, in particular embodiments, preferably less than about 4S, and more preferably less than about 3S. Solubility of a polypeptide or fragment depends upon the environment and the polypeptide. Many parameters affect polypeptide solubiUty, including temperature, electrolyte environment, size and molecular characteristics of the polypeptide, and nature of the solvent. TypicaUy, the temperature at which the polypeptide is used ranges from about 4° C to about 65° C.
  • the temperature at use is greater than about 18° C and more usuaUy greater than about 22° C.
  • the temperature wiU usuaUy be about room temperature or warmer, but less than the denaturation temperature of components in the assay.
  • the temperature wiU usuaUy be body temperature, typicaUy about 37° C for humans, though under certain situations the temperature may be raised or lowered in situ or in vitro.
  • the size and structure of the polypeptide should generaUy be in a substantiaUy stable state, and usuaUy not in a denatured state.
  • the polypeptide may be associated with other polypeptides in a quaternary structure, e.g., to confer solubility, or associated with Upids or detergents in a manner which approximates natural Upid bilayer interactions.
  • the solvent wiU usuaUy be a biologicaUy compatible buffer, of a type used for preservation of biological activities, and will usuaUy approximate a physiological solvent.
  • the solvent will have a neutral pH, typicaUy between about 5 and 10, and preferably about 7.5.
  • a detergent will be added, typicaUy a mild non-denaturing one, e.g., CHS (cholesteryl hemisuccinate) or CHAPS (3-[3-cholamidopropyl)- dimethylammonio]-l -propane sulfonate), or a low enough concentration as to avoid significant disruption of structural or physiological properties of the protein.
  • the present invention encompasses "mature" forms of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • Methods for predicting whether a protein has a signal sequence, as weU as the cleavage point for that sequence, are known in the art (see, e.g., McGeoch, 1985 Virus Res. 3:271-286 and Henrik Nielsen et al. (1997) Protein Engineering 10: 1-6). Employing such known art methods a signal sequence for an LP polypeptide was made. However, cleavage sites may vary and cannot be predicted with absolute certainty.
  • the present invention provides secreted LP polypeptides having a sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y, in which a particular N-terminus variant polypeptide sequence can begin within five, four, three, two, or one amino acid residues (e.g., +5, +4, +3, +2, +1, or -5, -4, -3, -2, -1) from a particular cleavage point designated as such herein.
  • cleavage of a signal sequence of a secreted protein is not uniform, resulting in more than one secreted species for a given protein (e.g., a cleavage variant).
  • Such cleavage variant LP polypeptides, and the polynucleotides encoding them are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • the signal sequence identified by the above analysis may not necessarily predict a naturaUy occurring signal sequence.
  • a naturaUy occurring signal sequence may be furuier upstream from a predicted signal sequence.
  • a predicted signal sequence wiU be capable of directing the secreted protein to the ER.
  • the present invention encompasses a mature LP polypeptide or protein produced by expression of a polynucleotide sequence Usted in a Table herein or an LP polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X. These LP polypeptides (and fragments thereof), and the polynucleotides encoding them, are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • the present invention encompasses variants of an LP polynucleotide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: X and/or the complementary strand thereto.
  • the present invention also encompasses variants of a polypeptide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • variant refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide differing from an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention, but retaining essential properties thereof.
  • GeneraUy variants are closely similar overaU in structural and/or sequence identity, and, in many regions, identical to an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention.
  • the present invention encompasses nucleic acid molecules that comprise, or alternatively consist of, a polynucleotide sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to, e.g., a polynucleotide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: X (or a strand complementary thereto); a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y; and/or polynucleotide fragments of any of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., a fragment as defined herein).
  • Polynucleotides that stably hybridize to a polynucleotide fragment (as defined herein) under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency conditions, are also encompassed by the invention, as are polypeptides (or fragments thereof) encoded by these polynucleotides.
  • the present invention is also directed to polypeptides that comprise, or alternatively consist of, an amino acid sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% identical to, e.g., a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragments thereof); a polypeptide sequence encoded by a cDNA contained in a deposited clone, and/or a polypeptide fragment of any of these polypeptides (e.g., those fragments as defined herein).
  • a polynucleotide sequence having at least some "percentage identity,” (e.g., 95%) to another polynucleotide sequence means that the sequence being compared (e.g., the test sequence) may vary from another sequence (e.g. the referent sequence) by a certain number of nucleotide differences (e.g., a test sequence with 95% sequence identity to a reference sequence can have up to five point mutations per each 100 contiguous nucleotides of the referent sequence).
  • test sequence for a test sequence to exhibit at least 95% identity to a referent sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the referent may differ, e.g., be deleted or substituted with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides (up to 5% of the total number of nucleotides in the reference sequence) may be inserted into the reference sequence.
  • the test sequence may be: an entire polynucleotide sequence, e.g., as shown in a Table herein, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment, segment, or portion thereof (as described herein).
  • determining if a particular nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide sequence exhibits at least about: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to an LP polynucleotide sequence can be accompUshed using any art known method.
  • Variants encompassed by the present invention may contain alterations in the coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Moreover, variants in which 1-2, 1-5, or 5-10 amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in any combination are also preferred.
  • a peptide or polypeptide in order of ever-increasing preference, it is highly preferable for a peptide or polypeptide to have an amino acid sequence that comprises an amino acid sequence of the present invention, which contains at least: one, but not more than: 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid substitutions.
  • the number of additions, substitutions, and/or deletions in an polypeptide sequence of the present invention or fragments thereof is at least: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 10-50, or 50-150; wherein conservative amino acid substitutions are more preferable than non-conservative substitutions.
  • the present invention is also directed to fragments of an LP polynucleotide.
  • An LP polynucleotide "fragment” encompasses a short polynucleotide of a nucleic acid molecule, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X or a complementary strand thereto, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragment thereof).
  • Polynucleotide fragments of the invention encompass a polynucleotide sequence that is preferably at least about 15 nucleotides, more preferably at least about: 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, or 29 nucleotides, favorably at least about: 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, or 39 nucleotides, and even more preferably, at least about: 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, or 49 nucleotides, desirably at least about: 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, or 59 nucleotides, particularly at least about 75. nucleotides, or at least about 150 nucleotides in length.
  • at least about includes, e.g., a specifically recited value (e.g., 20nt), and a value that is larger or smaUer by one or more nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1), at either terminus or at both termini.
  • a polynucleotide fragment has use that includes without limit; e.g., diagnostic probes and primers as discussed herein.
  • fragments e.g., 50, 150, 500, 600, or 2000 nucleotides
  • Representative examples of various lengths of polynucleotide fragments encompassed by the invention include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOX from about nucleotide number 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 651-700, 701-750, 751-800, 800-850, 851-900, 901-950, 951-1000, 1001-1050, 1051-1100, 1101-1150, 1151-1200, 1201-1250, 1251-1300, 1301-1350, 1351-1400, 1401-1450, 1451-1500, 1501-1550, 1551-1600, 1601-1650, 1651-1700, 1701-17
  • the term "about” includes, e.g., a particularly recited polynucleotide fragment range herein, and/or ranges that have lengths that are larger or smaUer by several nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or Int), at either terminus or at both termini.
  • these fragments encode a polypeptide possessing biological activity as defined herein, e.g., irnmunogenicity, or antigenicity.
  • a polynucleotide fragment can be used as a probe or primer as discussed herein.
  • the present invention also encompasses a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to a polynucleotide fragment described herein under either stringent or lowered stringency hybridization conditions.
  • AdditionaUy incorporated are polypeptides encoded by a polynucleotide fragment or a hybridized polynucleotide stably bound to a polynucleotide fragment of the invention.
  • AdditionaUy encompassed by the invention is a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, which is specificaUy or selectively bound by an antibody directed to/or generated against a mature polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), e.g., a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • polypeptide fragment or segment encompasses an amino acid sequence that is a portion of SEQ ID NO: Y.
  • Protein and/or polypeptide fragments or segments may be "free-standing,” or they may comprise part of a larger polypeptide or protein, of which the fragment or segment forms a portion or region, e.g., a single continuous region of SEQ ID NO: Y connected in a fusion protein.
  • lengths of polypeptide fragments or segments encompassed by the invention include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, from about amino acid residue number 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 102-120, 121-140, 141-160, 161-170, 171- 180, 181-190, 191-200, 201-210, etc., to the end of the mature coding region of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof).
  • a polypeptide segment of the invention can have a length of contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that is at least about: 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous amino acids in length.
  • polypeptide comprising more than one of the above polypeptide fragments is encompassed by the invention; including a polypeptide comprising at least: one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or more fragments, wherein the fragments (or combinations thereof) may be of any length described herein (e.g., a fragment of 12 contiguous amino acids and another fragment of 30 contiguous amino acids, etc.).
  • the invention also encompasses proteins or polypeptides comprising a pluraUty of distinct, e.g., non-overlapping, segments of specified lengths.
  • the pluraUty will be at least two, more usuaUy at least three, and preferably four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or even more. WhUe length minima are stipulated, longer lengths (of various sizes) may be appropriate (e.g., one of length seven, and two of lengths of twelve).
  • Preferred polypeptide fragments include, e.g., the secreted protein as weU as the mature form.
  • polypeptide fragments include, e.g., the secreted protein or the mature form having a continuous series of deleted residues from the amino or the carboxy terminus, or both.
  • 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 amino acids can be deleted from the amino terminus of either the secreted polypeptide or the mature form.
  • 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30, can be deleted from the carboxy terminus of the secreted protein or mature form.
  • any combination of the above amino and carboxy terminus deletions are preferred.
  • polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also preferred.
  • polypeptide fragments or segments that characterize structural or functional domains, such as, fragments, or combinations thereof, that comprise e.g., alpha-heUx, and alpha-heUx forming regions, beta-sheet, and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn, and turn-forming regions, coU, and coU-forming regions, hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, loop regions, hairpin domains, beta-alpa-beta motifs, heUx bundles, alpha/beta barrels, up and down beta barrels, jeUy roU or swiss roU motifs, transmembrane domains, surface-forming regions, substrate binding regions, transmembrane regions, Unkers, immunogenic regions, epitopic regions, and high antigenic index regions.
  • Polypeptide fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y falling within conserved domains are specificaUy encompassed by the present invention. Moreover, polynucleotides encoding these domains are also encompassed. Other preferred polypeptide segments are biologicaUy active fragments. BiologicaUy active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). The biological activity of the fragments may include, e.g., an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity. Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also encompassed by the invention.
  • the polynucleotide fragments of the invention encode a polypeptide that demonstrates a functional activity.
  • the phrase "functional activity" encompasses a polypeptide segment that can accompUsh one or more known functional activities associated with a fuU-length (complete) polypeptide of invention protein.
  • Such functional activities include, e.g., without Umitation, biological activity, antigenicity [abiUty to bind (or compete with a polypeptide of the invention for binding) to an antibody to a polypeptide of the invention], irnmunogenicity (abiUty to generate antibody that binds to a polypeptide of the invention), abiUty to form multimers with a polypeptide of the invention, and the abiUty to bind to a receptor or Ugand of a polypeptide of the invention.
  • a polypeptide of the invention can be assayed by various methods.
  • various immunoassays known in the art can be used, including, e.g., without Umitation, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using coUoidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutin
  • the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody.
  • the secondary antibody is labeled.
  • Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention.
  • binding can be assayed, e.g., by using reducing and non- reducing gel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, and affinity blotting (see generaUy, Phizicky, et al. (1995) Microbial. Rev. 59:94-123).
  • physiological correlates of binding of a polypeptide of the invention to its substrates can be assayed with common techniques.
  • assays described herein see, e.g., the "Examples” section of the appUcation), or otherwise known in the art, can routinely be appUed to measure the abiUty of a polypeptide of the invention (its fragments, variants derivatives and analogs thereof) to eUcit a related biological activity (either in vitro or in vivo).
  • the present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, an epitope of SEQ ID NO: Y or a table herein; or encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to form a hybridization complex, under stringent hybridization conditions (or lower stringency hybridization conditions) as defined herein, to a complement of a sequence of SEQ ID NO: X.
  • the present invention further encompasses a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of a polypeptide sequence of the invention (such as, e.g., a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: X or a Table herein), a polynucleotide sequence of the complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of the invention, and a polynucleotide sequence that stably hybridizes to a complementary strand under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency hybridization conditions as defined herein.
  • a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of a polypeptide sequence of the invention such as, e.g., a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: X or a Table herein
  • a polynucleotide sequence of the complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of the invention and a polynucleotide sequence that stably hybridizes
  • epitope refers to a portion of a polypeptide having antigenic or immunogenic activity in an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably in a human.
  • the present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising an epitope, as weU as the polynucleotide encoding this polypeptide.
  • an “irr-munogenic epitope,” as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or a Unearized polypeptide (or fragment thereof) that eUcits an antibody response in an animal, as determined by any art known method (e.g., by the methods for generating antibodies described herein or otherwise known, see, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 308 1:3998-4002).
  • an "antigenic epitope,” as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or polypeptide to which a binding composition, e.g., an antibody or antibody binding fragment, selectively binds or is specificaUy immunoreactive with as determined by any known art method, e.g., by an immunoassay described herein. Selective binding excludes non-specific binding but does not necessarily exclude cross-reactivity with other antigens. An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to eUcit the immune response) for binding to an antibody. Antigenic epitopes need not necessarily be immunogenic.
  • a protein or fragment e.g., an LP protein
  • typingUy the, interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure, e.g., an antigenic determinant (or epitope) recognized by a binding composition.
  • an antibody is specific for epitope "A”
  • the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody wiU reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein or polypeptide sequence and do not significantly bind other proteins or other polypeptide sequences that are present in the sample. Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions may require an antibody that is selected for its specificity and/or selectivity for a particular protein.
  • antibodies raised to the protein immunogen with an amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: Y can be selected to obtain antibodies specificaUy immunoreactive with LP proteins or LP polypeptides and not with other proteins or polypeptides. These antibodies wiU also recognize proteins or polypeptide sequences that have an above average degree of similarity or identity to an LP protein or LP polypeptide sequence. Fragments that function as epitopes can be produced by any conventional means such as, e.g., (1985) Houghten, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135, further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211.
  • an antigenic or immunogenic epitope preferably contains a polypeptide sequence of at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, more preferably at least eight, at least nine, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, and, favorably, between about 15 to about 30 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or a Table herein.
  • Preferred polypeptide fragments of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: Y comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length.
  • Additional non-exclusive preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as portions thereof. Antigenic epitopes are useful, e.g., to generate antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies that specificaUy bind the epitope. Preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as any pluraUty thereof, e.g., at least: two, three, four, five or more of these antigenic epitopes in any combination or structural arrangement. Antigenic epitopes can be used as the target molecules in immunoassays (see, e.g., WUson, et al.
  • immunogenic epitopes can be used, e.g., to induce antibodies according to any known art method (see, for instance, SutcUffe, et al. supra; Wilson, et al. supra; Chow, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:910-25914; and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354.
  • immunogenic epitopes include, e.g., an immunogenic epitope disclosed herein, as weU as a pluraUty or any combination thereof, e.g., of at least two, three, four, five or more of these immunogenic epitopes including, e.g., repeats of a particular epitope.
  • a polypeptide comprising a pluraUty of epitopes may be used to eUcit an antibody response with a carrier protein, such as, e.g., an albumin, to an animal system (such as, e.g., a rabbit or a mouse), or, if a polypeptide is of sufficient length (e.g., at least about 25 amino acids), the polypeptide may be presented without a carrier.
  • a carrier protein such as, e.g., an albumin
  • an animal system such as, e.g., a rabbit or a mouse
  • immunogenic epitopes comprising as few as 8 to 10 amino acids have also been shown to be sufficient to generate antibodies and to be useful since they are capable of binding to, e.g., Unear epitopes in a denatured polypeptide such as in Western blotting.
  • Polypeptides or proteins bearing an epitope of the present invention may be used to generate antibodies according to known methods including, e.g., without Umitation, in vivo immunization, in vitro immunization, and phage display methods (see, e.g., SutcUffe, et al. supra; WUson, et al. supra, and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. "Binding Composition"
  • binding composition refers to molecules that bind with specificity and/or selectivity to an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (such as, e.g., in an antibody-antigen interaction).
  • other compositions e.g., antibodies, oUgonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), peptides, or smaU molecules
  • specificaUy and/or selectivity associate bind with the LP in contrast to other molecules.
  • the association wiU be in a natural physiologicaUy relevant protein-protein interaction (either covalent or non-covalent) and it may include members of a multi-protein complex (including carrier compounds or dimerization partners).
  • the composition may be a polymer or chemical reagent.
  • a functional analog may be a protein with structural modifications or may be a whoUy unrelated molecule (such as, e.g., one that has a molecular shape that interacts with the appropriate binding determinants).
  • the proteins may serve as agonists or antagonists of the binding partner, see, e.g., Goodman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman & GUman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (cur. ed.) Pergamon Press, Tarrytown, N.Y.
  • the LP may be used to screen for binding compositions that specificaUy and/or selectively bind an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (e.g., a binding composition can be a molecule, or part of one, that selectively and/or stoichiometricaUy binds, whether covalently or not, to one or more specific sites of an LP (or fragment thereof) such as, e.g., in an antigen-antibody interaction, a hormone-receptor interaction, a substrate-enzyme interaction, etc.). At least one and up to a pluraUty of test binding compositions can be screened for specific and/or selective binding with the LP.
  • a binding composition can be a molecule, or part of one, that selectively and/or stoichiometricaUy binds, whether covalently or not, to one or more specific sites of an LP (or fragment thereof) such as, e.g., in an antigen-antibody interaction, a hormone-re
  • a binding composition thus identified is closely related to a natural Ugand of an LP (such as, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner; see, e.g., CoUgan, et al. (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5.)
  • a natural Ugand of an LP such as, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner; see, e.g., CoUgan, et al. (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5.
  • binding agentLP complex refers to a complex of a binding agent and a LP (or fragment thereof) which is formed by specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent to the respective LP (or fragment thereof).
  • Specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent means that the binding agent has a specific and/or selective binding site that recognizes a site on the LP protein (or fragment thereof).
  • antibodies raised against a LP protein (or fragment thereof) that recognize an epitope on the LP protein (or fragment thereof) are capable of forming a binding agent:LP complex by specific and/or selective binding.
  • typingUy the formation of a binding agent:LP complex aUows the measurement of LP protein (or fragment thereof) in a mixture of other proteins and/or biologies.
  • antibody:LP complex refers to an embodiment in which the binding agent, e.g., is an antibody.
  • the antibody may be monoclonal, polyclonal, or a binding fragment of an antibody (including, without Umit, e.g., Fv, Fab, or F(ab)2 fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (Zapata, et al, (1995) Protein Engin. 8(10): 1057-62); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments).
  • the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
  • Antibodies can be raised to various LP proteins, including individual, polymorphic, aUeUc, strain, or species variants, and fragments thereof, both in their naturaUy occurring
  • Antibodies of the invention include, e.g., wi ⁇ hout Umitation, polyclonal, monoclonal, multispecific, human, humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab') fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression Ubrary, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e.g., anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), and an epitope-binding fragment of any of the above.
  • wi ⁇ hout Umitation polyclonal, monoclonal, multispecific, human, humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab') fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression Ubrary, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e.g., anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), and an epitope-binding fragment of any of the above.
  • human antibodies includes, e.g., without Umitation, antibodies having an amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobuUn including, e.g., without Umitation, an antibody isolated from a human immunoglobulin Ubrary or from an animal transgenic for one or more human immunoglobuUns and that do not express endogenous immunoglobuUns, as described herein or, as taught, e.g., in U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598.
  • An antibody of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity.
  • Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or may be specific for both a polypeptide of the present invention as weU as for a heterologous epitope, such as a heterologous polypeptide or soUd support material (see, e.g., WO 2093/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:60-69; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,474,893; 4,714,681; 4,925,648; 5,573,920; or 5,601,819; or Kostelny, et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 .
  • an antibody that selectively binds a polypeptide, which is encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes, under stringent hybridization conditions (as described herein), to an LP polynucleotide sequence.
  • An antibody of the present invention may also be characterized or specified in terms of its binding affinity to a protein or polypeptide (fragment thereof), or epitope of the invention.
  • a preferred binding affinity of a binding composition includes, e.g., a binding affinity that demonstrates a dissociation constant or Kd of less than about: 5 X 10 "2 M, 10 "2 M, 5 X 10 "3 M, 10 "3 M, 5 X 10 "4 M, 10 "4 M, 5 X 10 "5 M, 10 '5 M, 5 X 10- 6 M, 10 "6 M, 5 X 10 "7 M, 10 “7 M, 5 X 10 "8 M, 10 '8 M, 5 X 10 "9 M, 10 "9 M, 5 X 10 0 M, 10- 10 M, 5 X 10 1 M, 10-"M, 5 X 10 2 M, 10 2 M, 5 X 10 '13 M, 10 '13 M, 5 X 10 4 M, 10 4 M, 5 X 10 5 M, or 10 " 15 M.
  • the invention also encompasses antibodies that competitively inhibit binding of a binding composition to an epitope of the invention as determined by any known art method for determining competitive binding, e.g., the immunoassays described herein.
  • the antibody competitively inhibits binding to the epitope by at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85%, at least 80%, at least 75%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may act as agonists or antagonists of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof).
  • neutraUzing antibodies that bind a Ugand and prevent it binding to a receptor.
  • Ugand-binding antibodies that inhibit receptor activation without inhibiting receptor binding.
  • Ugand-binding antibodies that activate a receptor are also included:
  • Antibodies of the invention may act as receptor agonists, e.g., by potentiating or activating either aU or a subset of the biological activities of the Ugand-mediated receptor activation, e.g., by inducing dimerization of a receptor.
  • the antibodies may be specified as agonists, antagonists, or inverse agonists for biological activities comprising the specific biological activities of a peptide of the invention disclosed herein.
  • An antibody agonist can be made using known methods art (see, e.g., WO 96/40281; U.S. Patent No.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be used, e.g., without Umitation, to purify, detect, or target a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention for, e.g., in vitro and/or in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods.
  • the antibodies have use in immunoassays for quaUtatively and/or quantitatively measuring levels of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention in a biological sample (see, e.g., Harlow, et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, cur. ed.; incorporated by reference).
  • the term "monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not Umited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced. Methods for producing and screening for specific antibodies using hybridoma technology are routine and known in the art. For an overview of the technology for producing human antibodies, see, e.g., Lonberg and Huszar, Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93 (1995). In addition, commercial companies such as, e.g., Abgenix, Inc. (Freemont, CA) and Genpharm (San Jose, CA) can be hired to produce human antibodies. Completely human antibodies that recognize a selected epitope can be generated by
  • antibodies of the invention can, in turn, be used to generate anti-idiotype antibodies that "mimic” a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention using known techniques (see, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J. 7(5):437-444; (1989) and Nissinoff, J. (1991) Immunol. 147(8):2429-2438).
  • the present invention encompasses antibodies recombinantiy fused or chemicaUy conjugated (including both covalent and non-covalent conjugations) to a polypeptide (or portion thereof, preferably comprising at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of SED ID NO:X) of the present invention to generate fusion proteins.
  • the fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur through Unker sequences.
  • the antibodies may be specific for antigens other than a polypeptide of the invention (or portion thereof, preferably at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids) of the present invention.
  • antibodies may be used to target an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to particular ceU types, either in vitro or in vivo, by fusing or conjugating a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) ofthe present invention to an antibody specific for a particular ceU surface receptor.
  • Antibodies fused or conjugated to a polypeptide of the invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and in purification methods using known art methods (see e.g., Harbor, et al., supra, and WO 9312 1232; EP 439,095; Naramura et al. (1994) Immunol. Lett. 39:9 1-99).
  • the present invention further includes compositions comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused or conjugated to an antibody domain other than a variable region.
  • a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may be fused or conjugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof.
  • the antibody portion that is fused to a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may comprise a constant region, a hinge region, a CHI domain, a CH2 domain, and/ or a CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or portions thereof.
  • a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may also be fused or conjugated to an antibody portion described herein to form multimers.
  • Fc portions fused to a polypeptide of the invention can form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions.
  • Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM.
  • Methods for fusing or conjugating a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) to an antibody portion are known (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,336,603; 5,622,929; 5,359,046; 5,349,053; 5,447,851; 5,112,946; EP 307,434; EP 367,166; WO 96/04388).
  • the Fc part of a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (see, e.g., EP A232, 262).
  • deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified can be favored.
  • an antibody of the present invention (or fragment thereof) can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to faciUtate purification.
  • an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
  • An antibody (or fragment thereof) of the invention may be utilized for immunophenotyping of ceU Unes and biological samples.
  • the translation product of an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) may be useful as a ceU specific marker, or more specificaUy, as a ceUular marker (which is differentiaUy expressed at various stages of differentiation and/or maturation of particular ceU types).
  • a particular protein can be measured by a variety of immunoassay methods see, e.g., Stites and Terr (eds.) (1991) Basic and Clinical Immunology (7th ed.); Price and Newman (eds.) (1991) Principles and Practice of Immunoassays Stockton Press, NY; and Ngo (ed.) (1988) Non-isotopic Immunoassays Plenum Press, NY.; Stites and Terr (eds.) Basic and CUnical Immunology (7th ed.) supra; Maggio (ed.) Enzyme Immunoassay. supra; and Harlow and Lane Antibodies. A Laboratory Manual, supra.
  • the abiUty o the antibody of interest to immunoprecipitate a particular antigen can be assessed by, e.g., Western blot analysis.
  • One of skiU in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters are modifiable to increase binding of an antibody to an antigen and to decrease background (e.g., by pre-clearing the ceU lysate with sepharose beads).
  • Further discussion of immunoprecipitation protocols can be found in, e.g., Ausubel et al, eds., 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.
  • the present invention further encompasses antibody-based therapies that involve administering LP antibody to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a primate
  • an antibody of the invention can be used to modulate, treat, inhibit, ameUorate, or prevent diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) o the invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, any one or more of the diseases, disorders, syndromes or conditions described herein.
  • the treatment, ameUoration, and/or prevention of diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention includes, e.g., without Umitation, ameUorating symptoms associated with those diseases, disorders or conditions.
  • Antibodies of the invention may be provided in pharmaceuticaUy acceptable compositions as known in the art or as described herein.
  • DNAs which encode a LP protein or fragments thereof can be obtained by chemical synthesis, screening cDNA Ubraries, or by screening genomic Ubraries prepared from a wide variety of ceU Unes or tissue samples. Methods for doing so, or making expression vectors are either art known or are described herein.
  • DNAs can be expressed in a wide variety of host ceUs for the synthesis of a fuU-length protein or fragments which can in turn, e.g., be used to generate polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies; for binding studies; for construction and expression of modified molecules; and for structure/function studies.
  • Each LP protein or its fragments can be expressed in host ceUs that are transformed or transfected with appropriate expression vectors.
  • transformed is meant a ceU into which (or into an ancestor of which) a DNA molecule has been introduced, by means of recombinant techniques, which encodes an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof.
  • Expression vectors are typicaUy self-repUcating DNA or RNA constructs containing the desired antigen gene or its fragments, usuaUy operably Unked to appropriate genetic control elements that are recognized in a suitable host ceU.
  • the specific type of control elements necessary to effect expression depends on the host ceU used.
  • GeneraUy genetic control elements include a prokaryotic promoter system or a eukaryotic promoter expression control system
  • typicaUy include a transcriptional promoter, an optional operator to control the onset of transcription, transcription enhancers to elevate the level of mRNA expression, a sequence that encodes a suitable ribosome binding site, and sequences that terminate transcription and translation.
  • expression vectors also contain an origin of repUcation that aUows the vector to repUcate independently of the host ceU.
  • An expression vector will preferably include, e.g., at least one selectable marker. Such markers include, e.g., without Umit, dihydrofolate reductase, G418, or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic ceU culture and tetracycUne, kanamycin or ampiciUin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
  • the vectors of this invention contain DNAs which encode an LP protein, or a fragment thereof, typicaUy encoding, e.g., a biologicaUy active polypeptide, or protein.
  • the DNA can be under the control of a viral promoter and can encode a selection marker.
  • This invention further contemplates use of expression vectors capable of expressing eukaryotic cDNA coding for a LP (or fragment) in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, where the vector is compatible with the host and where the eukaryotic cDNA coding for the protein is inserted into the vector such that growth of the host containing the vector expresses the cDNA in question.
  • expression vectors are designed for stable repUcation in their host ceUs or for ampUfication to greatly increase the total number of copies of the desirable gene per ceU. It is not always necessary to require that an expression vector repUcate in a host ceU, e.g., it is possible to effect transient expression of the protein or its fragments in various hosts using ill
  • vectors that do not contain a repUcation origin that is recognized by the host ceU. It is also possible to use vectors that cause integration of an LP protein gene or its fragments into the host DNA by recombination, or to integrate a promoter that controls expression of an endogenous gene.
  • Vectors as used herein, encompass plasmids, viruses, bacteriophage, integratable
  • Expression vectors are speciaUzed vectors that contain genetic control elements that effect expression of operably Unked genes. Plasmids are the most commonly used form of vector, but many other forms of vectors that perform an equivalent function are also suitable for use (see, e.g., Pouwels, et al. (1985 and Supplements) Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual Elsevier, N.Y.; and Rodriquez, et al. (eds.) (1988) Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Cloning Vectors and Their Uses Buttersworth, Boston, MA).
  • Suitable host ceUs include prokaryotes, lower eukaryotes, and higher eukaryotes.
  • Prokaryotes include both gram negative and gram positive organisms, e.g., E. coli and B. subtilis.
  • Lower eukaryotes include yeasts, e.g., S. cerevisiae and Pichia, and species of the genus Dictyostelium.
  • Higher eukaryotes include estabUshed tissue culture ceU Unes from animal ceUs, both of non-mammaUan origin, e.g., insect ceUs, and birds, and of mammaUan origin, e.g., human, primates, and rodents.
  • Prokaryotic host- vector systems include a variety of vectors for many different species. As used herein, E. coli and its vectors will be used genericaUy to include equivalent vectors used in other prokaryotes.
  • a representative vector for ampUfying DNA is pBR322 or its derivatives.
  • Vectors that can be used to express these proteins or protein fragments include, but are not Umited to, such vectors as those containing the lac promoter (pUC- series); trp promoter (pBR322-trp); Ipp promoter (the pIN-series); lambda-pP or pR promoters (pOTS); or hybrid promoters such as ptac (pDR540). See Brosius, et al.
  • Otiier representative bacterial vectors include, e.g., without Umit, pQE70, pQE60, and pQE-9, (avaUable from QIAGEN, Inc.); pBluescript vectors, Phagescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNHl ⁇ A, pNH46A, (avaUable from
  • ptrc99a pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 (available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc).
  • Higher eukaryotic tissue culture ceUs are typicaUy the preferred host ceUs for expression of the functionaUy active LP protein.
  • suitable expression vectors include pCDNAl; pCD (Okayama, et al. (1985) Mol. CeU Biol. 5:1136-1142); pMClneo Poly-A, (Thomas, et al. (1987) CeU 51:503-512); and a baculovirus vector such as pAC 373 or pAC 610.
  • Additional eukaryotic vectors include, e.g., without Umit, pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG (avaUable from Stratagene); and ⁇ SVK3, pBPN, pMSG and pSVL (avaUable from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc.).
  • a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention can also be recovered from natural sources, including, e.g., without Umit, bodily fluids, tissues, and ceUs, (whether directly isolated or cultured); products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host (including, e.g., bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammaUan ceUs).
  • natural sources including, e.g., without Umit, bodily fluids, tissues, and ceUs, (whether directly isolated or cultured); products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host (including, e.g., bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammaUan ceUs).
  • LP proteins need not be glycosylated to eUcit biological responses.
  • it wiU occasionaUy be desirable to express an LP protein or LP polypeptide in a system that provides a specific or defined glycosylation pattern.
  • the usual pattern wiU be that provided naturaUy by the expression system.
  • the pattern wiU be modifiable by exposing the polypeptide, e.g., in unglycosylated form, to appropriate glycosylating proteins introduced into a heterologous expression system.
  • the LP protein gene may be co-transformed with one or more genes encoding mammaUan or other glycosylating enzymes. It is further understood that over glycosylation may be detrimental to LP protein biological activity, and that one of skiU may perform routine testing to optimize the degree of glycosylation which confers optimal biological activity.
  • an LP polypeptide may also include, e.g., an initial modified methionine residue (in some cases because of host-mediated processes).
  • an initial modified methionine residue in some cases because of host-mediated processes.
  • TypicaUy the ⁇ -terminal methionine encoded by the translation initiation codon removed with high efficiency from any protein after translation in aU eukaryotic ceUs. While the ⁇ -terminal methionine on most proteins is also efficiently removed in most prokaryotes, for some proteins depending on the nature of the amino acid to which the ⁇ -terminal methionine is covalendy Unked, the removal process is inefficient.
  • the yeast Pichia pastoris is used to express a polypeptide of the present invention(or fragment thereof) in an eukaryotic system (see, e.g., ElUs, et al., Mol. CeU. Biol. 5:1111-21 (1985); Koutz, et al., Yeast 5: 167-77 (1989); Tschopp, et al., ⁇ ucl. Acids Res. 15:3859-76 (1987)).
  • an eukaryotic system see, e.g., ElUs, et al., Mol. CeU. Biol. 5:1111-21 (1985); Koutz, et al., Yeast 5: 167-77 (1989); Tschopp, et al., ⁇ ucl. Acids Res. 15:3859-76 (1987)).
  • heterologous coding sequence such as, e.g., an LP polynucleotide sequence, (or fragment thereof) under the transcriptional regulation of aU or part of the AOX1 regulatory sequence is expressed at exceptionaUy high levels in Pichia yeast grown in the presence of methanol.
  • the plasmid vector pPIC9K is used to express polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) as set forth herein, in a Pichea yeast system essentiaUy as described in "Pichia Protocols: Methods in Molecular Biology," D.R. Higgins and J. Cregg, eds. The Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1998.
  • This expression vector aUows expression and secretion of a protein of the invention by virtue of the strong AOX1 promoter Unked to the Pichia pastoris alkaUne phosphatase (PHO) secretory signal peptide located upstream of a multiple cloning site.
  • yeast vectors could be used in place of pPIC9K, such as, e.g., pYES2, pYDl, pTEFl/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ, pGAPZ, pGAPZalpha, pPIC9, pPIC3.5, PHIL-D2, PHIL-SI, pPIC3.5K, and, PA08, as a skiUed in the artisan would appreciate, as long as the proposed expression construct provides appropriately located and operably Unked signals for transcription, translation, secretion (if desired), and the Uke, (including an in- frame stop codon as required).
  • heterologously expressed proteins or polypeptides can also be expressed in plant ceUs.
  • viral expression vectors e.g., cauUflower mosaic virus and tobacco mosaic virus
  • plasmid expression vectors e.g., TI plasmid
  • ceUs are avaUable from a wide range of sources (e.g., the American Tissue Type Culture CoUection, Rockland, MD; also, see for example, Ausubel, et al. (cur. ed. and Supplements; expression vehicles may be chosen from those provided e.g., in Pouwels, et al. (Cur. ed..) Cloning Vectors. A Laboratory Manual).
  • a LP protein, or a fragment thereof may be engineered to be phosphatidyl inositol (PI) Unked to a ceU membrane, but can be removed from membranes by treatment with a phosphatidyl inositol cleaving enzyme, e.g., phosphatidyl inositol phosphoUpase-C. This releases the antigen in a biologicaUy active form, and aUows purification by standard procedures of protein chemistry (see, e.g., Low (1989) Biochem. Biophys. Acta 988:427-454; Tse, et al. (1985) Science 230:1003-1008; and Brunner, et al.
  • PI phosphatidyl inositol
  • LP proteins have been characterized, fragments or derivatives thereof can be prepared by conventional processes for synthesizing peptides. These include processes such as are described in Stewart and Young (1984) SoUd Phase Peptide Synthesis Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL; Bodanszky and Bodanszky (1984) The Practice of Peptide Synthesis Springer- Verlag, New York, NY; and Bodanszky (1984) The Principles of Peptide Synthesis Springer- Verlag, New York, NY.
  • the prepared protein and fragments thereof can be isolated and purified from the reaction mixture by means of peptide separation, for example, by extraction, precipitation, electrophoresis and various forms of chromatography, and the Uke.
  • An LP protein of this invention can be obtained in varying degrees of purity depending upon its desired use. Purification can be accompUshed by use of known protein purification techniques or by the use of the antibodies or binding partners herein described (e.g., in immunoabsorbant affinity chromatography).
  • An LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, can be used to generate a fusion protein.
  • an LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof when fused to a second polypeptide, can be used as an antigenic tag or an immunogen.
  • Antibodies raised against an LP polypeptide can be used to indirectly detect a second protein by binding thereto.
  • an LP protein has amino acid sequence portion that targets a ceUular location (e.g., based on trafficking signals)
  • that portion of the polypeptide can be used by fusing it to another protein (or fragment) to target a protein.
  • domains that can be fused to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) include, e.g., not only heterologous signal sequences, but also other heterologous functional regions.
  • a fusion does not necessarUy need to be direct, but may occur, e.g., through Unker sequences.
  • fusion proteins may also be engineered to improve characteristics of an LP polypeptide.
  • a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stabiUty and persistence during purification from a host ceU or during subsequent handling and storage.
  • peptide moieties can be added to the polypeptide to facUitate purification. Such regions may be removed before final preparation of the polypeptide. Additions of peptide moieties to facUitate handling are famUiar and routine art techniques.
  • an LP polypeptide (including any fragment thereof, and specificaUy an epitope) can be combined with parts of the constant domain of an immunoglobuUn e.g., (TgA, IgE, IgG, IgM) portions thereof (CH 1, CH2, CH3), and any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof), resulting in a chimeric polypeptide.
  • immunoglobuUn e.g., (TgA, IgE, IgG, IgM) portions thereof (CH 1, CH2, CH3), and any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof.
  • Such fusion proteins can faciUtate purification and often are useful to increase the in vivo half-Ufe of the protein (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. Biochem.15 270:3958-3964).
  • antigens e.g., insulin
  • FcRn binding partner such as IgG or Fc fragments
  • IgG fusion proteins that have a disulfide-Unked dimeric structure due to the IgG portion disulfide bonds have also been found more efficient in binding and neutraUzing other molecules than monomeric polypeptides or fragments thereof alone (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. Biochem. 270:3958-3964).
  • a fusion protein can comprise various portions of the constant region of an immunoglobuUn molecule together with a human protein (or part thereof) EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869).
  • the Fc part in a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus, can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262.).
  • deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, may be desired.
  • the Fc portion may hinder therapy and/or diagnosis if the fusion protein is used as an immunogen for immunizations.
  • hIL-5 human proteins, such as hIL-5, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify hIL-5 antagonists (Bennett, et al. (1995) I. Molecular Recognition 8:52-58; and Johanson, et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270:9459-9471).
  • new constructs may be made by combining similar functional domains from other proteins.
  • protein-binding or other segments may be "swapped" between different new fusion polypeptides or fragments (see, e.g., Cunningham, et al. (1989) Science 243:1330-1336; and O'Dowd, et al. (1988) J. Biol. Chem. 263:15985-15992).
  • an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be fused to a marker sequence, such as a peptide, to facUitate purification.
  • the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as, e.g., the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., Chatsworth, CA, 91311), which provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein (Gentz, et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:821-824).
  • Another useful peptide-purification tag is the "HA" tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from an influenza hemagglutinin protein (WUson, et al. (1984) CeU 37:767).
  • Nucleic acid molecules containing LP polynucleotide sequences encoding an LP epitope can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag (e.g., the "HA” or flag tag) to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide.
  • an epitope tag e.g., the "HA” or flag tag
  • one system purifies non-denatured fusion proteins expressed in human ceU Unes (Janknecht, et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:8972-897).
  • a gene of interest is subcloned into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the open reading frame of the sequence of interest is translationaUy fused to an amino-terminal tag consisting of six histidine residues.
  • the tag serves as a matrix-binding domain for the fusion protein. Extracts from ceUs infected with the recombinant vaccinia virus are loaded onto Ni2+ nitriloacetic acid-agarose column and histidine-tagged proteins can be selectively eluted with imidazole-containing buffers.
  • LP fusion constructions may be generated through the techniques of gene-shuffling, motif-shuffling, exon shuffling, and/or codon shuffling (coUectively referred to as "DNA shuffling").
  • DNA shuffling may be employed to modulate an activity of an LP polypeptide.
  • Such methods can be used to generate LP polypeptides (or fragments thereof) with altered activity, as weU as agonists and antagonists of an LP polypeptide (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793; 5,811,238; 5,830,721; 5,834,252; and 5,837,458, and Patten, et al. (1997) Cur.
  • “Derivatives" of LP protein antigens include amino acid sequence mutants, glycosylation variants, and covalent or aggregate conjugates with other chemical moieties.
  • Covalent derivatives can be prepared by Unkage of functionaUties to groups which are found in LP protein amino acid side chains or at the N- or C- termini, by any art known means. These derivatives can include, without Umitation, aUphatic esters or amides of the carboxyl terminus, or of residues containing carboxyl side chains, O-acyl derivatives of hydroxyl group-containing residues, and N-acyl derivatives of the amino terminal amino acid or amino-group containing residues, e.g., lysine or arginine.
  • Acyl groups are selected from the group of alkyl-moieties including C3 to C18 normal alkyl, thereby forming alkanoyl aroyl species. Covalent attachment to carrier proteins may be important when immunogenic moieties are haptens.
  • chemicaUy modified derivative of a polypeptide of the invention may provide additional advantages such as increased solubility, increased stability increased circulating time, or decreased irnmunogenicity or antigenicity (see U.S. Patent no: 4,179,337).
  • a chemical moieties for derivatization may be selected from water soluble polymers such as, e.g., polyethyleneglycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, copolymers, carboxymethylceUulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, etc.
  • a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) may be modified at random or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may include, e.g., one, two, three, or more attached chemical moieties.
  • the polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched.
  • a preferred molecular weight is between about 1 kDa and about 100 kDa (the term "about" means that in polyethylene glycol preparations, some molecules wiU weigh more and some wiU weigh less, than the stated molecular weight).
  • polyethylene glycol may be covalently bound through amino acid residues via a reactive group, such as, e.g., a free amino or carboxyl group.
  • Reactive groups are those to which an activated polyethylene glycol molecule may be bound.
  • Amino acid residues having a free amino group may include, e.g., lysine residues, and N-terminal amino acid residue.
  • Amino acid residues having a free carboxyl group may include, e.g., aspartic acid residues, glutamic acid residues, and C- terminal amino acid residues. Sulfhydryl groups may also be used to attach to a polyethylene glycol molecule. For human, a preferred attachment is at an amino group, such as, e.g., an attachment at the N-terminus or a lysine group.
  • polyethylene glycol as an illustration of the present composition, one may select from a variety of polyethylene glycol molecules (by molecular weight, branching, etc.), the proportion of polyethylene glycol molecules to a protein (polypeptide) molecule in the reaction mix, the type of pegylation reaction to be performed, and the method of obtaining the selected N-terminaUy pegylated, e.g., polypeptide.
  • the method of obtaining an N-terminaUy pegylated preparation may be by purification of the N-terminaUy pegylated material from a population of pegylated protein molecules.
  • Selective protein chemical modification at the N-terminus may be accompUshed by reductive alkylation, which exploits differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups (lysine versus the N-terminal) available for derivatization in a particular protein.
  • substantiaUy selective derivatization of a protein or polypeptide (or fragment thereof) at the N-terminus with a carbonyl-group- containing-polymer is achieved.
  • This invention also encompasses the use of derivatives of an LP protein other than variations in amino acid sequence or glycosylation.
  • Such derivatives may involve covalent or aggregative association with chemical moieties.
  • GeneraUy these derivatives faU into the three classes: (1) salts, (2) side chain and terminal residue covalent modifications, and (3) adsorption complexes (e.g., with ceU membranes).
  • Such covalent or aggregative derivatives are useful as immunogens, as reagents in immunoassays, or in purification methods such as for affinity purification of proteins or other binding proteins.
  • a LP protein antigen can be immobiUzed by covalent bonding to a soUd support such as cyanogen bromide-activated SEPHAROSE, by methods which are weU known in the art, or adsorbed onto polyolefin surfaces, with or without glutaraldehyde cross-Unking, for use in an assay or purification of anti-LP protein antibodies or its respective binding partner.
  • An LP protein can also be labeled for use in diagnostic assays with a detectable group (such as, e.g., radioiodinated by the chloramine T procedure; covalently bound to rare earth chelates; or conjugated to another fluorescent moiety). Purification of an LP protein may be effected by immobiUzed antibodies or a binding partner.
  • a polypeptide ofthe invention may be as a monomer or a multimer (e.g., a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a higher multimer). Accordingly, the present invention encompasses monomers and multimers of a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., their preparation, and compositions (preferably, therapeutic compositions) containing them.
  • the polypeptides and/or fragments of the invention are monomers, dimers, trimers, tetramers or higher multimers.
  • a multimer of the invention is at least a dimer, at least a trimer, or at least a tetramer.
  • Multimers encompassed by the invention may be homomers or heteromers.
  • the term "homomer,” refers to a multimer containing only a specific polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y or in a talbe herein (including fragments, variants, spUce variants, and fusion proteins, corresponding to these polypeptides as described herein).
  • a homomer may contain a polypeptide having identical or different amino acid sequences.
  • a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing only polypeptides (or fragments thereof) having identical amino acid sequences.
  • a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing polypeptides having different amino acid sequences.
  • a multimer of the invention is a homodimer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences) or a homotrimer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences).
  • the homomeric multimer of the invention is at least a homodimer, at least a homotrimer, or at least a homotetramer.
  • the term "heteromeric,” refers to a multimer containing one or more heterologous polypeptides.
  • a multimer of the invention is a heterodimer, a heterotrimer, or a heterotetramer.
  • the heteromeric multimer of the invention is at least a heterodimer, at least a heterotrimer, or at least a heterotetramer.
  • Multimers of the invention may be the result of hydrophobic, hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalent associations and/or may be indirectly Unked, by e.g., Uposome formation.
  • a multimer of the invention such as, e.g., homodimers or homotrimers, are formed when polypeptides of the invention (or fragments thereof) contact one another in solution.
  • a heteromultimer of the invention such as, e.g., a heterotrimer or a heterotetramer, is formed when, e.g., a polypeptide of the invention contacts an antibody (generated against a polypeptide; or fragment thereof of the invention (including antibodies to the heterologous polypeptide sequence in a fusion protein of the invention)) in solution.
  • a multimer of the invention is formed by covalent association with and/or between a polypeptide and a binding partner such as mentioned herein (or fragment thereof).
  • covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a polypeptide sequence (e.g., as recited in a sequence Usting herein, or contained in a polypeptide encoded by a deposited clone specified herein).
  • a covalent association is a cross-link, e.g., between cysteine residues.
  • the covalent associations are the consequence of chemical or recombinant manipulation.
  • such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., a fusion protein of the invention.
  • covalent associations form with a heterologous sequence contained in a fusion protein of the invention (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925).
  • a covalent association is between a heterologous sequence contained in an Fc fusion protein of the invention (as described herein).
  • a covalent association of a fusion protein of the invention is with a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., oseteoprotegerin (see, e.g., WO 98149305, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • polypeptides of the invention are joined through peptide Unkers.
  • peptide Unkers examples include, e.g., peptide Unkers described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,073,627 (incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • a protein comprising multiple polypeptides of the invention that are separated by peptide Unkers may be produced using conventional recombinant DNA technology.
  • Recombinant fusion proteins comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused to a polypeptide sequence that dimerizes or trimerizes in solution can be expressed in a suitable host ceU.
  • the resulting soluble multimeric fusion protein can be recovered from a supernatant using any art known technique or method described herein.
  • Trimeric polypeptides of the invention may offer an advantage of enhanced biological activity (as defined herein).
  • Preferred leucine zipper moieties and isoleucine moieties are those that preferentiaUy form trimers.
  • An example is a leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD), as described in Hoppe, et al.
  • polypeptides or proteins of the invention are associated by interactions with a Flag polypeptide sequence (e.g., contained in a fusion protein of the invention having a Flag sequence).
  • a protein or a polypeptide of the invention is associated by an interaction with a heterologous polypeptide sequence (contained in a Flag fusion protein of the invention) and an anti-Flag antibody.
  • a multimer of the invention may be generated using chemical art known techniques.
  • polypeptides (or fragments thereof) desired to be contained in a multimer of the invention may be chemicaUy cross-Unked using a Unker molecule e.g., Unker molecules and Unker molecule length optimization techniques are known in the art; see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, which is incorporated by reference for such teachings.
  • AdditionaUy a multimer of the invention may be generated using techniques known in the art to form one or more inter-molecule cross-Unks between the cysteine residues (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • polypeptide of the invention modified by the addition of cysteine or biotin to the C or N-terminus of a polypeptide can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • a multimer of the invention can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings). Alternatively, a multimer of the invention can be generated using other commonly known genetic engineering techniques. In one embodiment, a polypeptide contained in a multimer of the invention is produced recombinantiy with fusion protein technology described herein or otherwise known in the art (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • a polynucleotide encoding a homodimer of the invention can be generated by Ugating a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to another sequence encoding a Unker polypeptide and then subsequently, further to a synthetic polynucleotide encoding the translated product of the polypeptide in the reverse orientation from the original C-terminus to the N-terminus (lacking the leader sequence) (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • recombinant techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art can be appUed to generate a recombinant polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that contains a transmembrane domain (or hyrophobic or signal peptide) and that can be incorporated by membrane reconstitution techniques into a Uposome (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • the present invention provides reagents that wiU find use in diagnostic and/or therapeutic appUcations as described herein, e.g., in the description of kits for diagnosis.
  • An LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) can be used in numerous ways, e.g., such as a reagent.
  • the foUowing descriptions are non- Umiting examples of ways to use an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof).
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) is useful for chromosome identification. There exists an ongoing need to identify new chromosome markers, since few chromosome-marking reagents, based on actual sequence data (repeat polymorphisms), are presently available. Each polynucleotide of the present invention can therefore, be used as a chromosome marker.
  • the invention encompasses a kit, e.g., for analyzing a sample for the presence of a polynucleotide associated with a proUferative disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition.
  • the kit includes, e.g., at least an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) probe containing a polynucleotide sequence that hybridizes with an LP polynucleotide sequence(or fragment thereof) and directions, e.g., such as for disposal.
  • a kit in another specific embodiment, includes, e.g., two polynucleotide probes defining an internal region of an LP polynucleotide sequence, where each probe has one strand containing a 31 mer-end internal to a region the polynucleotide.
  • a probe may be useful as a primer for ampUfication using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the present invention is useful as a prognostic indicator, for a subject exhibiting an enhanced or diminished expression of n LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) by comparison to a subject expressing the polynucleotide of the present invention (or fragment thereof) at a level nearer a standard level.
  • measuring level of a composition of the present invention is intended to mean herein measuring or estimating (either quaUtatively and/or quantitatively) a level of, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., mRNA, DNA, or cDNA, in a first sample (e.g., preferably a biological sample) either directly (e.g., by determining or estimating an absolute protein or mRNA level) or relatively (e.g., by comparing to a polypeptide or mRNA level in a second sample).
  • a first sample e.g., preferably a biological sample
  • the level in the first sample is measured or estimated from an individual having, or suspected of having, a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition and comparing that level to a second level, wherein the second level is obtained from an individual not having and/or not being suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition.
  • the second level is determined by averaging levels from a population of individuals not having or suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition.
  • a “biological sample” is intended to mean herein any sample comprising biological material obtained from, using, or employing, e.g., an organism, body fluid, exudate, lavage product, waste product, ceU (or part thereof), ceU Une, organ, biopsy, tissue culture, or other source originating from, or associated with, a Uving ceU, tissue, organ, or organism, which contains, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), a mRNA (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, a sample such as from, e.g., hair, skin, blood, saUva, semen, vomit, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid, breast milk, lymph, pulmonary sputum, urine, fecal matter, a lavage product, etc.
  • a sample such as from, e.g., hair, skin, blood,
  • a biological sample can include, e.g., without Umitation, body fluids (e.g., such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid) that contain a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, by product, or, waste product; and/or other tissue source found to express a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), or nucleic acid (or fragment thereof), by product, or, waste product; of the present invention.
  • body fluids e.g., such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid
  • tissue biopsies e.g., tissue biopsies, body fluids, ceUs, or waste products from mammals are known in the art.
  • a tissue biopsy is a preferred source.
  • the present invention further encompasses an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) that is chemicaUy synthesized, or reproduced as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) using art known methods.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • the use of a PNA is preferred if a polynucleotide (or a fragment thereof) is incorporated, e.g., onto a soUd support, or genechip.
  • a peptide nucleic acid is a polyamide type of polynucleotide analog in which, generaUy, e.g., the monomeric units for adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine are available commerciaUy (see, e.g., Perceptive Biosystems). Certain components of a polynucleotide, such as DNA, Uke phosphorus, phosphorus oxides, or deoxyribose derivatives, are not present in a PNA. GeneraUy, PNAs bind specificaUy and tightly to complementary DNA strands and are not degraded by nucleases (Nielsen, et al. (1993)
  • a PNA binds more strongly to DNA than DNA binds to itself, probably, as there is no electrostatic repulsion between PNA/DNA; furthermore, the PNA polyamide backbone is more flexible than DNA. Because of this, PNA/DNA duplexes can bind under a wider range of stringency conditions than DNA/DNA duplexes thus, making it easier to perform multiplex hybridizations. Moreover, smaUer probes can be used with PNA than with DNA due to the strong binding.
  • a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to assay a protein level, e.g., of a secreted protein, in a sample, e.g., such as a bodUy fluid by using antibody-based techniques.
  • a protein level e.g., of a secreted protein
  • a sample e.g., such as a bodUy fluid
  • protein expression in a tissue can be studied by an immunohistological method (see, e.g., Jalkanen, et al. (1985) J. CeU Biol. 101:976-985; Jalkanen, et al. (1987) J. CeU Biol. 105:3087-303096).
  • Another useful antibody-based method for detecting protein or polypeptide expression includes, e.g., an immunoassay Uke an enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay or a radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • assaying e.g., the level of a secreted protein in a sample
  • a protein can also be detected by in vivo imaging.
  • the invention provides a means for detecting, marking, locating or diagnosing a disease, syndrome, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition comprising assaying the expression of a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof), or a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), of the present invention that is in a sample, e.g., ceUs or body fluid of an individual by comparing one level of expression with another level of expression, e.g., a standard level of expression to indicate, e.g., a disease, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition, (or predilection to the same), or to make a prognosis or prediction.
  • an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a disease, syndrome, condition, and/or a disorder.
  • a subject can be administered a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to replace absent or decreased levels of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., insuUn); to supplement absent or decreased levels of a different polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., hemoglobin S for hemoglobin B; SOD to catalyze DNA repair proteins); to inhibit the activity of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., an oncogene or tumor suppressor); to activate a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., by binding to a receptor), to reduce activity of a membrane bound receptor by competing with the receptor for free Ugand (e.g., soluble TNF receptors can be used to reduce inflammation), or to bring about
  • an antibody directed to a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention can also be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a condition, syndrome, state, disease or disorder.
  • administration of an antibody directed to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can bind and reduce the level of the targeted polypeptide.
  • administration of an antibody can activate an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), such as by binding to the polypeptide that is bound to a membrane (e.g., a receptor).
  • Antibodies of the invention can be used to assay polypeptide levels in a sample, e.g., using classical immunohistological methods known to those of skiU in the art (see e.g., Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU. Biol. 101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU . Biol. 105:3087-3096 (1987)).
  • Other antibody-based methods typicaUy useful for detecting polypeptide expression include, e.g., immunoassays, such as the enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • ELISA Unked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide are used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with LP (such as, e.g., LP misexpression, LP overexpression, LP underexpression, etc.).
  • disorders associated with LP such as, e.g., LP misexpression, LP overexpression, LP underexpression, etc.
  • disorders associated with LP include, without Umit, a ceU proUferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, Hamartoma, sarcoma, teratocarcino
  • Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are used in Southern or northern analysis; dot blot or other membrane-based technologies; PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-Uke assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from a subject; to detect an altered LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) expression.
  • PCR technologies in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-Uke assays
  • microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from a subject; to detect an altered LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) expression.
  • This invention also provides reagents with significant therapeutic value.
  • An LP protein or polypeptide (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), fragments thereof, and antibodies thereto, along with compounds identified as having binding affinity to an LP, are useful in the treatment of conditions associated with abnormal physiology or development, including abnormal proUferation, e.g., cancerous conditions, or degenerative conditions. Abnormal proUferation, regeneration, degeneration, and atrophy may be modulated by appropriate therapeutic treatment using a composition(s) provided herein.
  • a disease or disorder associated with abnormal expression or abnormal signaUng by an LP protein is a target for an agonist or antagonist of the protein.
  • Recombinant LP or LP antibodies can be purified and administered to a subject for treatment.
  • These reagents can be combined for use with additional active or inert ingredients, e.g., in conventional pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers or dUuents, e.g., immunogenic adjuvants, along with physiologicaUy innocuous stabiUzers and excipients.
  • additional active or inert ingredients e.g., in conventional pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers or dUuents, e.g., immunogenic adjuvants, along with physiologicaUy innocuous stabiUzers and excipients.
  • dUuents e.g., immunogenic adjuvants
  • These combinations can be sterile filtered and placed into dosage forms as by lyophiUzation in dosage vials or storage in stabiUzed aqueous preparations.
  • This invention also contemplates use of antibodies or binding
  • Another therapeutic approach included within the invention involves direct administration of reagents, formulations, or compositions by any conventional administration techniques (such as, e.g., without Umit, local injection, inhalation, or systemic administration) to a subject.
  • the reagents, formulations, or compositions included within the bounds and metes of the invention may also be targeted to a ceU by any of the methods described herein (e.g., polynucleotide deUvery techniques).
  • the actual dosage of reagent, formulation, or composition that modulates a disease, disorder, condition, syndrome, etc. depends on many factors, including the size and health of an organism, however one of one of ordinary skiU in the art can use the foUowing teachings describing methods and techniques for determining cUnical dosages (see, e.g., SpUker (1984) Guide to CUnical Studies and Developing Protocols. Raven Press Books, Ltd., New York, pp. 7-13, 54-60; Spilker (1991) Guide to CUnical Trials. Raven Press, Ltd., New York, pp. 93-101; Craig and Stitzel (eds. 1986) Modern Pharmacology. 2d ed., Little, Brown and Co., Boston, pp.
  • GeneraUy in the range of about between 0.5 fg/ml and 500 ⁇ g/ml inclusive final concentration are administered per day to a human adult in any pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier.
  • Interspecies scaUng of effective doses can be performed foUowing art known principles (e.g., see, Mordenti and ChappeU (1989) "The Use of Interspecies ScaUng in Toxicokinetics," in Toxicokinetics and New Drug Development; Yacobi, et al. (eds.) Pergamon Press, NY).
  • Effective doses can also be extrapolated using dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal-model test systems.
  • a dosage is typicaUy 0.1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of a recipients body weight.
  • a dosage is between 0.1 mg/kg and 20 mg/kg of a recipients body weight, more preferably 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg of a recipients body weight.
  • GeneraUy homo-specific antibodies have a longer half-Ufe than hetero-specific antibodies, (e.g., human antibodies last longer within a human host than antibodies from another species, e.g., such as a mouse, probably, due to the immune response of the host to the foreign composition).
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the compositions of the invention and instructions such as, e.g., for disposal (typicaUy, in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products).
  • a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the compositions of the invention and instructions such as, e.g., for disposal (typicaUy, in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products).
  • the quantities of reagents necessary for effective treatment wiU depend upon many different factors, including means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, and other medicaments administered.
  • treatment dosages should be titrated to optimize safety and efficacy.
  • typicaUy dosages used in vitro may provide useful guidance in the amounts useful for in situ administration of these reagents. Animal testing of effective doses for treatment of particular disorders wiU provide further predictive indication of human dosage.
  • Various considerations are described, e.g., in Gilman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (8th ed.) Pergamon Press; and (1990) Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th ed.) Mack PubUshing Co., Easton, PA.
  • PharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers wUl include water, saUne, buffers, and other compounds described, e.g., in the Merck Index. Merck & Co., Rahway, NJ. Dosage ranges would ordinarily be expected to be in amounts lower than 1 mM concentrations, typicaUy less than about 10 ⁇ M concentrations, usuaUy less than about 100 nM, preferably less than about 10 pM (picomolar), and most preferably less than about 1 fM (femtomolar), with an appropriate carrier. Slow release formulations, or a slow release apparatus wiU often be utilized for continuous administration.
  • LP protein, fragments thereof, and antibodies to it or its fragments, antagonists, and agonists may be admimstered directly to the host to be treated or, depending on the size of the compounds, it may be desirable to conjugate them to carrier proteins such as ovalbumin or serum albumin prior to their administration.
  • Therapeutic formulations may be administered in any conventional dosage formulation. While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation.
  • Formulations typicaUy comprise at least one active ingredient, as defined above, together with one or more acceptable carriers thereof. Each carrier should be both pharmaceuticaUy and physiologicaUy acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients and not injurious to the patient.
  • Formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) administration.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods weU known in the art of pharmacy. See, e.g., Gilman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (8th ed.) Pergamon Press; and (1990) Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th ed.) Mack PubUshing Co., Easton, PA; Avis, et al. (eds.) (1993) Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications Dekker, NY; Lieberman, et al.
  • the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprises, e.g., a therapeuticaUy effective amount of a composition of the invention in a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a carrier approved by a federal regulatory agency of the United States of America, or a regulatory/ administrative agency of a state government of the United States or a carrier that is Usted in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other pharmacopeia; which is generaUy recognized by those in the art for use in an animal, e.g., a mammal, and, more particularly, in a primate, e.g., a human primate.
  • deUvery systems can be used to adn-inister, e.g., a composition, formulation, antibody polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the invention.
  • deUvery can use Uposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant ceUs, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu (1 87) J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432), inclusion of a nucleic acid molecule as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc.
  • Methods of administration include, e.g., without Umit, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitpneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes.
  • An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition of the immune system, by, e.g., activating or inhibiting the proUferation, differentiation, or mobiUzation (chemotaxis or directed movement) of an immune ceU.
  • TypicaUy immune ceUs develop through a process caUed hematopoiesis, producing myeloid (platelets, red blood ceUs, neutrophils, and macrophages) and lymphoid (B and T lymphocytes) ceUs from pluripotent stem ceUs.
  • the etiology of an immune disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition may be genetic and/or somatic, (e.g., such as some forms of cancer or some autoimmune conditions acquired by e.g., chemotherapy or toxins or an infectious agent, e.g., a virus or prion-Uke entity.
  • an LP can be used to mark or detect a particular immune system disease, syndrome, disorder, state, or condition.
  • An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/ or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/ or a condition of a hematopoietic ceU.
  • An LP could be used to increase or inhibit the differentiation or proUferation of a hematopoietic ceU, including a pluripotent stem ceU such an effect can be implemented to treat, prevent, modulate, or ameUorate a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition associated with a decrease in a specific type of hematopoietic ceU.
  • An example of such an immunologic deficiency, disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition includes, e.g., without Umitation, a blood condition (e.g.
  • an LP can be used to modulate hemostatic or thrombolytic activity.
  • increasing hemostatic or thrombolytic activity can treat or prevent a blood coagulation condition such as e.g., afibrinogenemia, a factor deficiency, a blood platelet disease (e.g. thrombocytopenia), or a wound resulting from e.g., trauma, surgery, etc.
  • a composition of the invention can be used to decrease hemostatic or thrombolytic activity or to inhibit or dissolve a clotting condition.
  • Such compositions can be important in a treatment or prevention of a heart condition, e.g., an attack infarction, stroke, or mycardial scarring.
  • An LP may also be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating and/ or diagnosing an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition such as results, e.g., from the inappropriate recognition by a ceU of the immune system of the self as a foreign material.
  • an inappropriate recognition results in an immune response leading to detrimental effect destruction on the host, e.g., on a host ceU, tissue, protein, or moiety, e.g., a carbohydrate side chain.
  • administering may be effective in detecting, diagnosing, ameUorating, or preventing such an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition.
  • autoimmune conditions examples include, e.g., without Umit Addison's Disease syndrome hemolytic anemia, anti-phosphoUpid syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, dermatitis, aUergic encephalomyeUtis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's Syndrome, Graves' Disease syndrome, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Neuritis, Ophthalmia, BuUous Pemphigoid, Pemphigus, Polyendocrinopathies, Purpura, Reiter's Disease syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, Autoimmune Thyroiditis, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Autoimmune Pulmonary Inflammation, GuiUain-BarreSyndrome, insuUn dependent diabetes meUitis, and autoimmune inflammatory eye disease.
  • Umit Addison's Disease syndrome hemolytic anemia, anti-phosphoUpid syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, dermatitis, a
  • aUergic reactions and conditions such as asthma (e.g., aUergic asthma) or other respiratory problems, may also be ameUorated, treated, modulated or prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto.
  • inventive compositions can be used to effect, e.g., anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule, or blood group incompatibiUty.
  • An LP may also be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose organ rejection or graft-versus-host disease (GVHD).
  • organ rejection occurs by a host's, immune-ceU destruction of a transplanted tissue or ceU.
  • a similarly destructive immune response is involved in GVHD, however, in this case, transplanted foreign immune ceUs destroy host tissues and/or ceUs.
  • composition of the invention which ameUorates or modulates such a deleterious immune response (e.g., a deleterious proUferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of a T ceU), can be effective in modulating, ameUorating, diagnosing, and/ or preventing organ rejection or GVHD.
  • a deleterious immune response e.g., a deleterious proUferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of a T ceU
  • an LP may also be used to detect, treat, modulate, ameUorate, prevent, and/or diagnose an inflammation, e.g., by inhibiting the proUferation and/or differentiation of a ceU involved in an inflammatory response, or an inflammatory condition (either chronic or acute), including, e.g., without Umitation, chronic prostatitis, granulomatous prostatitis and malacoplakia, an inflammation associated with an infection (such as, e.g., septic shock, sepsis, or systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS)), ischemia-reperfusion injury, endotoxin lethaUty, arthritis, complement-mediated hyperacute rejection, nephritis, cytokine or chemokine induced lung injury, inflammatory bowel disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, or a condition resulting from an over production of a cytokine(s) (e.g., TNF or IL-1 .)
  • An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a hyperproUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome (such as, e.g., a neoplasm) via direct or indirect interactions.
  • a hyperproUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a hyperproUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a hyperproUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a hyperproUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome such as, e.g., a neoplasm
  • a desired effect using a composition of the invention may also be accompUshed either by, e.g., enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
  • the desired result may be effected either by, e.g., diminishing or blocking an existing immune response, or by preventing the initiation of a new immune response.
  • hyperproUferative states, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions include, e.g., without Umitation, a neoplasm of the colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, Uver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine system (e.g., an adrenal gland, a parathyroid gland, the pituitary, the testicles, the ovary, the thymus, or the thyroid), eye, head, neck, nervous system (central or peripheral), the lymphatic system, pelvis, skin, spleen, thorax, and urogenital system.
  • endocrine system e.g., an adrenal gland, a parathyroid gland, the pituitary, the testicles, the ovary, the thymus, or the thyroid
  • eye head, neck, nervous system (central or peripheral)
  • the lymphatic system pelvis, skin, spleen, thorax, and urogenital system.
  • hyperproUferative conditions include, e.g., without Umit hypergammaglobuUnemia, lymphoproUferative conditions, paraproteinemias, purpura, sarcoidosis, Hamartoma, Sezary Syndrome, Waldenstron's MacroglobuUnemia, Gaucher's Disease syndrome, histiocytosis, and other hyperproUferative states.
  • One preferred embodiment utilizes an LP to inhibit aberrant ceUular division, through a polynucleotide deUvery technique.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating, preventing, modulating, ameUorating, preventing, inhibiting, and/or diagnosing ceU proUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions described herein by inserting into an abnormaUy proUferating ceU a composition of the present invention, wherein said composition beneficiaUy modulates an excessive condition of ceU proUferation, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation.
  • Another embodiment comprises administering one or more active copies of an LP polynucleotide sequence to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU.
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence is operably Unked in a construct comprising a recombinant expression vector that is effective in expressing a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to the polynucleotide of interest.
  • the construct encoding a polypeptide or fragment thereof is inserted into a targeted ceU utilizing a retrovirus or an adenoviral vector (see, e.g., Nabel, et al. (1999) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 96: 324-326).
  • the viral vector is defective and only transforms or transfects a proUferating ceU but does not transform or transfects a non-proUferating ceU.
  • an LP polynucleotide sequence is inserted into a proUferating ceU either alone, (or in combination with, or fused to, another polynucleotide sequence, which can subsequently be modulated via an external stimulus (e.g., a magnetic signal, a specific smaU molecule, a chemical moiety or a drug administration, etc.) that acts on an upstream promoter to induce expression of the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof).
  • an external stimulus e.g., a magnetic signal, a specific smaU molecule, a chemical moiety or a drug administration, etc.
  • a desired effect of the present invention may be accompUshed based on using an external stimulus.
  • An LP sequence may be useful in repressing the expression of a gene or an antigenic composition, e.g., an oncogenic retrovirus.
  • repressing the expression of a gene is meant, e.g., the suppression of the transcription of a 'gene', the degradation of a 'gene' transcript (pre-message RNA), the inhibition of spUcing of a 'gene', the destruction of mRNA, the prevention of a post-translational modification of a polypeptide, the destruction of a polypeptide, or the inhibition of a normal function of a protein.
  • Local administration to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU may be achieved by any art known method or technique discussed herein including, e.g., without Umit to transfection, electroporation, microinjection of ceUs, or in vehicles (such as a Uposome, Upofectin, or a naked polynucleotide).
  • Encompassed deUvery systems include, without Umit, retroviral vectors (GUboa, J. Virology 44:845 (1982); Hocke, Nature 320:275 (1986); WUson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:3014); vaccinia virus systems (Chakrabarty, et al., Mol.
  • a retroviral, or adenoviral deUvery system (as known in the art or described herein) is used to specificaUy deUver a recombinant construct or to transfect a ceU that is abnormaUy proUferating.
  • An LP polynucleotide sequence may be deUvered directiy to the site of a ceU proUferation, e.g., in an internal organ, body cavity, and the Uke by use of, e.g., an imaging device used to guide the recombinant construct.
  • administration to an appropriate location may be carried out at a time of surgical intervention.
  • cell proliferative condition any human or animal disease, syndrome, disorder, condition, or state, affecting any ceU, tissue, any site or any combination of organs, tissues, or body parts, which is characterized by a single or multiple local abnormal proUferation of ceUs, groups of ceUs, or tissues, whether benign or maUgnant.
  • Any amount of LP may be administered as long as it has a desired effect on the treated ceU, e.g., a biologicaUy inhibiting effect on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU.
  • biologically inhibiting is meant a partial or total inhibition of mitotic activity and/or a decrease in the rate of mitotic activity or metastatic activity of a targeted ceU.
  • a biologicaUy inhibitory dose can be determined by assessing the effects of an LP on abnormaUy proUferating ceU division in a ceU or tissue culture, tumor growth in an animal or any other art known method.
  • an LP can be useful to inhibit angiogenesis associated with abnormaUy proUferative ceUs or tissues, either alone, or as a protein fusion, or in combination with another LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist, thereto.
  • a desired anti-angiogenic effect may be achieved indirectly, e.g., through the inhibition of hematopoietic, tumor-specific ceUs, such as, e.g., tumor-associated macrophages (see e.g., Joseph, et al. (1998) J Natl. Cancer Inst. 90(21): 1648-53).
  • hematopoietic, tumor-specific ceUs such as, e.g., tumor-associated macrophages
  • a desired anti- angiogenic effect may be achieved directly, (e.g., see Witte, et al, (1998) Cancer Metastasis Rev. 17(2): 155-61).
  • An LP including a protein fusion, may be useful in inhibiting an abnormaUy proUferative ceU or tissue, via an induction of apoptosis.
  • An LP may act either directiy, or indirecdy to induce apoptosis in a proUferative ceU or tissue, e.g., by activating the death- domain FA receptor, such as, e.g., tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor-1, CD95 (F&APO- I), TNF-receptor-related apoptosis-mediated protein (TRAMP) and TNF-related apoptosis- inducing Ugand (TRAIL) receptor-1 and -2 (see, e.g., Schulze-Osthoff, et al., Eur J Biochem 254 (3): 439-59 (1998), which is hereby incorporated by reference for teachings on apoptotic ceU death).
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • TRAMP TNF
  • an LP may induce apoptosis via other mechanisms, such as, e.g., through the activation of a pathway that subsequently activates apoptosis, or through stimulating the expression of a protein(s) that activates an apoptotic pathway, either alone or in combination with smaU molecule drugs or adjuvants, such as apoptonin, galectins, hioredoxins, anti-inflammatory proteins (see e.g., Mutat Res 400 (l-2):447-55 (1998), Med Hypotheses. 50(5): 423-33 (1998), Chem Biol Interact. Apr 24; 111-112:23-34 (1998), J Mol Med. 76(6): 402-12(1998), Int J Tissue React; 20 (1):3-15 (1998), which are aU hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • smaU molecule drugs or adjuvants such as apoptonin, galectins, hioredoxins, anti-inflammatory proteins
  • An LP is useful in inhibiting ceU metastasis either directly as a result of administering a polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto, (as described elsewhere herein), or indirectly, such as, e.g., by activating or increasing the expression of a protein known to inhibit metastasis, such as, e.g., an alpha integrin, (see, e.g., Cur. Top Microbial Immunol 1998; 23 1: 125-4 1, which is hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • a protein known to inhibit metastasis such as, e.g., an alpha integrin, (see, e.g., Cur. Top Microbial Immunol 1998; 23 1: 125-4 1, which is hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
  • Such a desired effect can be achieved either alone using an LP or in combination with e.g., a smaU molecule drug or an adjuvant.
  • An LP or a protein fusion thereto, is useful in enhancing the irnmunogenicity and/or antigenicity of a proUferating ceU or tissue, either directly, (such as would occur if e.g., an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) 'vaccinated' the immune system to respond to a proUferative antigen or immunogen), or indirectly, (such as in activating, e.g., the expression a of protein known to enhance an immune response (e.g. a chemokine), to an antigen on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU).
  • An LP may be used to, modulate, ameUorate, effect, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a cardiovascular disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition.
  • cardiovascular abnormaUties such as arterio-arterial fistula, arteriovenous fistula, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital heart defects, pulmonary atresia, and Scimitar Syndrome peripheral artery disease, syndrome, such as Umb ischemia.
  • Additional cardiovascular disorders encompass, e.g., congenital heart defects which include, e.g., aortic coarctation, car triatriatum, coronary vessel anomaUes, crisscross heart, dextrocardia, patent ductus arteriosus, Ebstein's anomaly, Eisenmenger complex, hypoplastic left heart syndrome, levocardia, tetralogy of faUot, transposition of great vessels, double outlet right ventricle, tricuspid atresia, persistent truncus arteriosus, and heart septal defects, such as e.g., aortopulmonary septal defect, endocardial cushion defects, Lutembacher's Syndrome, trilogy of FaUot, and ventricular heart septal defects.
  • congenital heart defects which include, e.g., aortic coarctation, car triatriatum, coronary vessel anomaUes, crisscross heart, dextrocardi
  • cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., heart disease syndrome, such as, e.g., arrhythmias, carcinoid heart disease syndrome, high cardiac output, low cardiac output, cardiac tamponade, endocarditis (including bacterial endocarditis), heart aneurysm, cardiac arrest, congestive heart failure, congestive cardiomyopathy, paroxysmal dyspnea, cardiac edema, heart hypertrophy, congestive cardiomyopathy, left ventricular hypertrophy, right ventricular hypertrophy, post-infarction heart rupture, ventricular septal rupture, heart valve disease, myocardial disease, myocardial ischemia, pericardial effusion, pericarditis (including constrictive and tuberculous pericarditis), pneumopericardium, post-pericardiotomy syndrome, pulmonary heart disease syndrome, rheumatic heart disease syndrome, ventricular dysfunction, hyperemia, cardiovascular pregnancy compUcations, Scimitar Syndrome, cardiovascular syphiUs, and cardiovascular tub
  • cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., arrhythmias including, e.g., sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibriUation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, extra systole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome, bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome, parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre- excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome, and ventricular fibriUation tachycardias.
  • arrhythmias including, e.g., sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibriUation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, extra systole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome, bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome, parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre- excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome, and ventricular
  • Tachycardias encompassed with the cardiovascular condition described herein include, e.g., paroxysmal tachycardia, supraventricular tachycardia, accelerated idioventricular rhythm, atrioventricular nodal re-entry tachycardia, ectopic atrial tachycardia, ectopic junctional tachycardia, sinoatrial nodal re-entry tachycardia, sinus tachycardia, Torsades de Pointes Syndrome, and ventricular tachycardia.
  • Additional cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., heart valve disease such as, e.g., aortic valve insufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, heart murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valve insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenosis, tricuspid atresia, tricuspid valve insufficiency, and tricuspid valve stenosis.
  • heart valve disease such as, e.g., aortic valve insufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, heart murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valve insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenos
  • Myocardial conditions associated with cardiovascular disease include, e.g., myocardial diseases such as, e.g., alcohoUc cardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury, and myocarditis.
  • myocardial diseases such as, e.g., alcohoUc cardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury, and my
  • Cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., myocardial ischemias such as, e.g., coronary disease syndrome, such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning.
  • myocardial ischemias such as, e.g., coronary disease syndrome, such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning.
  • coronary disease syndrome such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning.
  • Cardiovascular diseases also encompassed herein include, e.g., vascular diseases such as e.g., aneurysms, angiodysplasia, angiomatosis, baciUary angiomatosis, Hippel-Lindau Disease syndrome, KLippel-Trenaunay- Weber Syndrome, Sturge-Weber Syndrome, angioneurotic edema, aortic disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, aortitis, Leriche's Syndrome, arterial occlusive disease, arteritis, enarteritis, polyarteritis nodosa, cerebrovascular disease, diabetic angiopathies, diabetic retinopathy, emboUsm, thrombosis, erythromeialgia, hemorrhoids, hepatic veno-occlusive disease syndrome, hypertension, hypotension, ischemia, peripheral vascular diseases, phlebitis,
  • Cardiovascular conditions further include, e.g., aneurysms such as, e.g., dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iUac aneurysms.
  • aneurysms such as, e.g., dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iUac aneurysms.
  • Arterial occlusive cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., arteriosclerosis, intermittent claudication, carotid stenosis, fibromuscular dysplasias, mesenteric vascular occlusion, Moyamoya disease syndrome, renal artery obstruction, retinal artery occlusion, and thromboangUtis obUterans.
  • Cerebrovascular cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., carotid artery disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformation, cerebral artery disease, cerebral emboUsm and thrombosis, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, cerebral hemorrhage, epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia (including transient cerebral ischemia), subclavian steal syndrome, periventricular leukomalacia, vascular headache, cluster headache, migraine, and vertebrobasUar insufficiency.
  • cerebral amyloid angiopathy cerebral aneurysm
  • cerebral anoxia cerebral arteriosclerosis
  • cerebral arteriovenous malformation cerebral artery disease
  • cerebral emboUsm and thrombosis carotid artery thrombo
  • EmboUc cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., air emboUsms, amniotic fluid emboUsms, cholesterol emboUsms, blue toe syndrome, fat emboUsms, pulmonary emboUsms, and thromboemboUsms.
  • Thrombotic cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., coronary thrombosis, hepatic vein thrombosis, retinal vein occlusion, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, and thrombophlebitis.
  • Ischemic conditions include, e.g., cerebral ischemia, ischemic coUtis, compartment syndromes, anterior compartment syndrome, myocardial ischemia, reperfusion injuries, and peripheral Umb ischemia.
  • VascuUtic conditions include, e.g., aortitis, arteritis, Behcet's Syndrome, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, thromboangUtis obUterans, hypersensitivity vascuUtis, Schoenlein-Henoch purpura, aUergic cutaneous vascuUtis, and Wegener's granulomatosis.
  • An LP can be beneficial in ameUorating critical Umb ischemia and coronary disease.
  • An LP may be administered using any art known method, described herein An LP may administered as part of a therapeutic composition or formulation, as described in detaU herein. Methods of deUvering an LP are also described in detail herein. Anti-Hemopoietic Activity
  • the naturaUy occurring balance between endogenous stimulators and inhibitors of angiogenesis is one in which inhibitory influences typicaUy predominate (see, e.g., Rastinejad, et al., CeU 56345-355 (1989)).
  • angiogenesis is stringently regulated, and deUmited spatiaUy and temporaUy.
  • pathological angiogenesis such as, e.g., during soUd tumor formation, these regulatory controls fail and unregulated angiogenesis can become pathologic by sustaining progression of many neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases.
  • a number of serious diseases are dominated by abnormal neovascularization (including, e.g., soUd tumor growth and metastases, arthritis, some types of eye conditions, and psoriasis; see, e.g., reviews by Moses, et al., Biotech. 9630-634 (1991); Folkman, et al., N. Engl. J. Med., 333: 1757-1763 (1995); Auerbach, et al., J. Microvasc. Res. 29:401-4 11 (1985); Folkman, "Advances in Cancer Research", eds. Klein and Weinhouse, Academic Press, New York, pp. 175-203 (1985); Patz, Am. J. Opthalmol.
  • angiogenesis contributes to a disease-state, e.g., for example, significant data have accumulated suggesting that soUd tumor formation is dependent on angiogenesis (see, e.g., Folkman and Klagsbrun, Science 235:442-447 (1987)).
  • administration of an LP provides for the treatment, ameUoration, modulation, diagnosis, and/or inhibition of a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition associated with neovascularization.
  • MaUgnant and metastatic conditions that can be effected in a desired fashion using an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, a maUgnancy, soUd tumor, and a cancer as described herein or as otherwise known in the art (for a review of such disorders, syndromes, etc. see, e.g., Fishman, et al., Medicine, 2d Ed., J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia (1985)).
  • the present invention provides a method of ameUorating, modulating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing an angiogenesis-related disease and/ or disorder, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP.
  • cancers that may be so affected using a composition of the invention includes, e.g., without Umit a soUd tumor, including e.g., prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach, pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, Uver, parotid, biUary tract, colon, rectum, cervix, uterus, endometrium, kidney, bladder, thyroid cancer; primary tumors and metastases; melanomas; gUoblastoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; leiomyo sarcoma; non-smaU ceU lung cancer; colorectal cancer; advanced maUgnancies; and blood born tumors such as e.g., leukemia.
  • a soUd tumor including e.g., prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach, pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, Uver, parotid, bi
  • an LP may be deUvered topicaUy, to treat or prevent cancers such as, e.g., skin cancer, head and neck tumors, breast tumors, and Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • an LP may be utilized to treat superficial forms of bladder cancer by, e.g., intravesical administration into the tumor, or near the tumor site; via injection or a catheter.
  • the appropriate mode of administration wiU vary according to the cancer to be treated. Other modes of deUvery are discussed herein.
  • An LP may also be useful in modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/ or diagnosing another disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition, besides a ceU proUferative condition (e.g., a cancer) that is assisted by abnormal angiogenic activity.
  • a ceU proUferative condition e.g., a cancer
  • Such close group conditions include, e.g., without Umitation, benign tumors, e.g., such as hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas; atherosclerotic plaques; ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g., diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, cornea graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, uvietis and Pterygia (abnormal blood vessel growth) of the eye; rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; delayed wound heaUng; endomettiosis; vasculogenesis; granulations; hyperttophic scars (keloids); nonunion fractures; scleroderma; trachoma; vascular adhesions;
  • methods for modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing hyperttophic scars and keloids, comprising administering an LP to a site of hyperttophic scar or keloid formation.
  • the method involves a direct injection into a hyperttophic scar or keloid, to provide a beneficial effect, e.g., by preventing progression of such a lesion.
  • This method is of particular value to a prophylactic treatment of a condition known to result in the development of a hypertrophic scar or a keloid (e.g., burns), and is preferably initiated after the proUferative phase of scar formation has had time to progress (approximately, e.g., 14 days after the initial injury), but before hypertrophic scar or keloid development.
  • the present invention also provides methods for ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing neovascular diseases of the eye, including e.g., corneal graft neovascularization, neovascular glaucoma, proUferative diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and macular degeneration.
  • ocular diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions associated with neovascularization that can be modulated ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g., without Umit; neovascular glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, retinoblastoma, retrolental fibroplasia, uveitis, retinopathy of premature macular degeneration, corneal graft neovascularization, as weU as other inflammatory eye diseases, ocular tumors, and diseases associated with choroidal or iris neovascularization (see, e.g., reviews by Waltman, et al, (1978) Am. J. Ophthal.
  • neovascular diseases of the eye such as corneal neovascularization (including corneal graft neovascularization), comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP composition to the cornea, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited or delayed.
  • corneal neovascularization including corneal graft neovascularization
  • the cornea is a tissue that normaUy lacks blood vessels.
  • capiUaries may extend into the cornea from the pericorneal vascular plexus of the Umbus.
  • corneal neovascularization e.g., corneal infections (e.g., trachoma, herpes simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis), immunological processes (e.g., graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome), alkaU burns, trauma, inflammation (of any cause), toxic and nutritional deficiency states, and as a compUcation of using contact lenses.
  • corneal infections e.g., trachoma, herpes simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis
  • immunological processes e.g., graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome
  • alkaU burns trauma, inflammation (of any cause)
  • toxic and nutritional deficiency states e.g., as a compUcation of using contact lenses.
  • an LP composition may be prepared for topical administration in saUne (combined with any of the preservatives and anti-microbial agents commonly used in ocular preparations), and administered in drop form to the eye.
  • the solution or suspension may be prepared in its pure form and administered several times daily.
  • anti-angiogenic compositions prepared as described herein, may also be administered directly to the cornea.
  • an anti-angiogenic composition is prepared with a muco-adhesive polymer, which binds to the cornea.
  • an anti-angiogenic factor or anti-angiogenic LP composition may be utilized as an adjunct to conventional steroid therapy.
  • Topical therapy may also be useful prophylacticaUy in corneal lesions that are known to have a high probabiUty of inducing an angiogenic response (such as, e.g., a chemical burn).
  • the treatment (likely in combination with steroids) may be instituted immediately to help prevent subsequent compUcations.
  • an LP composition may be injected directly into the corneal stroma using microscopic guidance by an ophthalmologist.
  • the preferred site of injection may vary with the morphology of the individual lesion, but the goal of the administration is to place a composition of the invention at the advancing front of the vasculature (i.e., interspersed between the blood vessels and the normal cornea).
  • This method may also be utilized shortly after a corneal insult to prophylacticaUy prevent corneal neovascularization.
  • the composition could be injected into the periUmbic cornea interspersed between the corneal lesion and its undesired potential Umbic blood supply.
  • Such methods may also be utiUzed in a similar fashion to prevent capUlary invasion of transplanted corneas. In a sustained-release form, injections might only be required 2-3 times per year.
  • a steroid could also be added to the injection solution to reduce inflammation resulting from the injection itself.
  • methods for treating or preventing neovascular glaucoma, comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • the composition may be administered topicaUy to the eye to treat or prevent early forms of neovascular glaucoma.
  • the composition may be implanted by injection into the region of the anterior chamber angle.
  • the composition may also be placed in any location such that the composition is continuously released into the aqueous humor.
  • proUferative diabetic retinopathy comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eyes, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • proUferative diabetic retinopathy may be treated by injection into the aqueous or the vitreous humor, to increase the local concentration of a composition of the invention in the retina; Preferably, this treatment should be initiated before the acquisition of severe disease requiring photocoagulation.
  • methods are provided for treating or preventing retrolental fibroplasia, comprising administering to a patient a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited.
  • the composition may be administered topicaUy, via intravitreous injection and/or via intraocular implants.
  • Additional, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, hemangioma, arthritis, psoriasis, angiofibroma, atherosclerotic plaques, delayed wound heaUng, granulations, hemophiUc joints, hypertrophic scars, nonunion fractures, Osier-Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma, scleroderma, trachoma, and vascular adhesions.
  • diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, soUd tumors, blood born tumors such as leukemias, tumor metastasis, Kaposi's sarcoma, benign tumors (e.g., hemangiomas), acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g., diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, and uvietis, delayed wound heaUng, endomettiosis, vasculogenesis,
  • an amount of an LP sufficient to block embryo implantation is administered before or after intercourse and fertiUzation have occurred, thus providing an effective method of birth control, possibly a "morning after" method.
  • An LP may also be used in controlling menstruation or administered either as a peritoneal lavage fluid or for peritoneal implantation in the treatment of endomettiosis.
  • An LP may be utiUzed in a wide-variety of surgical procedures.
  • a compositions in the form of, e.g., a spray or film
  • a compositions may be utilized to coat or spray an area before removal of a tumor, to isolate normal surrounding tissues from maUgnant tissue, and/or to prevent the spread of disease to surrounding tissues.
  • an LP composition e.g., in the form of a spray
  • an LP composition may be deUvered via endoscopic procedures to coat tumors, or inhibit angiogenesis in a desired locale.
  • surgical meshes that have been coated with an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention may be utiUzed in a procedure in which a surgical mesh might be utiUzed.
  • a surgical mesh laden with an anti-angiogenic composition may be utiUzed during cancer resection surgery (e.g., abdominal surgery subsequent to colon resection) to provide support to the structure, and to release an amount of the anti-angiogenic factor.
  • methods are provided for treating tumor excision sites, comprising administering an LP to the resection margins of a tumor after excision, such that the local recurrence of cancer and the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited.
  • an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is administered directly to a tumor excision site (e.g., appUed by swabbing, brushing or otherwise coating the resection margins of the tumor with the anti-angiogenic composition).
  • an anti-angiogenic composition may be incorporated into a known surgical paste before administration.
  • an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is appUed after hepatic resections for maUgnancy, and after neurosurgical operations.
  • administration can be to a resection margin of a wide variety of tumors, including e.g., breast, colon, brain, and hepatic tumors.
  • anti-angiogenic compositions may be administered to the site of a neurological tumor after excision, such that the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited.
  • Diseases at the Cellular Level Diseases associated with increased ceU survival or the inhibition of apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., cancers (such as, e.g., foUicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone-dependent tumors, including, e.g., but without Umit, colon cancer, cardiac tumors, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, gUoblastoma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endotheUoma, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosar
  • an LP is used to inhibit growth, progression, and/ or metastases of cancers such as, in particular, those Usted herein.
  • Additional diseases, states, syndromes, or conditions associated with increased ceU survival that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., without limitation, progression, and/or metastases of maUgnancies and related disorders such as leukemia including acute leukemias (such as, e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, including myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia) and chronic leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic, chronic granulocytic, leukemia, and chronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia Vera, lymphomas (e.
  • Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., AIDS, conditions (such as, e.g., Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Retinitis pigmentosa, CerebeUar degeneration and brain tumor, or prion associated disease); autoimmune conditions (such as, e.g., multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biUary cirrhosis, Behcet's disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune-related glomerulonephritis, and rheumatoid arthritis); myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v.
  • AIDS conditions
  • conditions such as, e.g., Alzheimer's disease syndrome
  • ischemic injury such as that caused by myocardial infarction, stroke and reperfusion injury
  • Uver injury such as, e.g., hepatitis related Uver injury, ischemia reperfusion injury, cholestosis (bUe duct injury), and Uver cancer
  • toxin-induced Uver disease such as, e.g., that caused by alcohol
  • septic shock cachexia
  • cachexia cachexia
  • anorexia anorexia
  • An LP composition may be cUnicaUy useful in stimulating wound heaUng including e.g., surgical wounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage of the dermis and epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavity wounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers, venous stasis ulcers, burns resulting from exposure heat or chemicals, abnormal wound heaUng conditions associated with e.g., uremia, malnutrition, vitamin deficiency and wound heaUng compUcations associated with systemic treatment with steroids, radiation therapy, anti-neoplastic drugs, and anti-metaboUtes.
  • wound heaUng including e.g., surgical wounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage of the dermis and epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavity wounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers,
  • An LP could be used to promote dermal reestabUshment after dermal loss.
  • An LP could be used to increase the adherence of skin grafts to a wound bed and to stimulate re-epitheUaUzation from the wound bed.
  • the foUowing is a non-exhaustive Ust of grafts that an LP could be used to increase adherence to: a wound bed, autografts, artificial skin, aUografts, autodermic grafts, autoepidermic grafts, avascular grafts, Blair-Brown grafts, bone grafts, brephoplastic grafts, cutis grafts, delayed grafts, dermic grafts, epidermic grafts, fascia grafts, fuU thickness grafts, heterologous grafts, xenografts, homologous grafts, hyperplastic grafts, lameUar grafts, mesh grafts, mucosal grafts, OUier-Thiersch grafts, omenpal grafts, patch grafts, pedicle grafts, penetrating grafts, spUt skin graf
  • An LP can be used to promote skin strength and to improve the appearance of aged skin. It is beUeved that an LP will also produce changes in hepatocyte proUferation, and epitheUal ceU proUferation in, for example, the lung, breast, pancreas, stomach, smaU intestine, and large intestine.
  • EpitheUal ceU proUferation can be effected in epitheUal ceUs such as, e.g., sebocytes, hair follicles, hepatocytes, type II pneumocytes, mucin-producing goblet ceUs, and other epitheUal ceUs or their progenitors which are contained within the skin, lung, Uver, and gastrointestinal tract.
  • An LP may: promote proUferation of endotheUal ceUs, keratinocytes, and basal keratinocytes; it could also be used to reduce the side effects of gut toxicity that result from radiation, chemotherapy treatments or viral infections, it may have a cytoprotective effect on the smaU intestine mucosa; it may also stimulate heaUng of mucositis (mouth ulcers) that result from chemotherapy and viral infections, it could further be used in fuU regeneration of skin in full and partial thickness skin defects, including burns, (i.e., re-population of hair follicles, sweat glands; and sebaceous glands), treatment of other skin defects such as psoriasis, it also could be used to treat epidermolysis bullosa, a defect in adherence of the epidermis to the underlying dermis which results in frequent, open and painful bUsters by accelerating re-epitheUaUzation of these lesions; it could
  • Inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative coUtis, are diseases that result in destruction of the mucosal surface of the smaU or large intestine, respectively.
  • an LP could be used to promote resurfacing of a mucosal surface to aid more rapid heaUng and to prevent progression of inflammatory bowel disease resulting in a desired effect, e.g., such as on the production of mucus throughout the gastrointestinal tract and the protection of intestinal mucosa from injurious substances that are ingested or foUowing surgery.
  • An LP could be used to treat a condition associated with the under expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto.
  • a LP could be used to prevent and heal damage to the lungs due to various pathological states, such as, e.g., stimulating proUferation and differentiation to promote repair of alveoU and bronchiolar epitheUum.
  • pathological states such as, e.g., stimulating proUferation and differentiation to promote repair of alveoU and bronchiolar epitheUum.
  • emphysema inhalation injuries, that (e.g., from smoke inhalation) and burns, which cause necrosis of the bronchiolar epitheUum and alveoU could be effectively ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using a polynucleotide or polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto.
  • an LP could be used to stimulate the proUferation of and differentiation of type II pneumocytes, to help treat or prevent hyaUne membrane diseases, such as e.g., infant respiratory distress syndrome and bronchopulmonary displasia, (in premature infants).
  • An LP could stimulate the proUferation and/or differentiation of a hepatocyte and, thus, could be used to aUeviate or treat a Uver condition such as e.g., fulminant Uver failure (caused, e.g., by cirrhosis), Uver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (e.g., acetaminophen, carbon tetrachloride, and other known hepatotoxins).
  • a Uver condition such as e.g., fulminant Uver failure (caused, e.g., by cirrhosis), Uver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (e.g., acetaminophen
  • an LP could be used treat or prevent the onset of diabetes mellitus.
  • an LP could be used to maintain the islet function so as to aUeviate, modulate, ameUorate, delay, or prevent permanent manifestation of the disease.
  • an LP could be used as an auxiUary in islet ceU transplantation to improve or promote islet ceU function.
  • Nervous system diseases, disorders, syndromes, states, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP composition include, e.g., without Umitation, nervous system injuries diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/ or conditions that result in either a disconnection or misconnection of an axon or dendrite; a diminution or degeneration of a ceU (or part of a ceU) of the nervous system (such as, e.g., without Umitation, neurons, astrocytes, microgUa, macrogUa, oUgodendrogUa, Schwann ceUs, and ependymal ceUs); demyeUnation or improper mylenation; neural ceU dysfunction (such as, e.g., faUure of neurotransmitter release or uptake); or interference with mylenization.
  • a ceU or part of a ceU of the nervous system
  • Nervous system lesions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed in a subject using an LP composition of the invention, include, e.g., without Umitation, the foUowing lesions of either the central (including spinal cord and brain) or peripheral nervous system: (1) ischemic lesions, in which a lack of oxygen in a portion of the nervous system results in neuronal injury or death, including e.g., cerebral infarction (or ischemia), or spinal cord infarction (or ischemia); (2) traumatic lesions, including, e.g., lesions caused by physical injury or associated with surgery (e.g., lesions that sever a portion of the nervous system), or compression injuries; (3) maUgnant lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by maUgnant tissue, which is either a nervous system associated maUgnancy or a maUgnancy derived from non-nervous-system tissue; (4) infectious lesions, in which a portion of the nervous
  • an LP can be used to protect a neuronal ceU from the damaging effects of cerebral hypoxia; cerebral ischemia, cerebral infarction; stroke; or a neural ceU injury associated with a heart attack.
  • An LP which is useful for producing a desired effect in a nervous system condition, may be selected by testing for biological activity in promoting survival and/or differentiation of neural ceU.
  • an LP that eUcits any of the foUowing effects may be useful according to the invention: (1) increased survival time of neurons in culture; (2) increased or decreased sprouting of a neural in culture or in vivo; (3) increased or decreased production of a neuron-associated molecule e.g., such as a neurotransmitter in culture or in vivo, e.g., choUne acetyltransferase or acetylchoUnesterase with respect to a motor neuron; or (4) decreasing a symptom of neuronal dysfunction in vivo or in a model system, e.g., such as a mouse model for Parkinsons Syndrome.
  • a model system e.g., such as a mouse model for Parkinsons Syndrome.
  • any art known method can be used to: measure increased neuronal survival (such as, e.g., described in Arakawa, et al. (1990) J. Neurosci. 10:3507-3515); detect increased or decreased sprouting (such as, e.g., described in Pestronk, et al. (1980) Exp. Neurol. 70:65-82; Brown, et al. (1981) Ann. Rev. Neurosci.
  • a neuron-associated molecule e.g., by bioassay, enzymatic assay, antibody binding, Northern blot assay, etc., depending on the molecule to be measured
  • motor neuron dysfunction by, e.g., assessing the physical manifestation of motor neuron disorder, e.g., weakness, motor neuron conduction velocity, or functional disability in a model system.
  • motor neuron diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g., without limitation, infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgical damage, degenerative cUsease or maUgnancy (that may affect motor neurons as weU as other components of the nervous system), as weU as conditions that selectively affect neurons such as, e.g., without Umitation, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis progressive spinal muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar palsy, primary lateral sclerosis, infantile and juvenile muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar paralysis of childhood (Fazio-Londe syndrome), poUomyeUtis post poUo syndrome, and Hereditary Motorsensory Neuropathy (Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease) .
  • Infectious Disease include, e.g., without limitation, infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgical damage, degenerative cUsease or maU
  • An LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose an effect of an infectious agent in a subject or associated with a condition. For example, by increasing an immune response e.g., particularly increasing the proUferation and differentiation a of B and/or a T ceU, infectious diseases may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed.
  • the immune response may be increased either by enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
  • an LP may also directly inhibit an infectious agent, without necessarily eUciting an immune response.
  • Viruses are a type of an infectious agent that can cause diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition of the invention.
  • viruses include, e.g., without Umitation, the foUowing DNA and RNA viruses and viral famiUes: Arbovirus, Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Arterivirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Cali ⁇ viridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Dengue, EBV, HIV, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae (Hepatitis), Herpesviridae (such as, e.g., Cytomegalovirus, Herpes Simplex, Herpes Zoster), Mononegavirus (e.g., Paramyxoviridae, Morbillivirus, Rhabdoviridae), Orthomyxoviridae (e.
  • viruses of these famiUes can cause a variety of undesired conditions, including, but not Umited to: e.g., arthritis, bronchioUitis, respiratory syncytial virus, encephalitis, eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis, keratitis), chronic fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (e.g., of type A, B, C, E, Chronic Active, or Delta), Japanese BencephaUtis, Junin, Chikungunya, Rift VaUey fever, yeUow fever, meningitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS), pneumonia, Burkitt's Lymphoma, chickenpox, hemorrhagic fever, Measles, Mumps,- Parainfluenza, Rabies, a common cold, PoUo, leukemia, RubeUa, sexuaUy transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., Kaposi's,
  • An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these symptoms or diseases.
  • an LP composition is used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose e.g., meningitis, Dengue, EBV, and/or hepatitis (e.g., hepatitis B).
  • an LP is administered to a subject that is non-responsive to one or more currently estabUshed commerciaUy available, hepatitis vaccines.
  • an LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose AIDS or an AIDS-related syndrome or condition.
  • Actinomycetales e.g., Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Norcardia
  • Cryptococcus neoformans e.g., Aspergillosis
  • Bacillaceae e.g., Anthrax
  • Clostridium Bacteroidaceae, Blastomycosis, Bordetella, Borrelia (e.g., Borrelia burgdorferi), Brucellosis, Candidiasis, Campylobacter,Coccidioidomycosis, Cryptococcosis, Oermatocycoses, E. coli (e.g., EnterotoxigenicE. coli and Enterohemorrhagic E.
  • Enterobacteriaceae Klebsiella, Salmonella (e.g., Salmonella typhi, and Salmonella paratyphi), Serratia, Yersinia), Erysipelothrix, Helicobacter, Legionellosis, Xeptospirosis, isteria, Mycoplasmatales, Mycobacterium leprae, Vibrio cholerae, Neisseriaceae (e.g., Acinetobacter ) Gonorrhea, Menigococcal), Meisseria meningitidis, Pasteurellacea Infections (e.g., Actinobacillus, Heamophilus (e.g., Heamophilus influenza tpeB), Pasteurella), Pseudomonas, Rickettsiaceae, Chla ydiaceae, Syphilis, Shigella spp.,Staphylococcal, Meningiococcal, Pneumococcal, Pneu
  • These bacterial or fungal families can cause the foUowing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms including, e.g., without Umitation, bacteremia, endocarditis, eye infections (conjunctivitis, tuberculosis, uveitis), gingivitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, Reiter's Disease syndrome, respiratory tract infections, such as Whooping Cough or Empyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease syndrome, Cat-Scratch Disease syndrome, Dysentery, Paratyphoid Fever, food poisoning, Typhoid, pneumonia, Gonorrhea, meningitis (e.g., meningitis types A and B), Chlamydia, SyphiUs, Diphtheria, Leprosy, Paratuberculosis, Tuberculosis, Lupus, BotuUsm, gangrene, te
  • an LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose: tetanus, Dip heria, botuUsm, and/or meningitis type B.
  • parasitic agents causing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, a parasitic agent from any of the foUowing groupings: Amebiasis, Babesiosis, Coccidiosis, Ctyptosporidiosis, Dientamoebiasis. Dourine, Ectoparasitic, Giardiasis, Helminthiasis, Eeishmaniasis, Theileriasis, Toxoplasmosis, Trypanosomiasis, Trichomona, Sporo ⁇ pans
  • Plasmodium virax e.g., Plasmodium virax, Plasmodium falciparium, Plasmodium malariae, and Plasmodium ovale
  • These parasites can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including, e.g., without Umitation: Scabies, Trombiculiasis, eye infections, intestinal disease (e.g., dysentery, giardiasis), Uver disease syndrome, lung disease syndrome, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related conditions), malaria, compUcations of pregnancy, and toxoplasmosis.
  • An LP composition of the invention can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms.
  • an LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose malaria.
  • treatment or prevention using an LP is accompUshed either by administering an effective amount of an LP composition to a subject, or by removing ceUs from a subject, deUvering an LP then returning the resulting engineered ceU to the patient (ex vivo therapy).
  • an LP sequence can be used as an antigen in a vaccine to raise an immune response against an infectious disease.
  • An LP composition of the invention can be used e.g., to differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure, de-differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure; cause proUferation in ceU or a zone (simUar to a ZPA in a Umb bud), have an effect on chemotaxis, remodel a tissue (e.g., basement membrane, extra ceU matrix, connective tissue, muscle, epitheUa), or initiate the regeneration of a tissue, organ, or biological structure (see, e.g., Science (1997) 276:59-87).
  • a tissue e.g., basement membrane, extra ceU matrix, connective tissue, muscle, epitheUa
  • Regeneration using an LP composition of the invention could be used to repair, replace, remodel, or protect tissue damaged by, e.g., congenital defects, trauma (such as, e.g., wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers); age; disease (such as, e.g., osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease syndrome, or Uver faUure), surgery, (including, e.g., cosmetic plastic surgery); fibrosis; re-perfusion injury; or cytokine damage.
  • trauma such as, e.g., wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers
  • age disease
  • disease such as, e.g., osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease syndrome, or Uver faUure
  • surgery including, e.g., cosmetic plastic surgery
  • fibrosis re-perfusion injury
  • cytokine damage e.g., cytokine damage.
  • Tissues that can be regenerated include, e.g., without Umitation, organs (e.g., pancreas, Uver, intestine, kidney, epitheUa, endotheUum), muscle (smooth, skeletal, or cardiac), vasculature (inclucUng vascular and lymphatics), nervous system tissue, ceUs, or structures; hematopoietic tissue; and skeletal (bone, cartilage, tendon, and Ugament) tissue.
  • organs e.g., pancreas, Uver, intestine, kidney, epitheUa, endotheUum
  • muscle smooth, skeletal, or cardiac
  • vasculature inclucUng vascular and lymphatics
  • nervous system tissue ceUs, or structures
  • hematopoietic tissue hematopoietic tissue
  • skeletal bone, cartilage, tendon, and Ugament
  • Regeneration also may include, e.g., angiogenesis.
  • an LP composition may increase the regeneration of an aggregation of special ceU types, a tissue, or a matrix that typicaUy is difficult to heal. For example, by increasing the rate at which a tendon/Ugament he ls after damage. Also encompassed is using an LP prophylacticaUy to avoid damage (e.g., in an interstitial space of a joint or on the cartalagenous capsule of a bone).
  • Specific diseases that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/ or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g., without Umitation, tendinitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, and other tendon or Ugament defects.
  • non-heaUng wounds include, wounds that would benefit form regeneration treatment, e.g., without Umit pressure ulcers, ulcers associated with vascular insufficiency, surgical wounds, and traumatic wounds.
  • nerve and brain tissue also could be regenerated using an LP.
  • Such nervous system conditions that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g., without Umitation, central and peripheral nervous system diseases, neuropathies, or mechanical and traumatic conditions (e.g., spinal cord disorders or syndromes, head trauma, cerebrovascular disease syndrome, and stoke).
  • diseases associated with peripheral nerve injuries include, e.g., without Umitation, peripheral neuropathy (e.g., resulting from chemotherapy or other medical therapies), locaUzed neuropathies, and central nervous system diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Huntington's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and Shy-Drager syndrome).
  • AU could be ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP.
  • Chemotaxis An LP may have an effect on a chemotaxis activity.
  • chemotactic molecules can attract or mobilize (but may also repeal) ceUs (e.g., monocytes, fibroblasts, neutrophils, T-ceUs, mast ceUs, eosinophils, epitheUal and/or endotheUal ceUs) or ceU processes (e.g., filopodia, psuedopodia, lameUapodia, dendrites, axons, etc.) to a particular site (e.g., such as inflammation, infection, site of hyperproUferation, the floor plate of the developing spinal cord, etc.).
  • ceUs e.g., monocytes, fibroblasts, neutrophils, T-ceUs, mast ceUs, eosinophils, epitheUal and/or endotheUal ceUs
  • ceU processes e.g., filopodia, psuedopodia, lameUapodia, dendrites, ax
  • Such mobilized ceUs can then fight off and/or modulate a particular trauma, abnormaUty, condition, syndrome, or disease.
  • An LP may have an effect on a chemotactic activity of a ceU (such as, e.g., an attractive or repulsive effect).
  • a chemotactic molecule can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose inflammation, infection, hyperproUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions, or an immune system disorder by increasing the number of ceUs targeted to a particular location in the body.
  • a chemotactic molecule can be used to attract an immune ceU to an injured location in a subject.
  • An LP that had an effect on a chemotactant could also attract a fibroblast, which can be used to modulate, ameUorate, and/or treat a wound. It is also contemplated that an LP may inhibit a chemotactic activity to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/ or a condition.
  • kits and methods for detecting the presence of LP protein or a binding partner typically, the kit wiU have a compartment containing either a defined LP protein peptide or gene segment or a reagent, which recognizes one or the other, e.g., binding partner fragments or antibodies.
  • a preferred kit for determining the concentration of, e.g., a LP protein in a sample would typicaUy comprise a labeled compound, e.g., binding partner or antibody, having known binding affinity for the LP protein, a source of LP protein (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), and a means for separating the bound from free labeled compound, for example, a soUd phase for immobilizing the LP protein. Compartments containing reagents, and instructions, will normally be provided.
  • Another diagnostic aspect of this invention involves use of oUgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences taken from the sequence of a LP protein.
  • sequences are used as probes for detecting levels of the LP protein message in samples from natural sources, or patients suspected of having an abnormal condition, e.g., cancer or developmental problem.
  • the preparation of both RNA and DNA nucleotide sequences, the labeUng of the sequences, and the preferred size of the sequences has received ample description and discussion in the Uterature.
  • a kit may include, e.g., a recombinantiy produced or chemicaUy synthesized polypeptide antigen.
  • the polypeptide antigen of the kit may also be attached to a soUd support.
  • the detecting means of the above-described kit includes, e.g., a soUd support to which said polypeptide antigen is attached.
  • Such a kit may also include, e.g., a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. In this embodiment, binding of the antibody to the polypeptide antigen is detected by binding of the reporter-labeled antibody.
  • inventions include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a sequence of SEQ ID NO.X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein.
  • inventions include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein.
  • nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is include, e.g. in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Clone
  • nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is included, e.g., in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOX in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Start Codon and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of the Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NOX in a Table herein.
  • nucleic acid molecule comprising polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of a correspondingly encoded First Amino Acid of a Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein.
  • an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one polynucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NOX.
  • polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to one, exhibits 95% sequence identity to at least: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more polynucleotide fragments 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in length of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X., wherein any one such fragment is at least 21 contiguous nucleotides in length.
  • nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one nucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NOX, wherein the length of at least one such fragment is about 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:X.
  • Another preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' Nucleotide of the First Amino Acid of the Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' Nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein.
  • a further preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence, which is at least 95% identical to the complete mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X or a species variant thereof.
  • kits for carrying out a diagnostic method.
  • the kit generaUy includes, e.g., a support with surface- bound recombinant antigens, and a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody for detecting surface-bound anti-antigen antibody.
  • Methods for protein purification include such methods as ammonium sulfate precipitation, column chromatography, electrophoresis, centrifugation, crystallization, and others. See, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (1987 and periodic supplements); Deutscher (1990) "Guide to Protein Purification,” Methods in Enzymology vol. 182, and other volumes in this series; CoUgan, et al. (1995 and supplements) Current Protocols in Protein Science John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY; P. Matsudaira (ed.) (1993) A Practical Guide to Protein and Peptide Purification for Microsequencing.
  • Standard methods are used to isolate fuU length genes from a cDNA Ubrary made from an appropriate source, e.g., human ceUs.
  • the appropriate sequence is selected, and hybridization at high stringency conditions is performed to find a fuU length corresponding gene using standard techniques.
  • the fuU length, or appropriate fragments, of human genes are used to isolate a corresponding monkey or other primate gene.
  • a fuU length coding sequence is used for hybridization.
  • Similar source materials as indicated above are used to isolate natural genes, including genetic, polymorphic, aUeUc, or strain variants. Other species variants are also isolated using similar methods. With a positive clone, the coding sequence is inserted into an appropriate expression vector.
  • This may be in a vector specificaUy selected for a prokaryote, yeast, insect, or higher vertebrate, e.g., mammaUan expression system.
  • Standard methods are appUed to produce the gene product, preferably as a soluble secreted molecule, but wiU, in certain instances, also be made as an intraceUular protein.
  • IntraceUular proteins typicaUy require ceU lysis to recover the protein, and insoluble inclusion bodies are a common starting material for further purification. With a clone encoding a vertebrate LP protein, recombinant production means are used, although natural forms may be purified from appropriate sources.
  • the protein product is purified by standard methods of protein purification, in certain cases, e.g., coupled with immunoaffinity methods. Immunoaffinity methods are used either as a purification step, as described above, or as a detection assay to determine the separation properties of the protein.
  • the protein is secreted into the medium, and the soluble product is purified from the medium in a soluble form.
  • inclusion bodies from prokaryotic expression systems are a useful source of material.
  • TypicaUy the insoluble protein is solubiUzed from the inclusion bodies and refolded using standard methods. Purification methods are developed as described herein. The product of the purification method described above is characterized to determine many structural features. Standard physical methods are appUed, e.g., amino acid analysis and protein sequencing. The resulting protein is subjected to CD spectroscopy and other spectroscopic methods, e.g.,
  • Tissue distribution of mRNA expression of a polynucleotide of the present invention is determined using protocols for Northern blot analysis, described (among others) by, e.g., Sambrook, et al.
  • a cDNA probe produced using common techniques is labeled with P 32 using the Rediprime DNA labeUng system (Amersham Life Science), according to manufacturer's instructions. After labeUng, the probe is purified using CHROMA SPIN- 100TM column (Clontech Laboratories, Inc.), according to manufacturer's protocol number PT1200-1. The purified, labeled probe is then used to examine various human tissues for mRNA expression.
  • MTN Multiple Tissue Northern
  • H human tissues
  • IM human immune system tissues
  • PTU90-1 Express HybTM hybridization solution
  • blots are mounted and exposed to film (overnight at -70 °C), and the films are subsequently developed according to standard procedures.
  • Example 3 Chromosomal Mapping of an LP Polynucleotide An oUgonucleotide primer set is designed according to the sequence at the 5' end of a
  • SEQ ID NO:X identified sequence.
  • This primer preferably spans about 100 nucleotides.
  • This primer set is then used in a polymerase chain reaction under the foUowing set of conditions: 30 seconds, 95 °C; 1 minute, 56 °C; 1 minute, 70 °C. This cycle is repeated 32 times foUowed by one 5-minute cycle at 70 °C.
  • Human, mouse, and hamster DNA is used as template in addition to a somatic ceU hybrid panel containing individual chromosomes or chromosome fragments (Bios, Inc). The reaction is analyzed on either 8% polyacrylamide gels or 3.5 % agarose gels. Chromosome mapping is determined by the presence of an approximately lOObp PCR fragment in a particular somatic ceU hybrid.
  • the foUowing protocol produces a supernatant containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to be tested.
  • This supernatant can then be used in a variety of screening assays (such as, e.g., those taught herein).
  • Distribute the solution over each weU (a 12-channel pipetter may be used with tips on every other channel).
  • transfections should be performed by spUtting the foUowing tasks between two individuals to reduce the time, and to insure that the ceUs do not spend too much time in PBS.
  • person A aspirates off the media from four 24-weU plates of ceUs, and then person B rinses each weU with 0.5-1 ml of PBS.
  • Person A then aspirates off the PBS rinse, and person B (using a 12-channel pipetter with tips on every other channel) adds 200 ⁇ l of DNA/Lipofectamine/Optimem I complex first to the odd weUs, then to the even weUs (of each row on the 24-weU plates). Incubate at 37 °C for 6 hours.
  • the transfection reaction is terminated, preferably by spUtting tasks (as above) at the end of the incubation period.
  • Person A aspirates off the transfection media, whUe person B adds 1.5 ml appropriate media to each weU.
  • Incubate at 37 °C for 45 or 72 hours depending on the media used (1 %BSA for 45 hours or CHO-5 for 72 hours).
  • On day four using a 300 ul multichannel pipetter, aUquot 600 ⁇ l in one 1 ml deep weU plate and the remaining supernatant into a 2 ml deep weU.
  • the supematants from each weU can then be used in an assay taught herein.
  • the activity when activity is obtained in an assay described herein using a supernatant, the activity originates either from the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) directly (such as, e.g., from a secreted protein or fragment thereof) or by the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) inducing expression of another protein(s), which is/are then released into the supernatant.
  • the invention provides a method of identifying a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) in a supernatant characterized by an activity in a particular assay taught herein.
  • Example 5 Construction of a GAS Reporter Construct
  • One signal transduction pathway involved in ceUular differentiation and proUferation is a Jaks-STATS pathway.
  • Activated proteins in a Jaks-STATS pathway have been shown to bind to gamma activation site "GAS” elements or interferon-sensitive responsive element ("ISRE"), which are located, e.g., in the promoter region of many genes.
  • GAS gamma activation site
  • ISRE interferon-sensitive responsive element
  • GAS and ISRE elements are recognized by a class of transcription factors caUed Signal Transducers and Activators of Transcription, or "STATS.”
  • STATS Transcription factors
  • the Statl and Stat3 members of the STATS famUy are present in many ceU types, (as is Stat2) probably, because the response to IFN- alpha is widespread.
  • Stat4 is more restricted to particular ceU types though, it has been found in T helper class I ceUs after their treatment with IL-12.
  • Stat 5 (originaUy designated mammary growth factor) has been found at higher concentrations in ceUs besides breast ceUs, e.g., myeloid ceUs.
  • Stat 5 is activated in tissue culture ceUs by many cytokines.
  • Jaks represent a distinct family of soluble tyrosine kinases and include, e.g., Tyk2, Jakl, Jak2, and Jak3. These Jak kinases display significant sequence simUarity to each other and, generaUy, are catalyticaUy inactive in resting ceUs. However, Jaks are catalyticaUy activated by a wide range of receptors (summarized in the Table below, adapted from Schidler and DarneU (1995) Ann.
  • Class 1 includes, e.g., receptors for IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-6, IL-7, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15, Epo, PRL, GH, G-CSF, GM-CSF, LIF, CNTF, and thrombopoietin; while Class 2 includes, e.g., IFN-a, IFN-g, and IL-10.
  • the Class 1 receptors share a conserved cysteine motif (a set of four conserved cysteines and one tryptophan) and a WSXWS motif (a membrane proximal region encoding Trp-Ser-Xxx-Trp-Ser).
  • Jaks are typicaUy activated and, in turn, subsequently activate STATS, which translocate and bind to GAS transcriptional elements (located in the nucleus of the ceU). This entire process of sequential activation is encompassed in a typical Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway.
  • activation of a Jaks-STATS pathway (reflected by binding of a GAS or ISRE element) is used to indicate that an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is involved in the proUferation and/or differentiation of a ceU.
  • growth factors and cytokines are examples of proteins that are known to activate a Jaks-STATS pathway. Consequently, by using a GAS element Unked to a reporter molecule, an activator of a Jaks-STATS pathway is identified.
  • the 5' primer contains four tandem copies of the GAS binding site found in the IRF1 promoter, which has previously been shown to bind STATS after induction by a range of cytokines (see, e.g., Rothman, et al. (1994) Immunity 1:457-468). Although, however, it is possible to use other GAS or ISRE elements.
  • the 5' primer also contains 18bp of sequence complementary to the SV40 early promoter sequence and is flanked with an Xhol site. The sequence of the 5' primer is:
  • the downstream primer which is complementary to the SV40 promoter and is flanked with a Hind III site, is: 5':GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC:3' (SEQ ID NO:40).
  • PCR ampUfication is performed using the SV40 promoter template present in a B- gakpromoter plasmid (Clontech). The resulting PCR fragment is digested with Xhol/Hind III and subcloned into BLSK2- (Stratagene).
  • the reporter molecule is a secreted alkaUne phosphatase (SEAP).
  • SEAP secreted alkaUne phosphatase
  • any appUcable reporter molecule is used instead of SEAP without undue experimentation.
  • art known methods such as, e.g., without Umitation, chloramphenicol acetylttansferase (CAT), luciferase, alkaUne phosphatase, B-galactosidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), or any protein (detectable by an antibody or detectable binding partner) could be substituted for SEAP.
  • the synthetic GAS-SV40 promoter element is subcloned into a pSEAP-Promoter vector (Clontech) using Hindlll and Xhol. This, effectively, replaces the SV40 promoter with the ampUfied GAS:SV40 promoter element to create a GAS-SEAP vector.
  • the resulting GAS-SEAP vector does not contain a neomycin resistance gene it is not a preferred embodiment for use in mammaUan expression systems.
  • the GAS-SEAP cassette is removed (using Sail and Notl) from the GAS-SEAP vector and inserted into a backbone vector containing a neomycin resistance gene, such as, e.g., pGFP-1 (Clontech), using these restriction sites in the multiple cloning site, to create a GAS-SEAP/Neo vector.
  • a neomycin resistance gene such as, e.g., pGFP-1 (Clontech)
  • the GAS-SEAP/Neo vector is transfected into a mammaUan ceU, it can also be used as a reporter molecule for GAS binding as taught in an assay as described herein. Similar constructs is made using the above description and replacing GAS with a different promoter sequence.
  • reporter-molecules containing NFK-B and EGR promoter sequences are appUcable. AdditionaUy, however, many other promoters is substituted using a protocols described herein, e.g., SRE, IL-2, NFAT, or Osteocalcin promoters is substituted, alone or in combination with another (e.g., GAS/NF- KB/EGR, GAS/NF-KB, I1-2/NFAT, or NF-KB/GAS).
  • a protocols described herein e.g., SRE, IL-2, NFAT, or Osteocalcin promoters is substituted, alone or in combination with another (e.g., GAS/NF- KB/EGR, GAS/NF-KB, I1-2/NFAT, or NF-KB/GAS).
  • ceU Unes is used to test reporter construct activity, such as, e.g., without Umitation, HELA (epitheUal), HUVEC '(endotheUal), Reh (B-ceU), Saos-2 (osteoblast), HUVAC (aortic), or Cardiomyocyte ceU Unes.
  • HELA epidermal
  • HUVEC '(endotheUal) HUVEC '(endotheUal)
  • Reh B-ceU
  • Saos-2 osteoblast
  • HUVAC aortic
  • Cardiomyocyte ceU Unes e.g., without Umitation, HELA (epitheUal), HUVEC '(endotheUal), Reh (B-ceU), Saos-2 (osteoblast), HUVAC (aortic), or Cardiomyocyte ceU Unes.
  • testing whether an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is involved in a JAK/STATs signal transduction pathway can be
  • the foUowing protocol is used to assess T-ceU activity by identifying factors and/or determining whether a supernate (described herein) containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) modulates the proUferation and/or differentiation of a T-ceU.
  • T-ceU activity is assessed using a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct.
  • a factor that increases SEAP activity indicates an abiUty to activate a Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway.
  • One type of T-ceU used in this assay is, e.g., a Jurkat T-ceU (ATCC Accession No.
  • ceUs can also be used such as, e.g., without limitation, Molt-3 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1552) or Molt-4 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1582) .
  • Jurkat T-ceUs are lymphoblastic CD4+ Thl helper ceUs.
  • DMRIE-C DMRIE-C (Life Technologies) in a transfection procedure as described below.
  • Transfected ceUs are seeded to a density of approximately 20,000 ceUs per weU and any resulting transfectant (resistant to 1 mg/ml genticin) is subsequently selected. Resistant colonies are then expanded and tested for their response to increasing concentrations of interferon gamma. The dose response of a selected clone is then estabUshed.
  • the foUowing method yields a number of ceUs sufficient for 75 weUs (each containing approximately 200 ul of ceUs).
  • the method can be modified easUy (e.g., it can either be scaled up or performed in multiples to generate sufficient numbers of ceUs for multiple 96 weU plates).
  • Jurkat ceUs are maintained in RPM1 + 10% serum with 1 % Pen-Strep.
  • ceUs are treated with supematants containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) and/or an induced polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) as produced by a protocol taught herein.
  • the ceUs should be washed, and re-suspended in fresh RPMI + 10% serum to a density of 500,000 ceUs per ml.
  • the exact number of ceUs required depends on the number of supematants being screened. For one 96 weU plate, approximately 10 million ceUs are required (for 10 plates, 100 million ceUs).
  • the 96 weU dishes containing Jurkat ceUs treated with supematants are placed in an incubator for 48 hrs (note: this time is variable between 48-72 hrs). Then, 35 ul samples from each weU are transferred to an opaque 96 weU plate using a 12-channel pipette.
  • the opaque plates should be covered (using ceUophane), and stored at -20 °C until SEAP assays are performed as described herein or known in the art.. Plates containing the remaining treated ceUs are placed at 4 °C, and can serve as a source of material for repeated assays on a specific weU if so desired.
  • 100 Unit/ml interferon gamma is used to activate Jurkat T ceUs.
  • the foUowing protocol is used to assess myeloid activity by determining whether an
  • LP polypeptide mediates the proUferation, and/or differentiation of a myeloid ceU.
  • Myeloid ceU activity is assessed using a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct as described herein.
  • a factor that increases SEAP activity indicates the ability to activate a Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway.
  • a typical myeloid ceU used in such an assay is U937 (a pre-monocyte ceU Une) although, other myeloid ceUs can be used, such as, e.g., without Umitation, TF-1, HL60, or KG1.
  • Dextran method is used (Kharbanda, et al. (1994) CeU Growth & Differentiation, 5: 259- 265). First, 2 x 10 7 U937 ceUs are harvested and then washed with PBS. TypicaUy, U937 ceUs are grown in RPMI 1640 medium containing 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) supplemented with 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 mg/ml streptomycin.
  • FBS heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum
  • the GAS-SEAP/U937 stable ceUs are obtained by growing the ceUs in 400 ug/ml G418.
  • the G418-fi.ee medium is used for routine growth but periodicaUy (every one to two months), the ceUs should be re-grown in 400 ug/ml G418 for several passages. These ceUs are tested by harvesting lxl0 8 ceUs (approximately enough for ten 96-weU plate assays) and then washing with PBS. Suspend the ceUs in 200 ml of the above described growth medium to a final density of 5x10 5 ceUs/ml.
  • Example 8 High-Throughput Screening Assay to Identify Neuronal Activity.
  • EGR1 early growth response gene 1
  • EGRI epidermal growth response gene 1
  • PC12 ceU rat phenochromocytoma ceU
  • PC12 ceUs show proUferative and/or differentiative responses (e.g., EGRI expression) upon activation by a number of stimulators, such as, e.g., TPA (tetradecanoyl phorbol acetate), NGF (nerve growth factor), and EGF (epidermal growth factor).
  • TPA tetradecanoyl phorbol acetate
  • NGF nerve growth factor
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • a EGR/SEAP reporter construct is created as foUows: the EGR-I promoter sequence (-633 to +1; Sakamoto, et al. (1991) Oncogene 6:867-871) is PCR ampUfied from human genomic DNA using the foUowing primers:
  • the EGRI ampUfied product is inserted into this vector by linearizing the GAS:SEAP/Neo vector (Xhol/Hindlll) and removing the GAS/SV40 sniffer.
  • the EGRI ampUfied product is restricted using these same enzymes (Xhol/Hindlll). Then, the EGRI promoter is Ugated to the vector.
  • CeUs are removed from a plate by scraping and re-suspending (typicaUy, by pipetting up and down more than 15 times).
  • To transfect an EGR/SEAP/Neo construct into PC12 ceUs use the Lipofectamine protocol taught herein. Produce stable EGR-SEAP/PC12 ceUs by growing transfected ceUs in 300 ug/ml G418. The G418-free medium is used for routine growth but periodicaUy (every one to two months), the PC12 ceUs should be re-grown in 300 ug/ml G41830 for several passages.
  • a 10 cm plate (containing ceUs that are around 70 to 80% confluent) is screened by removing the old medium and washing the ceUs once with PBS. Then, starve the ceUs overnight in low serum medium (RPMI-1640 containing 1% horse serum, and 0.5% FBS with antibiotics). The next morning, remove the medium, and wash the ceUs with PBS. Scrape off the ceUs from the plate and suspend them thoroughly in 2 ml low serum medium. Count the ceU number, and add more low serum medium to achieve a final ceU density of approximately 5x10 5 ceUs/ml.
  • low serum medium RPMI-1640 containing 1% horse serum, and 0.5% FBS with antibiotics
  • NF-KB Nuclear Factor kappa B
  • NF-KB is a transcription factor activated by a wide variety of agents including, e.g., inflammatory cytokines (such as, e.g., IL-1, TNF, CD30, CD40, lymphotoxin-alpha, and lymphotoxin-beta); LPS, thrombin; and by expression of certain viral gene products.
  • inflammatory cytokines such as, e.g., IL-1, TNF, CD30, CD40, lymphotoxin-alpha, and lymphotoxin-beta
  • LPS lymphotoxin-alpha
  • thrombin thrombin
  • NF-KB typicaUy regulates: the expression of genes involved in immune ceU activation; the control of apoptosis (NF- KB appears to shield ceUs from apoptosis); the development of B-ceUs or T-ceUs; anti-viral or antimicrobial responses; and multiple stress responses. Under non-stimulating conditions, NF- KB is retained in the cytoplasm with I-KB (Inhibitor KB).
  • I- KB is phosphorylated and degraded, leading to NF-KB translocating into the nucleus of the ceU, thereby activating transcription of specific target genes, such as, e.g., IL-2, IL-6, GM- CSF, ICAM-I, and Class 1 MHC.
  • specific target genes such as, e.g., IL-2, IL-6, GM- CSF, ICAM-I, and Class 1 MHC.
  • target genes such as, e.g., IL-2, IL-6, GM- CSF, ICAM-I, and Class 1 MHC.
  • reporter constructs utilizing the NF-KB promoter element are useful in screening a supernatant produced as described herein.
  • Activators or inhibitors of NF-KB are useful in treating diseases, e.g., inhibitors of NF-KB is used to treat diseases, syndromes, concUtions, etc., related to the acute or chronic activation of NF-KB, such as, e.g., rheumatoid arthritis.
  • a PCR based strategy is employed to construct a vector comprising a NF-KB promoter element.
  • the upstream primer should contain four tandem copies of the NF-KB bincUng site (GGGGACTTTCCC; SEQ ID NO:44), 18 bp of sequence that is complementary to the 5' end of the SV40 early promoter sequence, and that is flanked by the Xhol site:
  • the downstream primer is complementary to the 3' end of the SV40 promoter and is flanked by the Hind III site:
  • a PCR ampUfication is performed using the SV40 promoter template present in a pB- gal promoter plasmid (Clontech).
  • the resulting PCR fragment is digested with Xhol, and Hind III, then subcloned into BLSK2 (Stratagene). Sequencing with the T7, and T3 primers should confirm that the insert contains the foUowing sequence:
  • the NF- KB/SV40/SEAP construct is removed from the above NF-KB/SEAP vector using restriction enzymes Sail, and Notl, and then inserted into a vector having neomycin resistance.
  • the NF-KB/SV40/SEAP construct is inserted into pGFP-1 (Clontech), replacing the GFP gene, after restricting pGFP-1 with Sail, and Notl.
  • pGFP-1 Cellontech
  • a NF-KB/SV40/SEAP/Neo vector is estabUshed, then stable Jurkat T-ceUs are created and maintained as described herein. SimUarly, a method for assaying supematants with these stable Jurkat T-ceUs is used as previously described herein.
  • Example 10 Assay for Reporter Activity (e.g., SEAP) As a reporter molecule for the assays taught herein, SEAP activity is assessed using the
  • Tropix Phospho-Ught Kit (Cat. BP-400) according to the foUowing general procedure.
  • the Tropix Phospho-Ught Kit suppUes the dilution, assay, and reaction buffers described below.
  • Example 11 High-Throughput Screening Assay Identifying Changes in Small Molecule Concentration and Membrane Permeability Binding by a Ugand to a receptor can affect: intraceUular levels of smaU molecules (such as, e.g., without Umitation, calcium, potassium, and sodium); pH, and a membrane potential of the ceU. These alterations are measured in an assay to identify supematants that bind to a receptor.
  • the foUowing protocol is a non-Umiting exemplar for assaying the effects on calcium ions in a ceU (such as, e.g., without Umitation, Ca + sequestration, removal, uptake, release, etc.) however, this assay can easUy be modified to detect other ceUular changes (such as, e.g., potassium, sodium, pH, membrane potential) effected by binding of a Ugand with a receptor.
  • ceU such as, e.g., without Umitation, Ca + sequestration, removal, uptake, release, etc.
  • the foUowing assay uses Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader ("FLIPR") to measure changes in fluorescent molecules (Molecular Probes) that bind smaU molecules, such as, e.g., Ca .
  • fluorescent molecules Molecular Probes
  • smaU molecules such as, e.g., Ca
  • other fluorescent molecules that can detect a smaU composition can be employed instead of the calcium fluorescent molecule, fiuo-4 (Molecular Probes, Inc.; No. F- 14202), used here.
  • For adherent ceUs seed the ceUs at 10,000-20,000 ceUs/weU in a Co-starblack 96-weU plate with a clear bottom. Incubate the plate in a C0 2 incubator for 20 hours.
  • the adherent ceUs are washed twice in a Biotek washer with 200 ul of HBSS (Hank's Balanced Salt Solution) leaving 100 ul of buffer after the final wash.
  • a stock solution of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 is made in 10% pluronic acid DMSO.
  • 50 ul of 12 ug/ml fluo-4 is added to each weU.
  • the plate is incubated at 37 °C in a C0 2 incubator for 60 min. Wash the plate four times in a Biotek washer with 200 ul of HBSS leaving 100 ul of buffer (as described above).
  • the ceUs are spun down from culture media.
  • CeUs are re- suspended in a 50-ml conical tube to 2-5x10 6 ceUs/ml with HBSS. Then, 4 ul of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 solution in 10% pluronic acid DMSO is added to each ml of ceU suspension. Subsequently, the tube is placed in a 37 °C water bath for 30-60 min. The ceUs are washed twice with HBSS, re-suspended to lxl 0 6 ceUs/ml, and dispensed into a microplate (100 ul/weU). The plate is centrifuged at 1000 rpmXg (times gravity) for 5 min.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

Isolated nucleic acid molecules encoding polypeptides froma human, reagents related thereto (including purified polypeptidesspecific antibodies) are provided. Methods of using said reagentsand diagnostic kits are also provided.

Description

LP MAMMALIAN PROTEINS; RELATED REAGENTS FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention generally relates" to compositions related to proteins. In particular, it provides purified genes, polynucleotide sequences, proteins, polypeptides, antibodies, binding compositions, and related reagents useful, e.g., in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of such proteins.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Protein transport and secretion are essential for cellular function. Protein transport is mediated by a signal peptide located at the amino terminus of the protein to be transported or secreted. Proteins targeted to the ER may either proceed through the secretory pathway or remain in any of the secretory organelles such as the ER, Golgi apparatus, or lysosomes. Proteins that transit through the secretory pathway are either secreted into the extracellular space or retained in the plasma membrane. Proteins that are retained in the plasma membrane contain one or more transmembrane domains, each comprised of about 20 hydrophobic amino acid residues. Secreted proteins are generally synthesized as inactive precursors that are activated by post-translational processing events during transit through the secretory pathway. Such events include glycosylation, proteolysis, and removal of the signal peptide by a signal peptidase. Examples of secreted proteins with amino terminal signal peptides are discussed below and include proteins with important roles in cell-to-cell signaling. Such proteins include transmembrane receptors and cell surface markers, extracellular matrix molecules, cytokines, hormones, growth and differentiation factors, enzymes, neuropeptides, and vasomediators (reviewed in Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The Cell, Garland PubUshing, New York, NY, pp. 557-560, 582-592.). The discovery of new secreted proteins and the polynucleotides encoding them satisfies a need in the art by providing new compositions which are useful in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of cell proliferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders, and in the assessment of the effects of exogenous compounds on the expression of nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of secreted proteins. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention is based in part upon the discovery of LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) proteins and/or polypeptides. The invention provides substantially pure, isolated, and/or recombinant LP protein or peptide (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) exhibiting identity over a length of at least about 12 contiguous amino acids to a corresponding sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y; a natural sequence LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) of SEQ ID NO: Y; a fusion protein comprising LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) sequence. In preferred embodiments, the portion is at least about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length. In other embodiments, the LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295): LPl 94 comprises a mature sequence of Table 1; LP263a and LP263b comprises a mature sequence of Table 2; LP264 comprises a mature sequence of Table 3; LP265 comprises a mature sequence of Table 4; LP283 comprises a mature sequence of Table 5; LP286 comprises a mature sequence of Table 6; LP284 comprises a mature sequence of Table 7; LP282 comprises a mature sequence of Table 8; LP273 comprises a mature sequence of Table 9; LP277 comprises a mature sequence of Table 10; LP287 comprises a mature sequence of Table 11; LP209 comprises a mature sequence of Table 12; LP209b comprises a mature sequence of Table 13; LP209c comprises a mature sequence of Table 14; and LP209d comprises a mature sequence of Table 15; LP293 comprises a mature sequence of Table 16; LP294 comprises a mature sequence of Table 17; and LP295 comprises a mature sequence of Table 18; protein or peptide: is from a warm blooded animal selected from a mammal, including a primate; comprises at least one polypeptide segment of SEQ ID NO:Y exhibits a plurality of portions exhibiting the identity; is a natural allelic variant of the LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) has a length at least about 30 amino acids; exhibits at least two non-overlapping epitopes which are specific for a mammalian LP(LP194, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) exhibits identity over a length of at least about 20 amino acids to LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) exhibits at least two non-overlapping epitopes which are specific for a LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) exhibits identity over a length of at least about 25 amino acids to a primate LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) is glycosylated; is a synthetic polypeptide; is attached to a solid substrate; is conjugated to another chemical moiety; is a 5-fold or less substitution from natural LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) sequence; or is a deletion or insertion variant from a natural LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, • LP293, LP294, or LP295) sequence. Various preferred embodiments include a composition comprising: a sterile LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or peptide and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration. The invention further provides a fusion protein, comprising: mature protein comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18 a detection or purification tag, including a FLAG, Hisό, or Ig sequence; or sequence of another LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or peptide. These reagents also make available a kit comprising such an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or polypeptide, and: a compartment comprising the protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. Providing an antigen, the invention further provides a binding compound comprising an antigen binding portion from an antibody, which specifically binds to a natural LP (LP194, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or polypeptide, wherein: the protein or polypeptide is a primate protein; the binding compound is an Fv, Fab, or Fab2 fragment; the binding compound is conjugated to another chemical moiety; or the antibody: is raised against a peptide sequence of a mature polypeptide comprising sequence of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18 is raised against a mature LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) is immunoselected; is a polyclonal antibody; binds to a denatured LP, LPl, LP2, LP3, LP4, LP5, LP6, LP7, LP8, LP9, LP10, LP11, LP12, LP13, LP14, LP15, LP16, LP17, LP18 or LPl 9 exhibits a Kd to antigen of at least 30 μM; is attached to a solid substrate, including a bead or plastic membrane; is in a sterile composition; or is detectably labeled, including, for example, a radioactive, enzymatic, structural, or fluorescent label. Preferred kits include those containing the binding compound, and: a compartment comprising the binding compound; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. Many of the kits will be used for making a qualitative or quantitative analysis. Other preferred compositions will be those comprising: a sterile binding compound, or the binding compound and a carrier, wherein the carrier is: an aqueous compound, including water, saline, and/or buffer; and/or formulated for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, or parenteral administration. The present invention further provides an isolated or recombinant LP nucleic acid encoding a protein or peptide or fusion protein described above, wherein: the LP protein and/or polypeptide is from a mammal, including a primate; or the LP nucleic acid: encodes an antigenic peptide sequence from an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18 encodes a plurality of antigenic peptide sequences from an LP(LP194, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293,
LP294, or LP295) of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18 exhibits identity to a natural cDNA encoding the segment; is an expression vector; further comprises an origin of replication; is from a natural source; comprises a detectable label; comprises synthetic nucleotide sequence; is less than 6 kb, preferably less than 3 kb; is from a mammal, including a primate; comprises a natural full length coding sequence; is a hybridization probe for a gene encoding an LP family protein; or is a PCR primer, PCR product, or mutagenesis primer. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a cell or tissue comprising such a recombinant LP nucleic acid. Preferred cells include: a prokaryotic cell; a eukaryotic cell; a bacterial cell; a yeast cell; an insect cell; a mammalian cell; a mouse cell; a primate cell; or a human cell. Other kit embodiments include a kit comprising the described LP nucleic acid, and: a compartment comprising the LP nucleic acid; a compartment further comprising an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) protein or polypeptide; and/or instructions for use or disposal of reagents in the kit. In many versions, the kit is capable of making a qualitative or quantitative analysis. Other LP nucleic acid embodiments include those which: hybridize under wash conditions of at least 42°C, 45°C, 47°C, 50°C, 55°C, 60°C, 65°C, or 70°C and less than about 500 mM, 450 mM, 400 mM, 350 mM, 300 mM, 250 mM, 200 mM, 100 mM, to an LP of SEQ ID NO: X that exhibit identity over a stretch of at least about 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 59, 75, or at least about 150 contiguous nucleotides to an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295). In other embodiments: the wash conditions are at 55° C and/or 300 mM salt; 60° C and/or 150 mM salt; the identity is over a stretch is at least 55 or 75 nucleotides. In other embodiments, the invention provides a method of modulating physiology or development of a cell or tissue culture cells comprising introducing into such ceU an agonist or antagonist of an LP (LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS I. General It is to be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular compositions, methods, and techniques described herein, as such compositions, methods, and techniques may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which is only limited by the appended claims. As used herein, including the appended claims, singular forms of words such as "a,"
"an," and "the" include, e.g., their corresponding plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "an organism" includes, e.g., one or more different organisms, reference to "a cell" includes, e.g., one or more of such cells, and reference to "a method" include, e.g., reference to equivalent steps and methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art, and so forth.
Unless otherwise defined, aU technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skiU in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. AU pubUcations, patent appUcations, patents, and other references discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure before the filing date of the present appUcation. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate any such disclosure by virtue of its prior invention. AU pubUcations, patent appUcations, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety for the teachings for which they are cited (as the context clearly dictates), including aU figures, drawings, pictures, graphs, hyperiinks, and other form of browser-executable code. Polynucleotide sequences encoding an LP of the present invention are analyzed with respect to the tissue sources from which they were derived. Various cDNA Ubrary/tissue information described herein is found in the cDNA Ubrary/ tissues of the LIFESEQ GOLD™ database (Incyte Genomics, Palo Alto CA.) which corresponding information is incorporated herein by reference. GeneraUy, in the LIFESEQ GOLD™ database a cDNA sequence is, derived from a cDNA Ubrary constructed from a primate, (e.g., a human tissue). Each tissue is generaUy classified into an organ/tissue category (such as, e.g., cardiovascular system; connective tissue; digestive system; embryonic structures; endocrine system; exocrine glands; genitaUa, female; genitaUa, male; germ ceUs; hemic and immune system; Uver; musculoskeletal system; nervous system; pancreas; respiratory system; sense organs; skin; stomatognathic system; unclassified/mixed; or urinary tract). TypicaUy, the number of
Ubraries in each category is counted and divided by the total number of Ubraries across aU categories. Results using the LIFESEQ GOLD™ database reflect the tissue-specific expression of cDNA encoding an LP of the present invention.
AdditionaUy, each LP sequence of the invention is also searched via BLAST against the UniGene database. The UniGene database contains a non-redundant set of gene- oriented clusters. Each UniGene cluster theoreticaUy contains sequences that represent a unique gene, as weU as related information such as the tissue types in which the gene has been expressed and map location. Particularly interesting portions, segments, or fragments of LP's of the present invention are discovered based on an analysis of hydrophobicity plots calculated via the "GREASE" appUcation, which is a computer program implementation based on the Kyte- DooUttle algorithm (J. Mol. Biol. (1982) 157:105-132) that calculates a hydropathic index for each amino acid position in a polypeptide via a moving average of relative hydrophobicity. A hydrophiUcity plot is determined based on a hydrophiUcity scale derived from HPLC peptide retention times (see, e.g., Parker, et al., 1986 Biochemistry 25:5425-5431). Another hydrophobicity index is calculated based on the method of Cowan and Whittaker (Peptide Research 3:75-80; 1990). Antigenic features of LPs are calculated based on antigenicity plots (such as, e.g., via algorithms of: WeUing, et al. 1985 FEBS Lett. 188:215-218; the Hopp and Woods Antigenicity Prediction (Hopp & Woods, 1981 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 78, 3824); the Parker Antigenicity Prediction (Parker, et al. 1986 Biochemistry, 25, 5425); the Protrusion Index (Thornton) Antigenicity Prediction (Thornton, et al. 1986 EMBO J., 5, 409); and the WeUing Antigenicity Prediction (WeUing, et al. 1985 FEBS Letters.188, 215)). Particularly interesting secondary LP structural features (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU) are discovered based on an appUcation which is a computer implementation program based on the Predator (Frishman, and Argos, (1997) Proteins, 27, 329-335; and Frishman, D. and Argos, P. (1996) Prot. Eng., 9, 133-142); GOR IN (Methods in Enzymology 1996 R.F. DooUttle Ed., vol. 266, 540-553 Garnier J, Gibrat J-F, Robson B); and Simpa96 (Levin, et al., J FEBS Lett 1986 Sep 15;205(2):303-308) algorithms. One of skiU in the art can use such programs to discover such secondary structural features without undue experimentation given the sequences suppUed herein.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 1 (LP194)
It has been discovered that LPl 94 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) is expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries:
Cardiovascular System 23/68 (the numerator represents the number of Ubraries positively expressing LP 194 sequence and the denominator represents the total number of Ubraries examined. So, for example, in the LIFESEQ GOLD™ database of Cardiovascular System Ubraries, twenty-three Ubraries contained LPl 94 sequence out of sixty-eight cardiovascular Ubraries examined); Connective Tissue 6/47; Digestive System 30/148; Embryonic Structures 4/21; Endocrine System 10/53; Exocrine Glands 12/64; GenitaUa, Female 26/106; GenitaUa, Male 19/114; Hemic and Immune System 17/159; Liver 2/35; Musculoskeletal System 6/47; Nervous System 54/198; Pancreas 3/24; Respiratory System 18/93; Sense Organs 1/8; Skin 4/15; and Urinary Tract 15/64. AdditionaUy, it has been discovered that LPl 94 sequence is expressed in the foUowing UniGene database cDNA Ubraries: Aorta, Brain, Breast, CNS, Colon, Ear, Foreskin, GaU bladder, Heart, Kidney, Lung, Ovary, Parathyroid, Placenta, Prostate, Skin, Spleen, Tonsil, Uterus, Whole embryo: brain, normal breast, connective tissue, lung, and ovary.
Table 1: Primate, e.g., human, LPl 94 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 1) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2). The ORF for LP194 is 168-851 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
LP194 Nucleotide Sequence ( 2475 bp ) ( ORF = 168-851 bp ) :
ATGAGGGTAGCAGGTGCTGCAAAGTTGGTGGTAGCTGTGGCAGTGTTTTTACTGACATTTTATGTTATTTCT CAAGTATTTG--AAT-^-AAAATGGATGCAAGTTTAGG-^-ATCTATTTGCAAGATCAGCATTGGACACAGCTGCA CGTTCTACAAAGCCTCCCAGATATAAGTGTGGGATCTCAAAAGCTTGCCCTGAGAAGCATTTTGCTTTTAAA ATGGCAAGTGGAGCAGCCAACGTGGTGGGACCCAAAATCTGCCTGGAAGATAATGTTTTAATGAGTGGTGTT AAG-iATAATGTTGGAAGAGGGATCAATGTTGCCTTGGCAAATGGAAAAACAGGAGAAGTATTAGACACTAAA TATTTTGACATGTGGGGAGGAGATGTGGCACCATTTATTGAGTTTCTGAAGGCCATACAAGATGGAACAATA GTTTTAATGGGAACATACGATGATGGAGCAACCAAACTCAATGATGAGGCACGGCGGCTCATTGCTGATTTG GGGAGCACATCTATTACTAATCTTGGTTTTAGAGACAACTGGGTCTTCTGTGGTGGGAAGGGCATTAAGACA A- AAGCCCTTTTGAACAGCACATAAAGAACAATAAGGATACAAACA- ATATGAAGGATGGCCTGAAGTTGTA GAAATGGAAGGATGCATCCCCCAGAAGCAAGACTAA LP194 Full-Length sequence ( 227aa) : The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met- to Val-26). A predicted SP cleavage site is between Val-26 and Phe-27 indicated as follows: 1 3VLRVAGAAKLVVAVAVFLLTFYVISQVΛFE 28
MRVAGAAKLVVAVAVFL TFYVISQVFEIKMDASLG LFARSA DTAARSTKPPRYKCGISKACPEKHFAFK L-ASGAA-NlWGPKICLΞDlsr^MSGVK]^
VliMGTYDDGATKLK EARR IAD GSTSITNLGFRDlSrWVFCGGKGIKTKSPFEQHIKNNKDTNKYEG PΞVV E EGCIPQKQD*
An LP194 Mature sequence ( 201aa) :
A predicted mature P194 sequence is as follows :
FEIKMDASLGl^FARSA DTAARSTKPPRYKCGISKACPEKHFAFKMASGAAl rVVGPKICLEDlSTVLMSGVK KT-WGRGI1WA ANGKTGEVLDTKYFDMWGGDVAPFIEFLKAIQDGTIV MGTYDDGATKLNDEARR IADL GSTSITlSπ-,GFRDNWVFCGGKGIKTKSPFEQHIKN KDTNKYEG PEvVEMEGCIPQKQD*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of LPl 94 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Met-1 to Ser-24; a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Nal-26; another predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-40. A portion from the end of the predicted transmembrane region to the beginning of a predicted hydrophobic sequence (Ser-24 to Ser-42); also particularly interesting are LP194 fragments Ser-42 to Nal- 81; Val-81 to Asn-90; Val-91 to Gly-103; Lys-120 to Ile-133; Glu-134 to Met-147; Gly-148 to Thr-155; Lys-157 to Lys-168; Gly-169 to Val-183; Phe-184 to Asn-202; and Asn-203 to Asp- 227, each of which was discovered based on an analysis of a hydrophobicity plot. Further interesting sections of LPl 94 are the portions of the polypeptide from Arg-49 to Gly-59; Nal-96 to Arg-102; Pro-53 to Lys-67; Lys-117 to Trp-125; Thr-149 to Ala-154; Lys-188 to Ser-194; His-199 to Gly-211; and Pro-223 to Asp-227; which were discovered based on an analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP 194 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing heUcal structures of LPl 94: Lys-8 to Leu-17; Ile-23 to Phe-27; Asn-37 to Ala-48; Phe-132 to Ile-139; and Tyr-155 to Asp-167. Particularly interesting co structures are Ser-50 to Arg-55; Gly-59 to Glu-66; Ser-75 to Lys- 84; Glu-88 to Asn-90; Ser-94 to Gly-103; Asn-109 to Glu-115; Asp-123 to Nal-129; Gln-140 to Gly-142; Thr- 49 to Ala-155; Leu-168 to Ser-172; Leu-176 to Asp-180; Gly-186 to Phe- 196; Asn-202 to Pro-213; and Glu-219 to Asp-227. Particularly interesting strands are Ile-85 to Leu-87; Nal-191 to Met-93; Ile-104 to Leu-108; Nal-116 to Leu-117; Tyr-121 to Phe-122; Thr-143 to Gly-148; Ile-173 to Thr-174; Asn-181 to Cys-185; and Glu-214 to Nal-216. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil motif of LP194 combines the Leu-176 to Asp-180 coil; with the Asn-181 to Cys-185 strand; and the Gly-186 to Phe-196 coil to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Leu-176 to Phe-196. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined. LPl 94 exhibits simUarity to the human cytokine family member EF-7 protein (WO9956778-A1) and human cytokine family member 2-19 polynucleotide (WO9947658-A1. Although no canonical cytokine-Uke motif was found when examining LPl 94, it is possible that Lpl94 is an atypical cytokine and thus, may be important for immune system regulation.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 2 & 3 (LP263a & LP263b)
Construction of a normaUzed human brain cDNA Library was used to discover LP263 a (SEQ ID NO: 3) AND LP263b (SEQ ID NO: 5). The construction was based generaUy on the methods of Ko (1990) Nucleic Acids Res. 18(19):5705-11 and Soares, et al (1994) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci.91:9228-9232. Tissues from twelve brain subregions were obtained from Harvard Medical School Tissue Bank (Hypothalamus, Thalamus, Amygdyla, Sensory Cortex, Motor Cortex, Hippocampus, CerebeUum, Pons and Locus Coeruleus, Caudate/Putamen/Nucleus Accumbens, Entero-Cortex and Anterior Hippocampus, Prefrontal cortex, Anterior Cingulate Cortex) and mRNAs (made from each tissue) were mixed in equal amounts. The resulting cDNA generated from the mixed mRNA was used for PCR ampUfication and subsequent normaUzation. NormaUzation was evaluated by checking the ratio among high, medium, and low abundance control genes. Subsequently, a brain cDNA Ubrary was then constructed using the normaUzed cDNA. LP263 cDNA has two alternatively spUced forms (Table 2) designated LP263a (which is 229 amino acids; SEQ ID NO: 4) and LP263b (which is 179 amino acids; SEQ ID NO: 6).
Table 2: Primate, e.g., human, LP263a and LP263b (SEQ ID NO: 3/4 and 5/6). Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at positions 502,663, and 725 of the polynucleotide coding for LP263a; Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at positions 269,35 , and 428 of the polynucleotide coding for LP263b. The ORF for LP263a is 52-741 bp. The OEF for LP263b is 52-591 bp. (The start and stop codons are underlined and in bold typeface.)
LP263a DNA sequence; (763bp) (ORF=52-741) : ATGGCTCTGTCCAGCCTGATCGTCATCCTGCTGGTGGTGTTCGCCCTCGTCCTGCACGGGCAGAATAAGAA GTATAAGAACTGCAGCACAGGAAAGGGGATCTCCACCATGGAGGAGTCTGTGACCCTGGACAACGGAGGAT TTGCTGCCCTGGAGCTCAGCAGCCGCCACCTCAATGTCAAGAGCACCTTCTCCAAGAAGAACGGGACCAGG TCCCCACCCCGGCCTAGCCCCGGCGGCCTGCACTACTCAGACGAGGACATCTGCAACAAGTACAACGGCGC CGTGCTGACCGAGAGCGTGAGCCTCAAGGAGAAGTCGGCAGATGCATCAGAATCTGAGGCCACGGACTCTG ACTACGAGGACGCGCTGCCCAAGCACTCCTTCGTGAACCACTACATGAGCGACCCCACCTACTACAACTCA TGGAAGCGCAGGGCCCAGGGCCCGNGCACCTGCGCCGCACAGGTACGAGGCGGTGGCGGGCTCCGAGGCGG GCGCGCAGCTGCACCCGGTCATCACCACGCAGAGCGCGGGCGGCGTCTACACCCCCGCTGGCCCCGGCGCG CGAACTCCGCTCACCGGCTTCTCCTCCTTCGTGTGAGCAAAGCNCCGCGCCTCCCTCAGGGCGGAACGGAG GCAACTTTCCGGAGTCTATTTTTGTTAAGACAATNCAACTCCAATAAC GA LP263a Full-Length sequence (229aa) :
>g6065887GS+l_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 4). The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-15). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 151 (GPXTC) can be Ser (S), Cys (C), Gly (G), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 225 (RQXNSN) can be Ser (S), Cys (C), Phe (F), or Tyr (Y).
MALSS IVILLVFALVLHGQNKKYKKrCSTGKGISTMEESVTLDMGGFAA ELSSRHL VKSTFSKKNGTR SPPRPSPGGLHYSDEDICNKYNGAVLTESVSIiKΞKSADASESEATDSDYEDALPKHSFVNHYMSDPTYYNS WKRRAQGPXTCAAQVRGGGGLRGG-IAAAPGHHHAΞRGRRLHPRWPRRANSAHRLLLLRVSKAPRLPQGGTE ATFRS FLLRQXNSNN*
A Mature LP263a sequence (214aa) :
Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 136 (GPXTC) can be Ser (S), Cys (C), Gly (G), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 210 (RQXNSN) can be Ser (S), Cys (C), Phe (F), or Tyr (Y). A predicted mature LP263 protein is as follows:
L T-iHGQNKKYKNCSTGKGISTMEESVTLDNGGFAALE SSRHLNVKSTFSKKNGTRSPPRPSPGG HYSDE DICNKYNGAv--iTESVSLKEKSADASESΞATDSDYΞDALPKHSFλ WHYMSDPTYYNS KRRAQGPXTCAAQV RGGGGLRGGRAAAPGHHHAERGRRLHPRWPRRANSAHR LLRVSKAPRLPQGGTEATFRS FLLRQXNSN N*
LP263b DNA sequence (769bp) 0RF= 52-591:
ATGGCTCTGTCCAGCCTGATCGTCATCCTGCTGGTGGTGTTCGCCCTCGTCCTGCACGGGCAGAATAAGAA GTATAAGAACTGCAGCACAGGAAAGGGGATCTCCACCATGGAGGAGTCTGTGACCCTGGACAACGGAGGAT TTGCTGCCCTGGAGCTCAGCAGCCGCCACCTCAATGTCAAGAGCACCTTCTCCAAGAAGAACGGGACCAGG TCCCNACCCCGGCCTAGCCCCGGCGGCCTGCACTACTCAGACGAGGACATCTGCAACAAGTACAACGGCGC CGTGCTGACCGAGAGNGTGAGCCTCAAGGAGAAGTCGGCAGATGCATCAGAATCTGAGGCCACGGACTCTG ACTACGAGGACGCGCTGCCCANGCACTCCTTCGTGAACCACTACATGAGCGACCCCACCTACTACAACTCA TGGAAGCGCAGGGCCCAGGGCCGCGCACCTGCGCCGCACAGTGTAGCTATCCTCCTGACGAGCAACCCGTC TGCGTACCTAAGTATGGCTCCCCGTGGGTCAGCGTCCTGGTAG LP263b Full-Length sequence (179aa) :
>600852946set2_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 6). The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-15). Misc. feature of LP263b is that X at position 73 (RSXPR) can be Leu (L), Pro (P), Gin (Q), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 100 (TEXVS) can be Ser (S), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 126 (LPXHS) can be Arg (R), Lys (K), Met (M), or Thr (T). MA SSLIVILLλ/VFALvT-.HGQNKKYKHCSTGKGISTMEESVT DNGGFAA E SSRHLNVKSTFSKKNGTR SXPRPSPGG HYSDEDICNKYNGA XjTEXVSLKEKS- DASΞSEATDSDYEDALPXHSFVNHYMSDPTYY S WKRRAQGRAPAPHSVAILLTSNPSAYLSMAPRGSASW*
LP263b Mature sequence ( 164aa) : Misc. feature of LP263b is that X at position 58 (RSXPR) can be Leu (L), Pro (P), Gin (Q), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 85 (TEXVS) can be Ser (S), or Arg (R). Misc. feature of LP263a is that X at position 111 (LPXHS) can be Arg (R), Lys (K), Met (M), or Thr (T). A predicted mature LP263 sequence is as follows:
LVLHGQNKKYE- CSTGKGISTMEESVTLDNGGFAALELSSRHLNVKSTFSKKNGTRSXPRPSPGGLHYSDED ICNKYNGAλ/LTEXVSLKEKSADASESEATDSDYEDALPXHSFvTSIHYMSDPTYYNS KRRAQGRAPAPHSVAI LLTSNPSAYLSMAPRGSASW*
It has been discovered that LP263 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 3 and SEQ ID NO: 5) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Digestive System 2/148; Endocrine System 1/53; Exocrine Glands 2/64; GenitaUa, Female 3/106; GenitaUa, Male 5/114; Hemic and Immune System 1/159; Nervous System 3/198; Respiratory System 7/93; and Stomatognathic System 1/10. Particularly interesting portions or fragments of LP263a (SEQ ID NO: 4) polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-15; a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Ser-4 to Asp-27; also particularly interesting are LP263a fragments Leu-6 to Leu-18; His-19 to Gly-31; Lys-32 to Met-37; Ser-40 to Asp-44; Asn-45 to Leu-53; Arg-56 to Tyr-83; Thr-63 to Gly79; Asp-85 to Asn-93; Val-101 to Ser-111; Glu-114 to Pro-125; Met-134 to Pro-150, Pro-137 to Gln-148; and Glu-177 to Asn-191, each of which was discovered based on an analysis of a hydrophobicity plot. Additional interesting sections of LP263a are the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Nal-12; Nal-13 to Asn-27; Thr-30 to Ser-40; Thr-42 to Ala- 50; Leu-51 to Nal-60; Thr-70 to Leu-81 ; Glu-86 to Asn-93; Val-110 to Glu-112; Thr-116 to Val-130; Asn-131 to Asn-141; Gln-148 to Cys-153; Gln-156 to Gly-165; Ala-170 to Arg-188; Ala-1 0 to Arg-206; and Lys-207 to Lys-219. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP 194 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing heUcal structures of LP263a: Ser- 192 to Leu-196; and Thr-215 to Arg-223. Particularly interesting coil structures are His-19 to Lys-24; Ser-29 to Ile-34; Asp-44 to Gly-47; Arg-56 to Lys-58; Ser-65 to Asp-85; Lys-91 to Gly-93; Lys-106 to Asp-119; Leu-124 to Ser-128; Met-134 to Thr-138; Gln-148 to Thr-152; Gly-159 to His-173; Leu-182 to Pro-187; Lys-203 to Thr-212 and Lys-, Met-, Thr, or Arg- 225 to Asn-229. Particularly interesting strands are Nal-96 to Leu-97; Phe-129 to Nal-130; and Ala-155 to Nal-157. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coU motif of LP263a combines the Gln-148 to Thr-152 coU; with the Ala-155 to Nal-157 strand; and the Gly-159 to His-173 coil to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gln-148 to His-173. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. Particularly interesting portions or fragments of LP263b (SEQ ID NO: 6) polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-15; a transmembrane-Uke region from Met-1 to Asn-27; also particularly interesting are LP263b fragments Met-1 to Tyr-25; Lys-26 to Ser-35; Thr-36 to His-57; Leu-58 to Ser-65; Lys-66 to Ser-72; Gly-79 to Asp-85; Glu-86 to Arg- or Ser-100; Ser-102 to Asp-119; Asp-122 to Met- 134; Ser-135 to Trp-143; Lys-26 to Thr-36; Met-37 to Glu-52; Ser-65 to Ser-72; Ser-84 to
Asn-93; ser-102 to Asp-117; Asp-119 to Asp-136; and Lys-144 to Pro-154; discovered based on an analysis of hydropathicity and hydrophobicity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP263a are the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Nal-12; Nal-13 to Asn-27; Gly-20 to Gly-33; Cys-28 to Ser-40; Thr-42 to Ala-50; Leu-51 to Nal-60; Thr-63 to Gly-79; Gly-79 to Ile-88; Thr-70 to Leu-81 ; Glu-86 to Asn-93; Nal-110 to Glu-112; Thr-116 to Nal-130; Tyr- 133 to Gly-149; Asn-131 to Asn-141; Ser-142 to Arg-150; Pro-152 to Arg-158; Ile- 59 to Pro-165; and Tyr-168 to Arg-174. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP 194 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing heUcal structures of LP263b: Ser-142 to Arg-145. Particularly interesting coU structures are His-19 to Lys-24; Asp-44 to Gly-47; Arg-56 to His- 57; Ser-65 to Asp-85; Lys-91 to Gly-94; Lys-106 to Ser-128; Tyr-133 to Thr-138; Gly-149 to His-155; Ser-163 to Ser-166; and Ala-172 to Trp-179. Particularly interesting strands are Phe-129 to Nal-130; Nal-157 to Leu-161; and Tyr-168 to Met-171. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil-strand-coU motif of LP263b combines the Gly-149 to His-155 coU; with the Nal-157 to Leu-161 strand; the Ser- 163 to Ser-166 coU, the Tyr-168 to Met-171 strand, and the Ala-172 to Trp-179 coil to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-149 to Trp-179. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 4 (LP264)
Construction of a normaUzed human brain cDNA Library (as described above) was used to discover LP264. Table 3: Primate, e.g., human, LP264 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 7). Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at position 229 of he polynucleotide coding for LP264. An ORF for LP264 is 29-427bρ (with the start and stop codons identified in bold lettering). The putative start and stop codons are underlined and in bold.) LP264 DNA sequence (616bp) (ORF 29-427bp) :
ATGTTCTTCACATTAATACTGTCATTTCAGCTACTGAGTTATTTTTTCTCCTCTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTGGC AGCAAAGCCGTTGCCTGGCCTTGAAGAGAAACCACCAGGTTGTTTGGTACTTTCAGAAGGGGGTCTTACCT CTCACACAACTTACCTTCACCCCACACCTCTCCCCTGTGCAGACGTGACTGTGCACCA-MGGCAGAGCTCTC ACCACAACAAAAGGGAAACAGGTGGGCCCGGGACGCTCTCAAAAGCAGCTCTCCTCTCCGAATCTCTTGCG AGACAAGTGTGTTAAAGCGCAATTAGAAGGGCAAGAAATCTCCCTGTGGCGCCCTGCGGATTATCGCAGCT ATATCCCGCGGCGCCGAGCCGGCGCCAAGGGGTGTCGTCGTTAG
LP 264 Full length Protein sequence ( 132aa) : Underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Phe-16). X (underlined) at amino acid residue position 67 of the full length LP264 protein (SEQ ID NO: 8) can be His (H) or Gin (Q).
MFFTLI SFQ SYFFSSFFFFIJAAKPLPG EEKPPGC VLSEGGLTSHTTYI HPTP PCADVTVHXGRA T TTKGKQVGPGRSQKQLSSPN LRDKCVKAQ EGQEISLWRPADYRSYIPRRRAGAKGCRR*
A Mature LP 264 Protein ( llβaa) : X (underlined), which is still either His or Gin (Q), is now at amino acid residue position 51 of this example of a mature LP264 protein in which the predicted signal sequence Met-1 to Phe-16 has been removed.
SSFFFF AAKPLPGLΞEKPPGC VLSEGG TSHTTYLHPTPLPCADVTVΉXGRALTTTKGKQVGPGRSQKQ LSSPNLLRDKCVKAQ EGQΞISLWRPADYRSYIPRRRAGAKGCRR
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP264 polypeptide include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ser-17; a predicted transmembrane- Uke region from Thr-4 to Pro-29; also particularly interesting are LP264 fragments Lys-26 to Ser-48; His-49 to Nal-65; Ala-70 to Glu-85; Asp-96 to Glu-107; Lys-26 to Nal-40; Lys-41 to Thr-50; Thr-51 to Nal-63; Ala-70 to Arg-83; Ser-84 to Arg-95; and Lys-97 to Gln-107, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP264 are the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Phe-9; Lys- 12 to Phe-22; Gly-30 to Thr-47; Lys-77 to Ser-84; Glu-104 to Trp-111; Arg-117 to Arg-123; Lys-15 to Pro-20; Thr-58 to Gly-71; Pro-97 to Arg-116; Ser-32 to Pro-41; and Thr-57 to Gln-71. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP 264 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU) are the foUowing LP264 heUcal structures: Thr-4 to Phe-9; Ser-8 to Phe-9; and Asp-96 to Ala-101. Particularly interesting coil structures are Ala-25 to Gly-37; Glu-41 to Ser-48; His- 54 to Cys-60; Gln-67 to Arg-69; Thr-73 to Ser-84; Ser-89 to Pro-91; Glu-104 to Gln-106; Arg-112 to Ser-118; and Cys-130 to Arg-132. Particularly interesting strands are Leu-39 to Leu-41; and Nal-63 to His-66. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coU-strand-coU motif of LP264 combines the Ala-25 to Gly-37 coU; with the Leu-39 to Leu-41 strand; and the Glu-43 to Ser-48 coU to form a fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ala-25 to Ser-48. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 5 (LP265)
Construction of a normaUzed human brain cDNA Library (as described above) was used to discover LP265 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9).
Table 4: Primate, e.g., human, LP265 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9). Nucleotide may be A, C, T, or G at position 41 . The ORF for LP265 is 87-395bρ (with the start and stop codons identified in bold lettering).
LP265 DNA sequence (660bp) (ORF 87-395) :
The "N" at position 419 can be A, T, C, or G.
ATGCCCTTAATTGGAATACTTATCGTGCCCATGTCCAAACCTGCGGGGCTCTTTTTTCTTACCGCGCTTTGC TCTTGGCCCCTCTCTTTGCCCTTGTGCCGTCTGTCTGCCCTTCACAACTCGTTTTCTTTCTGTCTCCGTGAC TCGTTAGTTCTCCTCTGTGAATTTTCCTTTGTGGGATTATACGCGGTAATTTACTCCTGCCTTCTTCTGATG TTGATTGCCTGGATTAGCTCTGGTCTTCCTGCTCTTGCTATGCTCGAATCTTGTAGCTTTCGAGTGATGCAT TTGCGTGAGTTGCGAAGTTGA
LP265 Full-length Sequence (102aa) : (SEQ ID NO: 10) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ser-29) .
MPLIGI IVPMSKPAGLFFLTALCS PLS PLCR SALHMSFSFCLRDSLV LCEFSFVG YAVIYSCL M IA ISSGLPA AMLESCSFRΛ/MHLRELRS*
A Mature LP265 Sequence (73aa) : A predicted mature LP265 is as follows: P CRLSA HNSFSFCLRDSLV LCΞFSFVG YAVIYSCL LMLIAWISSG PALAMLESCSFRVMHLREL RS*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP265 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 10) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ser-29; a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Ile-8 to Ser-36; also particularly interesting are LP265 fragments Met-1 to Ser-25; Trp-26 to Arg-34; Ser-36 to Leu-46; Arg-47 to Nal-59; Gly-60 to Nal-64; Ile-65 to Ile-74; and Ala-75 to Ser-102, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP265 are the portions of the polypeptide from Ile-4 to Pro-14; Gly-16 to Lys-30; Pro-31 to Asn-40; Ser-41 to Arg-47; Asp-48 to Nal-51 ; Leu-52 to Leu-61 ; Tyr-62 to Met-72; Leu-73 to Leu-81 and Ala- 85 to Met-95. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. A further interesting portion of LP265 is the segment FNGLYANTYSC that is identified based on PROSITE analysis as a potential Upoprotein Upid attachment site. Further, particularly interesting LP 265 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing LP265 heUcal structures: Arg-34 to Ser-36; Ala-63 to Ile-77; Leu-84 to Leu-87; and His-96 to Glu-99. Particularly interesting coil structures are Met-1 to Leu-3; Pro-10 to Gly- 16; Ser-25 to Pro-31; His-39 to Ser-41; Ser-79 to Pro-82; and Arg-101 to Ser-102. Particularly interesting strands are Gly-5 to Nal-9. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coU-heUx-coU motif of LP265 combines the Ser-25 to Pro-31 coU; with the Arg-34 to Ser-36 heUx; and the His-39 to Ser-41 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-25 to Ser-41. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 6 (LP283) It has been discovered that LP283 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 11) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; GenitaUa, Male 1/114; Nervous System 1/198; Respiratory System 3/93; Urinary Tract 1/64. As LP283 is expressed in cardiovascular system (specificaUy in heart) and respiratory system (specificaUy in lung), LP283 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to, the heart and lung. Sequence encoding LP283 has been locaUzed to human chromosome region 6p21.1-21.33. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: psoriasis (Balendran, et al. 1999 J Invest Dermatol 113(3):322-328), autosomal recessive polycystic kidney disease (Besbas, et al., 1998 Turk J Pediatr 40(2):245-7, and Mucher, et al., 1998 Genomics 48(l):40-45), autosomal recessive retinitispigmentosa (Banerjee, et al., 1998 Genomics 48(2):171-177), Hamartoma of the breast (Dal Cin, et al, 1997 Genes Chromosomes Cancer (l):90-92), juvenUe myoclonic epUepsy (Liu, et al., 1995 Am J Hum Genet 57(2):368-381), and hypotrichosis simplex of the scalp (Betz, et al., 2000 Am J Hum Genet 66(6):1979-1983). Accordingly, an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP283 meets the statutory utiUty requirement of 35 U.S.C. §101 since it can be used to hybridize near one or more o the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene. AdditionaUy, compositions comprising LP283 polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP283 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP283 antibodies) will also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease. Table 5: Primate, e.g., human, LP283 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 11). The ORF for LP283 is 157- 2850 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentifled one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame). The two underlined AG's in 5' UTR may be splicing sites.
LP283 DNA sequence (3287bp) (ORF = 157-2850) :
ATGGGCTCGGGGCGCGTACCCGGGCTCTGCCTGCTTGTCCTGCTGGTCCACGCCCGCGCCGCCCAGTACAG CAAAGCCGCGCAAGATGTGGATGAGTGTGTGGAGGGGACTGACAACTGCCACATCGATGCTATCTGCCAGA ACACCCCGAGGTCATACAAGTGCATCTGCAAGTCTGGCTACACAGGGGACGGCAAACACTGCAAAGACGTG GATGAGTGCGAGCGAGAGGATAATGCAGGTTGTGTGCATGACTGTGTCAACATCCCTGGCAATTACCGGTG TACCTGCTATGATGGATTCCACCTGGCACATGACGGACACAACTGTCTGGATGTGGACGAGTGTGCCGAGG GCAACGGCGGCTGTCAGCAGAGCTGTGTCAACATGATGGGCAGCTATGAGTGCCACTGCCGGGAAGGCTTC TTCCTCAGCGACAACCAGCATACCTGTATCCAGCGGCCAGAAGAAGGAATGAATTGCATGAACAAGAACCA CGGCTGTGCCCACATTTGCCGGGAGACACCCAAGGGGGGTATTGCCTGTGAATGCCGTCCTGGCTTTGAGC TTACCAAGAACCAACGGGACTGTAAATGTGAGATAATTGGGATGGCAGTGACATGCAACTATGGTAACGGC GGCTGCCAGCACACGTGTGATGACACAGAGCAGGGTCCCCGGTGCGGCTGCCATATCAAGTTTGTGCTCCA TACCGACGGGAAGACATGCATCGAGACCTGTGCTGTCAACAACGGGGGCTGTGACAGTAAGTGCCATGATG CAGCGACTGGTGTCCACTGCACCTGCCCTGTGGGCTTCATGCTGCAGCCAGACAGGAAGACGTGCAAAGAT ATAGATGAGTGCCGCTTAAACAACGGGGGCTGTGACCATATTTGCCGCAACACAGTGGGCAGCTTCGAATG CAGTTGCAAGAAAGGCTATAAGCTTCTCATCAATGAGAGGAACTGCCAGGATATAGACGAGTGTTCCTTTG ATCGAACCTGTGACCACATATGTGTCAACACACCAGGAAGCTTCCAGTGTCTCTGCCATCGTGGCTACCTG TTGTATGGTATCACCCACTGTGGGGATGTGGATGAATGCAGCATCAACCGGGGAGGTTGCCGCTTTGGCTG CATCAACACTCCTGGCAGCTACCAGTGTACCTGCCCAGCAGGCCAGGGTCGGCTGCACTGGAATGGCAAAG ATTGCACAGAGCCACTGAAGTGTCAGGGCAGTCCTGGGGCCTCGAAAGCCATGCTCAGCTGCAACCGGTCT GGCAAGAAGGACACCTGTGCCCTGACCTGTCCCTCCAGGGCCCGATTTTTGCCAGAGTCTGAGAATGGCTT CACGGTGAGCTGTGGGACCCCCAGCCCCAGGGCTGCTCCAGCCCGAGCTGGCCACAATGGGAACAGCACCA ACTCCAACCACTGCCATGAGGCTGCAGTGCTGTCCATTAAACAACGGGCCTCCTTCAAGATCAAGGATGCC AAATGCCGTTTGCACCTGCGAAACAAAGGCAAAACAGAGGAGGCTGGCAGAATCACAGGGCCAGGTGGTGC CCCCTGCTCTGAATGCCAGGTCACCTTCATCCACCTTAAGTGTGACTCCTCTCGGAAGGGCAAGGGCCGAC GGGCCCGGACCCCTCCAGGCAAAGAGGTCACAAGGCTCACCCTGGAACTGGAGGCAGAGCAACTCTTTCTC CTCCCTGATACACACGGCCATCCACCACCAGCCAGCTGTGGGCTGCCCTGCCTCCGACAGCGAATGGAACG GCGGCTGAAAGGATCCCTGAAGATGCTCAGAAAGTCCATCAACCAGGACCGCTTCCTGCTGCGCCTGGCAG GCCTTGATTATGAGCTGGCCCACAAGCCGGGCCTGGTAGCCGGGGAGCGAGCAGAGCCGATGGAGTCCTGT AGGCCCGGGCAGCACCGTGCTGGGACCAAGTGTGTCCAGTGCTCCCCAGGGCACTACTACAACACCAGCAT CCACCGCTGTATTCGCTGTGCCATGGGCTCCTATCAGCCCGACTTCCGTCAGAACTTCTGCAGCCGCTGTC CAGGAAACACAAGCACAGACTTTGATGGCTCTACCAGTGTGGCCCAATGCAAGAATCGTCAGTGTGGTGGG GAGCTGGGTGAGTTCACTGGCTATATTGAGTCCCCCAACTACCCGGGCAACTACCCAGCTGGTGTGGAGTG CATCTGGAACATCAACCCCCCACCCAAGCGCAAGATCCTTATCGTGGTACCAGAGATCTTCCTGCCATCTG AGGATGAGTGTGGGGACGTCCTCGTCATGAGAAAGAACTCATCCCCATCCTCCATTACCACTTATGAGACC TGCCAGACCTACGAGCGTCCCATTGCCTTCACTGCCCGTTCCAGGAAGCTCTGGATCAACTTCAAGACAAG CGAGGCCAACAGCGCCCGTGGCTTCCAGATTCCCTATGTTACCTATGATGAGGACTATGAGCAGCTGGTAG AAGACATTGTGCGAGATGGCCGGCTCTATGCCTCTGAAAACCACCAGGAGATTTTAAAGGACAAGAAGCTC ATCAAGGCCTTCTTTGAGGTGCTAGCCCACCCCCAGAACTACTTCAAGTACACAGAGAAACACAAGGAGAT GCTGCCAAAATCCTTCATCAAGCTGCTCCGCTCCAAAGTTTCCAGCTTCCTGAGGCCCTACAAATAG
LP283 Full-Lengt sequence (897aa) :
>g6065887GS+l_ORFl. The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-20)
MGSGRVPGLCLLλ/LLVHARAAQYSKAAQDVDECVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDV DECEREDNAGCvΗDCVNIPG YRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDvOECAEGNGGCQQSCVTSJ-.MGSYECHCREGF FLSDNQHTCIQRPEEGMNCMNK-NTHGC-^ICRETPKGGIACECRPGFELTIWQ-^CKCEIIGMAVTCNYGNG GCQHTCDDTEQGPRCGCHIKFvTjHTDGKTCIETCAVTSINGGCDSKCHD--ATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTCKD IDECRL NGGCDHICRNTVGSFECSCKKGYKL INERNCQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQC CHRGYL LYGITHCGDVDECSI- GGCRFGCINTPGSYQCTCPAGQGR H NGKDCTΞP KCQGSPGASKAM SCNRS GKKDTCA TCPSRARFLPΞSENGFTVSCGTPSP-l-iAPARAGHNGNSTNS HCHEAAVLSIKQRASFKIKDA KCRLHLR KGKTEEAGRITGPGGAPCSECQVTFIH KCDSSRKGKGRRARTPPGKEVTR T ΞLEAEQLFL LPDTHGHPPPASCGLPCLRQRMERRLKGS P MLRKSINQDRF LRLAG DYE AHKPGLVAGERAEPMΞSC RPGQHRAGTKCVQCSPGHYYNTSIHRCIRCAMGSYQPDFRQNFCSRCPGNTSTDFDGSTSVAQCKNRQCGG ELGΞFTGYIESPIIYPGISΓYPAGVECIWNINPPPKRKI IVVPEIFLPSEDECGDV VMRKNSSPSSITTYΞT CQTYERPIAFTARSRK WINFKTSEANSARGFQIPYVTYDEDYEQLVEDIVRDGRLYASE HQEI KDKKL IKAFFEV AHPQNYFKYTΞKHKEM PKSFIKLLRSKVSSFLRPYK*
LP283 Mature sequence (877aa) :
A predicted mature LP283 sequence is as follows:
AQYSKAAQDVDΞCVEGTDNCHIDAICQNTPRSYKCICKSGYTGDGKHCKDVDECΞREDNAGCVHDCVWIPG YRCTCYDGFHLAHDGHNCLDVDECAEGNGGCQQSCV -MGSYECHCREGFFLSDNQHTCIQRPEEGMNCM
NK HGCAHICRETPKGGIACECRPGFE TKNQRDCKCEIIGMAVTCNYGNGGCQHTCDDTEQGPRCGCHIK
FVLHTDGKTCIETCAVNNGGCDSKCHDAATGVHCTCPVGFMLQPDRKTCKDIDECR NWGGCDHICRNTVG
SFECSC KGYKLLINΞRNCQDIDECSFDRTCDHICVNTPGSFQCLCHRGYL YGITHCGDVDECSINRGGC
RFGCINTPGSYQCTCPAGQGRLII NGKDCTEPLKCQGSPGAS- AMLSCNRSGKKDTCALTCPSRARFLPES ENGFTVSCGTPSPRAAPARAGHNGNSTNSNHCHΞAAV SIKQRASFKIKDAKCRLHLRNKGKTEEAGRITG
PGGAPCSECQVTFIHLKCDSSRKGKGRRARTPPGKEVTRLTLELEAEQLF LIPDTHGHPPPASCG PCLRQ
RMΞRRLKGSLKMLRKSINQDRFL RLAG DYE AHKPGLVAGERAEPMESCRPGQHRAGTKCVQCSPGHYY
NTSIHRCIRCAMGSYQPDFRQNFCSRCPGNTSTDFDGSTSVAQCKNRQCGGE GEFTGYIESPNYPGNYPA
GVECIWNINPPPKRKILIWPEIF PSEDECGDV MRKNSSPSSITTYETCQTYERPIAFTARSRK IN FKTSEANSARGFQIPYVTYDEDYΞQLVEDIVRDGRLYASELSRAQEILKDKKLIB-F-FFEVLAHPQNYFKYTEK
HKEMLPKSFIKL RSKVSSF RPYK*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP283 polypeptide
(SEQ ID NO: 12) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ak-20; a predicted transmembrane-Uke region from Gly-4 to Ala-21; also particularly interesting are LP283 fragments Ser-24 to Asp-38; Asp-38 to Arg-51; Ser-52 to Asp-64; His-67 to Asρ-78; Ala-80 to Tyr-93; Arg-139 to lys-164; Gly-167 to Asp-182; Cys-228 to Cys-247; His-297 to Asn-322; Phe-331 to Pro-383; Gly-401 to Lys-428; Phe-442 to Ser-458; His-468 to Asn-505; Aly-507 to Lys-542; Gln-565 to Leu-583; Leu-586 to Ser-597; Met-600 to Leu-611; Glu-637 to Nal-651; Ser-654 to Tyr-674; Asp-677 to Asp-693; Ser-721 to Gly-762; Asp-763 to Glu- 780; Ser-795 to Tyr-817; Nal-832 to His-843; and Ile-846 to Tyr-869, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP283 are the portions of the polypeptide from Met-1 to Lys-11; Lys-11 to Nal- 30; Asp-31 to Cys-40; Nal-34 to His-41 ; Ile-42 to Pro-50; Gln-47 to Tyr-53; Tyr-53 to Gly- 63; Lys-58 to Nal-71; Asp-64 to Asp-72; Cys-86 to Asρ-99; Pro-90 to Asρ-99; Gly-100 to Lys-111; Glu-115 to Glu-135; Cys-116 to Gln-125; Met-131 to Glu-140; Ser-145 to Ile-152; His-149 to Asn-165; Pro-155 to Cys-168; His-170 to Tyr-191; Arg-173 to Gly-179; Pro-186 to Cys-199; Lys-198 to His-217; Asn-209 to Gly-229; Asp-221 to Ile-232; His-237 to Cys- 243; Lys-241 to Asp-255; Asn-251 to Asp-260; His-266 to Pro-277; Gln-276 to Cys-295; Asp-284 to Lys-311; Cys-308 to Tyr-314; Leu-316 to Arg-333; Asn-319 to Glu-328; Ser-330 to Asp-336; Asp-336 to Cys-348; Nal-365 to Gln-394; Gly-363 to Cys-375; Thr-382 to Gin- 387; Pro-391 to Glu-406; Cys-423 to Thr-431; Pro-437 to Gly-449; Pro-457 to Pro-463; Lys- 443 to Ser-458; His-468 to His-477; Phe-492 to Gly-507; Leu-503 to Gly-519; Ala-512 to Phe-530; Lys-534 to Lys-552; Asp-571 to Ser-580; Met-636 to Thr-648; Lys-627 to Pro-641; Ser-654 to His-664; Ala-670 to Arg-685; Arg-685 to Ser-697; Asn-660 to Asρ-677; Phe-678 to Nal-700; Gln-702 to Glu-711 ; Asn-705 to Gly-726; Ser-721 to Gly-731 ; Trp-736 to Lys- 745; Tyr-728 to Pro-741; Lys-745 to Leu-765; Met-767 to Ile-776; Glu-780 to Ala-790; Pro- 773 to Thr-792; Thr-792 to Asn-801; Lys-803 to Gln-814; Ser-809 to Thr-819; Asp-830 to Ile-846; and Leu-860 to Leu-877. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP283 are the segments identified based on PROSITE analysis as potential aspartic acid and asparagine hydroxylation sites: Cys-46 to Cys-57; Cys-86 to Cys-97; Cys-127 to Cys-138; Cys-299 to Cys-310; Cys-339 to Cys-350; and Cys-379 to Cys-390. AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP283 are the segments identified based on PROSITE analysis as calcium-binding, EGF-Uke domains: Asp-29 to Cys-55; ASp-70 to Cys-95; Asp-112 to Cys-136; Asp-284 to Cys-308; Asp-325 to Cys-348; and Asp-364 to Cys-388. AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP283 are the segments identified based on ExPASy analysis as EGF-Uke domains: Cys-33 to Cys-68; Cys- 74 to Cys-110; Cys-116 to Cys-151; Cys-161 to Cys-197; Cys-208 to Cys-243; Cys-247 to Cys-282; Cys-288 to Cys-323; Cys-329 to Cys-362; and Cys-368 to Cys-404. A common feature of EGF-Uke domains are that they are typicaUy found in the extraceUular domain of membrane-bound or secreted proteins. The EGF domain includes six cysteine residues which have been shown (in EGF) to be involved in disulfide bonds. The main structure is a two-stranded beta-sheet foUowed by a loop to a C-terminal short two-stranded sheet. Subdomains between the conserved cysteines strongly vary in length. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as an EB-Uke domain: Gly-91 to Cys-110. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as a Keratin B2-Uke domain: Cys-95 to Cys-247. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as a CUB-Uke domain: Cys-708 to Tyr-817. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP283 is a segment identified based on ExPASy analysis as a TIL-Uke domain: Cys-219 to Cys-288. Further, particularly interesting LP 283 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing LP283 coU structures: Met-1 to Pro-6; Glu-35 to Cys-40; Asn-48 to Ser-52; Ser 59 to Asp-70; Arg-76 to Cys-82; Asn 88 to Asn 92; Tyr-98 to Phe-101; His-105 to Cys-110; Glu-118 to Cys-123; Met-131 to Tyr-134; Cys-138 to Gly-141; Ser-145 to His-149; Gln-153 to Asn-160; Asn-163 to Gly-167; Arg-173 to Gly-179; Cys-184 to Phe- 188; Thr-191 to Lys-198; Tyr-210 to Cys-215; Cys-219 to Gly-229; Thr-238 to Lys-241; Asn- 250 to Asp-255; His-259 to Bly-264; Cys-269 to Nal-271; Gln-276 to Asp-286; Asn-291 to Asp-296; Asn-301 to Ser-305; Cys-310 to Tyr-314; Glu-320 to Asp-336; Thr-342 to Ser-345; His-351 to Tyr-354; Thr-360 to Nal-365; Ile-370 to Cys-375; Asn-381 to Ser-385; Cys-390 to Gln-394; Asn-400 to Pro-407; Gln-411 to Ser-417; Asn-424 to Asp-430; Thr-435 to Gly-449; Cys-454 to Asn-466; Asn-505 to Thr-509; Thr-516 to Glu-525; Asp-536 to Gly-543;Thr-548 to Lys-552; Pro-570 to Gly-582; Gln-607; Gly-616 to Gly-626; Glu-631 to Thr-648; Ser-653 to Ile-663; Gly-672 to Arg-679; Arg-685 to Thr-698; Asn-705 to Glu-714; Ser-721 to Gly- 731; Ile-738 to Lys-743; Phe-754 to Gly-762; Asn-770 to Ser-775; Cys-782 to Pro-788; Thr- 804 to Gly-812; Asp-834 to Arg-836; Ser-840 to Glu-841; Ala-861 to Gln-864; and Pro-895 to Gly-897. Particularly interesting heUx structures are His-17 to Ala-27; Glu-560 to Gln- 565; Arg-587 to Leu-594; Leu-598 to Ser-604; Tyr-824 to Arg-833; Gln-844 to Phe-857; and Ser-871 to Leu-876. Particularly interesting strands are Lys-54 — Cys-57; Cys-95 to Cys-97; Leu-Ill to Nal-113; Ile-180 to Cys-182; Ile-201 to Cys-208; His-231 to Leu-236; Cys-243 to Glu-245; His-266 to Cys-267; Cys-288 to Arg-289; His-297 to Cys-299; Leu-316 to Ile-318; His-337 to Nal-340; Gln-347 to Leu-349^ Leu-355 to Tyr-357; Tyr-386 to Cys-388; Ala-419 to Leu-421; Thr-451 to Ser-453; Gln-527 to Leu 533; Lys-649 to Gln-652; Nal-700 to Ala- 701; Tyr-718 to Ile-719; Glu-733 to Trp-736; Lys-745 to Nal-749; Nal-764 to Arg-768; Phe- 791; and Ile-815 to Nal-818.. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one strand-coil-heUx motif of LP283 combines the Ile-815 to Nal-818 strand; with the Tyr-820 to Asp-821 coil; and the Tyr-824 to Arg-833 heUx to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ile-815 to Arg-833. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 7 (LP286)
LP286 is a member of a famUy of alternatively spUced LP's which include LPl 88 and LP284 (LPl 88 has been previously disclosed in USSN 60/255850 filed on 15-DEC-2000). It has been discovered that LP286 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 13) are expressed primarUy in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries:
Cardiovascular System 2/68; Connective Tissue 1/47; Digestive System (smaU intestine, colon, and stomach) 16/148; Exocrine Glands 2/64; Genita a, Female 3/106; GenitaUa, Male 9/114; Hemic and Immune System 3/159; Musculoskeletal System 2/47; Nervous System (brain and spinal cord) 26/198; Pancreas 1/24; Respiratory System 3/93; and Sense Organs (eye) 1/8. As LP286 is abundantly expressed in nervous system (specificaUy in brain and spinal cord) and digestive system (specificaUy in smaU intestine, colon and stomach), LP286 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to, brain, spinal cord, smaU intestine, colon and stomach. According to its expression in the nervous system, compositions comprising LP286 polypeptides or polynucleotides (including fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancers, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demyeUnating diseases, peripheral neuropathies, neoplasias, trauma, congenital malformations, spinal cord injuries, ischemia and infarction, aneurysms, hemorrhages, schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder, learning disabiUties, ALS, psychoses, autism, and altered behaviors, including, for example, disorders in feeding, sleep patterns, balance, and perception. Sequence encoding LP286 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 19. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: gUoma (Smith, et al., 2000 Genes Chromosomes Cancer 2000 (l):16-25), asthma, heart defects, and eye development (Hamshere, et al, 2000 Genomics 2000 63(3):425-9), alcohoUsm (Valdes et al., 1999 Genet Epidemiol Suppl LS367-72), and ilms' tumor (McDonald, et al., 1998 Cancer Res. 58(7) :1387-90). Accordingly, an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP286 meets the statutory utiUty requirement of 35 U.S.C. §101 since it can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene. AdditionaUy, compositions comprising LP286 polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP286 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP286 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease. AdditionaUy, LP286 polypeptide exhibits sequence similarity to LGIl (Leucine-rich gene-GUoma Inactivated Protein) g9939002, g4826816. The rearrangement of the LGIl gene has been detected in the A172 gUoblastoma ceU Une and several gUoblastoma tumors. These rearrangements lead to a complete absence of LGIl expression in gUoblastoma ceUs (Chernova, et al, 1998 Oncogene 17(22):2873-81). Consequently, it has been suggested that LGIl is a candidate tumor suppressor gene involved in the progression ofgUal tumors. Similarly,It is suggested here that compositions comprising LP286 (e.g., polypeptides, polynucleotides, and/or binding agents) are useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention ofa cancer, such as, for example, especiaUy a gUoblastoma. Table 6: Primate, e.g., human, LP286 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 13). The ORF for LP286 is 532- 2073 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold letteringin case numberingis misidentitled one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame). LP286 DNA sequence (2610bp) (ORF = 532-2073): ATGGGAGGGGCAGGCATTCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGGCTGGGGCGGGGGTGGTGGTGGCCTGGAGACCCCCAAA GGGAAAGTGTCCCCTGCGCTGCTCCTGCTCTAAAGACAGCGCCCTGTGTGAGGGCTCCCCGGACCTGCCCG TCAGCTTCTCTCCGACCCTGCTGTCACTCTCACTCGTCAGGACGGGAGTCACCCAGCTGAAGGCCGGCAGC TTCCTGAGAATTCCGTCTCTGCACCTGCTCTTCATCGAGGACAATGAGATTGGCTCCATCTCTAAGAATGC CCTCAGAGGACTTCGCTCGCTTACACACCTAAGCCTGGCCAATAACCATCTGGAGACCCTCCCCAGATTCC TGTTCCGAGGCCTGGACACCCTTACTCACGTGGACCTCCGCGGGAACCCGTTCCAGTGTGACTGCCGCGTC CTCTGGCTCCTGCAGTGGATGCCCACCGTGAATGCCAGCGTGGGGACCGGCGCCTGTGCGGGCCCCGCCTC CCTGAGCCACATGCAGCTCCACCACCTCGACCCCAAGACTTTCAAGTGCAGAGCCATAGAGCTGTCCTGGT TCCAGACGGTGGGGGAGTCGGCACTGAGCGTAGAGCCCTTCTCCTACCAAGGGGAGCCTCACATTGTGCTG GCACAGCCCTTCGCCGGCCGCTGCCTGATTCTCTCCTGGGACTACAGCCTGCAGCGCTTCCGGCCCGAGGA AGAGCTGCCCGCGGCCTCCGTGGTGTCCTGCAAGCCACTGGTGCTGGGCCCGAGCCTCTTCGTGCTGGCTG CCCGCCTGTGGGGGGGCTCACAGCTGTGGGCCCGGCCCAGTCCCGGCCTGCGCCTGGCCCCAACGCAGACC CTGGCCCCGCGGCGGCTGCTGCGGCCCAATGACGCCGAGCTCCTGTGGCTGGAAGGGCAACCCTGCTTCGT GGTGGCCGATGCCTCCAAGGCGGGCAGCACCACGCTGCTGTGCCGCGACGGGCCCGGCTTTTACCCGCACC AGAGCCTGCACGCCTGGCACCGGGACACGGACGCTGAGGCCCTGGAGCTGGACGGCCGGCCCCACCTGCTG CTGGCCTCGGCTTCCCAGCGGCCCGTGCTCTTCCACTGGACCGGTGGCCGCTTCGAGAGACGCACAGACAT CCCCGAGGCCGAGGATGTCTATGCCACACGCCACTTCCAGGCTGGTGGGGACGTGTTCCTGTGCCTCACAC GCTACATTGGGGACTCCATGGTCATGCGCTGGGACGGCTCCATGTTTCGTCTGCTGCAGCAACTTCCCTCG CGCGGTGCCCACGTCTTCCAGCCACTGCTCATCGCCAGGGACCAGCTGGCCATCCTAGGCAGCGACTTCGC CTTCAGCCAGGTCCTCCGCCTTGAGCCTGACAAGGGGCTCCTGGAGCCACTGCAGGAGCTGGGGCCTCCGG CCCTGGTGGCCCCCCGTGCCTTTGCCCACATCACTATGGCCGGCAGACGCTTCCTCTTTGCTGCTTGCTTT AAGGGCCCCACACAGATCTACCAGCATCACGAGATCGACCTCAGTGCCTGA
LP286 Full-Length Sequence (513aa) :
>ds37732+l_ORF2. (SEQ ID NO: 14) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 19). A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala- 9 and Trp-20 indicated as follows: 1 MGGAGILLLLLAGAGVWAΛ R 21 GGAGIL AGAGλ/WA RPPKGKCPLRCSCSKDSA CEGSPDLPVSFSPT S S VRTGVTQ KAGSF LRiPSLHLLFIEDNEIGSISI<H-^RGLRS TH]-,SL--- ]lOTLET PRF FRGLDTLTHvOLRGNPFQCDCRvl)W QW PTVNASVGTGACAGPASLSHMQLHHLDPKTFKCRAIELSWFQTVGESALSVEPFSYQGEPHIVLAQP FAGRC ILS DYSLQRFRPΞEE PAASWSCKPLVLGPSLFVL-5-ARLWGGSQL ARPSPG R--.APTQT APR R LRPNDAΞLLWLΞGQPCFWADASKAGSTTLLCRDGPGFYPHQSLHA HRDTDAEALELDGRPH L ASAS QRPVLFHWTGGRFERRTDIPEAEDVYATRHFQAGGDVFLCLTRYIGDSMVMRWDGSMFRLLQQ PSRGAHVF QPLLIARDQ AILGSDFAFSQV RLEPDKGL EPLQELGPPALVAPRAFAHITMAGRRFLFAACFKGPTQIY QHHEIDLSA*
A Mature I.P28β Sequence ( 494aa) :
An exon of LP286 is absent from the splice form of LPl 88. Blast genomic DNA analysis of LPl 88 demonstrates that the extra sequence in LPl 88 is a distinct exon. A predicted mature LP286 is as follows: RPPKGKCPLRCSCSKDSALCEGSPDLPVSFSPTLLSLSLVRTGVTQLKAGSFLRIPSLHLLFIEDNEIGS IS - IALRGLRSLTHLSLAl>JNHLETLPRFLFRGLDTLTHVDLRGNPFQCDCRv LLQVmPTV-NrASVGTGAC AGPASLSHMQLHHLDPKTFKCRAIELS FQTVGESALSVEPFSYQGΞPHIVLAQPFAGRCLILS DYSLQR FRPΞEELPAASWSCKP VLGPSLFVLAARL GGSQL ARPSPGLR APTQTLAPRRLLRPNDAELLWLEG QPCFVVADASKAGSTTLLCRDGPGFYPHQSLHA HRDTDAEALELDGRPHLLLASASQRPVLFH TGGRFE RRTDIPEAEDλ YATRHFQAGGDVFLCLTRYIGDS VMR DGSMFRL QQLPSRGAHVFQPLLIARDQLAIL GSDFAFSQVLRLEPDKGLLEPLQELGPP-i-LVAPRAFAHITMAGRRFLFAACFKGPTQIYQHHEIDLSA*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP286 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 14) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-1 ; another analysis yields a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Cys-40. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP286 are two transmembrane-Uke regions: Ala-4 to Pro-23, and Ser-246 to Gly-266; also particularly interesting are LP286 fragments Arg-30 to Ser-49; Phe-50 to Nal- 60; Arg-61 to Gly-70; Ser-71 to Ile-83; Glu-84 to Ser-101; Asp-124 to Cys-140; Arg-141 to Pro-150; Thr-151 to His-169; His-174 to Ala-184; Sln-191 to His-210; Tyr-228 to Lys-248; Pro-249 to Trp-264; Ala-310 to Leu-320; Cys-322 to Leu-334; Ala-336 to Pro-352; Gly-370 to His-390; Phe-497 to His-507; Lys-26 to Gly-42; Pro-47 to Asp-85; Leu-107 to Leu-119; Phe-136 to Thr-151; Ala-160 to Met-170; Lys-181 to Leu-198; Ser-199 to His-210; Asp-227 to Pro-249; Leu-252 to Trp-270; Leu-285 to Asp-295; Ala-310 to Leu-321; Ser-333 to Thr- 341; Leu-346 to Glu-374; Arg-389 to Cys-400; Gly-415 to Gly-428; Ala-438 to Ser-447; Phe- 449 to Glu-465; and Pro-466 to Ala-480, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP286 are the portions of the polypeptide from Gly-42 to Phe-50; Pro-76 to Ala-95; Gly-98 to Leu-115; Gly-122 to Leul31; Arg-132 to Arg-141; Nal-142 to Ala-165; Leu-167 to Lys-181; Arg-183 to Ala-197; Leu-198 to Gln-215; Phe-217 to Pro-235; Ala-280 to Ala-296; Glu-297 to Nal-308; Thr-319 to Phe-328; Glu-332 to Leu-346; Glu-347 to Pro-363; Nal-364 to Glu-383; Gly-394 to Gln-423; Ala-482 to Pro-500; Arg-21 to Leu-29; Ser-32 to Pro-44; Nal-129 to Nal-142; Leu-172 to Lys-181; Pro-202 to Pro-209; Trρ-226 to Glu-238; Gly-266 to Leu-277; Pro-287 to Leu-298; Ala-312 to Thr-318; Cys-322 to Asp-342; Thr-369 to Glu-381; Gln-422 to Nal- 431; Leu-455 to Leu-463; Arg-21 to Cys-31; Arg-30 to Glu-41; Ser-37 to Leu-46; Ala-271 to Pro-281 ; Leu-285 to Ala-296; Trp-337 to Arg-351 ; Gly-371 to Tyr-386; Leu-424 to Ala-429; and Leu-455 to Leu-464. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP286 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as membrane Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site: Thr-151 to Cys-161. In prokaryotes, such membrane Upoprotein sites are synthesized with a precursor signal peptide that is cleaved by a specific Upoprotein signal peptidase (signal peptidase II). The peptidase recognizes a conserved sequence and cuts upstream of a cysteine residue to which a glyceride- fatty acid Upid is attached resulting in a post-translational modification (Hayashi & Wu (1990) J. Bioenerg. Biomembr 22:451-471). AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP286 are segments discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as Leucine Rich Repeat-Uke domains (LRR): Thr-53 to Pro-76; Ser-77 to Arg-100; Ser-101 to Asp-124; and Thr-125 to Gin- 147. LRRs are short sequence motifs present in a number of proteins with diverse functions and ceUular locations. LRRs are usuaUy involved in protein-protein interactions. Each Leucine Rich Repeat is composed of a beta-alpha unit, which typicaUy form elongated non-globular structures. Leucine Rich Repeats are often flanked by cysteine rich domains (Kobe & Deisenhofer 1994 Trends Biochem Sci 19:415-421). An additionally interesting portion of LP286 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as a Leucine Rich Repeat C-terminal-Uke domain (LRRCT): Asn-134 to Arg-183. The LRRCT domain is often found at the C-terminus of tandem leucine rich repeats (Kobe & Deisenhofer 1994 Trends Biochem Sci 19:415-421). Further, particularly interesting LP286 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing LP286 coil structures: Met-1 to Gly- 3;Gly-13 to Gly-15; Pro-22 to Pro-28; Ser-32 to Ser-37; Glu-41 to Nal-48; Ser-51 to Pro-52; Lue-67 to Ser-71; Pro-76 to Leu-78; Glu-84 to Ile-88; Asn-109; Gly-122 to Thr-125; Leu-131 to Cys-138; Trp-148 to Pro-164; Leu-175 to Thr-179; Thr-192 to Ala-197; GIu-201 to Pro- 209; Pro-216 to Arg-220; Phe-233 to Ala-242; Cys-247 to Pro-254; Trρ-264 to Gln-268; Ala- 271 to Leu-277; Ala-280 to Thr-282; Arg-292 to Asp-295; Glu-302 to Pro-305; Ala-312 to Ser-317; Arg-323 to Ser-333; Asρ-349 to Pro-352; Ser-360 to Arg-362; Thr-369 to Pro-380; Gln-392 to Asp-396; Ile-405 to Ser-408; Asp-414 to Ser-416; Leu-424 to Nal-431; Gly-446 to Asp-448; Glu-458 to Lys-461 ; Leu-470 to Nal-476; Cys-496 to Thr-501 ; and His-506 to Ala- 513. Particularly interesting strands are Nal-17 to Trp-20; Leu-81 to Ile-83; Thr-127 to Thr- 128; Cys-221 to Leu-224; Phe-307 to Ala-310; Thr-318 to Cys-322; Nal-364 to His-367; Nal- 397 to Leu-401; and Nal-410 to Arg-412. Particularly interesting heUx structures are Ala-95 to Thr-103; Leu-115 to Phe-120; Ala-260 to Leu-263; Ala-343 to Glu-347; Glu-383 to Ala- 387; Met-417 to Gln-422; Pro-434 to Leu-435; Ala-450 to Arg-456 and Arg-479 to Ala-482. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any ofthe predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coU-strand-coU motif of LP286 combines the Ala-312 to Ser-317 coU; with the Thr-318 to Cys-322 strand; and the Arg-323 to Ser-333 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ala-312 to Ser-333. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 8 (LP284) LP284, which was cloned from a neurogangUon tumor, is a member of a family of alternatively spUced LP's that include LPl 88 and LP284 (LPl 88 has been previously disclosed in USSN 60/255850 filed on 15-DEC-2000). It has been discovered that LP284 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 15) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: GenitaUa, Male (seminal vesicle and testis) 2/114; Hemic and Immune System 1/159; Musculoskeletal System (skeletal muscle) 1/47; and Nervous System (brain and gangUon) 16/198. As LP284 is abundantly expressed in the nervous system (specificaUy in brain and gangUon), the musculoskeletal system (specificaUy in skeletal muscle) and the male reproductive system (specificaUy in seminal vesicle and testis) LP284 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to, nerve, muscle, and organs including, but not Umited to brain, gangUon, skeletal muscle, seminal vesicle and testis. According to its expression in the nervous system, compositions comprising LP284 polypeptides or polynucleotides (including fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancer, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demyeUnating diseases, peripheral neuropathies, neoplasia, trauma, congenital malformations, spinal cord injuries, ischemia and infarction, aneurysms, hemorrhages, schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder learning disabiUties, ALS, psychoses, autism, and altered behaviors, including disorders in feeding, sleep patterns, balance, and perception. Sequence encoding LP284 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 19. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: gUoma (Smith, et al., 2000 Genes Chromosomes Cancer 2000 (l):16-25), asthma, heart defects, and eye development (Hamshere, et al., 2000 Genomics 2000
63(3):425-9), alcohoUsm (Valdes et al., 1999 Genet Epidemiol Suppl 1.S367-72), and Wilms' tumor (McDonald, et al., 1998 Cancer Res. 58(7):1387-90). Accordingly, an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP284 meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. §101 since it can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene. AdditionaUy, compositions comprising LP284 polypeptides or polynucleotides (fragments thereof), LP284 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP284 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease. AdditionaUy, LP284 polypeptide exhibits sequence similarity to LGIl (Leucine-rich gene-GUoma Inactivated Gene) g9938002. The rearrangement of the LGIl gene has been detected in the A172 gUoblastoma ceU Une and several gUoblastoma tumors. These rearrangements lead to a complete absence of LGIl expression in gUoblastoma ceUs (Chernova, et al., 1998 Oncogene 17(22):2873-81).
Consequently, it has been suggested that LGIl is a candidate tumor suppressor gene involved in the progression of gUal tumors. Similarly, it is suggested here that compositions comprising LP286 (e.g., polypeptides, polynucleotides, and/or binding agents) are useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a cancer, such as, for example, especially a gUoblastoma.
Table 7: Primate, e.g., human, LP284 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 15). The ORF for LP284 is 158- 943 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation). LP284 DNA sequence; (983bp) (ORF 158 = 943):
>ds37412 The underlined "AATAAA" is the polyadenylation signal.
ATGGGAGGGGCAGGCATTCTGCTGCTGCTGCTGGCTGGGGCGGGGGTGGTGGTGGCCTGGAGACCCCCAAA GGGAAAGTGTCCCCTGCGCTGCTCCTGCTCTAAAGACAGCGCCCTGTGTGAGGGCTCCCCGGACCTGCCCG TCAGCTTCTCTCCGACCCTGCTGTCACTCTCACTCGTCAGGACGGGAGTCACCCAGCTGAAGGCCGGCAGC TTCCTGAGAATTCCGTCTCTGCACCTGCTCCTCTTCACCTCCAACTCCTTCTCCGTGATTGAGGACGATGC ATTTGCGGGCCTGTCCCACCTGCAGTACCTCTTCATCGAGGACAATGAGATTGGCTCCATCTCTAAGAATG CCCTCAGAGGACTTCGCTCGCTTACACACCTAAGCCTGGCCAATAACCATCTGGAGACCCTCCCCAGATTC CTGTTCCGAGGCCTGGACACCCTTACTCACGTGGACCTCCGCGGGAACCCGTTCCAGTGTGACTGCCGCGT CCTCTGGCTCCTGCAGTGGATGCCCACCGTGAATGCCAGCGTGGGGACCGGCGCCTGTGCGGGCCCCGCCT CCCTGAGCCACATGCAGCTCCACCACCTCGACCCCAAGACTTTCAAGTGCAGAGCCATAGGTGGGGGGCTT TCCCGATGGGGTGGGAGGCGGGAGATCTGGGGGAAAGGCTGCCAGGGCCAAGAGGCTCGTCTCACTCCCTG CCCTGCCATTTCCCGGAGTGGGAAGACCCTGAGCAAGCAGCACTGCCTTCCTGAGCCCCAGTTTTCTCATC TGTAA P284 Full-Length Sequence (261aa) :
>ds37412+3_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 16) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-19) . A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-19 and Trp-20 indicated as follows: 1 MGGAGILLLLLAGAGVWAΛWR 21 ϋ-GGAGILLLLLAGAGVWAWRPPKGKCPLRCSCSKDSALCEGSPDLPVSFSPTLLSLSLVRTGVTQLKAGS FLRIPSLHLLLFTSNSFSVIEDDAFAGLSHLQYLFIEDNΞIGSISKrALRGLRSLTHLSLA-NπSTH ETLPRF LFRGLDTLT-WDLRGNPFQCDCRV LLQWMPTVNASVGTGACAGPASLSH QLHHLDPKTFKCRAIGGGL SRWGGRREIWGKGCQGQEARLTPCPAISRSGKTLSKQHCLPEPQFSHL* LP284 Mature Sequence (242aa) : A predicted mature LP284 sequence is as follows: RPPKGKCPLRCSCSKDSALCΞGSPDLPVSFSPTLLSLSLVRTGVTQLRAGSFLRIPSLHLLLFTSNSFSV IEDDAFAGLSHLQYLFIEDNEIGSISKNALRGLRSLTHLSLA-NINHLETLPRFLFRGLDTLTHVDLRGNPFQ CDCRλ/LT^LQVmPTVNASVGTGACAGPASLSHMQLHHLDPKTFKCRAIGGGLSR GGRREI GKGCQGQEA RLTPCPAISRSGKTLSKQHCLPEPQFSHL* Particularly interesting portions or fragments ofthe fuU length LP284 polypeptide
(SEQ ID NO: 16) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-19; another analysis yields a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Cys-40. An additionaUy interesting segment of LP284 is a transmembrane-Uke region: Ala-4 to Pro-23; also particularly interesting are LP284 fragments Lys-26 to Gly-42; Ser-56 to Lys-68; Gly-70 to Thr-84; Ser- 87 to Gly-98; Leu-131 to Leu-143; Phe-159 to Thr-175; Asp-200 to Ser-214; Gly-217 to Gln- 228; Leu-7 to Trp-20; Arg-21 to Ser-49; Phe-50 to Nal-60; Arg-61 to Gly-70; Ser-71 to Thr- 84; Ser-85 to Gly-98; leu-99 to Ile-107; Glu-108 to Ser-125; Asp-148 to Cys-164; Thr-175 to His-193; His-198 to Trp-223; Gly-224 to Cys-237; Pro-238 to Pro-256; Lys-26 to Leu-46; Phe-50 to Lys-68; Gly-70 to Ser-85; Ser-87 to Glu-108; Glu-1 1 to Ala-132; Phe-142 to Gly- 157; Phe-159 to Met-173; Pro-174 to Gln-195; Asp-200 to Ser-214; and Gly-217 to Ala-232, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP284 are the portions of the polypeptide from Glu-41 to Leu-55; Ser-85 to Ala-95; Leu-105 to Leu-120; Arg-121 to Pro- 140; Leu-147 to Leu-155; Gly-157 to Nal-166; Leu-167 to Gly-187; Ser-192 to Phe-204; Lys- 205 to Gly-229; Gln-230 to Ser-243; Thr-246 to Pro-256; Arg-21 to Ser-32; Leu-29 to Gly- 42; Lys-35 to Phe-50; His-152 to Nal-166; Met-194 to Cys-206; Gly-210 to Trp-223; Ser-214 to Gly-226; Gly-217 to Ala-232; Gly-224 to Pro-236; Pro-238 to Gln-250; Ile-240 to Ser-259; Ser-243 to Pro-256; Cys-252 to Leu-261; Arg-21 to Asp-36; Ser-32 to Leu-46; His-198 to Ala-208; Leu-213 to Lys-225; Ile-222 to Leu-234; and Ala-239 to Leu-253. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP284 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis is a membrane Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site: Thr-175 to Cys-186. In prokaryotes, such membrane Upoprotein sites are synthesized with a precursor signal peptide that is cleaved by a specific Upoprotein signal peptidase (signal peptidase II). The peptidase recognizes a conserved sequence and cuts upstream of a cysteine residue to which a glyceride- fatty acid Upid is attached resulting in a post-translational modification (Hayashi & Wu (1990) J. Bioenerg. Biomembr 22:451-471). An additionaUy interesting portion of LP284 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as an ATP/GTP binding site motif-Uke A sequence or P-loop: Ala-239 to Thr-246. Sequence comparisons and crystaUographic data have shown that an appreciable proportion of proteins that bind ATP or GTP share a number of more or less conserved sequence motifs. The best conserved of these motifs is a glycine-rich region, which typicaUy forms a flexible loop between a beta-strand and an alpha-heUx. This loop interacts with one of the phosphate groups of the nucleotide. This sequence motif is generaUy referred to as the 'A' consensus sequence (Walker, et al, (1982) EMBO J. 1:945-951) or the 'P-loop' (Saraste, et al, (1990) Trends Biochem. Sci. 15:430-4345). AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP284 are segments discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as a Leucine Rich Repeat-Uke domains (LRR): Thr-53 to Pro-76; Ser-77 to Ser-100; His-101 to Arg-124; and Ser-125 to Asp-148; and Thr-149 to Gln-171. LRRs are short sequence motifs present in a number of proteins with diverse functions and ceUular locations. LRRs are usuaUy involved in protein-protein interactions. Each Leucine Rich Repeat is composed of a beta-alpha unit, which typicaUy form elongated non-globular structures. Leucine Rich Repeats are often flanked by cysteine rich domains (Kobe & Deisenhofer 1994 Trends Biochem Sci 19:415-421). An additionaUy interesting portion of LP284 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as a Leucine Rich Repeat C-terminal-Uke domain (LRRCT): Pro-201 to Arg-207. The LRRCT domain is often found at the C-terminus of tandem leucine rich repeats (Kobe &
Deisenhofer 1994 Trends Biochem Sci 19:415-421). Further, particularly interesting LP284 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU) are the foUowing LP284 heUcal structures: His-101 to Gln-103; Ala-119 to Thr-127; and Leu-139 to Phe-144. Particularly interesting coU structures are Met-1 to Gly-3; Gly-12 to Gly- 14; Pro-22 to Pro-28; Ser-32 to Ser-37; Glu-41 to Nal-48; Ser-51 to Pro-52; Thr-62 to Gly-63; Leu-66 to Ser-71 ; Pro-76 to Leu-78; Thr-84 to Ser-87; Glu-108 to Ile-112; Gly-146 to Tyr-149; Leu-155 to Cys-162; Trp- 172 to Asn-177; Gly-181 to Pro-188; Leu-199 to Thr-203; Gly-210 to Arg-219; Gly-224 to Lys-245; and Lys-249 to Leu-261. Particularly interesting strands are Nal-16 to Trp-20; Leu- 80 to Phe-83; Phe-204 to Ala-208; and Arg-220 to Trp-223. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil motif of LP284 combines the Gly-210 to Arg-219 coU; with the Arg-220 to Trp-223 strand; and the Gly-224 to Lys-245 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-210 to Lys- 245. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 9 (LP282)
LP282 (HGF-AIh2) is an alternatively spUced version of LPl 36 (HGF-AIhl), which was previously disclosed in provisional appUcation USSN 60/188,881 and was filed 13-MAR-2000. Both LPl 36 and LP282 exhibit sequence similarity to the hepatocyte growth factor activator inhibitor (HGF-AI) protein, which is a serine protease inhibitor that was discovered from the conditioned medium of a cancer ceU Une (Shimomura, et al., 1997 J Biol. Chem. 272(10): 6370-6) W27368. Hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) is activated in response to tissue injury and is beUeved to promote heaUng in a variety of damaged tissues. HGF is a ceU product that is secreted extraceUularly as an inactive single chain precursor, which associates with an extraceUular matrix where it is subsequently converted to a biologicaUy active heterodimer through the action of a Uver-produced serine protease that is designated HGF activator (HGF-A) (Shimomura, et al., 1995 Eur J Biochem., 1;229(1):257-261). HGF activator circulates as an inactive zymogen in the blood where it is converted to an active form by Umited proteolysis. A Kunitz-type serine protease inhibitor (HAI-1), isolated from the conditioned medium of a human stomach carcinoma ceU Une (MKN45), is beUeved to participate in regulating the action of HGF via inhibitory effects on HGF activator (Shimomura, et al., 1997 J Biol. Chem., 272(10):6370-6). A second Kunitz-type HGF activator inhibitor (HAI-2), also isolated from the MKN45 carcinoma ceU Une, shares certain properties with HAI-1. Molecular cloning revealed that HAI-2 is derived from a 252 amino acid precursor that contains two Kunitz-type domains and a hydrophobic COOH-terminal region (Kawaguchi et al., 1997J Biol. Chem., 272(44):27558-64). HAI-1 expression levels are decreased in the white matter of Alzheimer brains (Yamada et al., 1998 Exp. Neurol., 153(l):60-4) and in adenocarcinoma tissue (Kataoke et al., 1998 Cancer Lett, 128(2):219-27) suggesting that HAI and related proteins (such as LPl 36 and LP282) may be useful in treating neural conditions diseases, syndromes, or conditions associated with ceU proUferation such as, for example, wound healing and cancer (Shimomura, et al, 1997 J Biol. Chem., 272(10): 6370-6). It has been discovered that LP282 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 17) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Connective Tissue 2/47; Digestive System 1/148; Embryonic structures 1/21; Endrocrine System 2/53; GenitaUa, Female 2/106; GenitaUa, Male 1/114; Germ CeUs 1/5; Nervous System (brain) 5/198; Respiratory System (lung) 5/93; and Sense Organs 1/8. Since LP282 is mainly expressed in the respiratory system (specificaUy, e.g., in the lung) and the nervous system (specificaUy, e.g., in brain) LP282 compositions are useful in the treatment, for example, of defects in or wounds to organs including, but not Umited to the nervous system (e.g., brain) and the respiratory system (such as, e.g., the lung). According to its expression in the nervous system, compositions comprising LP282 polypeptides or polynucleotides (including fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are useful for diagnosis, treatment and intervention of diseases, disorders, and/or conditions including, but not Umited to, cancer, Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Tourette Syndrome, meningitis, encephaUtis, demyeUnationg diseases, peripheral neuropathies, neoplasia, trauma, congenital malformations, spinal cord injuries, ischemia and infarction, aneurysms, hemorrhages, schizophrenia, mania, dementia, paranoia, obsessive compulsive disorder, panic disorder learning disabilities, ALS, psychoses, autism, and altered behaviors, including disorders in feeding, sleep patterns, balance, and perception. LP282 expression has also been observed in smooth muscle ceUs in the smaU intestine and in pancreatic islets; peri-portal hepatocytes, as weU as in the testis and smooth muscle of the uterus. Accordingly, compositions comprising LP282 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues including, but not Umited to smaU intestine, pancreas, Uver, testis, and uterus. LP282 polypeptide has been shown to promote growth of the foUowing cultured ceUs: GT1-7: hypothalamic ceUs; GnRH producing ceU Unes; HDF: human dermal fibroblasts; Hep G2: human hepatoma ceU Une; and MO7E: megakaryoblastic ceU Une (Megakaryocyte: <hematology> Giant polyploid ceU of bone marrow that gives rise to 3-4,000 platelets.). Sequence encoding LP282 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 6q25.1. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: autosomal recessive polycystic kidney disease (ARPKD) autism (Martinez & Grantham, 1995 Dis Mon Nov;41(ll):693-765; Parkinson disease, juvenile, type 2, (Jones, et al., 1998 Am. J. Hum. Genet. 63: 80-87); Diabetes melUtus, insuUn-dependent (Concannon, et al., 1998 Nat. Genet. 19: 292-296, Luo, et al., 1995 Am. J. Hum. Genet. 57: 911-919); Retinal cone dystrophy-1
(Went, et al., 1992 J. Med. Genet. 29: 295-298); Breast cancer; Estrogen resistance (Becherini, et al, 2000 Hum. Molec. Genet. 9: 2043-2050; Chaidarun & Alexander, 1998 Molec. Endocr. 12: 1355-1366, Gosden, et al, 1986 Cytogenet. CeU Genet. 43: 218-220). Accordingly, an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP277 (or fragment thereof) meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. §101 as it can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene.
Table 8: Primate, e.g., human, LP282 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 17) and cortesponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 18). The ORF for LP282 is 27-1433 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation). LP282 DNA sequence ( 1555bp) (ORF = 27-1433 ) :
ATGGCCTCCGTCGCCCAGGAGAGCGCGGGCTCGCAGCGCCGGCTACCGCCGCGTCACGGGGCGCTGCGCGG GCTGCTACTGCTCTGCCTGTGGCTGCCAAGCGGCCGTGCGGCCTTGCCGCCCGCGGCGCCGCTGTCCGAAC TGCACGCGCAGCTGTCGGGCGTGGAGCAGCTGCTGGAGGAGTTCCGCCGGCAACTGCAGCAGGAGCGGCCT CAGGAGGAGCTGGAGCTGGAGCTGCGTGCGGGCGGCGGCCCCCAGGAGGACTGCCCGGGCCCGGGCAGCGG CGGCTACAGCGCAATGCCTGACGCCATCATCCGCACCAAGGACTCCCTGGCGGCGGGTGCCAGCTTCCTGC GGGCGCCGGCGGCCGTGCGGGGCTGGCGGCAATGCGTGGCGGCCTGCTGCTCCGAGCCGCGCTGCTCCGTG GCCGTGGTGGAGCTGCCCCGGCGCCCCGCGCCCCCGGCAGCCGTGCTCGGCTGCTACCTCTTCAACTGCAC GGCGCGCGGCCGCAACGTCTGCAAGTTCGCGCTGCACAGCGGCTACAGCAGCTACAGCCTCAGCCGCGCGC CGGACGGCGCCGCCCTGGCCACCGCGCGCGCCTCGCCCCGGCAGGAAAAGGATGCGCCTCCACTTAGCAAG GCTGGGCAGGATGTGGTTCTGCATCTGCCCACAGACGGGGTGGTTCTAGACGGCCGCGAGAGCACAGATGA CCACGCCATCGTCCAGTATGAGTGGGCACTGCTGCAGGGGGACCCGTCAGTGGACATGAAGGTGCCTCAAT CAGGAACCCTGAAGCTGTCCCACCTACAGGAGGGAACCTACACCTTCCAGCTGACCGTGACGGACACTGCC GGGCAGAGAAGCTCTGACAACGTGTCAGTGACAGTGCTTCGCGCAGCCTACTCCACAGGAGGATGTTTGCA CACTTGCTCACGCTACCACTTCTTCTGTGACGATGGCTGCTGCATTGACATCACGCTCGCCTGCGATGGAG TGCAGCAGTGTCCTGATGGGTCTGATGAAGACTTCTGCCAGAATCTGGGCCTGGACCGCAAGATGGTAACC CACACGGCAGCTAGTCCTGCCCTGCCAAGAACCACAGGGCCGAGTGAAGATGCAGGGGGTGATTCCTTGGT GGAAAAGTCTCAGAAAGCCACTGCCCCAAACAAGCCACCTGCATTATCAAACACAGAGAAGAGGAATCATT CCGCCTTTTGGGGACCAGAGAGTCAAATCATTCCTGTGATGCCAGGTGCAGTGCTACCCCTGGCGCTGGGT TTGGCTATCACTGCTCTGCTGCTTCTCATGGTTGCATGCCGACTACGACTGGTGAAACAGAAACTGAAAAA AGCTCGTCCCATTACATCTGAGGAATCGGACTACCTCATAAATGGGATGTATCTATAG LP282 Full-Length Sequence (468aa) :
>ds37486+3_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 18) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 37). A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-37 and Ala-38 indicated as follows: 1 MASVAQESAGSQRR PPRHGALRGL L C W PSGRAΛAL 39 MASVAQESAGSQRR PPRHGALRGLL LC WLPSGRAALPPAAPLSELHAQ SGVEQ EEFRRQ QQERP QEELΞ E RAGGGPQEDCPGPGSGGYSAMPDAIIRTKDS AAGASF RAPAAVRGWRQCVAACCSEPRCSV A VE PRRPAPPAAVlGCYLFNCTARGRNVCKFA HSGYSSYS SRAPDGAALATARASPRQEKDAPPIiSK AGQDWLHLPTDGvV DGRΞSTDDHAIVQYE ALLQGDPSVDMKVPQSGT KLSHLQEGTYTFQLTVTDTA GQRSSDIWSVTvljRAAYSTGGCLHTCSRYHFFCDDGCCIDIT ACDGVQQCPDGSDΞDFCQNLGLDRKMVT HTAASPALPRTTGPSEDAGGDSLVEKSQKATAPNKPPALSNTEKR HSAF GPESQIIPV PGAV PLALG LAITA LMVACR RLVKQK K ARPITSEESDY INGMYL* LP 82 Mature Sequence (431aa) : A predicted mature LP282 protein is as follows :
ALPPAAP SELHAQLSGVEQLLEEFRRQ QQERPQEELELELRAGGGPQEDCPGPGSGGYSAMPDAIIRTK DS AAGASF -^PAAVRGWRQCVAACCSEPRCSVAVVELPRRPAPPAAVLGCYLFNCTARGRNVCKFA HS GYSSYS SRAPDGAALATARASPRQΞKDAPPLSKAGQDVV HLPTDGvV DGRESTDDHAIVQYEWAL QG DPSVDMKVPQSGT K SH QΞGTYTFQLTVTDTAGQRSSDKIVSVTVLRAAYSTGGC HTCSRYHFFCDDGC CIDITLACDGVQQCPDGSDEDFCQN GLDRKMVTHTAASPA PRTTGPSEDAGGDSLVEKS KATAPNKPP ALSNTEKRNHSAF GPESQIIPVMPGAVLPLA GLAITA L MVACRLR VKQKLK ARPITSEESDY I NGMY *
Blast genomic DNA of LPl 88 demonstrates that the extra sequence in LPl 88 is a distinct exon. LP282 exhibits sequence identity with Kunitz type 1 Murine Serine Protease Inhibitor g8394351
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP282 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 18) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-37.
AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP282 are two transmembrane-Uke regions: Gly-20 to Ala-37 and Ile-413 to Leu-441; also particularly interesting are LP282 fragments Glu-7 to ala- 21; Leu-22 to Pro-33; Leu-59 to Glu-78; Arg-80 to Ser-98; Leu-Ill to Ala-123; Pro-154 to Cys-165; Arg-199 to GLn-216; Pro-223 to Ala-246; Val-280 to Ser-302; Ala-328 to His-356; Arg-365 to Pro-392; Ile-413 to Leu-441 and Cys-439 to Leu-462, Glu-7 to Ala-21; Leu-22 to Pro-33; glu-1 to Glu-76; Ala-81 to Ala-103; Arg-106 to Ser-116; Ala-122 to Ala-143; Ser-179 to Ala-194; Ala-196 to Leu-211; Thr-224 to Gln-242; Gln-249 to Lys-265; Vval-280 to Thr- 295; Ala-328 to Asn-346; Arg-365 to eu-378; Glu-380 to Pro-392; Leu-394 to Phe-405; Val- 420 to Nal-444; and Glu-446 to Ile-463, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP282 are the portions of the polypeptide from Arg-14 to Leu-28; Ala-37 to Gly-54; Leu-77 to Arg-106; Ser-110 to Nal-124; Gln-129 to Ala-143; Leu-158 to Asn-171; Nal-172 to Ser- 183; Arg-188 to Asp-207; Ala-208 to Gly-26; His-314 to Nal-332; Gln-333 to Asρ-350; Arg- 351 to Leu-363; Glu-380 to Ala-393; Phe-405 to Leu-421; Arg-442 to Pro-453; Gly-20 to Ala-37; Gly-84 to Ser-98; Ala-194 to Lys-213; Nal-228 to Ala-239; Phe-276 to Thr-295; Nal- 332 to Gln-345; Leu-363 to Ala-385; Pro-388 to Lys-399; Lys-449 to Ser-459 and Thr-455 to Asn-464. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP282 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis is a membrane Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site: Ile-429 to Cys-439. In prokaryotes, such membrane Upoprotein sites are synthesized with a precursor signal peptide that is cleaved by a specific Upoprotein signal peptidase (signal peptidase II). The peptidase recognizes a conserved sequence and cuts upstream of a cysteine residue to which a glyceride-fatty acid Upid is attached resulting in a post-translational modification (Hayashi & Wu (1990) J. Bioenerg. Biomembr 22:451-471). An additionaUy interesting portion of LP282 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as an LDL-receptor class A (LDLRA) domain-Uke signature and profile: Cys-322 to Cys344; and a low-density Upoprotein receptor- Uke domain (LDL): His-308 to Asn-346. Low-density Upoprotein (LDL) receptors are the major cholesterol-carrying Upoproteins of plasma. Seven successive cysteine-rich repeats of about 40 amino acids are present in the Ν-terminal of this multidomain membrane protein (Yamamoto, et al., 1984 CeU 39:27-38.). SimUar domains have been found in other extraceUular and membrane proteins (Daly, et al. 1995 Proc. Νatl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92:6334- 6338). In LDL-receptors the class A domains form the binding site for LDL and calcium. The acidic residues between the fourth and sixth cysteines are important for high-affinity binding of positively charged sequences in LDLR's Ugands (Mahley R.W. 1988 Science 240:622-630). The repeat has been shown to consist of a beta-hairpin structure foUowed by a series of beta turns. The binding of calcium seems to induce no significant conformational change (Yamamoto, et al, 1984 CeU 39:27-38.). An additionaUy interesting portion of LP282 is a segment discovered based on a PROSITE analysis as a PKD-Uke domain (Bycroft, et al, 1999 EMBO J; 18:297-305): Pro-209 to Leu-297. The PKD domain was first identified in the polycystic kidney disease protein (PKD1) and is predicted to contain an Ig-Uke fold (CeU 1995 81:289-2981). Further, particularly interesting LP282 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing LP282 heUcal structures: Nal-4 to Glu-7; Ser-46- to Ala-50; Nal-55to Gln-68; Gln-72 to Leu-77; Leu-111 to Ala-112; Ala-115 to Leu-118; Ala- 123 to Gln-129; Ala-194 to Arg-199; and Leu-427 to Lys-450. Particularly interesting coU structures are Ala-9 to Gly-20 Pro-33 to Ala-43; Ala-81 to Met-100; Ala-133 to Cys-140; Pro- 148 to Ala-155; Asn-164 to Asn-171; His-178 to Ser-182; Ser-187 to Asp-191; Pro-202 to Glu-216; Leu-222 to Gly-226; Gly-231 to His-238; Gly-250 to Ser-253; Pro-259 to Thr-263; Leu-269 to Gly-272; Asρ-282 to Asn-291; Ala-300 to Ser-311; Asp-318 to Cys-321; Cys-329 to Asp-340; Leu-347 to Lys-352; Thr-357 to Asp-376; Ala-385 to Ala-404; Gly-407 to Ser- 410; Met-416 to Met-419; and Arg-452 to Ser-459. Particularly interesting strands are Leu-28 to Leu-30; Nla-142 to Nal-145; Nal-172 to Leu-177; Nal-218 to His-221; Tyr-274 to Nal-280; Ser-293 to Arg-298; Tyr-313 to Phe-316; Ile-323 to Leu-327; and Nal-354 to Thr-355. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand- coU-strand-coil-strand-coil-strand-coU motif of LP282 combines the Leu-269 to Gly-272 coil; with the Tyr-274 to Nal-280 strand; the Asp-282 to Asn-291 coU, the Ser-293 to Arg-298 strand; the Ala-300 to Ser-311 coU, the Tyr-313 to Phe-316 strand, the Asp-318 to Cys-321 coil; the Ile-323 to Leu-327 strand, and the Cys-329 to Asp-340 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Leu-269 to Asp-340. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 10 (LP273)
The molecular cloning of genes generated as a result of chromosomal translocations provides a powerful tool to identify novel proteins, such as, for example, novel oncogenes and novel pathogenic mechanisms of neoplasias. Recently, using modern molecular techniques (e.g., long-distance inverse polymerase-chain reaction (Willis, et al. 1998 Blood 91 (6):1873-1881)), a new gene (BCL9) was discovered that had been generated as the result of a chromosome translocation (q21; q23) (Hertz & Jensen 1985 Ann Genet 28(4):228-30). Similar methods were taken to show that genes discovered in soUd human neoplasias were also the result of complex chromosomal translocationa (q33;q22;ql2) (Halal, et al. 1989 Am J Med. Genet 32(3):376-379; Peter, et al. 1997 Oncogene 14(10):1159-1164). Using similar molecular biological techniques, AppUcants have discovered that a new protein (LP273; SEQ ID NO: 20) is derived from the result of an in-frame translocation between human chromosome 1 and human chromosome 2. The resulting novel protein, designated LP273, is a variant of LP268. LP273 comprises an N-terminal portion (from about Met-1 to about Cys-191) that exhibits amino acid sequence identity to the N-terminal portion of LP268 — except for a two amino acid residue difference at amino residues 65 and 114 (1-65 of LP268 → M-65 of LP273 and R-114 of LP268 → S-114 of LP273; see Table 9 below). LP273 also comprises a C-terminal portion (from about Arg-193 to about Ser-310) that exhibits amino acid sequence similarity to a "membrane protein" having GenBank Accession No. g6467175. A Lys residue in LP273 (at about amino acid Lys-192) appears to Unk the N- and C-terminal portions of this fused protein. As described above, the N-terminal portion of LP273 that is similar to LP268 exhibits amino acid sequence similarity to a carboxypeptidase B molecule designated thrombin-activatable fibrinolysis inhibitor (TAFI). TAFI is a member of the carboxypeptidase B family that shows amino acid sequence similarity to both pancreatic carboxypeptidase A and B (Eaton, et al. 1991 J. Biol. Chem. 266(32):21833-21838). TAFI has been shown to play a role in blood coagulation (such as, e.g., prolonging clot lysis by removing C-terminal Lys residues in partiaUy degraded fibrin and by inhibiting fibrinolysis (Marx, et al, 2000 Thromb Haemost (2):297-303)). Inhibition of TAFI (or activated TAFI) appears to have an opposite effect (e.g., resulting in enhanced fibrinolysis and benefiting tPA-induced thrombolysis). Taken as a whole, these data suggest that modulating TAFI influences thrombolysis (Klement et al., 1999 Blood 94(8), 2735-2743). Testing a protein for carboxypeptidase activity is routine and would not require undue experimentation given the teachings suppUed herein (e.g., as to the LP273 sequence) and given teachings in the art for methods of determining whether a suspected protein has carboxypeptidase activity (see, e.g., Skidgel, R. A., "Assays for Arginine/Lysine Carboxypeptidase" 1991 Methods in Neurosciences (6)373-385; Thomas, et al., "An Improved Spectrophotometic Assay for Human Plasma Carboxypeptidase N" 1980 Analytical Biochemistry (108) 348-353; and Thomas, et al., "Comparative Studies on Human Carboxypeptidase B and N" 1979 Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics (197) 487-492). The C-terminal portion of LP273 is similar to the g6467175 "membrane protein." The g6467175 molecule was identified as a putative endoplasmic reticulum membrane protein as the result of a large-scale in vitro translation analysis of a fuU-length human cDNA bank (Iwamuro, et al. 1999 J Biochem (Tokyo) 126(l):48-53). The same cDNA bank study indicated that g6467175 faUs to assume a mature three-dimensional conformation in the absence of its translocation target. Consequently, improperly folded g6467175 molecules are degraded via an ubiquitin-proteasome pathway. AppUcants have discovered here that an immediate impact of the formation of LP273 from the translocation between chromosome 1 and 2 is the loss of a putative membrane domain from the g6467175's contribution to LP273. Thus, the translocation producing LP273 generates a unique molecule without a membrane domain and that is processed as a secreted molecule having its own signal peptide sequence. Similar fusion-Uke proteins — resulting from chromosomal translocations — have been shown to cause human diseases (see, e.g., Testa, J. R. 1990 CeU Growth Differ 1(2): 97-101). For example, the chimeric fusion protein Bcr-Abl is an oncogene that has been impUcated in the pathogenesis of chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML). Furthermore, translocated Philadelphia chromosome (Phl)-positive has been shown to cause acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL) (Gishizky, et al., 1996 Cytokines Mol Ther (4):251-61; NoweU & Hungerford 1960 Science 132: 1497). Since the discovery of the PhUadelphia chromosome, many other chromosomal translocations have been impUcated in the genesis of human neoplasias. For instance, smaU intestinal T-ceU lymphoma is associated with the chromosomal translocation q26;pl3 (Rojas- Atencio, et al., Invest CUn 1999 Sep;40(3):179-89; Carbonnel, et al. 1994 Cancer 73(4): 1286- 91). Although instances of primary T-ceU lymphoma of the smaU intestine are rare, this is an aggressive disease with a poor prognostic outcome. More specificaUy, translocations involving human chromosomes 1 and 2 have been reported in subjects exhibiting psychomotor retardation or multiple congenital anomaly syndromes (Hertz & Jensen 1985 Ann Genet 28(4):228-30; Halal, et al., Am J Med. Genet 32(3):376-379; Chitayat, et al., Am J Ed Genet 1989 Jan;32(l):36-41). Moreover, translocations involving chromosomes 1 and 2 have also been reported in breast cancer patients (Rojas-Atencio, et al., 1999 Invest CUn 40(3):179-89) and it has been associated with an intestinal carcinoma (Hertz & Jensen 1985 Ann Genet 28(4):228-30; Halal, et al, Am J Med. Genet 32(3):376-379). The sequence encoding LP273 itself was isolated from tissue of a cancer patient with a family history of ceU proUferative conditions (such as, e.g., cancer, including colon cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, and Uver cancer). Accordingly, the findings o an association between chromosomal translocations and human disease, between cancer and translocations of human chromosomes 1 and 2, and the fact that LP273 sequence was isolated from diseased tissue in a patient with cancer, suggest that the chromosomal translocation that generates LP273 is involved in the pathogenesis of ceU proUferative conditions (such as, e.g., certain cancers, including colon cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, and Uver cancer). Consequently, compositions comprising LP273 polypeptides (fragments thereof), polynucleotides (fragments thereof), and/or antibodies, activators and inhibitors of LP273 wiU be useful for the diagnosis and/or treatment of proUferative states or conditions in tissues in which it is expressed (such as, e.g., cancers including, but not Umited to, colon cancer, lung cancer, stomach cancer, and Uver cancer). It has been discovered that LP273 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 19) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 5/68; Connective Tissue 3/47; Digestive System 10/148; Embryonic structures 2/21; Endocrine System 2/53; Exocrine System 8/64; GenitaUa, Female 12/106; GenitaUa, Male 5/114; Hemic and Immune System 17/159; Liver 2/35; Musculoskeletal System 4/47; Nervous System 20/198; Pancreas 1/24; Respiratory System 6/93; and Skin 2/15. Sequence encoding the N-terminal portion of LP273 (approximately, bp 1-592 of LP273 DNA sequence (ds35878; Table 9 below)) has been located to human chromosome 2, while sequence encoding the C-terminal portion of LP273 (approximately, bp 593-1434 of LP273 DNA sequence (ds35878; Table 9 below)) has been located to human chromosome 1.
Table 9: Primate, e.g., human, LP273 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 19) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 20). The ORF for LP273 is 19-951 bp (with die start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation). LP273 DNA sequence ( 1501bp) ( ORF = 19-951 ) :
ATGAAGCCTCTGCTTGAAACCCTTTATCTTTTGGGGATGCTGGTTCCTGGAGGGCTGGGATATGATAGATCC TTAGCCCAACACAGACAAGAGATTGTGGACAAGTCAGTGAGTCCATGGAGCCTGGAGACGTATTCCTATAAC ATATACCACCCCATGGGAGAGATCTATGAGTGGATGAGAGAGATCAGTGAGAAGTACAAGGAAGTGGTGACA CAGCATTTCCTAGGAGTGACCTATGAGACCCACCCCATGTATTATCTGAAGATCAGCCAACCATCTGGTAAT CCCAAGAAAATCATTTGGATGGACTGTGGAATTCACGCCAGAGAATGGATTGCTCCTGCTTTTTGCCAATGG TTCGTCAAAGAAATTCTACAAAACCATAAAGACAACTCAAGTATACGCAAGCTCCTTAGGAACCTGGACTTC TATGTCCTTCCAGTTCTTAACATAGATGGTTATATCTACACTTGGACAACTGATCGTCTTTGGAGGAAATCC CGTTCACCCCATAATAATGGCACATGTTTTGGGACGGATCTCAATCGAAATTTCAATGCATCTTGGTGTAAG AGACAAGAAGAGAAACTGAAGAATAACAACAGAGATCTATCAATGGTTCGAATGAAATCCATGTTTGCTATT GGCTTTTGTTTTACTGCCCTAATGGGAATGTTCAATTCCATATTTGATGGTAGAGTGGTGGCAAAGCTTCCT TTTACCCCTCTTTCTTACATCCAAGGACTGTCTCATCGAAATCTGCTGGGAGATGACACCACAGACTGTTCC TTCATTTTCCTGTATATTCTCTGTACTATGTCGATTCGACAGAACATTCAGAAGATTCTCGGCCTTGCCCCT TCACGAGCCGCCACCAAGCAGGCAGGTGGATTTCTTGGCCCACCACCTCCTTCTGGGAAGTTCTCTTGA LP273 -mil-Length Sequence (310aa) : >ds35878+l_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 20) The underHned portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Gly- 20). A predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-20 and Tyr-21 indicated as follows: 1 MKPLLETLYLLGMLVPGGLGΛYD 22
MKPL BTLY LGMLVPGGLGYDRS AQHRQEIVDKSVSPWSLΞTYSYNIYHPMGEIYEMREISEKYKEWT QHFLGVTYETHPl^Y KISQPSGNPKKII MDCGIHARE IAPAFCQWFVKEILQNHKDNSSIRKL RNLDF YVT-,PV--,NIDGYIYTWTTDRLWRKSRSPH:irøGTCFGTDLNra
GFCFTAL GMFNSIFDGRVVAKLPFTPLSYIQG SHRNLLGDDTTDCSFIFLYI CTMSIRQNIQKILGLAP
SRAATKQAGGFLGPPPPSGKFS*
LP273 Mature Sequence (290aa) :
A predicted mature LP273 is as follows: YDRS AQHRQEIVT-KSVSP SLETYSYNIYHPMGEIYE MREISEKYKEVVTQHFLGVTYETHPMYYLKIS QPSGNPKKIIWMDCGIHARE IAPAFCQ FVKEI QNHKDNSSIRKL RN DFYV P'VLNIDGYIYT TTD RLWRKSRSPHISTNGTCFGTD NrøFNASWCKRQEEKL-απ^
RVVAKLPFTP SYIQGLSHRN LGDDTTDCSFIFLYILCTMSIRQNIQKILGLAPSRAATKQAGGF GPPP PSGKFS*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments ofthe fuU length LP273 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 20) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Gly-20; a second predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Trp-40. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP273 are transmembrane-Uke portions Leu-4 to Gly-19; Asn-200 to Asn-228; and His-252 to Gln- 278. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP273 are fragments Leu-10 to Ser-24; Leu-25 to Ser-38; Pro-39 to Ile-63; Gly-77 to Tyr-87; Met-103 to Lys-123; Leu-126 to Leu-138; Arg- 140 to Tp-159; Asp-162 to Thr-180; Asn-187 to Met-207; Met-210 to Phe-227; Asn-228 to Arg-253; Leu-256 to Leu-284; Ser-289 to Leu-300; LeulO to Leu-19; Tyr-21 to Tyr-45; Asn- 48 to Lys-68; Glu-69 to Thr-79; Thr-82 to Asn-96; Lys-98 to Gly-106; Ile-107 to Phe-117; Phe-121 to Leu-139; Leu-142 to Ile-156; Tyr-157 to Thr-180; Leu-182 to Arg-209; Ser-212 to Phe-241; Gln-248 to Asp-258; Thr-260 to Lys-282; Thr-1 to Pro-16 Gly-17 to Trp-40; Arg- 61 to Gln-73; Ile-90 to Lys-99; Trp-112 to Ile-125; Leu-126 to Arg-136; Leu-138 to Ile-152; Arg-166 to Asn-185; Trp-190 to Val-208; Ser-212 to Asn-228; Gln-248 to Cys-263; and Pro- 288 to Pro-334, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP273 are the portions of the polypeptide from Thr-7 to Tyr-21; Asp-22 to Asp-34; Tyr-47 to Lys-66; Thr-79 to Gln-92; Gly-95 to Ala-109; Arg-110 to Lys-123; Nal-146 to Asp-162; Pro-171 to Phe-186; Asp-204 to Gly-217; Phe-218 to Nal-236; Thr-260 to Leu-286; Asp-22 to Glu-43; Met-60 to Gly-76; Pro- 84 to Ser-94; Gly-95 to Asp-104; Lys-123 to Leu-138; Trp-165 to Leu-182; Phe-186 to Leu- 205; Gly-249 to Asp-262; Ile-284 to Gln-295; Asp-22 to Nal-37; Tyr-57 to Nal-70; Gln-127 to Leu-139 and Phe-186 to Ser-206 . These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP273 are segments that were discovered based on a PROSITE analysis to be zinc-binding-Uke regions or zinc carboxypeptidase-Uke motifs: Lys-99 to Phe-121 (ΕirKMDCGIHARE IAPAFCQ F); Tyr-50 to Ile-90; Lys-99 to Trp-112; His-129 to Arg-169; Asn-173 to Asn-187; Leu-76 to Leu-88; Lys-99 to Ile-113; Gly-179 to Asn-187; and Tyr-50 to Glnl94. GeneraUy, proteins possessing such motifs appear to be structuraUy and functionaUy related members of the foUowing family of zinc carboxypeptidases: Carboxypeptidase Al (EC 3.4.17.1), is a pancreatic digestive enzyme that can removes aU C-terminal amino acids with the exception of Arg, Lys and Pro; Carboxypeptidase A2 (EC 3.4.17.15), is a pancreatic digestive enzyme with a specificity similar to that of carboxypeptidase Al , but with a preference for bulkier C- terminal residues; Carboxypeptidase B (EC 3.4.17.2), is also a pancreatic digestive enzyme, but it preferentiaUy removes C-terminal Arg and Lys; Carboxypeptidase N (EC 3.4.17.3) (also known as arginine carboxypeptidase), is a plasma enzyme that protects the body from potent vasoactive and inflammatory peptides containing C-terminal Arg or Lys (such as kinins or anaphylatoxins) which are released into the circulation; Carboxypeptidase H (EC 3.4.17.10) (also known as enkephaUn convertase or carboxypeptidase E), is an enzyme located in secretory granules of pancreatic islets, adrenal gland, pituitary and brain (typicaUy, this enzyme removes residual C- terminal Arg or Lys remaining after initial endoprotease cleavage during prohormone processing); Carboxypeptidase M (EC 3.4.17.12), is a membrane bound Arg and Lys specific enzyme that normaUy acts on peptide hormones at local tissue sites where it could control their activity before or after interaction with specific plasma membrane receptors; Mast ceU carboxypeptidase (EC 3.4.17.1), is an enzyme with a specificity to carboxypeptidase A, but found in the secretory granules of mast ceUs;
Streptomyces griseus carboxypeptidase (Cpase SG) (EC 3.4.17), which combines the specificities of mammaUan carboxypeptidases A and B (Narahashi Y. J., 1990 Biochem. 107:879-886); Thermoactinomyces vulgaris carboxypeptidase T (EC 3.4.17.18) (CPT), which also combines the specificities of carboxypeptidases A and B (Teplyakov, et al, 1992 Eur. J. Biochem. 208:281- 288); AEBP1, a transcriptional repressor active in preadipocytes, which seems to regulate transcription by cleavage of other transcriptional proteins (He, et al., 1995 Nature 378:92-96); and Yeast hypothetical protein YHR132c. Note that these proteins belong to famiUes M14A/M14B in the classification of peptidases (RawUngs & Barrett 1995 Meth. Enzymol. 248:183-228). TypicaUy, aU of the enzymes in this family of proteins bind an atom of zinc. Three conserved residues are impUcated in the binding of the zinc atom: two histidines and a glutamic acid. Two signature motifs have been discovered that wiU typicaUy contain these three zinc-Ugands: one consensus pattern is (PI< -x-(LlNMF^-x-(LlNMFY)-x(4)-H- (STAG)-x-E-x-(LrvM)- (STAG)-X(6)- (LINMFYTA) where H and E are the zinc Ugands. TypicaUy, practically aU sequences exhibiting this pattern belong to a member of the farrύly described above. A second consensus pattern is the foUowing: H- (STAG)-x(3)- (LINME)- x(2)- (LIVMFYW)-P- (FY ) where H is a zinc Ugand. TypicaUy, practicaUy aU sequences exhibiting this pattern belong to a member of the family described above. GeneraUy, if a protein includes both signature motifs, the probability of it being a eukaryotic zinc carboxypeptidase approaches 100%. Further, particularly interesting LP273 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing LP273 heUcal structures: Leu-4 to Leu-8; Arg-23 to Arg-26; Ile-56 to Nal-70; Pro-115 to Gln-127; Ser-134 to Asn-141; Trp-190 to Lys-199; Leu-205 to Met-207; Met-210 to Lys-211; Gln-278 to Leu-284; and Arg- 290 to Lys-294. Particularly interesting coU structures are Pro-16 to Gly-201 Kts-35 to Trp- 45; Trp-80 to Pro-84; Ser-91 to Lys-98; Cys-105 to His-108; His-129 to Asp-131; Leu-142 to Phe-144; Asn-151 to Tyr-155; Thr-160 to Thr-161; Ser-168 to Phe-186; Ile-216 to Gly-217; Phe-231 to Gly-233; Pro-240 to Pro-243; Gly-249 to Asp-262; Gly-285 to Pro-288; and Ala- 296 to Ser-310. Particularly interesting strands are Tyr-87 to Ile-90; Lys-99 to Met-103; Tyr- 145 to Leu-147; Ile-156 to Thr-158; and Nal-235 to Ala-237. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one heUx-coil-strand-coU-strand motif of LP273 combines the Ser-134 to Asn-141 heUx, with the Leu-142 to Phe-144 coil; with the Tyr-145 to Leu-147 strand; Asn-151 to Tyr-155 coil, and the Ile-156 to Thr-158 strand to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-134 to Tyr-155. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 11 (LP277)
LP277 (CPAh2; human carboxypeptidase 2) is an alternatively spUced version of LPl 90 (CPAh; human carboxypeptidase). LPl 90 was previously disclosed in provisional appUcation USSN 60/241 ,813, which was filed 19-OCT-2000. LP277 differs from LPl 90 due to an insertion of an additional exon that is missing from LPl 90. The translation o the additional exon results in the production of a truncated protein because of an early stop codon. The N-terminal portion of LP277 (from about Met-1 to about Lys-178) shows sequence identity with a similar portion of LPl 90. However, due to the insertion of the additional exon (absent from LPl 90), the C-terminal portion of LP277 is a distinct fragment of about 10 amino acid residues (from about Gly-179 to about Nal-188). Analysis of an aUgnment comparing LP277 with human carboxypeptidase Al protein (GenBank Accession No. X67318) and LPl 90, suggests that LP277 is characterized as having a signal peptide portion about 33 amino acid residues in length (from about Met-1 to about Gly-33), an activation peptide portion about 74 amino acid residues in length (from about Gln-34 to about Ile-107), and a pseudo-proteinase domain portion about 81 amino acid residues in length (from about Lys-108 to about Nal-188). The pseudo-proteinase domain fragment of LP277 results from the insertion of the extra exon since its translation produces a truncated protein. In comparison with LPl 90, LP277 is missing specific amino acid residues that are essential to carboxypeptidase functioning. LPl 90 contains'residues Arg-198, Asn-271, Arg- 272, Glu-300, Tyr-325, and Try-375, which are beUeved to be necessary for substrate binding during carboxypeptidase activity. In contrast, truncation of LP277 aborts these residues. Consequently, lacking an intact proteinase domain, LP277 appears to be an inactive carboxypeptidase, however, LP277 may function as a modulator of endogenous carboxypeptidase activity (as described herein) either by competing for substrate binding with other functioning carboxypeptidases or by competing for conversion to an activated state. Testing a protein for carboxypeptidase activity is routine and would not require undue experimentation given the teachings suppUed herein (e.g., as to the LP277 sequence) and given teachings in the art for methods of determining whether a suspected protein has carboxypeptidase activity (see, e.g., Skidgel, R. A., "Assays for Arginine/Lysine Carboxypeptidase" 1991 Methods in Neurosciences (6)373-385; Thomas, et al., "An Improved Spectrophotometic Assay for Human Plasma Carboxypeptidase N" 1980 Analytical Biochemistry (108) 348-353; and Thomas, et al, "Comparative Studies on Human Carboxypeptidase B and N" 1979 Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics (197) 487-492). Consequendy, compositions comprising LP277 polypeptides (fragments thereof), polynucleotides (fragments thereof), and/or antibodies, activators and inhibitors of LP277 will be useful comprising a composition for the diagnosis, prognosis, and/or treatment of conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states involving carboxypeptidase activity. Particularly, in conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states involving the expression of LP277 (such as, e.g., in the cardiovascular system, the immune system, and ovarian tumors). AdditionaUy, sequence encoding LP277 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 7q31. Moreover, the foUowing diseases, conditions, syndromes, disorders, or pathological states have also been mapped to this region of the human chromosome: autism (Warburton, et al, 2000 Am J Med. Genet 96(2):228-234); speech and language disorder (Lai, et al, 2000 Am J Hum Genet 67(2):357-68); cancer (Zenklusen, et al., 2000 Oncogene 19(13):1729-1730) such as, for example, prostate cancer (Latil, et al, 1995 CUn Cancer Res. (11):1385-1389) and breast cancer (DevUee, et al., 1997 Genes Chromosomes Cancer 18(3):193-199); fluctuating sensori-neural hearing loss (Abe, et al., 1999 Am J Med. Genet 82(4):322-328); and congenital chloride diarrhea (Hoglund, et al., 1996 Genome Res. 1996 Mar;6(3):202-210). Accordingly, an isolated and/or recombinant DNA molecule of LP277 (or fragment thereof) meets the statutory utility requirement of 35 U.S.C. §101 as it can be used to hybridize near one or more of the above stated diseases and thus serve as a marker for a such a disease gene. AdditionaUy, compositions comprising LP277 polypeptides or polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), LP277 agonists or antagonists, and/or binding compositions (e.g., LP277 antibodies) wiU also be useful for diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state associated with such an above referenced disease. It has been discovered that LP277 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 21) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; Exocrine System 1/64; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; GenitaUa, Male 1/114; Hemic and Immune System 2/159; and Skin 1/15. LP277 was cloned from testis tissue, accordingly, compositions comprising LP277: polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues including, for example, but not Umited to the reproductive organs.
Table 10: Primate, e.g., human, LP277 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 21) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 22). The ORF for LP277 is 76-642 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons
(TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation). P277 DNA sequence (1770 bp) (ORF = 76-642) :
ATGCAGGGCACCCCTGGAGGCGGGACGCGCCCTGGGCCATCCCCCGTGGACAGGCGGACACTCCTGGTCTTC AGCTTTATCCTGGCAGCAGCTTTGGGCCAAATGAATTTCACAGGGGACCAGGTTCTTCGAGTCCTGGCCAAA
GATGAGAAGCAGCTTTCACTTCTCGGGGATCTGGAGGGCCTGAAACCCCAGAAGGTGGACTTCTGGCGTGGC
CCAGCCAGGCCCAGCCTCCCTGTGGATATGAGAGTTCCTTTCTCTGAACTGAAAGACATCAAAGCTTATCTG
GAGTCTCATGGACTTGCTTACAGCATCATGATAAAGGACATCCAGGTGCTGCTGGATGAGGAAAGACAGGCC
ATGGCGAAATCCCGCCGGCTGGAGCGCAGCACCAACAGCTTCAGTTACTCATCATACCACACCCTGGAGGAG ATATATAGCTGGATTGACAACTTTGTAATGGAGCATTCCGATATTGTCTCAAAAATTCAGATTGGCAACAGC
TTTGAAAACCAGTCCATTCTTGTCCTGAAGGGGCCATGGTCTTCTCTCTCTAATGTTGTCTGA
LP277 Full- ength Sequence (188aa) :
>ds36416+l_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 22) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Gly-33) . A predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-33 and Gln-34 indicated as follows: 1
MQGTPGGGTRPGPSPVDRRTL VFSFILAAALGAQM 35
MQGTPGGGTRPGPSPVDRRT LVFSFIL- -ALGQiiNFTGDQvT-1RvT-AKDEKQ S LGDLEGLKPQKVDF RG PARPS PvOMRVPFSE KDIKAYLΞSHG AYSIMIKDIQVL DEERQAMAKSRR ERSTNSFSYSSYHTLEE IYS IDNFVMEHSDIVSKIQIGNSFENQSI V KGPWSSLSNW* IιP277 Mature Sequence (155aa) :
LP277 DNA contains an additional exon when compared with LP190.A predicted mature LP277 is as follows:
Q]-NFTGDQvTJRV--iAKDEKQLSLLGD EGLKPQKVDFWRGPARPSLPVDMRVPFSELKDIKAYLiESHGLAYS IMIIQDIQvIj DEΞRQAMAKSRR ΞRSTNSFSYSSYHTLEΞIYS IDNFVMEHSDIVSKIQIGNSFENQSI]-. VLKGPWSSLSNW*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments ofthe fuU length LP277 polypeptide
(SEQ ID NO: 22) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Gly-33.
AdditionaUy interesting segments ofLP277 are fragments Gly-7 to Asp-17; Thr-20 to Gin- 34; Leu-62 to Ser-77; Gly-100 to Gln-111; Glu-117 to Asn-132; Ser-133 to Ser-147; Phe-26 to Asp-40; Arg-44 to Gly-57; Leu-59 to Gly-72; Pro-76 to Phe-86; Glu-88 to Gly-100; Tyr- 136 to Ile-149; Asn-151 to Ile-163; Gly-7 to Arg-19; Thr-20 to Lys-32; Gly-33 to Val-42; Asρ-58 to Phe-69; Arg-71 to Arg-83; Phe-86 to Leu-101; Leu-114 to Arg-125; Arg-126 to His-140; Nal-153 to Ile-163; and Gln-164 to Ser-173, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP277 are the portions of the polypeptide from Gly-7 to Arg-18; Ile-27 to Gln- 41; Nal-42 to Ser-54; Pro-73 to Glu-88; Leu-89 to His-99; Gly-100 to Leu-113; Glu-143 to Glu-155; Ser-157 to Asn-171; Glu-172 to Ser-182; Thr-9 to Arg-18; Asp-40 to Lys-48; Lys-51 to Gly-61 ; Lys-63 to Pro-76; Leu-78 to Glu-88; Glu-88 to Ser-98; Glu-116 to Glu-128; Leu- 127 to His-140; His-156 to Asn-167; and Asp-115 to Ser-130. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. An additionaUy interesting portion of LP273 is a segment that was discovered based on a sequence analysis (Pfam) to be a zinc carboxypeptidase-Uke motif: Tyr-139 to Lys-1 8 (YHTLEEIYSWIDΝFVMEHSDINSKIQIGΝSFEΝQSILNLK). GeneraUy, proteins possessing such a motif appear to be structuraUy and functionaUy related to members of the zinc carboxypeptidase family (as described above). Further, particularly interesting LP277 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) are the foUowing LP277 heUcal structures: Leu-22 to Ala-30; Gln-41 to Ala-47; Glu-50 to Leu-55; Leu-89 to Leu-96; Met- 106 to Glu-128; and Leu-142 to Phe-152. Particularly interesting coil structures are Met-1 to Arg-18; Gln-34 to Gly-39; Gly-61 to Gln-65; Trp-70 to Pro-85; His-99 to Leu-101; Ser-130 to Tyr-139; His-156 to Asp-158 Gly-166 to Asn-171; and Gly-179 to Nal-188. Particularly interesting strands are Ser-161 to Gln-164. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one heUx-coU-heUx motif of LP277 combines the Met-106 to Glu-128 heUx, the Ser-130 to Tyr-139 coil; and the Leu-142 to Phe-152 heUx to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Met-106 to Phe-152. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 12 (LP287) LP287 is an alternatively spUced version of LP281 (described above). LP287 exhibits similarity at the amino acid level to members of the latent TGF-beta-binding family of proteins (LTBPs) (see, e.g., Saharinen, et al. 1998 J Biol. Chem. 273(29): 18459-18469 and Oklu & Hesketh 2000 Biochem J 352 Pt 3:601-610), delta and notch type proteins (see, e.g., O200006726-A2, which was filed 12-JUL-1999 from 99 O-US15710) and members of the fibuUn protein family (fibuUns are secreted glycoproteins found in association with extraceUular matrix structures such as connective tissue fibers, basement membranes and blood clot)s. These associations are attributed to the abiUty of fibuUns to interact with other extraceUular matrix proteins such as fibronectin, laminins, nidogen, perlecan, fibriUin and fibrinogen suggesting that fibuUns play a role in the formation and/ or stabiUzation of extraceUular matrix structures as weU effecting ceUular behavior (e.g., motiUty, metastasis, etc.). One similarity between LTBPs, Delta and Notch related proteins, and fibuUn is the presence in these types of molecules of EGF-Uke domains. For example, Ca2+ binding epidermal growth factor-Uke repeats contained in predicted protein structures are characteristic of the extraceUular matrix proteins, fibriUin and fibuUn. EGF-Uke domains have been shown to be important for protein-protein interactions, as exempUfied by the association of Notch and its Ugands Delta and Serrate via EGF domains (Rebay, et al. 1991 CeU 67, 687—699). Loss or malfunction of EGF-Uke domains has been shown to play a role in disease conditions (see below). Similar domains in LTBPs are beUeved to play a role as structural matrix proteins (see below). One common theme is the role of such extraceUular Uke molecules in the regulation of vascular growth and maturation during development and in lesions of injured vessels. For example, in regenerating skin, fibuUn-2 is a late component of the cutaneous microfibriUar apparatus with an earUer existence in a fibriUar matrix mediated by fibronectin suggesting that fibuUns interact with both fibronectin fibrils and fibriUin microfibrils (see, e.g., Ragunath, et al. 1999 J Invest Dermatol 112(1):97-101).
LTBPs are involved in the assembly, secretion, and targeting of TGFs to sites at which TGFs are stored and/or activated, thus LTBPs play critical roles in controlling and directing the activity of TGFs. LTBPs have been shown to bind and regulate TGF beta cytokines. Recent evidence suggests that the differential expression of LTBP isoforms occurs during the development of coronary heart disease, and that modulation of LTBP function — and hence of TGF-beta activity — is associated with a variety of disease states (e.g., such as conditions of ceU proUferation. for example, certain cancers) (see, e.g., Oklu & Hesketh 2000 Biochem J 352 Pt 3:601-610). LTBP levels are also altered in other pathological conditions, including solar elastosis, solar keratosis, and pseudoxanthoma elasticum, pancreatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, glomerulosclerosis, hypertension, muscular dystrophy, carcinoid heart disease, and tuberculous pleurisy (see, e.g., Oklu & Hesketh, supra and the references cited therein). Evidence also suggests that abnormal levels of TGF beta 1 in serum and in artial vessel waUs are associated with the development of atherosclerotic type conditions (Grainger, et al. 1995 Nat. Med. (N.Y.) 1, 74-79). TGF beta 1 is postulated to be a protective cytokine that inhibits the development of vascular lesions and their progresive deterioration (see, e.g., Metcalfe and Grainger 1995 Biochem. Soc. Trans. 23, 403—406). Furthemore, the protective properties of drugs such as tamoxifen on the cardiovascular system of mice and monkeys and in breast cancer cUnical trials may be derived in part from their capacity to increase the concentration of active TGF beta 1 in vessel waUs (see, e.g., ilUams, et al. 1997 Arterioscler. Thromb. Vase. Biol. 17, 403-408; Grainger, et al. 1995 Nat. Med. (N.Y.) 1, 1067-1073; Reckless, et al. 1997 Circulation 95, 1542-1548; McDonald and Stewart 1991 Br. Med. J. 303, 435-437). Thus, control of TGF beta 1 activity, via LTPB-Uke molecules, is Ukely to be important in regulating vascular health. Accordingly, due to the possession of similar structural features (e.g., EGF-Uke or cysteine type domains) by LP281 or LP287, one skiUed in the art could easily determine the usefulness of LTPB-Uke molecules (or fragments thereof) on the properties of drugs such as tamoxifen (e.g., by testing, for example, through competitive binding assays, the effect on the release of TGFs with tamoxifen and/or in combination with or without various concentrations of LP281 or LP287). Thus, the effect of tamoxifen Uke drugs could be tested using LP281 or LP287. LTBP molecules may also exert effects independendy of those associated with TGF; for example, LTBPs may function as structural matrix proteins. This is exempUfied by the close identity between LTBPs and members of the fibriUin famUy of extraceUular matrix proteins. Mutations in fibriUin have been Unked directly to Marfan's syndrome (MFS), a heritable disorder of connective tissue. MFS Ues at one end of a phenotypic continuum, with people in the general population who have one or another of the features of MFS at the other end, and those with a variety of other conditions in between. Mutations in FBN1, the gene that encodes fibriUin-1, are responsible for MFS and (in a few patients) other disorders in the continuum. In addition to skeletal, ocular, and cardiovascular features, patients with MFS have involvement of the skin, integument, lungs, and muscle tissue. Over the past 30 years, evolution of aggressive medical and surgical management of the cardiovascular problems (especiaUy mitral valve prolapse, aortic dilatation, and aortic dissection) has resulted in considerable improvement in Ufe expectancy for patients with these conditions. The similarity of LTBPs with fibriUin at the amino acid level suggests that the anomalous expression of LTBPs (and LTBP -Uke proteins) may be associated with similar disease conditions. A unifying feature among fibriUin, LTBPs, LP281, LP287, and Delta related protein are similar domains and structural-Uke motifs (e.g., such as cysteine and EGF-Uke domains; see herein for descriptions of their locations in LP281 and LP287), whose loss or absence (e.g., through point mutations, frame shifts, exon deletions, etc.) has been shown to lead to disease conditions. For example, cysteine deletions in fibriUin are associated with Marfan's syndrome (Ades, et al. 1996 J. Med. Genet. 33, 665-671; Dietz, et al. 1993 Science 259, 680-683; and Liu, et al. 1997 Nat. Genet. 16, 328-329) while severe forms of the disease also result from mutations within- EGF-Uke domains or from the skipping of exons that encode EGF-Uke domains (Liu, et al. 1996 Hum. Mol. Genet. 5, 1581—1587). These findings suggest variant forms of LP281 and LP287 lacking EGF-Uke domains or cysteines may also be involved in the development of similar disease conditions of extraceUular matrices.
Sequence encoding LP287 polypeptide has been locaUzed to chromosome 2. It has been discovered that LP287 sequences (SEQ ID NO: 23) are expressed primarily in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Connective Tissue 1/47; Embryonic structures 1/21; GenitaUa, Female 3/106; GenitaUa, Male 3/114; Hemic and Immune System 5/159; Musculoskeletal System 3/47; Nervous System 3/198; and Skin 1/15. LP281 is expressed in hemic and immune system (e.g., specificaUy, in spleen, lymph nodes, and thymus) and musculoskeletal system (e.g., specificaUy, in synovium, and cartilage). Consequently, based on these expression patterns, compositions comprising LP281 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP281 antibodies (or LP281 binding compositions) are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues and organs including, but not Umited to, cartilage, bone, spleen, lymph nodes, thymus, connective tissue; and joints (e.g., arthritis).
Table 11: Primate, e.g., human, LP287 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 23) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 24). The ORF for LP287 is 13-852 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold lettering in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
LP287 DNA sequence (1210bp) (ORF = 13-852): LP287 ORF = 13-852 (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are bold) . ATGGTGCCCAGCTCTCCGCGCGCGCTCTTCCTTCTGCTCCTGATCCTCGCCTGCCCCGAGCCGCGGGCTTCC CAGAACTGTCTCAGCAAACAGCAGCTCCTCTCGGCCATCCGCCAGCTGCAGCAGCTGCTGAAGGGCCAGGAG ACACGCTTCGCCGAGGGCATCCGCCACATGAAGAGCCGGCTGGCCGCGCTGCAGAACTCTGTGGGCAGGGTG GGCCCAGATGCCCTTCCAGTTTCCTGCCCGGCTCTGAACACCCCCGCAGACGGCAGAAAGTTTGGAAGCAAG TACTTAGTGGATCACGAAGTCCATTTTACCTGCAACCCTGGGTTCCGGCTGGTCGGGCCCAGCAGCGTGGTG TGTCTTCCCAATGGCACCTGGACAGGGGAGCAGCCCCACTGTAGAGGTATCAGTGAATGCTCCAGCCAGCCT TGTCAAAATGGTGGTACATGTGTAGAAGGAGTCAACCAGTACAGATGCATTTGTCCTCCAGGAAGGACTGGG AACCGCTGTCAGCATCAGGCCCAGACTGCCGCCCCCGAGGGCAGCGTGGCCGGCGACTCCGCCTTCAGCCGC GCGCCGCGCTGTGCGCAGGTGGAGCGGGCTCAGCACTGCAGCTGCGAGGCCGGATTCCACCTGAGCGGCGCC GCCGGCGACAGCGTCTGCCAGGATGTGGATGAATGTGTGGGCCTGCAGCCGGTGTGCCCCCAGGGGACCACA TGCATCAACACCGGTGGAAGCTTCCAGTGTGTCAGCCCTGAGTGCCCCGAGGGCAGCGGCAATGTGAGCTAC GTGAAGACGTCTCCATTGTATTTTGGAGAGCCAGTCTTCCAGCTCTGA LP287 Full -Length Sequence ( 279aa) : >ds37942Fibulinlh . con+l__ORFl ( SEQ ID NO : 24 ) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 23 ) . A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-23 and Ser-24 indicated as follows : 1 MVPSSPRA F LL ILACPEPRAΛSQ 25
MVPSSPRA F LLLILACPEPRASQNCLSKQQLLSAIRQLQQLLKGQETRFAEGIRHMKSR AA QNSVGRV GPDALPVSCPALNTPADGRKFGSKYLVDHEVHFTCNPGFRLVGPSSWC PNGTWTGEQPHCRGISΞCSSQP CQNGGTCVEGVNQYRCICPPGRTGNRCQHQAQTAAPEGSVAGDSAFSRAPRCAQVERAQHCSCEAGFHLSGA AGDSVCQDVDECVG QPVCPQGTTCINTGGSFQCVSPECPEGSG VSYVKTSPLYFGEPVFQL* LP287 Mature Sequence ( 256aa) : A predicted mature LP287 is as follows : SQNCLSKQQ SAIRQ QQ KGQΞTRFAEGIRHMKSR AALQNSVGRVGPDA PVSCPA NTPADGR FG SKYLVDHEVHFTCNPGFR VGPSSλ VCLPNGT TGEQPHCRGISECSSQPCQNGGTCVEGVNQYRCICPPG RTGNRCQHQAQTAAPEGSVAGDSAFSRAPRCAQVERAQHCSCEAGFHLSGAAGDSVCQDVDECVGLQPVCP QGTTCINTGGSFQCVSPECPΞGSGNVSYVKTSP YFGEPVFQL*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP287 polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 24) include, e.g., a predicted signal sequence from Met-1 to Ala-23.
AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP287 are fragments Lys-11 to Ser-24; Gln-25 to Leu- 43; Leu-44 to Arg-61; Lys-59 to Ser-68; Gly-70 to Val-79; Cys-81 to Thr-106; Asn-108 to Cys-121; Gly-125 to Cys-145; Arg-159 to Ser-183; Phe-190 to Cys-205 Gly-246 to Ser-268; Leu-11 to Cys-27; Glu-47 to Glu-66; Ser-68 to Gly-90; Thr-106 to Asn-124; Pro-163 to Ser- 183; Ala-193 to Phe-211 ; Asρ-224 to Glu-246; Gly-260 to Leu-270; Ala-8 to Cys-18; Por-19 to Glu-32; Leu-43 to Leu-62; Ala-64 to Pro-78; Pro-82 to Leu-98; Asn-124 to Ile-137; Ser- 138 to Cys-160; Gly-165 to Phe-190; Cys-196 to Phe-211; Ser-214 to Leu-231; Pro-233 to Cys-250; and Ser-252 to Pro-269, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP287 are the portions of the polypeptide from Ile-15 to Ser-24; Asn-26 to Gln-42; Glu-48 to His-57; Met-58 to Asn-67; Ser-68 to Val-79; Lys-92 to His-104; Asn-108 to Ser-118; Val- 119 to Gly-136; Cys-140 to Nal-155; Gly-154 to Cys-171; Ser-220 to Pro-233; Pro-236 to Pro-253; Pro-253 to Nal-265; Pro-21 to Ser-35; Gln-41 to Arg-56; Lys-59 to Gly-70; Gly-70 to Cys-81; Ser-80 to Arg-91; Asn-85 to Tyr-97; Glu-130 to Cys-151; Arg-135 to Nal-152; Thr-167 to Ala-185; Arg-192 to His-204; Arg-217 to Glu-227; Nal-225 to Gln-232; Gly-238 to Ser-252; and Gln-249 to Nal-262. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. A further interesting portion of LP287 (based on PROSITE analysis) is the segment Ala-8 to Cys-18 (ALFLLLLILAC), which has been discovered to be a a Upoprotein Upid attachment-Uke site (as previously described herein). Further interesting portions of LP287 are the segments: Cys-160 to Cys-171 (CICPPGRTGΝRC), Cys-140 to Cys-171 (CSSQPCQNGGTCNEGVNQYRCICPPGRTGNRC), and Cys-228 to Pro-269 (CVGLQPVCPQGTTCINTGGSFQCNSPECPEGSGNNSYVKTSP) which have been discovered to be EGF-Uke domains. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP287 are the segments: Asp-224 to Cys-250 (DVDECNGLQPNCPQGTTCIΝTGGSFQC), Cys-134 to Cys-145 (CRGISECSSQPC), and Cys-151 to Arg-166 (CNEGVNQYRCICPPGR) which are aU identified as a calcium-binding EGF-Uke domains. As in non-calcium binding EGF-Uke domains, there are six conserved cysteines and the structure of both types of domains is very similar since calcium-binding induces only strictly local structural changes (see, e.g., Selander- Sunnerhagen, et al. 1992 J. Biol. Chem. 267:19642-19649). Deletions in LTPBs of calcium binding sites and EGF-Uke domains have been suggested to be associated with, respectively, increased LTPB degradation and anomalous targeting of TGF beta; both of which may cause disease conditions (Oklu and Hesketh, 2000 Biochem. J. 352, 601-610). Loss of similar domains in LP287 may have similar effects (see also, the discussion above for LP281 domains). Further interesting segments of LP287 are the segments: Gly-136 to Asn-147 (GISECSSQPCQN), Gly-148 to Nal-155 (GGTCVEGV), and Asn-156 to Arg-166
(ΝQYRCICPPGR), which are aU identified as Type II EGF-Uke signatures (aspartic acid or asparagine residues in these Type II EGF-Uke signatures of a number of proteins typicaUy undergo post-translational hydroxylation to form either erythro-beta-hydroxyaspartic acid or erythro-beta-hydroxyasparagine; see, e.g., Stenflo, et al. 1988 J. Biol. Chem. 263:21-24). An additionaUy interesting portion of LP287 is the segment: Cys-81 to Cys-134
(CPALΝTPADGRKFGSKYLVDHEVHFTCΝPGFRLVGPSSWCLPΝGTWTGEQPHC ), which has been discovered to be a sushi-Uke domain (see, e.g., Ichinose, et al. 1990 J Biol. Chem. 265:13411-13414; Kato & Enjyoji 1991 Biochemistry 30:11687-11694). Further, particularly interesting LP 277 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU) are the foUowing LP287 heUx structures: Arg-7 to Leur-14; Cys-27 to Leu-34; Thr-49 to Gln- 66; and Arg-195 to Arg-201. Particularly interesting coU structures are Met-1 to Ser-4; Ala-17 to Ser-24; Gly-70 to Ser-95; Cys-109 to Phe-111; Gly-115 to Ser-117; Pro-123 to Gly-149; Val-155 to Asn-156; Cys-162 to Arg-170; Ala-178 to Ser-188; Ser-206 to Gly-210; Ser-214 to Val-221; and Asp-226 to Cys-229. Particularly interesting strands are Tyr-97 to Leu-98; Val- 103 to Phe-105; Val-119 to Cys-121; Arg-159 to Cys-160; Thr-240 to Ile-242; Glu-249 to Cys-250; and Ser-263 to Val-265. A particularly interesting coUed coU exists from Ser-29 to Arg-56. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-strand-coil-coil-strand-coU motif of LP287 combines the Gly-70 to Ser-95 coU; with the Tyr-97 to Leu-98 strand; the Nal-103 to Phe-105 strand, the Cys-109 to Phe- 111 coil, with the Gly-115 to Ser-117 coil, the Nal-119 to Cys-121 strand, and the Pro-123 to Gly-149 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-70 to Gly-149. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 13 (LP209)
LP209 is a novel composition that exhibits sequence similarity to members of the OX2 receptor/Ugand protein family. LP209 may exist in both a soluble (a 264 amino acid extraceUular portion is indicated) and ceU bound form (a putative transmembrane is indicated and hydrophobic fragments exist near both the N- and C-terminal regions suggesting that LP209 exists in a membrane bound receptor-Uke configuration). Other examples of receptors that also have naturaUy soluble forms exist in the Uterature (see, e.g., TNFR-1). OX2 is membrane glycoprotein containing two immunoglobuUn superfamily (IgSF) domains that interacts with other ceU surface proteins. OX2 has single transmembrane domain with a short cytoplasmic tail. OX2 receptor/Ugand interactions play a regulatory role in immune/inflammatory processes apparently through interactions of the IgSF-Uke domains on the OX2 Ugand and OX2 receptor. OX2 protein is expressed in recirculating B-ceUs, activated T-ceUs, dedritic ceUs, vascular endotheUum, degenerating corpora lutea and both central and peripheral neurons. AdditionaUy, OX2 is an important regulator of ceUs of the macrophage Uneage. In mice lacking OX2, macrophage-type ceUs (including brain microgUa) are more numerous and they exhibit an activated phenotype. After facial nerve transection, damaged OX2-deficient neurons eUcit an accelerated microgUal response. Moreover, in the CNS, lack of OX2 results in a more rapid onset of experimental autoimmune encephalomyeUtis (EAE). Wh e outside the brain, disruption of OX2 Ugand-OX2 receptor interaction hastens susceptibiUty to coUagen-induced arthritis (CIA) in mice that are normaUy resistant to this disease. OveraU, these data suggest that OX2 functions in a variety of tissues as an inhibitory regulator for ceUs ofthe macrophage Uneage. Consequently, prevention of OX2 receptor/Ugand interactions exacerbates diseases, conditions, or syndromes involving immune and/or inflammatory mediated activity (especiaUy, in activities mediated by ceUs of the macrophage Uneage, such as, for example, Gauchers disease, Hodgkins disease, rheumatoid arthritis, encephalomyeUtis, neural trauma, HIV disease, Krabbe disease, aUergic disease, cardiovascular disease (e.g.,atherosclerosis, Coats Disease, Lebers miUary aneurysm), respiratory disease (e.g., asthma), Chrons disease, Kawasaki disease, ect.). LP209 was tested in various assay systems that have been designed to assign functions to novel proteins using a variety of ceU-based techniques. Briefly, in assays testing ceU proUferation (similar to those described herein), various ceU types are sub-maximaUy stimulated using fetal bovine serum (FBS), and the effect of an LP (such as here, for example, LP209) on the growth rate of various ceU types is tested by comparing the growth of specific ceUs with (or without) the addition of varing concentrations of the LP. This type of assay aUows one skiUed in the art to determine whether LP209 has a positive or negative effect on ceU growth rate. The results of such testing indicated that LP209 influenced both ceU cycle and ceU proUferation. LP209 was shown to increase proUferation in both a human prostate ceU Une (LNCaP) and in a human ovarian ceU Une (PAl). AdditionaUy, in these assays, LP209 was shown to have an inhibitory effect on the proUferation of human vein endotheUal ceUs (HUVEC) when compared to a control buffer. These data suggest that LP209 could have a negative regulatory role in ceU cycle progression. Given the similarity between OX2 and LP209, and the discovery of specific LP209 features (e.g., such as, the presence of hydrophobic fragments near both the N- and C-terminal regions) these data also suggest that LP209 Ugand may be expressed on the surface of HUVEC ceUs (OX2 is a transmembrane receptor protein), as a ceU surface receptor. EndotheUal ceUs can play a very active role in a variety of inflammatory processes; their activation & proUferation often induces them to produce cytokines which are mediators of inflammation. Thus, down-regulation of the proUferation of HUVEC ceUs may indicate that LP209 plays a role in the down-regulation of endotheUal ceU activation. Down-regulation of endotheUal ceU activation has multiple impUcations in regulation of a variety of inflammatory diseases and in the treatment of diseases of ceU proUferation (e.g., cancers) via the inhibition of angiogenesis, since endotheUal ceU proUferation is an important component of angiogenesis. For testing AKT or ERK kinase activity, various ceU types are stimulated with an LP (e.g., here either LP209 or a positive control stimulant) or left unstimulated. CeUs are then lysed and the lysates run on an SDS- PAGE gel. Subsequently, the proteins are transferred from the gel to nitroceUulose membranes. These membranes are then probed with antibodies specific for phosphorylated AKT or phosphorylated ERK kinases since phosphorylated forms of these kinases are indicative of the active forms of these enzymes. The results of assays testing for the presence of kinase activity (similar to assays described herein) indicate LP209 induces the activity of AKT kinase in a human erythroblast ceU Une (TF-1). Furthermore, in human astrocytes (U373), LP209 induced ERK kinase activity. Together, these data indicate that
LP209 can signal, respectively, via a protein Kinase C pathway and an ERK/MAP kinase pathway. AppUcants used the LP209 sequence to create a soluble LP209 fusion protein
(LP209-Fc) by joining 264 amino acids of a predicted extraceUular domain of LP209 (Met-1 to Ala-264) to the foUowing human Fc region
(lEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPI<aDTLMISRTPEVTCVNVDVSHEDPEVKFN wΥVOGVEVHNAKTI<-PrøEQ GQP PQEYTLPPS- EMTI<-NQVSLTCLVKGFΥPSD VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVOKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGI<RI). LP209-Fc differs from
LP209-Fc-FLIS by lacking the flag antibody epitope-Hexahsitidine ("FLIS" tag)(Tyr-
501 to His-515). LP209-Fc is useful, for example, as an antagonist or agonist of ceUs of the macrophage Uneage that respond to signaling via an OX2-Uke pathway. For example, as an antagonist, soluble LP209-Fc would compete with the natural LP209 Ugand on LP209 presenting ceUs to inhibit functioning OX2-Uke LP209 receptor/Ugand complexes from forming, thus preventing inhibitory signals in ceUs of the macrophage Uneage and aUowing, for instance, macrophage activation. For instance, viraUy infected ceUs (such as, e.g., ceUs infected with herpes simplex) escape immune surveiUance by expressing OX2-Uke proteins to inhibit activation of immune ceUs or to prevent macrophage-secreted signaUng molecules (e.g., cytokines and chemokines) from orchestrating an immune response. However, LP209- Fc could compete with a viraUy infected ceU presentation of OX2-Uke molecules thus preventing a viraUy directed inhibition of immune ceUs (e.g., Uke those in the macrophage Uneage). Similarly, in situations where ceUs LP209 presenting ceUs are lacking or absent (e.g., in autoimmune related conditions), soluble LP209-Fc could act as an agonist to activate inhibitory signaUng through an LP209 (OX2-Uke) receptor/Ugand complex and thus dampen an unwanted immune response. It has been discovered that LP209 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 25) are expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; Exocrine Glands 2/64; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Hemic and Immune System 2/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Respiratory System 1/93. LP209 is expressed in the hemic and immune system (e.g., specificaUy, in spleen, lymph nodes, and thymus) and musculoskeletal system (e.g., specifically, in synovium, and cartilage). AdditionaUy, a Northern blot (the membrane is the CLONTECH Human 12- lane MTN blot) was performed using fuU-leng h LP209 with DIG labeUng. The results of the Northern blot demonstrated a strong signal from Uver of approximately 1.9kb in size.
An additional longer exposure demonstrates other LP209 bands at approximately 2.4kb and
4.2kb, which were seen only in spleen and placenta indicating that alternative spUced mRNA, versions of LP209 exist (see below, LP209b). Consequently, based on these expression patterns, compositions comprising LP209 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/ or LP209 antibodies (or LP209 binding compositions) are also useful for the treatment of defects in or wounds to tissues and organs including, but not Umited to, cartilage, bone, spleen, lymph nodes, thymus, connective tissue; and joints (e.g., arthritis). Table 12: Primate, e.g., human, LP209 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 25) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 26). The ORF for LP209 is 257-1303 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation). LP209 Full -Length Sequence (348aa) : >btzzl528428 -encoded polypeptide
The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-24) . A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-24 and Glu-25 indicated as follows: 1 MLCPWRTANLG LLILTIFLVAEAΛE 25 M CP RT-^LG L ILTIF VAEAEGAAQPKπsTSLM QTSKE HALASSSLCMDEKQITQISπfSKV AEvTSrTS P -<--AT Av^-.CCPPIA -l-ΛIIITWEII RGQPSC KAYR ETNETKETNCTDΞRIT VSRPDQNSD QIRP VAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGYH QVLVTPEVT FQNRNRTAVCKAVAG PAAQISWIPEGDCATKQΞY SNGTVTVKSTCH EVHNVSTVTCHVSH TGNKS YIE PVPGAKKSAKLYIPYII TIIII-TIVGFI LLK VNGCRKYKLNKTESTPVΛEEDEMQPYASYTEKNNP YDTTNKVKASQALQSEVDTDLHTL* An LP209 Mature Sequence (324aa) :
Using the signal sequence as predicted, a correspondingly predicted mature LP209 protein is as follows:
EGAAQPrøSLM QTSKENHALASSS CMDEKQITQKTYSK EIILRGQPSCTKAYRKETNETKETNCTDERITWVSRPDQNSDLQIRPVAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGY HLQVljVTPEVTLFQNRNRTAVCKAVAGKPAAQIS IPEGDCATKQEYWSNGTVTVKSTCHWEVHNVSTVTCH
VSHLTGNKS YIΞ LPVPGAKKSAKLYIPYII TIIILTIVGFIW LKVNGCRKYKL KTESTPVVΞΞDEMQ
PYASYTEKNNP YDTTNKVKASQA QSE OTDLHT *
An IιP209 Cell Membrane Sequence (348aa) :
The underlined portion indicates a predicted transmembrane domain (YIPYIILTIII TIVGFIW LKVNGCRKY; Tyr-267 to Tyr-295) . The double underlined portion
( NKTESTP WEEDEMOPYASYTEK-SJNPLYDTTNKVKASOALOSEVDTD HTL ) indicates a predicted cytoplasmic portion.
MLCPWRTAN GLL I TIFLVAEAEGAAQPNNSLM ^ PV-α-ATNAv--iCCPPIA -lK^IIITWΞIILRGQPSCT-<-AYRKETNETKETNCTDERITWVSRPDQNSDLQIRP VAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGYHLQVLVTPEVTLFQNRNRTAVCKAVAGKPAAQISWIPEGDCATKQEYW SMGTVTVKSTC-WEvΗ] STVTC-WSHLTGNKSI-ιYIE l-ιPVPGAKKSAKLYIPYIILTIIILTIVGFI L]-.K VTSTGCRKYKLNKTESTPλA/EEDEMOPYASYTEKlSTNP YDTTNKVKASOALOSEλ/DTDLHTL*
An I.P209 Extracellular Sequence (264aa) : MLCPWRTAN GL LI TIFLVAEAEGAAQPrøSLmQ
PVKMATNAVLCCPPIAL-IK&IIITWΞII RGQPSCTKAYRKETNETKETNCTDERIT VSRPDQNSDLQIRP VAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGYHLQV VTPΞVTLFQNR RTAVCKAVAGKPAAQIS IPEGDCATKQEYW SNGTVTVKSTCHWEVΗNVSTVTCHVSH TGNKSLYIEL PVPGAKKSA LP209-FC-FLIS Construct ( 515aa) :
A Flag-tagged/His-tagged ( "FLIS" ) version of the first 264 amino acids of a predicted extracellular domain of LP209 (Met-1 to Ala-264 ) is shown below . A predicted signal sequence is from Met-1 to Ala-24 . Predicted glycosylation sites are indicated in italics . The human Fc region of the construct is indicated by underlining ( Ile-265 to Ile-499 ) . The flag antibody epitope-Hexahsitidine ( " FLIS " tag ) is indicated by double underlining ( Tyr-501 to His-515 ) .
MLCPWRTA£π-jGLLLILTIFLVAEAEGAAQP-W_-TjMLQ
PV - -ATNAVLCCPPIALRNLIIITWEIILRGQPSCTKAYRKETJ\FE-^ET-VC-T)ERIT VSRPDQNSDLQIRP VAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGYHLQVLVTPEVTLFQNRZVRTAVCKAVAGKPAAQISWIPEGDCATKQEYW SIt TVTVKSTCHWEVH]\π/OTVTCHVSHLTG-^π: S YIE LPVPGAKKSAIEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPE LGGP SVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVvOVSHEDPEVKFISrWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQY STYRvVSVLTvT H QDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQEYTLPPSREEMTK QVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVE E SNGQPENI^rYKTTPPvI-DSDGSFFLYSKLTvOKSR QQGISrVFSCSvTyiHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKRIDYKDD DDKHVHHHHHH*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP209 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Ala-24. AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP209 are nine potential glycosylation sites: Asn-31 to Ser-33; Asn-60 to Ser-62; Asn-69 to Ser-71 ; Asn-116 to Thr-118; Asn-122 to Thr-124; asn-185 to Thr-187; Asn-218 to Thr-220; Asn-233 to Ser-235; and Asn-247 to Ser-249. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP209 are predicted transmembrane-Uke regions: Trp-5 to Ala-27; Arg-90 to Lys-113; and Tyr-267 to Tyr-295. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP209 are discovered fragments Gly-11 to Gln-29; Pro-30 to Glu-41 ; Ala-44 to Gln-56; Ile-57 to Thr-70; Ser-71 to Arg-102; Pro-105 to Asn-137; Trp-203 to His-228; Gly-259 to Asn-290; Cys-292 to Ala-315; Ser-316 to Ser-339; Gly-11 to Pro-30; Thr-70 To Pro-105; Ser-106 to Pro-134; Ala-146 to Met-157; Pro-160 To Thr-175; Gly-195 To Glu-214; Trp-216 to Trp229; Glu-2230 to His- 243; Leu-244 to Leu-256; Pro-258 to Gly-291 ; Tyr-295 to Glu-312; Tyr-317 to Gln-338; Asn- 9 to Nal-21 ; Glu-23 to Leu-34; Leu-36 to Leu-50; Cys-50 to Leu-65; Leu-82 to Arg-102; Gly- 103 to Thr-129; Nal-131 to Arg-143; Phe-181 to Gln-200; Pro-05 to Ser-217; Ser-217 to Trp- 229; His-230 to Leu-250; Leu-266 To Thr-279; Ile-280 to Nal-289; Asn-298 to Pro-313; and Ser-316 to Ala-336, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP209 are the discovered portions of LP209 from Ala-8 to Gly-26; Thr-38 to Leu-50; Asn-69 to Cys-84; Pro-85 to Cys-107; Lys-119 to Ile-142; Alaa-146 to Phe-164; Pro-197 to Ser-217; Cys-227 to Leu-250; Ile-268 to Asn-290; Pro-304 to Glu-319; Leu-324 to Asp-342; Ala-27 to Asp-42; Ala-44 to Ile-57; Thr-58 to Nal-64; Asn-69 to Thr-78; Lys-109 to Asp-125; Ser-138 to Ala- 146; Thr-124 to Gln-136; Tyr-152 to Phe-163; Gly-162 to Leu-173; Gln-182 to Lys-196; Cys- 209 to Thr-222; Lys-224 to Thr-236; Nal-237 to Lys-248; Lys-262 to Asn-290; Tyr-295 to Lys-320; Lys-320 to Nal-331; and Lys-330 to Gln-338. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP209 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP209 heUx structures: Thr-58 to Gln-59; and Tyr-111 to Arg-112. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are Met-1 to Cys-3; Ala-27 to Asn-32; Ser-47 to Cys-51; Asn-69 to Lys-75; Cys-84 to Ile-87; Arg-102 to Ser-106; Glu-117 to Asp-125; Arg-133 to Asp-1339; Thr-148 to Gly-151; Thr-159 to Gly-167; Thr-175 to Glu-177; Gln-182 to Asn- 185; Gln-195 to Ala-198; Pro-205 to Thr-211; Ser-217 to Gly-219; Asn-233 to Nal-234; Leu- 244 to Lys-248; Pro-256 to Ala-264; Nal-289 to Arg-293; Asn-298 to Pro-304; Asp-309 to Tyr-314; Thr-318 to Thr-327; and Leu-345 to Leu-348. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are: Ile-128 to Nal-131; Gln-141 to Ile-142; Tyr-153 to Nal-158; His-169 to Leu-173; Thr-179 to Phe-181; Gln-200 to Trp-203; Nal-221 to Lys-224; Thr-236 to Nal-241; Leu-250 to Leu-254; Leu-266 to Tyr-267; Trp-285 to leu-287; and Lys-294 to Leu-297. A particularly interesting coiled coU exists from Ser-24 to Glu-53. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one strand-coU-strand-coil-strand-coil motif of LP209 combines the Tyr-153 to Nal-158 strand; with the Thr-159 to Gly-167 coU, with the His-169 to Leu-173 strand; the Thr-175 to Glu-177 coil, the Thr-179 to Phe-181 strand, and the Gln-182 to Asn-185 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Tyr-153 to Asn-185. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 14 (LP209b)
LP209b is a novel variant of LP209 (described above). The LP209b polypeptide is encoded by an alternatively spUced mRNA of LP209. LP209b differs from LP209 by exhibiting a 24 amino acid residue deletion in the N-terminal portion (EAEGAAQPNNSLMLQTSKENHALA; corresponding to the Glu-23 to Ala-46 portion of fuU-length LP209) and by being truncated at an earUer amino acid residue than LP209 (see, Table 13 below). LP209b comprises primarily the extraceUular portion of LP209 without the predicted transmembrane and cytoplasmic portions. Sequence encoding LP209b was found in a clone derived from metastatic breast tumor tissue. Accordingly, LP209b may be a natural secreted variant form of LP209 that has similar functions to those of LP209-Fc (e.g., such as soluble receptor that competes for LP209-Uke Ugand thus blocking the function of the normal Ugand-receptor pair).
Table 13 : Primate , e . g . , human, LP209b polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO : 27 ) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO : 28 ) . The ORF for LP209b is 112-264 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation) .
IιP209b DNA sequence (265 bp) (ORF = 112-264) : LP209b ( start (atg) codon is indicated in bold typeface and underlined) .
ATGCTCTGCCCTTGGAGAACTGCTAACCTAGGGCTACTGTTGATTTTGACTATCTTCTTAGTGGCCGCTTCA
AGCAGTTTATGTATGGATGAAAAACAGATTACACAGAACTACTCGAAAGTACTCGCAGAAGTTAACACTTCA
TGGCCTGTAA
LP209b Full-Length Sequence ( 51aa) : MLCPWRTA-NJLGLLLILTIFLVAASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKVLAE-VNTS PV
LP209b exhibits sequence identity with Human Secreted Protein encoded by gene 85 SEQ ID NO:208 of WO200006698-A1. Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP209b polypeptide include discovered fragments Thr-7 to Ser-26; Leu-27 to Glu-44; Leu-10 to Ala-22; and Ala-23 to Lys-40, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP209b are the discovered portions of LP209b from Leu 12 to Nal-21; Ser-26 to Asn-37; Glu-44 to Ser-48 and Ser-25 to Lys-40. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP209b secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP209b heUx structures: Arg-7 to Thr-7; Leu-13 to Leu-16; and Glu-31 to Nal-41. Particularly interesting discovered coU structures are Met-1 to Cys-3; Ser-24 to Met-29; and Ser-48 to Nal-51. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coU-heUx motif of LP209b combines the Ser-24 to Met-29 coil, and the Glu-31 to Nal-41 helix to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Ser-24 to Nal-41. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
FEATURES OF LP NO: 15 (LP209c)
LP209c is another novel variant of LP209 that also exhibits sequence similarity and/or identity to members of the OX2 receptor/Ugand protein family. LP209c is also a spUce variant of LP209 and is also characterized as a natural soluble variant of LP209.
LP209c differs from LP209 by exhibiting a deletion of approximately 24 amino acids at the N-terminad portion ofthe sequence and a four amino acid difference just N-terminad to the transmembrane region of LP209. LP209c can be tested as described herein using any of the various assay systems designed to assign functions to novel proteins by employing any of a variety of ceU-based techniques. AppUcants used the LP209c sequence to create a soluble LP209c fusion protein (LP209c-Fc) by joining LP209c (Met-1 to Ala-264) to the foUowing human Fc region:
(IEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVI FN WVOGVEVHNAKTK EtEEQYN^
GQPREPQEYTLPPS- EMTK- QVSLTCLVKGFYPSDMVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSI< TVDI<-SRWQQGNVFSCSVMHRALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKRI). LP209c-Fc differs from LP209c-Fc-FLIS by lacking the flag antibody epitope-Hexahsitidine ("FLIS" tag)(Tyr-501 to His-515).
It has been discovered that LP209c sequence (SEQ ID NO: 29) is expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: Cardiovascular System 1/68; Exocrine Glands 2/64; GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Hemic and Immune System 2/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Respiratory System 1/93. LP209c is expressed in the hemic and immune system (e.g., specificaUy, in spleen, lymph nodes, and thymus) and musculoskeletal system (e.g., specificaUy, in synovium, and cartilage
Table 14: Primate, e.g., human, LP209c polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 29) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 30). The ORF for LP209c is 1-714 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
LP209C DNA sequence (714 bp) (ORF = 1-714) :
LP209c (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) . TGCTCTGCCCTTGGAGAACTGCTAACCTAGGGCTACTGTTGATTTTGACTATCTTCTTAGTGGCCGCTTCA AGCAGTTTATGTATGGATGAAAAACAGATTACACAGAACTACTCGAAAGTACTCGCAGAAGTTAACACTTCA TGGCCTGTAAAGATGGCTACAAATGCTGTGCTTTGTTGCCCTCCTATCGCATTAAGAAATTTGATCATAATA ACATGGGAAATAATCCTGAGAGGCCAGCCTTCCTGCACAAAAGCCTACAGGAAAGAAACAAATGAGACCAAG GAAACCAACTGTACTGATGAGAGAATAACCTGGGTCTCCAGACCTGATCAGAATTCGGACCTTCAGATTCGT CCAGTGGCCATCACTCATGACGGGTATTACAGATGCATAATGGTAACACCTGATGGGAATTTCCATCGTGGA TATCACCTCCAAGTGTTAGTTACACCTGAAGTGACCCTGTTTCAAAACAGGAATAGAACTGCAGTATGCAAG GCAGTTGCAGGGAAGCCAGCTGCGCAGATCTCCTGGATCCCAGAGGGCGATTGTGCCACTAAGCAAGAATAC TGGAGCAATGGCACAGTGACTGTTAAGAGTACATGCCACTGGGAGGTCCACAATGTGTCTACCGTGACCTGC CACGTCTCCCATTTGACTGGCAACAAGAGTCTGTACATAGAGCTACTTCCTGAAAATATAAATTGA LP209c Full-Length Sequence (237aa) :
The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala- 22) . A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-22 and Ala-23 indicated as follows: 1 MLCPWRTANLGLLLILTIFLVAΛA 23
MLCP RTANLGLLLILTIFLVAASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKVLAEVT.TS PVKMATNAVLCCPPIALRNLIII TWEIILRGQPSCTKAYRKETNETKETNCTDΞRITWVSRPDQNSDLQIRPVAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRG
YHLQVLVTPEVTLFQNRNRTAVCKAVAGKPAAQISWIPEGDCATKQΞYWSNGTVTVKSTCHWEVHNVSTVTC
HVSHLTGNKSLYIELLPENIN
An LP209c Mature Sequence (215aa) :
Using the signal sequence as predicted, a correspondingly predicted mature LP209c protein is as follows: ASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKV--JAΞVTSTTSWPVKMATNAV--.CCPPIALRNLIIIT ΞIILRGQPSCTKAYRKETN ETKETNCTDERIT VSRPDQNSDLQIRPVAITHDGYYRCIMVTPDGNFHRGYHLQVLVTPEVTLFQNRNRT AVCKAVAGKPAAQISWIPEGDCATKQEY SNGTVTVKSTCHWEVΗNVSTVTCHVSHLTGNKSLYIELLPEN IN* Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the fuU length LP209c polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal-Uke sequence from about Met-1 to about Ala-24.
AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP209c are nine potential glycosylation sites: from about
Asn-31 to about Ser-33; from about Asn-60 to about Ser-62; from about Asn-69 to about
Ser-71; from about Asn-116 to about Thr-118; from about Asn-122 to about Thr-124; from about Asn-185 to about Thr-187; from about Asn-218 to about Thr-220; from about Asn- 233 to about Ser-235; and from about Asn-247 to about Ser-249. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP209c are predicted transmembrane-Uke regions: from about Trp-5 to about Ala-27; from about Arg-90 to about Lys-113; and from about Tyr-267 to about Tyr-295. Other interesting segments of LP209c are discovered portions of LP209c from about Asn-9 to about Ala-23 (NLGLLLILTIFLVAA); from about Ser-25 to about Asn-37
(SSLCMDEKQITQN); from about Nal-58 to about Asn-68 (VLCCPPIALRΝ); from about Leu-69 to about Arg-79 (LIIIT EIILR); from about Gly-80 to about Asn-93 (GQPSCTKAYRKETΝ); from about Glu-94 to about Arg-104 (ETKETΝCTDER); from about Tyr-145 to about Phe-158 (YHLQNLVTPENTLF); from about Gln-159 to about Ala- 176 (QΝRΝRTANCKANAGKPAA); from about Glu-183 to about Tyr-192
(EGDCATKQEY); from about Trp-193 to about His-205 (EGDCATKQEY); from about Trp-206 to about Asn-224 (WENHΝVSTVTCHNSHLTGΝ); from about Gly-11 to about Cys-28 (GLLLILTIFLNAASSSLC); from about Met-29 to about Tyr-38 (MDEKQITQΝY); from about Ser-39 to about Trp-49 (SKNLAENΝTS ); from about Nal-51 to about Leu-66 (VKMATNANLCCPPIAL); from about Arg-67 to about Arg-79 (RNLIIITWEIILR); from about Gly-80 to about Lys-90 (GQPSCTKAYRK); from about Glu-91 to about Arg-104 (ETNETKETNCTDER); from about Ile-105 to about Asp-116 (ITWVSRPDQNSD); from about Leu-117 to about Met-134 (LQIRPVAITHDGYYRCIM); from about Val-135 to about Leu-147 (VTPDGNFHRGYHL); from about Thr-156 to about Cys-167 (TLFQNRNRTANC); from about Lys-168 to about Ile-178 (KANAGKPAAQI); from about Trp-180 to about Lys-189 (WIPEGDCATK); from about Gln-190 to about Thr-199 (QEYWSΝGTVT); from about Nal-198 to about Asn-210 NTVKSTCH ENHΝ); from about Gly-11 to about Ala-23 (GLLLILTIFLNAA); from about Ser-24 to about Gln-33 (SSSLCMDEKQ); from about Ile-34 to about Glu-44 (SSSLCMDEKQ); from about Nal-45 to about Ala-57 (VNTS PNKMATNA); from about Leu-59 to about Asn-68 (LCCPPIALRN); from about Leu-69 to about Leu-78 (LIIITWEIIL); from about Arg-79 to about Arg-89 (RGQPSCTKAYR); from about Lys-90 to about Arg-104 (KETNETKETNCTDER); from about Ile-105 to about Pro-121 (KETNETKETNCTDER); from about Ala-123 to about Cys-132 (AITHDGYYRC); from about Ile-133 to about His-146 (TMVTPDGNFHRGYH); from about Glu-154 to about Val- 166 (ENTLFQNRNRTAV); from about Cys-167 to about Gln-177 (CKANAGKPAAQ); from about Ile-178 to about Tyr-192 (IS IPEGDCATKQEY); from about Trp-193 to about Trp-206 (WSΝGTVTVKSTCH ); from about Glu-207 to about Cys-216 (EVHΝNSTNTC); and from about His-217 to about Leu-227 (HNSHLTGΝKSL); whose discoveries were based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP209c are the discovered portions of LP209c from about Thr-7 to about Ser-25 (TAΝLGLLLILTIFLNAASS); from about Thr-47 to about Pro-62 (TS PNKMATΝAVLCCP); from about Pro-63 to about Thr-73 (PIALRΝLIIIT); from about Trp-74 to about Ser-83 (WEIILRGQPS); from about Cys-84 to about Asn-93 (CTI< AYRKETΝ); from about Glu-94 to about Glu-103 (ETKETNCTDE); from about Arg-104 to about Leu-117 (RITWVSRPDQNSDL); from about Gln-118 to about Tyr-130 (QIRPNAITHDGYY); from about Arg-131 to about Asn-140 (RCIMNTPDGΝ); from about Phe-141 to about Thr-152 (FHRGYHLQVLNT); from about Pro-153 to about Asn- 162 (PEVTLFQΝRΝ); from about Arg-163 to about Pro-174 (RTANCKAVAGKP); from about Ala-175 to about Ala-187 (AAQISWIPEGDCA); from about Thr-188 to about Ser- 202 (TKQEYWSΝGTVTNKS); and from about Nal-211 to about Gly-223 (VSTVTCHNSHLTG). These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP209c segments are LP secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil). Particularly interesting LP209c coil structures are the foUowing: from about Met-1 to about Cys-3; from about Ser-24 to about Met-29; from about Asn-46 to about Trp-49; from about Cys-61 to about Ile-64; from about Arg-79 to about Ser-83; from about Glu-94 to about Asp-102; from about Arg-110 to about Asp-116; from about His-126 to about Gly-128; from about Thr-136 to about Gly-144; from about Thr-152 to about Glu-154; from about Asn-160 to about Asn-162; from about Gly-172 to about Ala- 175; from about Pro-182 to about Thr-188; from about Ser-194 to about Gly-196; from about Nal-211 to about Nal-211 ; from about Leu-221 to about Lys-225; and from about Leu- 232 to about Asn-237. Particularly interesting strand structures are from about Nal-58 to about Leu-59; from about Ile-105 to about Nal-108; from about Gln-118 to about Ile-119; from about Tyr-130 to about Nal-135; from about His-146 to about Leu-150; from about Thr-156 to about Phe-158; from about Gln-177 to about Trp-180; from about Val-198 to about Lys-201; from about Thr-213 to about Nal-218; and from about Ser-226 to about Leu- 231. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example one coU-strand- coU-strand-coil motif of LP209c combines the Nal-211 to about Nal-211 coil; the Thr-213 to Nal-218 strand; the Leu-221 to Lys-225 coil; the Ser-226 to Leu-231 strand; and the Leu-232 to Asn-237 coil to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from about Nal-211 to about Asn-237. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
LP209d is another novel variant of LP209. LP209d is encoded by an alternatively spUced mRΝA of LP209. LP209d differs from LP209 by exhibiting a 24 amino acid residue deletion in the Ν-terminal portion (EAEGAAQPΝΝSLMLQTSI -EΝHALA; corresponding to the Glu-23 to Ala-46 portion of fuU-length LP209). LP209d differs from LP209c by being truncated at an earUer amino acid residue than LP209c (see, Table 15 below). LP209d comprises primarily a truncated extraceUular portion of LP209c. Sequence encoding LP209d was also found in a clone derived from metastatic breast tumor tissue. Accordingly, LP209d may be another natural secreted variant form of LP209c that has similar functions to those of LP209c-Fc (e.g., such as soluble receptor that competes for LP209c-Uke Ugand thus blocking the function of the normal Ugand-receptor pair).
Table 15: Primate, e.g., human, LP209d polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 31) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 32). The ORF for LP209d is 112-264 bp (with the start (ATG) identified in bold typeface. If numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
LP209d DNA sequence (265 bp) (ORF = 112-264) :
LP209d (start (atg) codon is indicated in bold typeface and underlined) .
GGATCCTGTACTGAGAAGTTGACCAGAGAGGGTCTCACCATGCGCACAGTTCCTTCTGTACCTGTGTGGAG GAAAAGTACTGAGTGAAGGGCAGAAAAAGAGAAAACAGAAATGCTCTGCCCTTGGAGAACTGCTAACCTAG GGCTACTGTTGATTTTGACTATCTTCTTAGTGGCCGCTTCAAGCAGTTTATGTATGGATGAAAAACAGATT ACACAGAACTACTCGAAAGTACTCGCAGAAGTTAACACTTCATGGCCTGTAA LP209d Full-Length Sequence (51aa) :
A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-22 and Ala-23 indicated as follows: 1 MLCPWRTANLGLLLILTIFLVAΛA 23 MLCP RTA-NTLGLLLILTIFLVAASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKVLAEVNTSWPV
An LP209d Mature Sequence (29aa) :
Using the signal sequence as predicted, a correspondingly predicted mature LP209d is as follows: ASSSLCMDEKQITQNYSKVLAEVNTS PV
FEATURES OF LP NO: 17 (LP293)
LP293 is a novel secreted polypeptide. LP293 has a signal peptide-Uke portion at its N-terminal. LP293 exhibits sequence similarity at the amino acid level to embryonic serine protease-1 (Xenopus) (Yamada, et al., 2000 Gene 252(1-2): 209-216) and LP293 contains the active sites of serine proteases (trypsin family) and trypsin-Uke domains. LP293 is expressed primarily in IL-5 activated eosinophils, and eosinophils exhibiting hyper-eosinophilia, and in asthma patients. Eosinophils are a type of polymorphonuclear leukocyte containing eosin- staining granules. Eosinoph s are known to destroy parasitic organisms and play a major role in aUergic reactions. They also secrete chemical mediators that can cause broncho- constriction in asthma (Sampson, et al., 2000 CUn Exp Allergy 2000 Jun;30 Suppl 1:22-7; Walsh, et al, 1999 Crit Rev CUn Lab Sci 1999 Oct;36(5):453-96). Eosinophils make up one to three percent of the total white blood ceU count. Accordingly, compositions comprising LP293 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists, and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of parasite infection, aUergy, and asthma. Recently, it has been shown that a serine protease CD26/dipeptidyl-peptidase IN (CD26/DPP IV) plays an important role in immune function (Sozzani, et al.2000 Pharm Acta Helv 74(2-3) :305-312). CD26/DPP IN functions by removing ΝH2-terminal dipeptides from several chemokines and thus, profoundly affects their biological activity. Chemokines are a superfamily of proteins that play a central role in immune and inflammatory reactions and in viral infections. Chemokine receptors can function as entry/ fusion co-receptors for human immunodeficiency virus (HIN)-1 infection, and regulation of receptor expression by cytokines may be relevant for viral infection. Consequently, post-translational processing of chemokines can profoundly affect their interaction with receptors. For instance, Kaposi's sarcoma (KS)-associated herpes virus 8 encodes for three chemokine-Uke proteins that show homology with MIP cluster of CC chemokines. These viral chemokines possess a partial agonist activity for certain chemokine receptors and may function as receptor antagonists. This biological activity could represent a strategy developed by the KS-associated herpes virus 8 to subvert immunity impairing the generation of an effective anti- viral immune response. In a similar manner, LP293 may function to modulate immune activity by postranslation modification of the known and useful chemokine proteins. Furthermore, CD26/DPP IN has been shown to play a role in T-ceU proUferation and chemotaxis and of fibroblast activation in Uver disease (e.g., human cirrhosis) (McCaughan, et al. 2000 Immunol Rev 174:172-191). Consequently, LP293 may play a similar role by activating immune ceUs in such conditions. Moreover, growing evidence suggests that, through its interactions with cytokines and degradative enzymes, the extraceUular matrix (ECM) microenvironment has a speciaUzed role in providing intrinsic signals for coordinating actions of ceUs of the immune system (e.g., leukocytes). Recent advances also reveal that enzymatic modifications (such as through serine proteases) to ECM moieties and cytokines induce distinctive ceUular responses, and are Ukely to be part of a mechanism that regulates the perpetuation or arrest of inflammation. LP293 may be important in such a role by its ability to enzymaticaUy modify the ECM microenvironment during the inflammatory response.
It has been discovered that LP293 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 33) are expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Germ CeUs 1/5; Hemic and Immune System 5/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Nervous System 1/198. Consequently, based on the expression pattern of LP293, its homology to proteins with known functions, and Uterature suggesting the role of such proteins in human conditions, diseases, syndromes, etc., it is Ukely that compositions comprising LP293 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP293 antibodies (or LP293 binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not Umited to, e.g., ceU proUferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
Table 16: Primate, e.g., human, LP293 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 33) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 34). The ORF for LP293 is 185-751 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation).
LP293 DNA sequence (1653 bp) (ORF = 185-751) :
LP293 >ds38134 (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) . A polyadenylation signal is indicated in italic typeface. ATGAGAGGGGTTTCCTGTCTCCAGGTCCTGCTCCTTCTGGTGCTGGGAGCTGCTGGGACTCAGGGAAGGAA GTCTGCAGCCTGCGGGCAGCCCCGCATGTCCAGTCGGATCGTTGGGGGCCGGGATGGCCGGGACGGAGAGT GGCCGTGGCAGGCGAGCATCCAGCATCGTGGGGCACACGTGTGCGGGGGGTCGCTCATCGCCCCCCAGTGG GTGCTGACAGCGGCGCACTGCTTCCCCAGTGCCCCTCCCAGAGTGGCGACCGCTACAAGGAGTAAGGGTGC CGCTGCTGGACTCGCGCACCTGCGACGGCCTCTACCACGTGGGCGCGGACGTGCCCAGGCTGAGCGCATTG TGCTGCCTGGGAGTCTGTGTGCCGGCTACCCCCAGGGCCACAAGGACGCCTGCCAGGTGTGCACCCAGCCT CCCCAGCCTCCGGAGTCCCCTCCCTGTGCCCAGCACCCTCCCTCCCTGAACTCCAGGACCCAGGACATCCC AACTCAGGCTCAGGATCCTGGCCTCCAACCTAGAGGCACCACGCCAGGGGTCTGGAACCCTGAGAACTGA
LP293 Full-Length Sequence (188aa): ( SEQ ID NO : 34 ) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Gly-22 ) . A predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-22 and Arg-23 indicated as follows : 1 MRGVSCLQVLLLLVLGAAGTQGΛRK 24
MRGVSCLQVLLLLVLGAAGTQGRKSAACGQPRMSSRIVGGRDGRDGE P QASIQHRGAHVCGGSLIAPQ V LTAAHCFPSAPPRVATATRSKGAAAGLAHLRRPLPRGRGRAQAERIVLPGSLCAGYPQGHKDACQVCTQPPQ PPESPPCAQHPPSLNSRTQDIPTQAQDPGLQPRGTTPGV NPEN*
An LP293 Mature Sequence ( 166aa) :
A predicted mature LP293 sequence is as follows : RKSAACGQPRMSSRIVGGRDGRDGEWPWQASIQHRGAHVCGGSLIAPQWVLTAAHCFPSAPPRVATATRSKG AAAGLAHLRRPLPRGRGRAQAERIVLPGSLCAGYPQGHKDACQVCTQPPQPPESPPCAQHPPSLNSRTQDIP TQAQDPGLQPRGTTPGVWNPEN*
Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP293 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal peptide-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Gly-22. AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP293 are two trypsin-Uke domains: Ile-37 to Arg-85 Arg-117 to Gln-137; and a serine protease, trypsin famUy-Uke active site: Leu-73 to Cys-78. Suggesting that LP293 may perform a peptidase Uke activity based on this homology. Trypsin-Uke protein domains are recognized in aU proteins in families SI, S2A, S2B, S2C, and S5 in the classification of peptidases (RawUngs & Barrett 1994 Meth Enzymol 244:19-61; Sprang, et al., 1987 Science 237:905-909). Active sites in serine protease-Uke proteins of the trypsin family, typicaUy involve the catalytic activity of serine proteases of the trypsin family, which are provided by a charge relay system involving an aspartic acid residue hydrogen- bonded to a histidine, which itself is hydrogen-bonded to a serine. The sequences near the active site serine and histidine residues are weU conserved in this family of proteases (Brenner 1988 Nature 334:528-530). Given LP293's sequence sim arity to known serine proteases and the discovery of trypsin-Uke domains and a serine protease, trypsin family-Uke active site it is Ukely that LP293 possesses protease activity. Based on the teachings suppUed herein, one skiUed in the art would be able to easily determine enzymatic Uke activity for LP293 using common assay techniques, for example, such as those described in the journal BioTechniques (September, 1994), tided "A New Protease Activity Assay Using
Fluorescence Polarization." Such techniques are weU known in the Uterature and kits performing such assays are also commerciaUy available (see, e.g., the Beacon® Protease Activity Detection Kit from the PanNera Corporation of Madison, Wisconsin). An additionaUy interesting segment of LP293 is a discovered transmembrane-Uke region from Met-1 to Ala-26. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP293 are discovered fragments Leu- 11 to Gln-21; Lys-24 to Arg-36; Ile-37 to Arg-57; Cys-63 to Ala-82; Ala-97 to Ala-115; Gly- 131 to Pro-145; Pro-149 to Glu-163; Asp-164 to Gly-178; Lys-24 to Gly-43; Gly-46 to Gin- 55; Leu-66 to Ala-82; Lys-93 to Gly-111; Gln-114 to Gln-130; Gln-141 to Pro-150; Ser-157 to Asp-171; Leu-7 to Gly-16; Ala-18 to Arg-36; Nal-38 to Pro-49; Ala-52 to Ser-65; Ala-76 to Val-86; Ala-87 to Gly-98; Leu-106 to Arg-117; Ser-123 to Nal-138; Thr-140 to Ser-157; Leu- 158 to Gly-173; and Leu-174 to Nal-183, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP293 are the discovered portions of LP293 from Leu-7 to Ala-18; Lys-24 to Met-33; Cys-28 to Gly-40; Nal-38 to Glu-47; Arg-44 to Ile-54; Cys-62 to Trp-71; Nal-72 to Ala-82; Arg-85 to Ala-95; Gly-94 to Leu-106; Ala-113 to Gly-127; Tyr-128 to Gln-137; Cys-139 to Pro-149; Ser-160 to Asp-171; Gly-173 to Nal-183; Gln-21 to Pro-31; Met-33 to Asp42; Asp-45 to Ala- 52; His-56 to Gly-64; Ser-65 to Ala-76; Ala-82 to Gly-94; Thr-88 to Gly-98; Gly-98 to Arg- 108; Leu-106 to Gln-114; Arg-108 to Leu-120; Gly-131 to Gln-144; Ala-152 to Pro-166; and Asp-164 to Pro-176. These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP293 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP293 heUx structures: Cys-6 to Gln-8; and Gly-98 to Leu-102. Particularly interesting discovered coU structures are Met-1 to Arg-2; Ala-18 to Thr-20; Ala-26 to Met-33; Gly-39 to Pro-49; Arg-57 to Gln-70; Ala-75 to Pro-84; Ser- 92 to Gly-94; Arg-104 to Arg-112; Leu-120 to Ser-123; Gly-127 to Ala-135; and Gln-141 to Asn-188. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are Arg-36 to Ile- 37; Nal-72 to Thr-74; and Gln-137 to Nal-138. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one coil-strand-coil motif of LP293 combines the Gly-127 to Ala-135 coil, with the Gln-137 to Nal-138 strand, and the Gln-141 to Asn-188 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gly-127 to Asn-188. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 18 (LP294)
LP294 is a novel polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 35) that is a spUce variant of LP293. LP294 exhibits sequence simUarity at the amino acid level to human serine proteinases as described above (e.g., such as the serine proteinase designated as prostasin (Yu, et al., 1995 J Biol Chem 270(22):13483-89). LP294 contains the active sites of serine proteinases (trypsin famUy), trypsin-Uke domains, and apple-Uke domains. LP294 has a signal peptide-Uke portion at its N-terminal. LP294 is expressed primarily in IL-5 activated eosinophils, and eosinophils exhibiting hyper-eosinophiUa, and in asthma patients. EosinophUs are a type of polymorphonuclear leukocyte containing eosin-staining granules. EosinophUs are known to destroy parasitic organisms and play a major role in aUergic reactions. They also secrete chemical mediators that can cause broncho-constriction in asthma (Sampson, et al., 2000
CUn Exp AUergy 30 Suppl 1:22-7; Walsh, et al, 1999 Crit Rev CUn Lab Sci 36(5):453-96).
Eosinophils make up one to three percent of the total white blood ceU count. Accordingly, compositions comprising LP294 polypeptides, polynucleotides, its agonists/antagonists, and/or antibodies are also useful for the treatment of parasite infection, aUergy, and asthma.
Recently, it has been shown that a serine protease CD26/dipeptidyl-peptidase IN
(CD26/DPP IN) plays an important role in immune function (Sozzani, et al.2000 Pharm
Acta Helv 74(2-3) :305-312). Furthermore, CD26/DPP IN has been shown to play a role in
T-ceU proUferation and chemotaxis and of fibroblast activation in Uver disease (e.g., human cirrhosis) (McCaughan, et al. 2000 Immunol Rev 174:172-191). Consequently, LP294 may play a similar role by activating immune ceUs in such conditions.
Furthermore, since it has been shown that serine proteases facilitate several steps in cancer progression, it is useful to identify serine proteases that are most suitable for drug targeting by using indicators of actual enzyme activity in a biological sample not simply levels of messenger RΝA or an immunoassay of the suspect protein. Accordingly, an automated microtiter plate assay can be used to aUow detection of a suspected protease (such as, e.g., LP294) in tissue samples of patients with a proUferative disease condition (for example, see, e.g., the proteomic screen for proteases in colorectal carcinomas developed by McKerrow, et al, 2000 Mol Med. (5): 450-460, which is incorporated by reference herein for these teachings). Such an analysis can identify proteases whose activities may be essential for tumor progression and are not completely balanced by endogenous inhibitors. Such proteases are logical targets for efforts to produce low molecular weight protease inhibitors as a potential chemotherapy. Employing such an assay on LP294 to test its serine protease- Uke activity in a biological sample would allow a determination of its role in diseases of ceU proUferation, such as, e.g., colon cancer.
LP294's homology to proteins involved in blood coagulation (e.g., plasma kalUkrein, coagulation factor XI, and plasminogen) and the possession of apple domains, which have been shown to be involved in binding other members of the coagulation cascade (such as, e.g., kininogen, and factor Xlla) suggest that LP294 may also be participate in the blood coagulation system. Furthermore, at least two additional pieces of evidence suggest that
LP294 may also participate in inflammatory processes. One is based on the observation that after injury there is typicaUy a simultaneous activation of the innate immune response and the coagulation system. This simultaneous activation has been discovered to be a phylogeneticaUy-conserved, ancient and adaptive response that can be traced back to the early stages of eukaryotic evolution and which persists today so that the same proinflammatory stimuU that activate elements of the human clotting cascade also activate phagocytic effector ceUs (neutrophils, monocytes, and macrophages). Thus, a complex and highly integrated Unkage between systemic inflammation and coagulation is maintained in aU vertebrates (see, e.g., Opal S. M. 2000 Crit Care Med. (9 Suppl): S77-80). The second piece of evidence supporting this view is the expression data for LP294, which is primarUy in IL-5 activated eosinophils, and eosinophils exhibiting hyper-eosinophiUa, and in asthma patients. Thus, supporting the Unkage between the immune system and the coagulation system.
It has been discovered that LP294 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 35) are expressed in the foUowing number of LIFESEQ GOLD™ database tissue and cDNA Ubraries: GenitaUa, Female 1/106; Germ CeUs 1/5; Hemic and Immune System 5/159; Musculoskeletal System 1/47; and Nervous System 1/198.
Consequently, based on the expression pattern of LP294, its homology to proteins with known functions, and Uterature suggesting the role of such proteins in human conditions, diseases, syndromes, etc., it is Ukely that compositions comprising LP294 polypeptides (or fragments thereof), polynucleotides (or fragments thereof), and/or LP294 antibodies (or LP294 binding compositions), and related reagents are also useful for the diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, ameUoration, and/or intervention of a disease, condition, or state including, but not Umited to, e.g., ceU proUferative, autoimmune/inflammatory, coagulative, cardiovascular, neurological, and developmental disorders.
Table 17: Primate, e.g., human, LP294 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 35) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 36). The ORF for LP294 is 52-894 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame without undue experimentation). LP294 DNA sequence (1653 bp) (ORF = 52-894) :
LP294 >ds38140 (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined). A polyadenylation signal is indicated in italic typeface.
ATGAGAGGGGTTTCCTGTCTCCAGGTCCTGCTCCTTCTGGTGCTGGGAGCTGCTGGGACTCAGGGAAGGAAG TCTGCAGCCTGCGGGCAGCCCCGCATGTCCAGTCGGATCGTTGGGGGCCGGGATGGCCGGGACGGAGAGTGG
CCGTGGCAGGCGAGCATCCAGCATCGTGGGGCACACGTGTGCGGGGGGTCGCTCATCGCCCCCCAGTGGGTG
CTGACAGCGGCGCACTGCTTCCCCAGGAGGGCACTGCCAGCTGAGTACCGCGTGCGCCTGGGGGCGCTGCGT
CTGGGCTCCACCTCGCCCCGCACGCTCTCGGTGCCCGTGCGACGGGTGCTGCTGCCCCCGGACTACTCCGAG
GACGGGGCCCGCGGCGACCTGGCACTGCTGCAGCTGCGTCGCCCGGTGCCCCTGAGCGCTCGCGTCCAACCC GTCTGCCTGCCCGTGCCCGGCGCCCGCCCGCCGCCCGGCACACCATGCCGGGTCACCGGCTGGGGCAGCCTC
CGCCCAGGAGTGCCCCTCCCAGAGTGGCGACCGCTACAAGGAGTAAGGGTGCCGCTGCTGGACTCGCGCACC
TGCGACGGCCTCTACCACGTGGGCGCGGACGTGCCCCAGGCTGAGCGCATTGTGCTGCCTGGGAGTCTGTGT
GCCGGCTACCCCCAGGGCCACAAGGACGCCTGCCAGGGTGATTCTGGGGGACCTCTGACCTGCCTGCAGTCT
GGGAGCTGGGTCCTGGTGGGCGTGGTGAGCTGGGGCAAGGGTTGTGCCCTGCCCAATCGTCCAGGGGTCTAC ACCAGTGTGGCCACATATAGCCCCTGGATTCAGGCTCGCGTCAGCTTCTAA
LP294 Full-Length Sequence (280aa) :
>ds38140+2_ORPl(SEQ ID NO: 36) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Gly- 22). A predicted SP cleavage site is between Gly-22 and Arg-23 indicated as follows: 1 MRGVSCLQVLLLLVLGAAGTQGΛRK 24 MRGVSCLQvT-LLLVLGAAGTQGRKSAACGQPRMSSRIVGGRDGRDGEWPWQASIQHRGAHVCGGSLIAPQ VI-TAAHCFPRRALPAEYRVRLGALRLGSTSPRTLSVPVRRVLLPPDYSΞDGARGDLALLQLRRPVPLSARV QPVCLPVPGARPPPGTPCRVTGWGSLRPGVPLPEWRPLQGWVPLLDSRTCDGLYHVGADVPQAERIVLPG SLCAGYPQGHKDACQGDSGGPLTCLQSGSWVLVGWSWGKGCALPNRPGVΥTSVATYSP IQARVSF* An LP294 Mature Sequence ( 258aa) :
A predicted mature LP294 sequence is as follows :
RKSAACGQPR SSRIVGGRDGRDGEWPWQASIQHRGAHVCGGSLIAPQ LTAAHCFPRRALPAEYRVRLGA LRLGSTSPRTLSVPVRRVLLPPDYSEDGARGDLALLQLRRPVPLSARVQPVCLPVPGARPPPGTPCRVTGWG SLRPGVPLPΞ RPLQGVRVPLLDSRTCDGLYHVGADVPQAΞRIVLPGSLCAGYPQGHKDACQGDSGGPLTCL QSGSWVLVGWSWGKGCALPNRPGVYTSVATYSP IQARVSF *
LP293 and LP294 are alternatively spUced mRNAs from the same genomic DNA. LP294 shows sequence identity with various human serine proteases such as, e.g., the mature forms of alpha-tryptase (VandersUce, et al. 1990 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 87, 3811-3815) or the catalytic chains of acrosin (Adham, et al. 1990 Hum. Genet. 84, 125-128), plasma kalUkrein (Chung, et al. 1986 Biochemistry 25:2410-2417), coagulation factor XI (Fujikawa, et al. 1986 Biochemistry 25:2417-2424), serine protease hepsin (Leytus, et al. 1988 Biochemistry 27:1067-1074), and plasminogen (Forsgren, et al. 1987 FEBS Lett. 213:254-260). A catalytic triad of histidine (H), aspartic acid (D), and serine (S), which have been shown to be essential for enzymatic activity (see, e.g., Yu, et al. 1995 J. Biol. Chem. 270 (22): 13483-89), are found in LP294 (the catalytic His-Asp-Ser triad in LP294 is formed by His-77 (LTAAHCFPR); Asp-126 (GARGDLALL); and Ser-231 (CQGDSGGPL)). Furthermore, aUgnment with other serine proteinases, demonstrates that LP294 contains an aspartic acid residue (D) at amino acid residue position Asp-225 (QGHKDACQ), indicating that LP294 has trypsin-Uke activity (also, LP294 exhibits a trypsin-Uke domain and serine protease, trypsin famUy-Uke active sites further suggest that it has trypsin-Uke activities). The conserved Cys at LP294 residue Cys-146 (QPNCLPNP) is conserved in all of the serine proteinases which LP294 has been aUgned with. This cysteine residue has been discovered to be involved in the formation of an interchain disulfide bond with the noncatalytic chain in plasma kalUkrein, coagulation factor XI, and acrosin (see, e.g., McMuUen, et al. 1991a Biochemistry 30, 2050- 2056;McMuUen, et al. 1991b Biochemistry 30, 2056-2060; and Topfer-Petersen, et al. 1990
FEBS Lett. 275, 139-142). Therefore, it is Ukely that this Cys residue in LP294 plays a simUar role either by aUowing binding with another molecule or by permitting LP294 hetero- or homodimer formation. AdditionaUy, a conserved Asp residue (QGH DACQG) is present in LP294 at position Asp-225, which is located six residues before the active Ser site (Ser- 231). Similarly located Asp residues in other serine proteinases have been shown to be placed at the bottom of a substrate-binding pocket in trypsin that is involved in an interaction with an Arg or Lys residue on a corresponding substrate (see, e.g., Ruhlmann et al, 1973 J. Mol. Biol. 77, 417-436; and Yu, et al. 1995 J. Biol. Chem. 270 (22): 13483-89). Moreover, two Glycine residues (Gly-252 (WS GKGCA) and Gly-262 (PΝRPGVYTS) are conserved in LP294 and other serine proteinases. The counterparts of these two Gly residues in trypsin and prostatin have been shown to be present at the entrance of the substrate-binding pocket and permit entry of large amino acid side chains. Thus, these features in LP294's primary structure additionaUy reinforce its trypsin-Uke functionaUty. Particularly interesting portions or fragments of the full length LP294 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal peptide-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Gly-22. AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP294 are: a trypsin-Uke domain from Ile-37 to Ile-274:); and serine protease, trypsin famUy-Uke active sites: Leu-73 to Cys-78 (LTAAHC) and Asp-225 to Thr- 236 (DACQGDSGGPLT). Trypsin-Uke protein domains are recognized in aU proteins in famiUes having the SI, S2A, S2B, S2C, and S5 classification of peptidases (see, e.g., RawUngs & Barrett, 1994 Meth Enzymol 244:19-61; and Sprang, et al, 1987 Science 237:905-909). Active sites in serine protease-Uke proteins of the trypsin family, typicaUy involve the catalytic activity of serine proteases of the trypsin family, which are provided by a charge relay system involving an aspartic acid residue hydrogen-bonded to a histidine, which itself is hydrogen- bonded to a serine. Sequences near the active site serine and histidine residues are weU conserved in this family of proteases (see, e.g., Brenner 1988 Nature 334:528-530). Analysis of LP294 demonstrates that it possesses a characteristic catalytic triad of histidine (H), aspartic acid (D), and serine (S) residues, which have been shown to be essential for enzymatic activity in other serine proteinases (see, e.g.; Yu, et al. 1995 J. Biol. Chem. 270 (22): 13483-89). The residues of the triad in LP294 are (His-77 (LTAAHCFPR); Asp-126 (GARGDLALL); and Ser-231 (CQGDSGGPL)). Analysis of this aUgnment also demonstrates that LP294 contains a conserved aspartic acid residue (D) at amino acid residue position Asp-225 (QGHKDACQ). Similar placement of an Asp residue in other serine proteinases is interpreted as indicating trypsin-Uke activity (LP294 also possesses, as indicated above, both a trypsin-Uke domain and serine protease trypsin-family-Uke active sites, which further suggest that it possesses trypsin-Uke activity). A conserved Cys residue in LP294 (Cys-146; NQPNCLPVP), is also conserved in aU of the serine proteinases of the aUgnment. This cysteine residue has been shown to be involved in the formation of an interchain disulfide bond with the noncatalytic chain in plasma kalUkrein, coagulation factor XI, and acrosin (see, e.g., McMuUen, et al. 1991a Biochemistry 30, 2050-2056; McMuUen, et al. 1991b Biochemistry 30, 2056-2060; and Topfer-Petersen, et al. 1990 FEBS Lett. 275, 139-142). Therefore, it is Ukely that Cys- 146 of LP294 plays a simUar role (e.g., either by participating in binding with another molecule or by permitting LP294 hetero- or homodimer formation). AdditionaUy, at LP294 position Asp-225 — six residues before the active Ser site (Ser-231) — is an important conserved Asp residue (QGHKDACQG). Similarly placed Asp residues in other serine proteinases have been shown to be located at the bottom of the substrate- binding pocket of trypsin and to interact with an Arg or Lys residue on a corresponding substrate (see, e.g., Ruhlmann et al, 1973 J. Mol. Biol. 77, 417-436; and Yu, et al. 1995 J. Biol. Chem. 270 (22): 13483-89). Moreover, two LP294 Glycine residues (Gly-252 (VNS GKGCA) and Gly-262 (PΝRPGVYTS); are also conserved in other serine proteinases. The counterparts of these two Gly residues in trypsin and prostatin have been shown to be present at the entrance of the substrate-binding pocket and to permit entry of large amino acid side chains. Consequently, analyzing the data as a whole, LP294's primary structure reinforce the view that it possesses enzymatic-Uke functionaUty.
Given its sequence homology to serine proteinases, its possession of a trypsin-Uke domain, its possession of serine protease, trypsin- family-Uke active sites, and the conservation of primary features with other serine proteinases, it is Ukely that LP294 possesses similar catalytic properties. Based on the teachings suppUed herein, one skiUed in the art would be able to easUy determine enzymatic Uke activity for LP294 using common assay techniques. Testing a protein for trypsin activity is routine in the art and would not require undue experimentation given the teachings suppUed herein (e.g., as to the LP294 sequence) and given teachings in the art for methods of determining whether a suspected protein has trypsin activity. For instance, LP294 could easily be tested for trypsin-Uke activities, using synthetic substrates (see, e.g., Yu et al. 1994 J. Biol. Chem. 269, 18843-18848 and the teachings suppUed therein, which are hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings). For example to test LP294 for arginine amidolytic activities one could use the substrate D-Pro-Phe-Arg-MCA and D-Phe-Phe-Arg-MCA. To test for lysine amidolytic activitiy one would use, for example, a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Phe-Lys-MCA and t- butyloxycarbonyl-Nal-Leu-Lys-MCA. To test for enzymatic activity on chymotrypsin substrates one would use, for example, a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Ala-Pro-Phe-MCA, Ala-Ala-Phe-AMC, or Suc-Leu-Leu-Nal-Tyr-AMC. Trypsin-Uke activity could be assayed, for example with Boc-Leu-Ser-Thr-Arg-AMC. Other methods for testing are known in the art and would be easily avaUable. For example, such as those described in the journal BioTechniques (September, 1994), entitled "A New Protease Activity Assay Using Fluorescence Polarization." Such techniques are weU known in the Uterature and kits performing such assays are commerciaUy avaUable (see, e.g., the Beacon® Protease Activity Detection Kit from the PanNera Corporation, Madison, Wisconsin). AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP294 are: the chymotrypsin-Uke domain signatures of serine proteases: Gly-63 to Cys-78 (GGSLIAPQWVLTAAHC); Gly-122 to Nal-136 (GARGDLALLQLRRPV); and Lys-224 to Thr-236 (KDACQGDSGGPLT); and the apple-domain-Uke signatures of serine proteases: Gly-64 to Arg-96
(GSLIAPQ VLTAAHCFPRRALPAEYRVRLGALR) , Leu-97 to Pro-135 (LGSTSPRTLSVPVRRVLLPPDYSEDGARGDLALLQLRRP) , Val-136 to Pro-170 (VPLSARVQPVCLPVPGARPPPGTPCRVTG GSLRP) , Ala-217 to Trp-251 (AGYPQGHKDACQGDSGGPLTCLQSGSWVLVGWSW) , and Gly-252 to Phe-280 (GKGCALPNRPGVΥTSVATYSPWIQARVSF) .
Apple domains are found in the two related plasma serine proteases that are activated by factor XIIA— plasma kaUikrein (EC 3.4.21.34) and coagulation factor XI (EC 3.4.21.27).
Both of these serine proteases share the same domain topology — an N-terminal region containing four tandem repeats of about 90 amino acids, and a C-terminal catalytic domain.
This 90 amino-acid repeated domain contains six conserved cysteines that form three disulfide bonds (Linking the first and sixth, second and fifth, and third and fourth cysteines) (see, e.g., McMuUen, et al. 1991 Biochemistry 30:2050-2056; and McMuUen, et al. 1991
Biochemistry 30:2050-2056). Since this domain can be drawn in the shape of an apple it has been designated the "apple domain." Apart from exhibiting these cysteine residues, there also exist a number of other conserved amino acid positions that can be identified in an apple domain. Accordingly, AppUcants have developed a consensus pattern that they have used to identify apple domains in novel polypeptide sequences. This consensus sequence is: C-x(3)-|LIV FY]-x(5)-[LlNMFYJ-x(3)-pENQ]-[LrVMFY]-x(10)- C-x [L]NMFY]-F-x-FY]-x(13,14)-C-x- [L]N^ x(2)-C -. Currently, aU existing sequences that have been identified as belonging to the class of proteins possessing apple domains also possess this consensus pattern. Accordingly, since domains in LP294 were discovered using this consensus pattern, it is Ukely that LP294 is also a member of the grouping of proteins possessing apple domains.
Moreover, based on homology searches and structural prediction methods, it has also recently been shown that (1) the Ν-terminal Ν domains of members of the plasminogen/hepatocyte growth factor family, (2) the apple domains of the plasma prekaUikrein/ coagulation factor XI family, and (3) domains of various nematode proteins belong to a superfamUy module, designated the PAN module (see, e.g., Tordai, et al. 1999 FEBS Lett. 461 (1-2): 63-67). Patterns of conserved residues in PAN correspond to secondary structural elements of the known three-dimensional structure of hepatocyte growth factor N domain and therefore, a similar fold is predicted for members of the PAN superfamUy module. Based on functional information of apple- and N-domains, PAN modules have been shown to exhibit diverse biological functions by mediating protein- protein or protein-carbohydrate interactions. Consequendy, it is expected that LP294 will also have such a predicted fold structure and Ukewise mediate protein-protein or protein- carbohydrate interactions Uke other members of the PAN module. AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP294 are discovered fragments Leu-11 to Gly- 22; Lys-24 to Arg-36; Ile-37 to Arg-57; Cys-62 to His-77; Pro-108 to Asρ-121; Pro-156 to Trp-177; Pro-220 to Pro-234; Thr-236 to Asn-259; Leu-11 to Arg-23; Lys-24 to Gly-43; Cys- 62 to Ala-83; Pro-102 to Pro-116; Leu-132 to Gln-143; Gln-143 to Cys-160; Nal-162 to Arg- 184; Gly-200 to Leu-215; Pro-234 to Trp-251 ; Ser-250 to Gly-262; Leu-7 to Gly-16; Ala-17 to Arg-36; Ile-37 to Pro-49; Ala-52 to Ser-65; Ala-76 to Nal-90; Leu-97 to Pro-108; Pro-116 to Asρ-126; Pro-150 to Nal-172; Asp-189 to Arg-208; Ser-214 to Pro-234; and Ser-250 to Ser-271, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP294 are the discovered portions of LP294 from Cys-28 to Ile-54; Cys-62 to Trp-71 ; Nal-72 to Arg-82; Leu-84 to Ala-94; Ala-123 to Ser-139; Nal-145 to Thr-158; Gly-157 to Nal-172; Nal-172 to Gly-182; Pro-204 to Gly-218; Tyr-219 to Gln-228; Gly-229 to Ser-240; Gly-241 to Lys-253; Gly-254 to Ala-268; Tyr-264 to Gln-275; Thr-20 to Pro-31; Met-33 to Gly-43; Gly-43 to Ala-52; Gln-21 to Ala-52; His-56 to Gly-63; Leu-92 to Ser-106; Nal-112 to Leu-127; Pro-150 to Trp-165; Pro-154 to Gly-164; Nal-185 to Thr-192; Cys-193 to Pro-204; Tyr-219 to Leu-235; and Gly-252 to Tyr-270.
These fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP294 secondary structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coil) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP294 heUx structures: Leu-127 to Gln-131. Particularly interesting discovered coil structures are Met-1 to Arg-2; Ala-18 to THr-20; Cys-28 to Met- 33; Gly-40 to Pro-49; Arg-56 to Gly-57; Gly-63 to Gln-70; Ala-75 to Arg-81; Leu-97 to Arg- 103; Leu-114 to Gly-125; Arg-133 to Pro-144; Leu-147 to Pro-159; Gly-166 to Leu-180; Asp- 189 to Gly-195; Gly-200 to Nal-203; Leu-211 to Ser-214; Gly-218 to Lys-224; Gly-229 to Gly-233; Gln-239 to Ser-242; Trp-251 to Gly-262; Thr-269 to Ser-271; and Ser-279 to Phe- 280. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are Arg-36 to Ile-37; Arg-110 to Leu-113; Tyr-197 to His-198; Leu-235 to Leu-238; and Trp-243 to Nal-249. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one strand-coil-heUx-coil motif of LP294 combines the Arg-110 to Leu-113 strand, with the Leu-114 to Gly-125 coU, with the Leu-127 to Gln-131 heUx, and the Arg-133 to Pro-144 coU to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Arg-110 to Pro-144. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easily determined. FEATURES OF LP NO: 19 (LP295) LP295 is a novel human polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 38) that exhibits amino acid sequence identity to various serpin proteins. The serpins are a superfamUy of proteins, typicaUy 350-400 amino acids in length, with a diverse set of functions including, but not Umited to, inhibition of serine proteases in the vertebrate blood coagulation cascade (see, e.g., Huber and CarreU 1989 Biochemistry 28: 8951-8966; and MarshaU 1993 Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B Biol. Sci. B342: 101-119). Serpins are of cUnical interest because mutations in these compositions cause a number of disease conditions — for example, blood clotting disorders, emphysema, cirrhosis, and dementia — many of which are consequences of polymerization (see, e.g., CarreU & Lomas 1997 Lancet 350: 134—138). Serpins have a conserved set of secondary structural elements whose nomenclature (Schechter and Berger 1967 Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 27: 157-162) has developed based on a naming system given to the canonical structure of native alpha-1-antitrypsin (Elliott et al. 1996 Nat. Struct. Biol. 3: 676-681). TypicaUy, serpins contain three beta-sheets and nine alpha-heUces. The portion of a serpin designated as the reactive center loop (RCL), is crucial for the function of inhibitory serpins by undergoing large structural changes that alter the folding topology of the molecule. In alpha-1-antitrypsin, the RCL comprises residues P17-P4' and it contains a scissile bond (between residues PI and PI'), which is cleaved by its cognate target protease. Using the LP295 sequence taught herein and its identity with known serpins, AppUcants have discovered similar secondary structures in LP295. Five conformational states — native, cleaved, latent, gamma, and polymeric — characteristicaUy appear in serpin crystal structures. They differ primarily in the structure of the RCL region (see Whisstock et al. 1998 Trends Biochem. Sci. 23: 63-67). In the native state, the RCL is exposed and, for inhibitory serpins, accessible for interaction with its cognate protease. Upon cleavage of the scissUe bond, the reactive center loop forms an additional strand inserted into the A beta sheet, with concomitant conformational changes elsewhere in the molecule (Stein and Chothia, 1991 J. Mol. Biol. 221: 615-621; Whisstock, et al. 2000a J. Mol. Biol. 296: 685-699). Cleavage is typicaUy associated with an increase in stability (resistance to denaturing conditions). The native to cleaved conformational change is designated as the "stressed to relaxed" (S— >R) transition (CarreU and Owen 1985 Nature 317: 730-732). A substrate of the native conformation is seen in the X-ray crystal structure of antithrombin, in which the RCL is partiaUy inserted into the A beta-sheet (CarreU, et al. 1994 Structure 2: 257-270; Schreuder, et al. 1994 Nat. Struct. Biol. 1: 48-54; Whisstock, et al. 2000b J. Mol. Biol. 301: 1287-1305).
The latent state is an uncleaved state in which the RCL is inserted into the A beta- sheet, as in the cleaved form; this is an alternative R state. The latent state was first seen in the crystal structure of Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-1 (PAI-1; Mottonen, et al. 1992 Nature 355: 270-273). The transition in PAI-1 from the native, active form to the latent, non-inhibitory conformation provides a fine level of functional control, Umiting the active Ufetime of PAI-1 to a few hours (Levin and San-teU 1987 Blood 70: 1090-1098). The latent state also occurs in the crystal structure of antithrombin (CarreU, et al. 1994 Structure 2: 257- 270; Skinner et al. 1997 J. Mol. Biol. 266: 601-609), and there is evidence for its existence in alpha-1-antitrypsin (Lomas, et al. 1995 J. Biol. Chem. 268: 516-521) and alpha-1- antichymo trypsin (Gooptu, et al. 2000 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97: 67-72). Two additional conformational states have recently been structuraUy characterized in serpins. One, in gamma-antichymotrypsin (which contains the mutation Leu55— >Pro), presents an intermediate conformation between the native and latent state (Gooptu et al. 2000 Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. 97: 67-72). The second, discovered by X-ray crystal structure of cleaved alpha-1-antitrypsin polymers, confirms the loop-sheet mechanism of polymerization (Lomas et al. 1992 Nature 357: 605-607; Huntington et al. 1999 J. Mol. Biol. 293: 961-964; Dunstone, et al. 2000 Protein Sci. 9: 429-443). The S— >R transition is integral to the function of inhibitory serpins. The mechanism of inhibition involves the formation of a stable complex between the protease and the cleaved form of the inhibitor, analogous to an enzyme-product complex. Some non-inhibitory serpins, such as CBG, use the S— >R transition to control Ugand release: the native state of CBG has higher affinity for cortisol than does the cleaved form (Pemberton, et al. 1988 Nature 336: 257-258). Note the difference between this mechanism and that of hemoglobin: once cleaved, CBG releases its Ugand, and it cannot be re-used whereas hemoglobin has to develop a complex aUosteric mechanism to achieve reversible release of Ugands. Some other serpins (e.g., ovalbumin) do not undergo an S— >R transition under normal physiological conditions (Wright et al. 1990 J. Mol. Biol. 213: 513- 528). The serpins also share certain mechanistic features with non-serpin inhibitor famiUes. Both serpin and non-serpin inhibitors inhibit proteases by forming stable equimolar complexes in which a substrate-Uke interaction is made between an exposed inhibitor binding loop and an enzyme active site (see, e.g., Potempa, et al. 1994 J. Biol. Chem. 269 15957-15960; Olson, et al. 1994 Semin. Thromb. Hemostasis 20, 373-409; Laskowski, et al. 1980 Annu. Rev. Biochem 49, 593-626; and Bode & Huber. 1992 Eur. J. Biochem. 204, 433- 451). However, serpins differ from non-serpin inhibitors in requiring a large inhibitor conformational change to trap proteases in such complexes (see, e.g., Engh, et al. 1990 Protein Eng. 3, 469-477; Schulze, et al. 1990 Eur. J. Biochem. 194, 51-56; Skriver, et al. 1991 J. Biol. Chem. 266, 9216-9221; CarreU, et al. 1991 Nature 353, 576-578; Bjδrk, et al. 1992 J. Biol. Chem. 267, 1976-1982; and Bjόrk, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32, 6501-6505). In this conformational change, the inhibitor-binding loop is thought to coUapse from its exposed position on the protein surface and become inserted into the center of a major beta-sheet comprising the core of the protein. By contrast, in the non-serpin inhibitors, the binding loop is rigidly fixed in an optimal substrate binding, "canonical" conformation capable of tight interaction with the protease with minimal conformational adjustments (Laskowski, et al. 1980 Annu. Rev. Biochem. 49, 593-626; and Bode & Huber. 1992 Eur. J. Biochem. 204, 433-451). Several regions are important in controlling and modulating serpin conformational changes: (1) The hinge, the P15-P9 portion of the RCL (Hopkins et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32: 7650-7657). The hinge provides mobiUty essential for the conformational change of the RCL in the S— >R transition; (2) The breach, located at the top of the A beta-sheet, the point of initial insertion of the RCL into the A beta-sheet (Whisstock et al. 2000a J. Mol. Biol. 296: 685-699); (3) The shutter, near the center of A beta-sheet (Stein and CarreU 1995 Nat. Struct. Biol. 2: 96-113). The breach and shutter are two important regions that faciUtate sheet opening and accept the conserved hinge of the RCL as it inserts (Whisstock et al. 2000a J. Mol. Biol. 296: 685-699); (4) The gate, including strands s3C and s4C, primarily characterized by studies of the transition of active PAI-1 to latency (Mottonen et al. 1992 Nature 355: 270-273; Stein and CarreU 1995 Nat. Struct. Biol. 2: 96-113). To insert fuUy into the A beta-sheet without cleavage, the RCL has to pass around the heUx-turn Unking strands s3C and s4C. CharacteristicaUy, inhibitory serpins can be recognized by a consensus pattern in their sequences in the hinge region (see, e.g., Gettins, et al. 1996 Serpins: Structure, Function and Biology, R.G. Landes, Austin, Texas; Hopkins, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32:7650-57; and Irving, et al. Genome Research 10:1845-64). One consensus sequence has the foUowing structure: P17=E, P16=E/K/R, P15=G, P14=T/S, P13=E, P12- P9=(A/G/S), in which P15 is usuaUy glycine, P14 is threonine or serine, and positions P12- P9 are occupied by residues with short side chains, such as, e.g., alanine, glycine, or serine. The hinge residues are beUeved to permit efficient and rapid insertion of the RCL into the A- beta sheet during S— >R transition. The corresponding regions of non-inhibitory serpins deviate from the consensus. Mutations of hinge-region residues often convert inhibitory serpins into substrates. In one sequence comparison using the P17-P8-Uke portion of LP295 (ETGTEATAAT) to compare with such a consensus sequence the results suggest that this region of LP295 exhibits the characteristics of an inhibitory serpin hinge-Like region and support an additional assertion that LP295 is a serpin-Uke protein that has inhibitory-type serpin capabiUty. One consequence of the conformational labiUty of serpin higher order structure is the possibiUty of it leading to undesirable conformation formations (e.g., aberrant polymerizations), for example, such as that resulting from the insertion of the RCL of one molecule into the A beta-sheet of another (see, e.g., Mast et al. 1991 Biochemistry 30: 1723- 1730; Lomas et al. 1992 Nature 357: 605-607; Huntington et al. 1999 J. Mol. Biol. 293: 449- 455; and Dunstone et al. 2000 Protein Sci. 9: 429-443). Mutants, including many in the shutter region of serpins, have been identified that enhance the propensity for serpin polymerization, leading to dysfunction and disease (for a review, see Stein and CarreU 1995 Nat. Struct. Biol. 2: 96-113). Encompassed herein are LP295, and LP295 variants (such as, e.g., amino acid residue variants of the shutter region of LP295), associated with such or simUar polymerizations resulting in conditions, disorders, syndromes, or disease states such as, e.g., dementia, Alzheimer's disease, neurofibriUary plaque formation, amyloid-fibril formation, inclusion-body myositis, inclusion-body myopathy syndromes, intrafiber congophiUas, neuromuscular junctional disease, hepatic maUgnant fibrous histocytoma, hepatic inclusion formations, pulmonary inclusion formations, uremic cachexia, muscle cachexia, hepatic damage that may progress to cirrhosis and hepatoceUular carcinoma, (see, e.g., Lomas, D. A., 1996 QJM 89(11):807-12). AdditionaUy included herein are methods to represent conformational disease state related to LP295 or an LP295 variant.
Analysis of the LP295 amino acid sequence suggests that it also is an extraceUular serpin. The extraceUular serpins have been further categorized (based on a phylogenetic analysis of aU the currendy described extant serpins; see, e.g., Irving et al, 2000 Genome Research 10:1845-1860) into eight separate clades, the largest of which — clade 'a' in the Irving et al., nomenclature — contains 77 antitrypsin-Uke extraceUular inhibitory serpins. Further analysis of LP295 suggests that is a newly discovered member of this antitrypsin-Uke grouping. Moreover, within the antitrypsin clade of extraceUular inhibitory serpins, LP295 exhibits particularly close amino acid sequence identity to the foUowing serpins: Contrapsin- Like Protease Inhibitor 3 Precursor (CPI-23), Serine Protease Inhibitor 1 (SPI-1); Contrapsin-Like Protease Inhibitor 1 Precursor (CPI-21), KaUikrein-Binding Protein (KBP), Growth Hormone-Regulated Protease Inhibitor (GHR-P63), Serine Protease Inhibitor 2
(SPI-2), Serine Protease Inhibitor 2.3 (SPI-2.3), Thyroid Hormone-Regulated Protein; Serine protease inhibitor (SPI-2.4) rat fragment; Serine protease inhibitor (SPI-2.4); EB22-23; and SPI-2. Interestingly, LP295 contains an arginine residue (Arg-379) at the presumptive Pl-Uke position of the reactive-site peptide bond-Uke region in LP295, which, in rodent serpins (also know as contrapsins), is a characteristic indicator of trypsin inhibition (see, e.g., Potempa, et al. 1995 Biochem J Feb 15;306 ( Pt l):191-7). Consequently, it is Ukely that LP295 is a novel trypsin inhibitor. Testing the inhibitory spectrum of LP295 would not require undue experimentation given the teachings in the art regarding assays for determining the inhibitory activity of suspected serpins (such as, e.g., against chymotrypsin, pancreatic elastase, neutropbil elastase, thrombin, plasmin, plasma kaUikrein, pancreatic kaUikrein, clotting factor Xa, or papain). Such methods are weU known in the art and could be adapted here to test LP295 (see, e.g., Yamamoto & Sinohara 1993 J Biol Chem 268(24):17750-53).
Although the chromosomal location of LP295 has currently not been estabUshed, it is Ukely that the genetic locus of LP295 wiU be found within or near a serpin gene cluster recently described on human chromosome 14. Recently, the first detaUed map of a serpin gene cluster in humans was mapped to the 14q32.1 locus (see, e.g., Rollini & Fournier 1997 Genomics 46(3): 409-415). The cluster of known human serpin genes that map to the 14q32.1 locus include genes that are phylogeneticaUy related to LP295. Identified serpin genes at this locus encode: alpha-1 -antitrypsin (alpha 1AT, gene symbol PI), corticosteroid- binding globuUn (CBG), alpha 1-antichymotrypsin (AACT), protein C inhibitor (PCI), kaUistatin (KAL, gene symbol PI4), the polymorphic protease inhibitor (PI) gene, PIL; and the Pl-Uke pseudogene. Given the phylogenetic relationship of LP295 to these genes, it is Ukely that LP295 also maps to this region of human chromosome 14. Furthermore, recent data indicate an involvement of the serpin genes at this locus in the pathogenesis of Wegener's granulomatosis, a multisystem disease involving necrotizing vascuUtis characterized by upper and lower respiratory tracts involvement, progressive glomerulonephritis, and systemic symptoms attributable to smaU vessel vascuUtis (Borgmann, et al., 2001 CUn Immunol (2): 244-248). Consequendy, given the simUarity of LP295 to members of this gene cluster, LP295 may also be both involved in, and/or a marker for this condition.
Table 18: Primate, e.g., human, LP295 polynucleotide sequence (SEQ ID NO: 37) and corresponding polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 38). The ORF for LP295 is 147-1388 bp (with the start (ATG) and stop codons (TAG) identified in bold typeface and underlined in case numbering is misidentified one skilled in the art could determine the open reading frame ■without undue experimentation). P295 DNA Sequence (1725 bp) (ORF = 147-1388) :
LP295 >ds38141 (start (atg) and stop (tga) codons are indicated in bold typeface and underlined) . A polyadenylation signal is indicated in italic typeface.
ATGGCCTTCATTGCAGCTTTGGGGCTCTTGATGGCAGGGATCTGCCCTGCTGTCCTCTGTGATGGCACACT GGGAAGGGACACTCTATCCCATGAAGACCACGGCAAGGGGAGACAACTGCACAGTCTCACATTGGCTTCCA GCAACACTGACTTCGCATTGAGCCTCTACAAGAAGCTGGCTTTGAGGAATCCAGATAAAAATGTTGTCTTC TCCCCTCTTAGCATCTCAGCTGCCTTGACCATTTTGTCTCTGGGAGCAAAAGACAGCACCATGGAAGAGAT TCTAGAAGGTCTCAAGTTCAATCTCACAGAGATCACTGAGGAAGAAATCCACCAGGGCTTTGGGCACCTCC TACAGAGGCTCAGCCAGCCAGAGGACCAGGTAGAGATCAATACAGGTAGTGCCCTGTTTATTGACAAAGAG CAGCCGATACTGTCAGAATTCCAGGAGAAGACAAGGGCTCTGTACCAGGCTGAGGCCTTCGTAGCTGACTT CAAGCAGCCCAATGAGGCCAAAAAGCTCATCAATGACTATGTGAGCAATCAGACCCAGGGGAAGATCGCAG AACTGTTCTCAGACCTGGAGGAGAGGACATCCATGGTGCTGGTGAACTATCTCCTATTTAAAGGCAAATGG AAGGCCCCCTTTAACCCCAATGACACAATTGAGTCTGAGTTCTACTTGGATGAGAAGAGGTCTGTGAAGGT GCCCATGATGAAAATTAAGGAAGTAACCACACCCTATGTCCGGGATGAGGAACTCTCCTGCTCTGTGTTGG AGCTGAAGTACACAGGAAATGCCAGCGCCCTGTTTATCCTCCCTGACCAAGGCAAGATGCAGCAGGTGGAA TCCAGCTTGCAACCAGAGACCCTGAAGAAGTGGAAGGACTCTTTGATCCCTAGGATTATAAATGATCTCCG CATGCCCAΆGTTCTCCATCTCCACAGACTACAGTCTAAAΆGAGGTCCTTCCAGAGCTGGGCATTAAGAAAG TCTTCTCCCAGCAAGCTGATCTGAGTAGGATCACAGGGACCAAGGATCTGTATGTCTCTCAAGTGGTCCAC AAGGCTGTGCTGGATGTGGATGAGACAGGCACAGAAGCAACTGCTGCTACAGGGGTCGCTACAGTCATACG TAGACAACCTCGAΆCTCTGAΆTTTCAACCGGCCATTCATGGTGGTTATCACTGACATGGATAGTCAGTCTA TCCTCTTTGTTGCCAAAATCACTAACCCCAAGTAA
LP295 Full-Length Sequence (413aa) : >ds38141+3_ORFl (SEQ ID NO: 38) The underlined portion is a predicted signal sequence (Met-1 to Ala-17) . A predicted SP cleavage site is between Ala-17 and Val-18 indicated as follows: 1
MAFIAALGLLMAGICPAΛVLCDG 22. An' alternative predicted cleavage site based on a different signal peptide analysis is between Cys-20 and Asp-21 indicated as follows: 1 MAFIAALGLLMAGICPAVI-C DG 22. Both versions are encompassed herein.
MAFIAALGLLMAGICPAVLCDGTLGRDTLSHEDHGKGRQLHSLTLASSNTDFALSLYKKLALRNPDKNVVF SPLSISAALTILSLGAKDST EEILEGLKFNLTEITEΞEIHQGFGHLLQRLSQPEDQVEINTGSALFIDKE QPILSEFQEKTRALYQAEAFVADFKQPNEAKKLIKTOYVSNQTQGKIAELFSDLEERTSMVLVTSJYLLFKGK IQPFNPNDTIESΞFYLDEKRSVIWPMMKIKEVTTPYVRDEELSCSVLELKYTGNASALFILPDQGKMQQVΞ SSLQPETLKKKDSLIPRIINDLRMPKFSISTDYSL EVLPELGIKKVFSQQADLSRITGTKDLYVSQVVH KAVLDVDETGTEATAATGVATVIRRQPRTLNFNRPFMWITDMDSQSILFVAKITNPK*
An LP295 Mature Sequence (396aa) :
A predicted mature LP295 sequence is as follows: VT-ICDGTLG-^TLSHEDHGKGRQLHSLTLASSNTDFALSLYKKLALRNPDKNVVFSPLSISAALTILSLGAKD STMEEILEGLKFNLTΞITEΞEIHQGFGHLLQRLSQPEDQVEINTGSALFIDKEQPILSEFQEKTRALYQAEA FVADFKQPNEAKKLINDYVSNQTQGKIAELFSDLΞERTSMVLVIJYLLFKGK KAPFNP-XΓDTIΞSEFYLDΞKR SVKVPMMKIKEVTTPYVRDEELSCSΛ/LELKYTGNASALFILPDQGKMQQVESSLQPETLKKWKDSLIPRIIN DLRMPKFSISTDYSLKEVLPΞLGIKKVFSQQADLSRITGTKDLYVSQVVHKAVLDΛ/DETGTEATAATGVATV IRRQPRTLNFNRPFMWITD DSQSILFVAKITNPK*
Three interesting portions of LP295 can define a minimaUy predicted reactive center- Uke loop (RCL) region, with an N-terminad side portion having residues Glu-363 to Thr-372 (ETGTEATAAT)and a C-terminad side portion having residues Arg-379 to Arg-380 (RR) which is a pipeUne reactive center-Uke portion of LP295. Between these two areas Ues a region from about Thr-372 to Ile-378 (TGNATNI). These three portions of LP295 (ETGTEATAAT), CTGNATNI), and (RR), from about Arg-379 to about Ile-378 exhibit characteristic elements of a reactive center-Uke loop region which has been shown to be a distinguishing feature of serpins (see, e.g., CarreU & Evans 1992 Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 2:438-446). TypicaUy, the reactive center (including the P-P') functions as an ideal substrate, with a central residue that matches the proteolytic specificity of its cognate target protease. For example, in some serpins an arginine is characteristic for a thrombin-Uke protease (such as, e.g., Arg-379 of LP295), or an alanine (Ala) or methionine (Met) is characteristic for an elastase. One of ordinary skiU can use this information to determine specific substrate specificity without undue experimentation. In comparing serpins it is useful to designate the reactive center residue of the serpin as PI with resides Ν-terminad to it designated as P2, P3, etc. and C-terminad to it designated as P'l, P'2 etc. Using this notation, the reactive center of a serpin is described as lying on a peptide loop that extends at its Ν-terminad most portion from about PI 7 (which is located at the end of strand 5 of the A sheet of the serpin) to about P'4at its C-terminad most portion (which is located at the commencement of the strand 1 of the C sheet of the serpin) (see, e.g., R.W. CarreU pp. 1009-1013, especiaUy Fig. S9b, in the section titled "Serpins" in The Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology, ed. Sir J. Kendrew 1994 BlackweU Science Ltd.); however, others have extended these boundaries (e.g., PI 9- P'9).
Employing such a notational convention here, a reactive center-Uke loop region of LP295 extends Ν terminad from the PI reactive center arginine residue of Arg-379 and C terminad from the PI' arginine residue of Arg-380. Accordingly (using the notation of Scheter & Berger 1967 Biochem Biophys Res Commun 27:157-162), the P17— > P'4 peptide loop of LP295 starts at LP295 Leu-359 (which is the Ν-terminad (P17) residue) and continues to LP295 Arg-384 (which is the C-terminad (P'4) residue). This portion of LP295 defines a 25 contiguous amino acid region as foUows:
(LDNDETGTEATAATGNATVI^(T1)RR(P'1)→QPR) (where the leftward pointing arrow (<— ) indicates increasing P values as one moves to the left (Ν-terminad) from the PI Arg-379 and the rightward pointing arrow (— ^indicates increasing P' values as one moves to the right (C-terminad) from the P'l Arg-380). Given the importance of RCL for serpin functionaUty, AppUcants embodiments include muteins of, in and around this region, particularly LP295 variants as described herein created by mutagenesis around the PI- P'l region since it is known as conveying to a unique cleavage site target to its cognate binding partner/s. (see, e.g., Biochem Biophys Acta 2000 Jun 15;1479(l-2):237-46 comparing the inhibitory activity of recombinant human kaUistatin and two mutants, Phe388Arg (PI) and Phe387Gly (P2), toward human tissue kaUikrein. Similar mutagenesis scheme could be carried out here to design; for example, more potent inhibitory activity of LP295. AdditionaUy, since serpin inhibitors behave as suicide substrates that are cleaved early in the interaction with their target enzyme, for example, testing the specificity of LP295 for various suspected substrates (including testing, e.g., the kinetic parameters of their hydrolysis) could be done using internaUy (and/or intramolecularly) quenched fluorogenic peptides having specific structures containing particular amino acid pairs designed, e.g., based on the described reactive-center loop sequence of LP295 (e.g., from P17 to about P'13). These tests of LP295 can be adapted from methods known in the art, such as, e.g., those taught by, e.g., Pimenta, et al., Biochem J 1999 Apr 15;339 ( Pt 2):473-9 and Bourgeois, et al., 1997 / Biol Chem Νov 21 ;272(47) :29590- 5, whose teaching in this regard are incorporated herein by reference.) The N-terminad side of the loop-Uke region defined by residues Glu-363 to Thr-372 (ETGTEATAAT) of LP295 is conserved.
The LP295 ETGTEATAAT region exhibits a high degree of sequence identity to the hinge region of serpins (defined as the P15-P9 or P17-P8 portion of the RCL (depending on various authors, see, e.g., Hopkins, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32:7650-57; Hopkins &
Whisstock, 1994 Science 265:1893-1894; and Schick, et al. 1998 Biochemistry 37: 5258-5266). The hinge region appears to be mechanisticaUy critical for the reactive loop of the serpin to undergo a dramatic conformational change upon cleavage (this native to cleaved change of the serpin is caUed the "stressed to relaxed" (S— >R) transition; Carrel & Owen 1985 Nature 317: 730-32. The hinge provides the mobiUty essential for the conformational change of the RCL in the S— -»R transition) and for the formation of a characteristicaUy stable 1:1 complex of an inhibitory serpin and its cognate target protease (even under reducing conditions). CharacteristicaUy, inhibitory serpins can be recognized by a consensus pattern in their sequences in the hinge region (see, e.g., Gettins, et al. 1996 Serpins: Structure, Function and Biology, R.G. Landes, Austin, Texas; Hopkins, et al. 1993 Biochemistry 32:7650-57; and Irving, et al. Genome Research 10:1845-64). One consensus sequence has the foUowing structure: P17=E, P16=E/K/R, P15=G, P14=T/S, P13=E, P12-P9=(A/G/S), in which PI 5 is usuaUy glycine, PI 4 is threonine or serine, and positions P12-P9 are occupied by residues with short side chains, such as, e.g., alanine, glycine, or serine. The hinge residues are beUeved to permit efficient and rapid insertion of the RCL into the A-beta sheet during S→R transition. Comparison of the P17-P8 portion of LP295 (ETGTEATAAT) to such a consensus sequence suggests that this region of LP295 exhibits characteristics of an inhibitory serpin hinge further supporting an assertion that LP295 is an inhibitory-type serpin protein. TypicaUy, inhibitory serpins are cleaved by their target cognate protease within a reactive center loop region of about 20 amino acids that is located near the C terminus.
The amino acid located N terminad to the scissUe bond (the PI position) appears to be important for determining the specificity of a serpin for its cognate protease. Possession of such a hinge-Uke region by LP295 suggests that it also has the capacity to inhibit protease activity, Uke other inhibitory serpins. Classical inhibitory-type serpins are able to form SDS- stabLe complexes with their target proteases, even in the presence of reducing agents (see, e.g., Potempa et al. 1994 J. Biol Chem. 269: 15957-60; O' MaUey et al. 1997 J. Biol Chem. 272: 5354-59; and Schick et al. 1997 J Biol Chem. 272: 1849-55). Accordingly, it would not require undue experimentation to test the abiUty of LP295 to form complexes with known proteases (and therefore, inhibit their function). For, example, one of ordinary skill in the art could easUy use the teachings herein to express the coding region of LP295 by in vitro transcription/translation to incubate the resulting LP295 product with known proteases (e.g., trypsin, CT, HNE, PR3, thrombin, plasmin catG to test serine proteases; or ca B, and catL to test cysteine proteases, or catD to test aspartic proteases) to determine if formation of n SDS-stable complex could be demonstrated. Thus, these features in LP295's primary structure additionaUy reinforce its serpin-Uke character.
Characteristic elements of a serpin secondary structure map to a portion of LP295 as foUows: an A-heUx, a B-heUx, etc., are indicated respectively, as hA, hB, etc., whUe a strand 1 of the A beta-sheet, a strand 2 of the A beta-sheet, etc., are indicated respectively, as si A, s2A, etc. TypicaUy, members of the serpin superfamUy are characterized by a dominant A beta-sheet and a mobUe reactive loop region that acts as a pseudosubstrate for the serpin cognate proteinase (see, e.g., Wei, et al., 1994 Nat. Struct. Biol. 1, 251-258; and Baumann, et al, 1991 J. Mol. Biol. 218, 595-606).
To avoid confusion, such particular serpin secondary structures (e.g., hA, hB, etc., or slA, s2A, etc.), which have been mapped onto the LP295 amino acid sequence, are also given as foUows: TLASSNTDFALSLYKKLALRN) = hA = Thr-44 to Asn-64 of LP295; (VNF) = s6B = Nal-69 to Phe-71 of LP295; (PLSISAALTILSLG) = hB =Pro-73 to Gly-86 of LP295; (DSTMEEILEGL) = hC = Asp-89 to Leu-99 of LP295;
(EEEIHQGFGHLLQRLS) = hD = Glu-108 to Ser-123 of LP295; (QVEIΝTGSALFI) = s2A = Gln-128 to Ile-139 of LP295; (SEFQEKTRALYQ) = hE = Ser-147 to Gln-158 of LP295; AFNA = si A = Ala-161 to Ala-164 of LP295; (PΝEAKKLIΝDYNSΝQT) = hF = Pro-169 to Thr-184 of LP295; (MVLVΝYLLFK) = s3A = Met-201 to Lys-210 of LP295; (IESEFYL) = s4C = Ile-223 to Leu-229 of LP295; (SNKNPMMKIKENTT) = s3C = Ser- 234 to Thr-247 of LP295; (YNR) = slB = Tyr-249 to Arg-251 of LP295; (CSVLELKY) = s2B = Cys-257 to Tyr-264 of LP295; (ASALFILP) = s3B = Ala-268 to Pro-275 of LP295; (QQNESS) = hG = Gln-281 to Ser-286 of LP295; (PETLKKWK) = hH = Pro-289 to Lys- 296 of LP295; (PRIIΝDLRMP) = s2C = Pro-301 to Pro-310 of LP295; (FSISTDYS) = s6A = Phe-312 to Ser-319 of LP295; (KENLPEL) = hi = Lys-321 to Leu-327 of LP295; (WHKANLDV) = s5A = Nal-353 to Nal-361 of LP295; (PFMVNITD) = s4B = Pro-390 to Asp-397 of LP295; and (tLFNAKl) = s5B = Ile-403 to Ile-409 of LP295. A reactive center loop-Uke region, which is a distinguishing feature of serpins (see, e.g., CarreU & Evans 1992 Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 2:438-446), can be found in LP295 and labeled "P" and "P"' (employing the canonical serpin nomenclature for indicating particular amino acid residues of an RCL region of serpins). To avoid confusion, the canonical serpin nomenclature for an RCL-Uke region of serpins, from about P19 to about P'10, (as it has been mapped onto the LP2295 amino acid sequence) is as foUows:
The "P" region of LP295 is Nal-361 = P19; Asp-362 = PI 8; Glu-363 = P17; Thr- 364 = PI 6; Gly-365 = P15; Thr-366 = P14; Glu-367 = P13; Ala-368 = P12; Thr-369 = Pll; Ala-370 = P10; Ala-371 = P9; Thr-372 = P8; Gly-373 = P7; Nal-374 = P6; Ala-375 = P5; Thr-376 = P4; Nal-377 = P3; Ile-378 = P2, and Arg-379 = PI. The "P"' region of LP295 is Arg-380 = P'l; Gln-381 = P'2; Pro-382 = P'3; Arg-383
= P'4; Thr-384 = P'5; Leu-385 = P'6; Asn-386 = P'7; Phe-387 = P"8; Asn-388 = P'9, and Arg-389 = P'10. A putative PI- P'l reactive center-Uke region of LP295 is defined by residues Arg- 379 to Arg-380 (RR). An interesting portion of the LP295 RCL-Uke region at the N- terminad side of the reactive loop region is defined by residues Glu-363 to Thr-372 (ETGTEATAAT). Particularly interesting portions or fragments of a full length LP295 polypeptide include, e.g., a discovered putative signal peptide-Uke sequence from Met-1 to Ala-17 (MAFIAALGLLMAGICPA). An alternative predicted cleavage site based on a different signal peptide analysis is between Cys-20 and Asρ-21 (MAFIAALGLLMAGICPAVLC).
AdditionaUy interesting portions of LP295 are a discovered serpin-Uke domain from Ser-42 to Pro-412; a discovered serpin-Uke signature motif: Leu-385 to Ile-395
(LNFNRPFMVNI); and the discovered serpin protein-Uke signatures: Asn-68 to Thr-91 (ΝVNFSPLSISAALTILSLGAKDSΪ); Ala-172 to Phe-192 (AKKLIΝDYNSΝQTQGKIAELF); Thr-199 to Met-240 CTSMVLVΝYLLFKGKWI APFΝPΝDTIESEFYLDEI<-RSNI<-NPMM); Leu-307 to Phe- 333 (LRMPKFSISTDYSLKENLPELGIKKNF); and Asn-388 to Pro-412 (ΝRPFMVNITDMDSQSILFNAI<ITΝP).
AppUcants have developed a signature consensus sequence pattern ([LINMFYJ-x- [LrvMFYAq-pΝCJ-[ra<MQS]-iPST]-F^ identify putative members of the serpin family of proteins. This consensus sequence has been designed around the weU-conserved Pro-Phe (P-F) sequence (β?STJ~F) that is found ten to fifteen residues C-terminad of the reactive bond (note: in position 6 of the pattern indicated by the brackets enclosing PST; typicaUy, die Pro residue (P) is found in most serpin family proteins). Currently, aU known amino acid sequences that have previously been shown to belong to the serpin family of proteins (except for seven) are detected by this consensus sequence. Further, interesting portions of LP295 are the discovered leuserpin 2- Uke domain signatures: from Thr-104 to Val-129 (TEITEEEIHQGFGHLLQRLSQPEDQV); Glu-231 to Arg-251 (EK-RSVKWMMI<m ENTTPYVR); and Cys-257 to Glu-282 (CSVLELKYTGΝASALFILPDQGKMQQ). Leuserpin 2 is a 5-element fingerprint that provides a signature for the heparin cofactor II, a glycoprotein that is involved in the blood coagulation system. Heparin cofactor II (HOI) exists in human plasma and inhibits thrombin rapidly in the presence of dermatan sulphate or heparin (see, e.g., Zhang, et al. 1994 Biochemistry 33: 3632-3642). In the presence of these glycosaminoglycans, HCII becomes the predominant thrombin inhibitor in place of anti hrombin III (AT). It also inhibits chymotrypsin, but in a glycosaminoglycan-independent manner. Not only does HCII function as a thrombin inhibitor, but Umited proteolysis near its N-terminus yields biologicaUy active peptide(s) that might participate in inflammation and in wound heaUng and tissue repair processes (see, e.g., Church, et al. 1991 J. Biol. Chem. 266: 704-709). The sequence of HCII contains a signal peptide of 19 amino acids and a mature protein of 480 amino acids (BUnder, et al. 1988 Biochemistry 27: 752-759). The N-terminal portion of HCII contains two acidic repeats (EDDDYLD and EDDDYID) that may bind to anion- binding exosite I of thrombin to facilitate covalent complex formation (Van DeerUn & ToUefsen, 1991 J. Biol. Chem. 266: 20223-20231). The sequence of HCII shares similarity with anti-thrombin III and other members of the alpha 1 -antitrypsin superfamUy (BUnder, et al. 1988 Biochemistry 27: 752-759).
Analysis of the primary amino acid structure of LP295 demonstrates that LP295 possesses typical serpin protein characteristics, including its homology to known serpins and serpin-Uke motifs. Consequently, analyzing the data as a whole, LP295's primary structure reinforces the view that it possesses enzymatic-Uke functionaUty.
Given LP295's sequence homology to known serine proteases inhibitors, its possession of a serpin-Uke domain, a serpin-Uke signature motif, a leuserpin 2-Uke domain, serpin protein-Uke signatures, and other primary features found conserved in other serine protease inhibitors (such as, e.g., a conserved hinge-Uke region (ETGTEATAAT) N- terminad to a serpin-Uke reactive site), it is Ukely that LP295 also possesses catalytic properties similar to other serpins (e.g., the ability to form an inhibitory complex with its cognate serine protease target).
Based on the teachings suppUed herein (e.g., the LP295 sequence) and those known in the art (e.g., assay methods to determine serpin activities), one skiUed in the art would be able to test LP295 for serpin-Uke activities without undue experimentation (e.g., using common assay techniques and commerciaUy avaUable reagents).
For instance, it would not require undue experimentation to test the abiUty of LP295 to form SDS-stable complexes (even in the presence of reducing agents) with known protease targets. This type of testing is valuable, since the formation of such complexes is a classical indicator of an inhibitory type serpin. SpecificaUy, one of ordinary skiU in the art could easUy use the teachings herein to produce LP295 (e.g., by expressing the coding region of LP295 using in vitro transcription/ translation) to incubate it with known proteases (such as, e.g., trypsin, chymotrypsin (CT), human neutrophil elastase (HNE), protease 3 (PR3), thrombin, plasmin, ca hepsinG (catG) to test serine proteases; cathepsins B or L (catB) (catL) to test cysteine proteases, or cathepsin D (catD) to test aspartic proteases; aU of which can be commerciaUy obtained, e.g., Athens Research & Technology, Inc., Athens GA or SIGMA) to test for the formation of SDS-stable complexes.
One non-Umiting example of a method of testing LP295 for its capacity to form a stable complex with a target protease is conducted as foUows: a PBS reaction buffer (0.01 M phospate buffer, 27 mM KC1, 137 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) is used with catG, plasmin, thrombin, and HNE. A cathpesin reaction buffer (50mM sodium acetate (pH5.5), 4mM dithiothreitol, ImM EDTA) is used with catL, catB, and catD. A buffer of 0.2M Tris-HCl (pH7.8), 20mM CaC12 is used with CT or trypsin. For PR3, a buffer of 200mM NaCl, 50mM Tris-HCl (pH6.7) is used. To generate an LP295 for example, the complete coding region of LP295 is ampUfied by PCR using a high fideUty Taq system (Boehringer Mannheim, Germany) and cloned via TA-cloning into pGEM (Promega, Mannheim, Germany). The sequence of the resulting LP295 coding region in the resulting recombinant plasmid is confirmed using standard techniques (e.g., sequence analysis). LP295 is expressed by in vitro transcription in the presence of [35S] methionine (Amersham) for 90 minutes at 30°C using a coupled reticulocyte lysate system (Promega) and phage T7 RNA polymerase (Promega). The resulting LP295 translation mixture is diluted fivefold with 50mM Tris-HCl (pH7.4). The in vitro translated [35S]LP295 is then size separated by consecutive ultrafiltration using a Microcon 100 and a Microcon 30 (MiUipore, Eschborn, Germany). The amount of ' [35S]LP295 in the retentate is calculated over the incorporated [35S] methionine. At a constant concentration, 542 pM of [35S]LP295 is incubated in an appropriate buffer (as described above) with a chosen protease at the foUowing concentrations: 5.0pM, 125pM, and 500pM for the foUowing times: 15 minutes at 25°C and 15 minutes at 37°C. The resulting proteins are mixed with 2X loading buffer (125 mM Tris-HCl (ρH6.8), 20% (v/v) glycerol, 4% (w/v) SDS, 5% (v/v) beta-mercaptoethanol, 0.01% (w/v) bromophenol blue), heated to 100°C for four minutes and separated by SDS-PAGE (10% ProSieve 50 gel (FMC, USA, ME)) using a Tris/Tricine electrode buffer system. Any [ 5S]LP295 is detected by autoradiography using Hyperfilm (Amersham) (see, e.g., Abts, et al. 1999 J. Mol, Biol. 293: 29-39 for additional detaUs and other references Usted therein describing similar techniques, aU of which are incorporated herein by reference for these teachings.). An LP295 recombinant protein, could easily be tested for its functionaUty, such as, e.g., inhibitory specificity, resistance to oxidative and proteolytic inactivation, capabiUty of forming serpin-enzyme complexes and/or determining inhibitory specificity with proteases such as, e.g., trypsin, chymotrypsin, and elastase (e.g., neutrophU elastase). One could easily adapt methods known in the art of serpin biology (see, e.g., Huang, et al. 1995 J Neurochem 64(4): 1721 -27; or Potempa et al, 1995 Biochem J; 306 ( Pt l):191-7).
For instance, testing a protein for trypsin activity is routine in the art and would not require undue experimentation given the teachings suppUed herein (e.g., as to the LP295 sequence) and given teachings in the art for methods of determining whether a suspected protein has trypsin-Uke activity. For instance, LP295 could easUy be tested for trypsin-Uke activities, using synthetic substrates (see, e.g., Yu, et al. 1994 J. Biol. Chem. 269, 18843-18848 and the teachings suppUed therein, which are hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings). For example to test LP295 for arginine amidolytic activities one could use the substrate D-Pro-Phe-Arg-MCA and D-Phe-Phe-Arg-MCA. To test for lysine amidolytic activity one would use, for example, a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Phe-Lys-MCA and t- butyloxycarbonyl-Nal-Leu-Lys-MCA. To test for enzymatic activity on chymotrypsin substrates one would use, for example, a substrate such as succinyl-Ala-Ala-Pro-Phe-MCA, Ala-Ala-Phe-AMC, or Suc-Leu-Leu-Nal-Tyr-AMC. Trypsin-Uke activity could be assayed, for example with Boc-Leu-Ser-Thr-Arg-AMC. Other methods for testing are known in the art are easUy available. For example, such as those methods described in the journal BioTechniques (September, 1994), entitled "A New Protease Activity Assay Using Fluorescence Polarization." Such techniques are weU known in the Uterature and kits performing such assays are commerciaUy available (see, e.g., the Beacon™ Protease Activity Detection Kit from the PanNera Corporation, Madison, Wisconsin). AdditionaUy interesting segments of LP295 are discovered fragments Arg-26 to Asp-
33; Arg-38 to Tyr-57; Lys-58 to Pro-73; Pro-73 to Ala-87; Ser-90 to Leu-99; Phe-101 to Gly- 114; Leu-122 to Phe-138; Lys-141 to Ala-155; Tyr-157 to Asn-170; Asn-170 to Gln-183; Gly- 186 to Ser-200; V l-202 to Ser-225; Phe-227 to Thr-247; Tyr-264 to Lys-279; Met-280 to Trp-295; Asp-297 to Glu-322; Glu-130 to Glu-148; Asn-177 to Ala-189; Arg-198 to Phe-209; Phe-209 to Thr-222; Thr-222 to Arg-233; Nal-245 to Cys-257; Ser-258 to Ile-273; Asp-276 to Pro-301; Arg-302 to Lys-330; Ser-334 to His-355; Thr-366 to Nal-377; Ile-378 to Nal-393; ALa-6 to Nal-18; Cis-20 to His-41; Leu-45 to Phe-52; Leu-62 to Nal-69; Gly-86 to Glu-94; Thr-104 to Gly-114; Leu-122 to Ser-135; Ser-147 to Ala-161; Ala-164 to Leu-175; Asn-177 to Ala-189; Met-201 to Lys-210; Lys-212 to Glu-226; Phe-227 to Nal-237; Ile-242 to Ser-258; Asp-276 to Ser-298; Ser-313 to Glu-322; Lys-331 to Tyr-349; Leu-359 to Thr-376; and Ile- 378 to Asn-388, whose discovery was based on an analysis of hydrophobicity, hydropathicity, and hydrophiUcity plots. Additional interesting sections of LP295 are the discovered portions of LP295 from Ala-6 to Gly-25; Thr-28 to Ala-46; Ala-53 to Asp-66; Asn-68 to Thr-81; Gly-86 to Lys-100; Phe-101 to Phe-115; Pro-125 to Phe-138; Phe-138 to Gln-150; Glu-151 to Ala-164; Gln-168 to Asp-178; Tyr-179 to Ser-193; Leu-195 to Tyr-206; Asn-218 to Tyr-228; Nal-235 to Thr-247; Ala-268 to Leu-287; Glu-288 to Ser-298; Leu-299 to Ser- 315; Leu-348 to Nal-361 ; Leu-385 to Lys-408; Leu-19 to Ala-46; Leu-24 to Lys-36; Arg-26 to Lys-36; Gly-37 to Leu-45; Asn-68 to Leu-74; Lys-88 to Gly-99; Ser-123 to Ala-136; Leu-146 to Glu-160; Asn-170 to Gln-183; Thr-184 to Asn-194; Pro-216 to Asp-230; Nal-235 to Ile- 242; Glu-244 to Ser-256; Ser-256 to Lys-263; Met-280 to Leu-292; Phe-312 to Leu-324; Gln- 335 to Lys-346; and Asp-338 to Nal-377. These LP295 fragments were discovered based on analysis of antigenicity plots. Further, particularly interesting LP295 structures (e.g., such as a heUx, a strand, or a coU) that have been discovered are the foUowing LP295 heUx structures: Ile-4 to Leu-9; Phe-52 to Ala-61; Thr-91 to Gly-98; Thr-107 to Phe-115; His-117 to Arg-121; Ile-145 to Ala-164; Glu-171 to Asp-178; Ile-188 to Glu-196; Asn-205 to Leu-208; Gln-281 to Ser-285; Glu-290 to Lys-296; Pro-301 to Ile-304; Lys-330 to Ser-334; and Gln-352 to Lys- 356. Particularly interesting discovered coU structures are Ile-14 to Pro-16; Asp-21 to Asp- 27; Glu-37 to Arg-38; Ala-46 to Thr-50; Arg-63 to Asn-68; Leu-85 to Lys-88; Lys-100 to Thr-104; Ser-123 to Asp-127; Asn-132 to Ser-135; Asp-140 to Glu-142; Lys-167 to Gln-168; Lys-212 to Thr-222; Thr-246 to Leu-255; Tyr-264 to Ala-268; Pro-275 to Gly-278; Arg-308 to Asp-317; Thr-343 to Asp-347; Nal-361 to Thr-366; Gln-381 to Pro-390; Met-398 to Ser- 400; and Ile-409 to Lys-413. Particularly interesting discovered strand structures are Ala-17 to Leu-19; Nal-129 to Ile-131; Ala-270 to Ile-273; and Met-392 to Ile-395. Further encompassed by the invention are contiguous amino acid residue combinations of any of the predicted secondary structures described above. For example, one heUx-coil-coU-strand-coU motif of LP295 combines the Gln-352 to Lys-356 heUx, with the Nal-361 to Thr-366 and Gln-381 to Pro-390 coUs, and the Met-392 to Ile-395 strand to form an interesting fragment of contiguous amino acid residues from Gln-352 to Ile-395. Other combinations of contiguous amino acids are contemplated as can be easUy determined.
Figure imgf000085_0001
Table 19 summarizes information corresponding to each "LP No." of the invention as described herein. The column labeled, "Total NT Seq." refers to the total number of nucleotides in a polynucleotide sequence identified by an "LP No." The nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of the putative start codon (methionine) is identified as "5' NT of Start Codon." Similarly, the nucleotide position of SEQ ID NO: X of a predicted signal sequence of an LP protein or polypeptide is identified as "5' NT of First AA of Signal Pep."
The corresponding translated amino acid sequence of a particular NT SEQ ID NO:X, typically beginning with the methionine, is identified as "AA SEQ ID NO: Y," although other reading frames can also be easily translated using techniques known in molecular biology. A polypeptide produced using an alternative open reading frame/s is also specifically encompassed by the present invention. The first and last amino acid position of a SEQ ID NO: Y of the predicted signal peptide is identified as "First AA of Signal Pep" and "Last AA of Signal Pep." The predicted first amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the secreted portion is identified as "Predicted First AA of Secreted Portion." Finally, the amino acid position of SEQ ID NO: Y of the last amino acid in the open reading frame is identified as "Last AA of ORF."
An LP polypeptide or fragment thereof, identified from SEQ ID NO: Y may be used, e.g., as an immunogen to generate an antibody that specifically and/or selectively binds a protein comprising an LP polypeptide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the invention and/or to a mature LP polypeptide or secreted LP protein, e.g., encoded by a polynucleotide sequence described herein. An LP polypeptide of the invention can be prepared in any manner suitable to those known in the art. Such a polypeptide includes, e.g., naturally occurring polypeptides that are isolated, recombinantiy produced polypeptides, synthetically produced polypeptides, or polypeptides produced by any combination of these methods. Means for preparing such polypeptides are well understood in the art. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) may be in the form of, a mature polypeptide, a secreted protein (including the mature form), or it may be a fragment thereof, or it may be a part of a larger polypeptide or protein, such as, e.g., a fusion protein. It is often advantageous to include with an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), e.g., additional amino acid sequence that contains, e.g., secretory or leader sequences, pro- sequences, sequences that aid in purification, such as, e.g., multiple histidine residues, or an additional sequence for stability during recombinant production. Such variants are also encompassed herein. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is preferably provided in an isolated or recombinant form, or it may be preferably substantially purified. A recombinantly produced version of an LP polypeptide of the invention, including a secreted polypeptide, can be substantially purified using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., the single-step purification method (Smith and Johnson (1988) Gene 67(1) :31- 40). An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can also be purified from natural, synthetic or recombinant sources using techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art, such as, e.g., using an antibody of the invention raised against a secreted protein. The present invention provides an isolated or recombinant LP polynucleotide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a nucleic acid molecule having a mature polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X wherein said polynucleotide sequence or said cDNA encodes at least 12 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y. II. Definitions LP polynucleotide As used herein, the term "LP polynucleotide" refers to a molecule comprising a nucleic acid sequence contained in a Table herein or in a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X. For example, the polynucleotide can contain the nucleotide sequence of the full length cDNA sequence, including the 5' and 3' untranslated sequences, the coding region, with or without the signal sequence, the secreted protein coding region, as well as fragments, epitopes, domains, and variants of the nucleic acid sequence. An "LP polynucleotide" also encompasses, e.g., those polynucleotides that stably hybridize, under stringent hybridization conditions to an LP sequence of a table herein, or to a sequence contained in SEQ ID NOX. In specific embodiments, an LP polynucleotide sequence is at least 15, at least 30, at least 50, at least 100, at least 125, at least 500, or at least 1000 contiguous nucleotides but are less than or equal to 300 kb, 200 kb, 100 kb, 50 kb, 15 kb, 10 kb, 7.5 kb, 5 kb, 2.5 kb, 2.0 kb, or 1 kb, in length.
An LP polynucleotide sequence can be composed of any polyribonucleotide or polydeoxribonucleotide, which may be unmodified RNA or DNA or modified RNA or DNA. For example, polynucleotides can be composed of single- and double-stranded DNA, DNA that is a mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, single- and double-stranded RNA, and RNA that is mixture of single- and double-stranded regions, hybrid molecules comprising DNA and RNA that may be single-stranded or, more typically, double-stranded or a mixture of single-and double-stranded regions. In addition, the polynucleotide can be composed of triple-stranded regions comprising RNA or DNA or both RNA and DNA. A polynucleotide may also contain one or more modified bases or DNA or RNA backbones modified for stability or for other reasons. "Modified" bases can include, e.g., for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine. A variety of modifications can be made to DNA and RNA; thus, the term "polynucleotide" embraces chemically, enzymatically, or metabolically modified forms. "Altered" nucleic acid sequences encoding LP include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as LP or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of LP. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of die polynucleotide encoding LP, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding LP.
"Substantial similarity" in a nucleic acid sequence comparison context means either that the segments, or their complementary strands, when compared, are identical when optimally aligned, with appropriate nucleotide insertions or deletions, in at least about 50% of the nucleotides, generally at least 56%, more generally at least 59%, ordinarily at least 62%, more ordinarily at least 65%, often at least 68%, more often at least 71%, typically at least 74%, more typically at least 77%, usually at least 80%, more usually at least about 85%, preferably at least about 90%, more preferably at least about 95 to 98% or more, and in particular embodiments, as high at about 99% or more of the nucleotides. Alternatively, substantial similarity exists when the segments will hybridize under selective hybridization conditions, to a strand, or its complement, typically using a sequence derived from SEQ ID X. Typically, selective hybridization will occur when there is at least about 55% similarity over a stretch of at least about 30 nucleotides, preferably at least about 65% over a stretch of at least about 25 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 75%, and most preferably at least about 90% over about 20 nucleotides. See Kanehisa (1984) Nuc. Acids Res. 12:203-213. The length of similarity comparison, as described, may be over longer stretches, and in certain embodiments will be over a stretch of at least about 17 nucleotides, usually at least about 20 nucleotides, more usually at least about 24 nucleotides, typically at least about 28 nucleotides, more typically at least about 40 nucleotides, preferably at least about 50 nucleotides, and more preferably at least about 75 to 100 or more nucleotides, e.g., 150, 200, etc. For sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are input into a computer, subsequent coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identity for the test sequence(s) relative to the reference sequence, based on the designated program parameters. Optical alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1981) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482, by the homology alignment algorithm of Needlman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol. 48:443, by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WT), or by visual inspection (see generally Ausubel et al., supra). One example of a useful algorithm is PILEUP. Another example of algorithm that is suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity is the BLAST algorithm, which is described Altschul, et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410. A further indication that two nucleic acid sequences of polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologically cross reactive with the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid. Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules hybridize to each other under stringent conditions. "Homologous" polynucleotide sequences, when compared, exhibit significant similarity (e.g., sequence identity at the nucleotide level). Generally, standards for determining homology between nucleic acid molecules (or polynucleotide sequences) use art known techniques which examine, e.g., the extent of structural similarity or sequence identity between polynucleotide sequences; and/or that determine a phylogenetic relationship (e.g., whether compared sequences are orthologs or paralogs); and/or that are based on the ability of sequences to form a hybridization complex. Hybridization conditions are described in detail herein.
"Hybridization" refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions.
Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of similarity and/or identity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after "washing." Washing is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, typically, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding (e.g., binding between polynucleotide sequences that demonstrate less sequence identity or similarity). Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve a desired stringency, and therefore, a particular hybridization specificity.
"Stringent conditions," when referring to homology or substantial similarity and/or identity in the hybridization context, will be stringent combined conditions of salt, temperature, organic solvents, and other parameters, typically those controlled in hybridization reactions. Stringent temperature conditions will usually include temperatures in excess of about 30°C, more usually in excess of about 37°C, typically in excess of about 40°C, characteristically in excess of about 42°C, routinely in excess of about 45°C, usually in excess of about 47°C, preferably in excess of about 50°C, more typically in excess of about 55°C, characteristically in excess of about 60°C, preferably in excess of about 65°C, and more preferably in excess of about 70°C. In this context, the term "about" includes, e.g., a particularly recited temperature (e.g., 50°C), and/or a temperature that is greater or lesser than that of the stated temperature by, e.g., one, two, three, four, or five degrees Celsius (e.g., 49°C or 51°C). Stringent salt conditions will ordinarily be less than about 500 mM, usually less than about 450 mM, even more usually less than about 400 mM, more usually less than about 350 mM, even more usually Less than about 300 mM, typically less than about 250 mM, even more typically less than about 200 mM, preferably less than about 100 mM, and more preferably less than about 80 mM, even down to less than about 20 mM. In this context, the term "about" includes, e.g., a particularly recited molarity (e.g., 400 mM), and/or a molarity that is greater or lesser than that of the stated molarity by, e.g., three, five, seven, nine, eleven or fifteen millimolar (e.g., 389 mM or 415 mM). It is to be remembered that the combination of parameters is more important than the measure of any single parameter (see, e.g., Wetmur and Davidson (1968) J. Mol. Biol. 31:349-370).
A nucleic acid probe that binds to a target nucleic acid under stringent conditions to form a stable hybridization complex is said to be specific for said target nucleic acid.
Preferably, hybridization under stringent conditions should give a signal of at least 2-fold over background, more preferably a signal of at least 3 to 5-foid over background or more. Typically, a hybridization probe is more than 11 nucleotides in length and is sufficiently identical (or complementary) to the sequence of the target nucleic acid (over the region determined by the sequence ofthe probe) to bind the target under stringent hybridization conditions to form a detectable stable hybridization complex. The term "hybridization complex" refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid molecules by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or Rgt analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (such as, e.g., without limitation, paper, plastic, a membrane, a filter, a chip, a pin, glass, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids can be complexed with either covalentiy or non-covalentiy).
An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are well known (see, e.g., Sambrook, et al. (1990) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (cur. ed.) Nol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Press, ΝY, which is incorporated herein by reference and hereinafter referred to as "Sambrook, et al"). A non- limiting example of a high stringency condition of the invention comprises including a wash condition of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1% SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 67°C, 63°C, 61°C, 59°C, 57°C, 53°C, 51°C, 49°C, 47°C, 43°C, or 41 °C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2X SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1%. Typically, blocking reagents are used to block nonspecific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, sheared, and denatured salmon sperm DΝA at about 100-200 ug/ml. Organic solvent, such as, e.g., formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for a RΝA:DΝA hybridization. Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is indicative of a similar functional and/or biological role for the nucleotide sequence and its correspondingly encoded polypeptide sequence.
Another non-limiting example of a stringent hybridization condition comprises, e.g., an overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5x SSC (750 mM NaCl, 75 mM trisodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution, 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 pg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 0. lx SSC at about 65°C. Also contemplated are nucleic acid molecules that hybridize to an LP polynucleotide sequence at lower stringency hybridization conditions. Changes in the stringency of hybridization and signal detection can be accomplished through the manipulation of formamide concentration (lower percentages of formamide result in lowered stringency); salt conditions, or temperature. For example, an alternate stringency condition can comprise, e.g., an overnight incubation at 37°C in a solution comprising 6X SSPE (20X SSPE = 3M NaCl; 0.2M NaH.PO, 0.02M EDTA, pH 7.4), 0.5% SDS, 30% formamide, 100ml salmon sperm blocking DNA; followed by washes at 50°C with IX SSPE, 0.1% SDS. In addition, to achieve another alternate stringency condition, washes are performed following stringent hybridization at higher salt concentrations (e.g. 5X SSC). Note that variations in the above conditions may be accomplished through the inclusion and/or substitution of alternate blocking reagents used to suppress background in hybridization experiments. Typical blocking reagents include, e.g., Denhardt's reagent, BLOTTO, heparin, denatured salmon sperm DNA, and commercially available proprietary formulations. The inclusion of specific blocking reagents may require modification of a hybridization conditions described herein. A polynucleotide that hybridizes only to polyA+ sequences (such as any 3' terminal polyA+ tract of a cDNA of the invention), or to a complementary stretch of T (or U) residues, is not included, e.g., in the definition of an "LP polynucleotide" since such a polynucleotide would hybridize to any nucleic acid molecule containing a poly (A) stretch or the complement thereof (i.e., practically any double-stranded cDNA clone generated using oligo dT as a primer).
Still another non-limiting example of a stringent hybridization condition is one that employs, e.g.: low ionic strength and high temperature for washing (e.g., 15mM sodium chloride/1.5 mM sodium citrate/0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C); a denaturing agent (during hybridization) such as formamide (e.g., 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0.1% ficoll/0.1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride/75 mM sodium citrate at 42°C); or 50% formamide, 5X SSC (750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5X Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 μg/mL), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42°C with washes at 42°C in 0.2X SSC (30 mM sodium chloride/3 mM sodium citrate) and 50% formamide at 55°C, followed by a high-stringency wash consisting of 0.1X SSC containing EDTA at 55°C. An "isolated" nucleic acid is a nucleic acid molecule or a polynucleotide sequence (e.g., an RNA, DNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, or a mixed polymer) which is substantially separated from other biologic components that naturally accompany a native sequence (e.g., proteins and flanking genomic sequences from the originating species). In a preferable embodiment, the isolated LP sequence is free of association with components that can interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the sequence including, e.g., enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous agents. The term embraces a polynucleotide sequence removed from its naturally occurring environment. For example, an isolated polynucleotide sequence could comprise part of a vector or a composition of matter, or could be contained within a cell, and still be "isolated" because the vector, composition of matter, or cell is not the original environment of the polynucleotide sequence. Moreover, the term encompasses recombinant or cloned DNA isolates, chemically synthesized analogs, or analogs biologically synthesized using heterologous systems. Furthermore, the term includes both double-stranded and single-stranded embodiments. If single-stranded, the polynucleotide sequence may be either the "sense" or the "antisense" strand. A substantially pure molecule includes isolated forms of the molecule.
An isolated nucleic acid molecule will usually contain homogeneous nucleic acid molecules, but, in some embodiments, it will contain nucleic acid molecules having minor sequence heterogeneity. Typically, this heterogeneity is found at the polymer ends or portions of the LP sequence that are not critical to a desired biological function or activity. The term "isolated" does not refer to genomic or cDNA libraries, whole cell total or mRNA preparations, genomic DNA preparations (including those separated by electrophoresis and transferred onto blots), sheared whole cell genomic DNA preparations, or other compositions where the art demonstrates no distinguishing features of a LP polynucleotide sequence of the present invention.
A "recombinant" nucleic acid or polynucleotide sequence is defined either by its method of production or its structure. In reference to its method of production, e.g., a product made by a process, the process is use of any genetic engineering technique, e.g., products made by transforming cells with any non-naturally occurring vector are encompassed, as are nucleic acids comprising sequence derived using any synthetic oligonucleotide process. A similar concept is intended for a recombinant LP polypeptide. Specifically included are synthetic nucleic acid molecules which, due to the redundancy of the genetic code, encode polypeptides similar to fragments of these antigens, and fusions of sequences from various different species variants.
LP protein
As used herein, an "LP protein" shall encompass, when used in a protein context, a protein or polypeptide having an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: Y or a significant fragment of such a protein or polypeptide, preferably a natural embodiment. The term "protein" or "polypeptide" is meant any chain of contiguous amino acid residues, regardless of length or postranslation modification (e.g., glycosylation, or phosphorylation). Further, an LP protein or an LP polypeptide encompass polypeptide sequences that are pre- or pro-proteins. Moreover, the present invention encompasses a mature LP protein, including a polypeptide or protein that is capable of being directed to the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), a secretory vesicle, a cellular compartment, or an extracellular space typically, e.g., as a result of a signal sequence, however, a protein released into an extracellular space without necessarily having a signal sequence is also encompassed. Generally, the polypeptide undergoes processing, e.g., cleavage of a signal sequence, modification, folding, etc., resulting in a mature form (see, e.g., Alberts, et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of The Cell, Garland PubUshing, New York, NY, pp. 557-560, 582-592.).
The invention also embraces polypeptides that exhibit similar structure to an LP polypeptide (e.g., one that interacts with an LP protein specific binding composition). These binding compositions, e.g., antibodies, typically bind an LP protein with high affinity, e.g., at least about 100 nM; usually, better than about 30 nM; preferably, better than about 10 nM; and more preferably, at better than about 3 nM.
Modifications
An LP polypeptide can be composed of amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e., peptide isosteres, and may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids. The polypeptides may be modified by either natural processes, such as post-translational processing, or by chemical modification techniques that are well known in the art. Such modifications are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature. Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini. It will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degrees at several sites in a' given polypeptide. Also, a given polypeptide may contain many types of modifications. Polypeptides may be branched, for example, as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be cycUc, with or without branching. CycUc, branched, and branched cycUc polypeptides may result from posttranslation natural processes or may be made by synthetic methods. Modifications include, e.g., acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a Upid or Upid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphotidyUnositol, cross-Unking, cydization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-Unks, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myristoylation, oxidation, pegylation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer- RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination (see, e.g., Creighton (1993) 2nd ed. Proteins-Structure and Molecular Properties, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York; Johnson (1983) ed. Posttranslational Covalent
Modification of Proteins, Academic Press, New York, pp. 1-12; Seifter et al. (1990) Meth Enzymol 182:626-646; Rattan et al. (1992) Ann NY Acad Sci 663:48XX) .
The encoded protein may also be "altered," and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues that produce a silent change and result in a functionaUy equivalent LP. DeUberate amino acid substitutions may be made based on similarity in polarity, charge, solubiUty, hydrophobicity, hydrophiUcity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of the LP is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophiUcity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and v Une; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
"Substantially pure" refers to LP nucleic acid or LP protein or polypeptide that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated and/or separated from other contaminating proteins, nucleic acids, and other biologicals. Purity may be assayed by standard methods, and will ordinarily be at least about 50% pure, more ordinarily at least about 60% pure, generaUy at least about 70% pure, more generaUy at least about 80% pure, often at least about 85% pure, more often at least about 90% pure, preferably at least about 95% pure, more preferably at least about 98% pure, and in most preferred embodiments, at least 99% pure. Similar concepts apply, e.g., to LP antibodies or nucleic acids of the invention. For example, it may be desirable to purify an LP polypeptide from recombinant ceU proteins or polypeptides. Narious art known methods of protein purification may be employed (see, e.g., Deutscher, (1990) Methods in Enzymology 182: 83-9 and Scopes, (1982) Protein Purification: Principles and Practice. Springer-Nerlag, ΝY.)
"Solubility" of an LP protein or polypeptide is reflected by sedimentation measured in Svedberg units, which are a measure of the sedimentation velocity of a molecule under particular conditions (see, Freifelder (1982) Physical Biochemistry (2d ed.) W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA; and Cantor and Schimmel (1980) Biophysical Chemistry parts 1-3, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, CA). A soluble particle or polypeptide wiU typicaUy be less than about 30S, more typicaUy less than about 15S, usuaUy less than about 10S, more usually less than about 6S, and, in particular embodiments, preferably less than about 4S, and more preferably less than about 3S. Solubility of a polypeptide or fragment depends upon the environment and the polypeptide. Many parameters affect polypeptide solubiUty, including temperature, electrolyte environment, size and molecular characteristics of the polypeptide, and nature of the solvent. TypicaUy, the temperature at which the polypeptide is used ranges from about 4° C to about 65° C. UsuaUy the temperature at use is greater than about 18° C and more usuaUy greater than about 22° C. For diagnostic purposes, the temperature wiU usuaUy be about room temperature or warmer, but less than the denaturation temperature of components in the assay. For therapeutic purposes, the temperature wiU usuaUy be body temperature, typicaUy about 37° C for humans, though under certain situations the temperature may be raised or lowered in situ or in vitro. The size and structure of the polypeptide should generaUy be in a substantiaUy stable state, and usuaUy not in a denatured state. The polypeptide may be associated with other polypeptides in a quaternary structure, e.g., to confer solubility, or associated with Upids or detergents in a manner which approximates natural Upid bilayer interactions.
The solvent wiU usuaUy be a biologicaUy compatible buffer, of a type used for preservation of biological activities, and will usuaUy approximate a physiological solvent.
UsuaUy the solvent will have a neutral pH, typicaUy between about 5 and 10, and preferably about 7.5. On some occasions, a detergent will be added, typicaUy a mild non-denaturing one, e.g., CHS (cholesteryl hemisuccinate) or CHAPS (3-[3-cholamidopropyl)- dimethylammonio]-l -propane sulfonate), or a low enough concentration as to avoid significant disruption of structural or physiological properties of the protein.
Signal Sequence
The present invention encompasses "mature" forms of a polypeptide comprising a polypeptide sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y. Methods for predicting whether a protein has a signal sequence, as weU as the cleavage point for that sequence, are known in the art (see, e.g., McGeoch, 1985 Virus Res. 3:271-286 and Henrik Nielsen et al. (1997) Protein Engineering 10: 1-6). Employing such known art methods a signal sequence for an LP polypeptide was made. However, cleavage sites may vary and cannot be predicted with absolute certainty. Accordingly, the present invention provides secreted LP polypeptides having a sequence Usted in a Table herein, or a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y, in which a particular N-terminus variant polypeptide sequence can begin within five, four, three, two, or one amino acid residues (e.g., +5, +4, +3, +2, +1, or -5, -4, -3, -2, -1) from a particular cleavage point designated as such herein. Similarly, it is also recognized that in some cases, cleavage of a signal sequence of a secreted protein is not uniform, resulting in more than one secreted species for a given protein (e.g., a cleavage variant). Such cleavage variant LP polypeptides, and the polynucleotides encoding them, are also encompassed by the present invention.
Moreover, the signal sequence identified by the above analysis may not necessarily predict a naturaUy occurring signal sequence. For example, a naturaUy occurring signal sequence may be furuier upstream from a predicted signal sequence. However, it is Ukely that a predicted signal sequence wiU be capable of directing the secreted protein to the ER. Nevertheless, the present invention encompasses a mature LP polypeptide or protein produced by expression of a polynucleotide sequence Usted in a Table herein or an LP polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X. These LP polypeptides (and fragments thereof), and the polynucleotides encoding them, are also encompassed by the present invention.
LP Variants
The present invention encompasses variants of an LP polynucleotide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: X and/or the complementary strand thereto. The present invention also encompasses variants of a polypeptide sequence disclosed in a table herein or SEQ ID NO: Y. The term "variant" refers to a polynucleotide or polypeptide differing from an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention, but retaining essential properties thereof. GeneraUy, variants are closely similar overaU in structural and/or sequence identity, and, in many regions, identical to an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide of the present invention. For example, the present invention encompasses nucleic acid molecules that comprise, or alternatively consist of, a polynucleotide sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identical to, e.g., a polynucleotide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: X (or a strand complementary thereto); a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y; and/or polynucleotide fragments of any of these nucleic acid molecules (e.g., a fragment as defined herein). Polynucleotides, that stably hybridize to a polynucleotide fragment (as defined herein) under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency conditions, are also encompassed by the invention, as are polypeptides (or fragments thereof) encoded by these polynucleotides.
The present invention is also directed to polypeptides that comprise, or alternatively consist of, an amino acid sequence that is at least: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% identical to, e.g., a polypeptide sequence of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragments thereof); a polypeptide sequence encoded by a cDNA contained in a deposited clone, and/or a polypeptide fragment of any of these polypeptides (e.g., those fragments as defined herein). A polynucleotide sequence having at least some "percentage identity," (e.g., 95%) to another polynucleotide sequence, means that the sequence being compared (e.g., the test sequence) may vary from another sequence (e.g. the referent sequence) by a certain number of nucleotide differences (e.g., a test sequence with 95% sequence identity to a reference sequence can have up to five point mutations per each 100 contiguous nucleotides of the referent sequence). In other words, for a test sequence to exhibit at least 95% identity to a referent sequence, up to 5% of the nucleotides in the referent may differ, e.g., be deleted or substituted with another nucleotide, or a number of nucleotides (up to 5% of the total number of nucleotides in the reference sequence) may be inserted into the reference sequence. The test sequence may be: an entire polynucleotide sequence, e.g., as shown in a Table herein, the ORF (open reading frame), or any fragment, segment, or portion thereof (as described herein). As a practical matter, determining if a particular nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide sequence exhibits at least about: 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to an LP polynucleotide sequence can be accompUshed using any art known method. Variants encompassed by the present invention may contain alterations in the coding regions, non-coding regions, or both. Moreover, variants in which 1-2, 1-5, or 5-10 amino acids are substituted, deleted, or added in any combination are also preferred. Of course, in order of ever-increasing preference, it is highly preferable for a peptide or polypeptide to have an amino acid sequence that comprises an amino acid sequence of the present invention, which contains at least: one, but not more than: 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid substitutions. In specific embodiments, the number of additions, substitutions, and/or deletions in an polypeptide sequence of the present invention or fragments thereof (e.g., a mature form and/or other fragments described herein), is at least: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 10-50, or 50-150; wherein conservative amino acid substitutions are more preferable than non-conservative substitutions.
LP Polynucleotide and LP Polypeptide Fragments
The present invention is also directed to fragments of an LP polynucleotide. An LP polynucleotide "fragment" encompasses a short polynucleotide of a nucleic acid molecule, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: X or a complementary strand thereto, or a portion of a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y (or fragment thereof). Polynucleotide fragments of the invention encompass a polynucleotide sequence that is preferably at least about 15 nucleotides, more preferably at least about: 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, or 29 nucleotides, favorably at least about: 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, or 39 nucleotides, and even more preferably, at least about: 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, or 49 nucleotides, desirably at least about: 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, or 59 nucleotides, particularly at least about 75. nucleotides, or at least about 150 nucleotides in length.
A polynucleotide fragment "at least 20 nucleotides in length," e.g., is intended to include, e.g., 20 or more contiguous bases from a nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: X or in a Table herein. In this context "at least about" includes, e.g., a specifically recited value (e.g., 20nt), and a value that is larger or smaUer by one or more nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1), at either terminus or at both termini. A polynucleotide fragment has use that includes without limit; e.g., diagnostic probes and primers as discussed herein. Larger fragments (e.g., 50, 150, 500, 600, or 2000 nucleotides) are also useful and preferred. Representative examples of various lengths of polynucleotide fragments encompassed by the invention, include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, a polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOX from about nucleotide number 1-50, 51-100, 101-150, 151-200, 201-250, 251-300, 301-350, 351-400, 401-450, 451-500, 501-550, 551-600, 651-700, 701-750, 751-800, 800-850, 851-900, 901-950, 951-1000, 1001-1050, 1051-1100, 1101-1150, 1151-1200, 1201-1250, 1251-1300, 1301-1350, 1351-1400, 1401-1450, 1451-1500, 1501-1550, 1551-1600, 1601-1650, 1651-1700, 1701-1750, 1751-1800, 1801-1850, 101851- 1900, 1901-1950, 1951-2000, or 2001 to the end of SEQ ID NO:X, or a strand complementary thereto. In this context, the term "about" includes, e.g., a particularly recited polynucleotide fragment range herein, and/or ranges that have lengths that are larger or smaUer by several nucleotides (e.g., 5, 4, 3, 2, or Int), at either terminus or at both termini. Preferably, these fragments encode a polypeptide possessing biological activity as defined herein, e.g., irnmunogenicity, or antigenicity. More preferably, a polynucleotide fragment can be used as a probe or primer as discussed herein. Furthermore, the present invention also encompasses a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to a polynucleotide fragment described herein under either stringent or lowered stringency hybridization conditions. AdditionaUy incorporated are polypeptides encoded by a polynucleotide fragment or a hybridized polynucleotide stably bound to a polynucleotide fragment of the invention. AdditionaUy encompassed by the invention is a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide, which is specificaUy or selectively bound by an antibody directed to/or generated against a mature polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), e.g., a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y.
In the present invention, a "polypeptide fragment or segment" encompasses an amino acid sequence that is a portion of SEQ ID NO: Y. Protein and/or polypeptide fragments or segments may be "free-standing," or they may comprise part of a larger polypeptide or protein, of which the fragment or segment forms a portion or region, e.g., a single continuous region of SEQ ID NO: Y connected in a fusion protein. Representative examples of lengths of polypeptide fragments or segments encompassed by the invention, include, e.g., fragments comprising, or alternatively consisting of, from about amino acid residue number 1-20, 21-40, 41-60, 61-80, 81-100, 102-120, 121-140, 141-160, 161-170, 171- 180, 181-190, 191-200, 201-210, etc., to the end of the mature coding region of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof).
Preferably, a polypeptide segment of the invention can have a length of contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that is at least about: 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous amino acids in length. In this context "about" includes, e.g., the specificaUy recited ranges or values described herein, and it also encompasses values that differ from these recited values by several amino acid residues (e.g., plus or minus 5, plus or minus 4, plus or minus 3, plus or minus 2, or; plus or minus 1 amino acid residues), at either or both ends of the fragment. Further, a polynucleotide encoding such a polypeptide fragment is also encompassed by the invention.
Moreover, a polypeptide comprising more than one of the above polypeptide fragments is encompassed by the invention; including a polypeptide comprising at least: one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or more fragments, wherein the fragments (or combinations thereof) may be of any length described herein (e.g., a fragment of 12 contiguous amino acids and another fragment of 30 contiguous amino acids, etc.). The invention also encompasses proteins or polypeptides comprising a pluraUty of distinct, e.g., non-overlapping, segments of specified lengths. TypicaUy, the pluraUty will be at least two, more usuaUy at least three, and preferably four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, or even more. WhUe length minima are stipulated, longer lengths (of various sizes) may be appropriate (e.g., one of length seven, and two of lengths of twelve). Features of one of the different polynucleotide sequences should not be taken to Umit those of another of the polynucleotide sequences. Preferred polypeptide fragments include, e.g., the secreted protein as weU as the mature form. Further preferred polypeptide fragments include, e.g., the secreted protein or the mature form having a continuous series of deleted residues from the amino or the carboxy terminus, or both. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 amino acids can be deleted from the amino terminus of either the secreted polypeptide or the mature form. Similarly, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30, can be deleted from the carboxy terminus of the secreted protein or mature form. Furthermore, any combination of the above amino and carboxy terminus deletions are preferred. Similarly, polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also preferred.
Also preferred are polypeptide fragments or segments (and their corresponding polynucleotide fragments) that characterize structural or functional domains, such as, fragments, or combinations thereof, that comprise e.g., alpha-heUx, and alpha-heUx forming regions, beta-sheet, and beta-sheet-forming regions, turn, and turn-forming regions, coU, and coU-forming regions, hydrophilic regions, hydrophobic regions, alpha amphipathic regions, beta amphipathic regions, flexible regions, loop regions, hairpin domains, beta-alpa-beta motifs, heUx bundles, alpha/beta barrels, up and down beta barrels, jeUy roU or swiss roU motifs, transmembrane domains, surface-forming regions, substrate binding regions, transmembrane regions, Unkers, immunogenic regions, epitopic regions, and high antigenic index regions. Polypeptide fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y falling within conserved domains are specificaUy encompassed by the present invention. Moreover, polynucleotides encoding these domains are also encompassed. Other preferred polypeptide segments are biologicaUy active fragments. BiologicaUy active fragments are those exhibiting activity similar, but not necessarily identical, to an activity of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). The biological activity of the fragments may include, e.g., an improved desired activity, or a decreased undesirable activity. Polynucleotides encoding these polypeptide fragments are also encompassed by the invention.
Preferably, the polynucleotide fragments of the invention encode a polypeptide that demonstrates a functional activity. The phrase "functional activity" encompasses a polypeptide segment that can accompUsh one or more known functional activities associated with a fuU-length (complete) polypeptide of invention protein. Such functional activities include, e.g., without Umitation, biological activity, antigenicity [abiUty to bind (or compete with a polypeptide of the invention for binding) to an antibody to a polypeptide of the invention], irnmunogenicity (abiUty to generate antibody that binds to a polypeptide of the invention), abiUty to form multimers with a polypeptide of the invention, and the abiUty to bind to a receptor or Ugand of a polypeptide of the invention.
The functional activity of a polypeptide of the invention (including fragments, variants, derivatives, and analogs thereof) can be assayed by various methods. For example, where one is assaying for the abiUty to bind or compete with a fuU-length polypeptide of the invention for binding to an antibody of a polypeptide of the invention, various immunoassays known in the art can be used, including, e.g., without Umitation, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich" immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, gel diffusion precipitation reactions, immunodiffusion assays, in situ immunoassays (using coUoidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels, for example), western blots, precipitation reactions, agglutination assays (e.g., gel agglutination assays, hemagglutination assays, complement fixation assays, immunofluorescence assays, protein A assays, and immunoelectrophoresis assays, etc.) In another embodiment, antibody binding is accompUshed by detecting a label on the primary antibody. In another embodiment, the primary antibody is detected by detecting binding of a secondary antibody or reagent to the primary antibody. In a further embodiment, the secondary antibody is labeled. Many means are known in the art for detecting binding in an immunoassay and are within the scope of the present invention. In another embodiment, where a Ugand for a polypeptide of the invention is identified, or the abiUty of a polypeptide fragment, variant or derivative of the invention to multimerize is being evaluated, binding can be assayed, e.g., by using reducing and non- reducing gel chromatography, protein affinity chromatography, and affinity blotting (see generaUy, Phizicky, et al. (1995) Microbial. Rev. 59:94-123). In another embodiment, physiological correlates of binding of a polypeptide of the invention to its substrates (signal transduction) can be assayed with common techniques. In addition, assays described herein (see, e.g., the "Examples" section of the appUcation), or otherwise known in the art, can routinely be appUed to measure the abiUty of a polypeptide of the invention (its fragments, variants derivatives and analogs thereof) to eUcit a related biological activity (either in vitro or in vivo). Epitopes and Antibodies
The present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising, or alternatively consisting of, an epitope of SEQ ID NO: Y or a table herein; or encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes to form a hybridization complex, under stringent hybridization conditions (or lower stringency hybridization conditions) as defined herein, to a complement of a sequence of SEQ ID NO: X.
The present invention further encompasses a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of a polypeptide sequence of the invention (such as, e.g., a sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: X or a Table herein), a polynucleotide sequence of the complementary strand of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an epitope of the invention, and a polynucleotide sequence that stably hybridizes to a complementary strand under stringent hybridization conditions or lower stringency hybridization conditions as defined herein.
The term "epitope," as used herein, refers to a portion of a polypeptide having antigenic or immunogenic activity in an animal, preferably a mammal, and most preferably in a human. In a preferred embodiment, the present invention encompasses a polypeptide comprising an epitope, as weU as the polynucleotide encoding this polypeptide. An "irr-munogenic epitope," as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or a Unearized polypeptide (or fragment thereof) that eUcits an antibody response in an animal, as determined by any art known method (e.g., by the methods for generating antibodies described herein or otherwise known, see, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 308 1:3998-4002).
An "antigenic epitope," as used herein, is defined as a portion of a protein or polypeptide to which a binding composition, e.g., an antibody or antibody binding fragment, selectively binds or is specificaUy immunoreactive with as determined by any known art method, e.g., by an immunoassay described herein. Selective binding excludes non-specific binding but does not necessarily exclude cross-reactivity with other antigens. An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to eUcit the immune response) for binding to an antibody. Antigenic epitopes need not necessarily be immunogenic.
The phrase "specifically binds to" or is "specifically immunoreactive with", when referring to a protein or peptide, refers to a binding reaction which is determinative of the presence of a protein or fragment (e.g., an LP protein) in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and/or other biological components. TypicaUy, the, interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure, e.g., an antigenic determinant (or epitope) recognized by a binding composition. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A," the presence of a polypeptide comprising the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody wiU reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the specified antibodies bind to a particular protein or polypeptide sequence and do not significantly bind other proteins or other polypeptide sequences that are present in the sample. Specific binding to an antibody under such conditions may require an antibody that is selected for its specificity and/or selectivity for a particular protein. For example, antibodies raised to the protein immunogen with an amino acid sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: Y can be selected to obtain antibodies specificaUy immunoreactive with LP proteins or LP polypeptides and not with other proteins or polypeptides. These antibodies wiU also recognize proteins or polypeptide sequences that have an above average degree of similarity or identity to an LP protein or LP polypeptide sequence. Fragments that function as epitopes can be produced by any conventional means such as, e.g., (1985) Houghten, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:5131-5135, further described in U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211. In the present invention, an antigenic or immunogenic epitope preferably contains a polypeptide sequence of at least four, at least five, at least six, at least seven, more preferably at least eight, at least nine, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at least 13, at least 14, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, and, favorably, between about 15 to about 30 contiguous amino acids of a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or a Table herein. Preferred polypeptide fragments of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: Y comprising immunogenic or antigenic epitopes are at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 contiguous amino acid residues in length.
Additional non-exclusive preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as portions thereof. Antigenic epitopes are useful, e.g., to generate antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies that specificaUy bind the epitope. Preferred antigenic epitopes include, e.g., the antigenic epitopes disclosed herein, as weU as any pluraUty thereof, e.g., at least: two, three, four, five or more of these antigenic epitopes in any combination or structural arrangement. Antigenic epitopes can be used as the target molecules in immunoassays (see, e.g., WUson, et al. (1984) CeU 37:767-778; SutcUffe, et al. (1983) Science 219:660-666). Similarly, immunogenic epitopes can be used, e.g., to induce antibodies according to any known art method (see, for instance, SutcUffe, et al. supra; Wilson, et al. supra; Chow, et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:910-25914; and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. Preferred immunogenic epitopes include, e.g., an immunogenic epitope disclosed herein, as weU as a pluraUty or any combination thereof, e.g., of at least two, three, four, five or more of these immunogenic epitopes including, e.g., repeats of a particular epitope. A polypeptide comprising a pluraUty of epitopes may be used to eUcit an antibody response with a carrier protein, such as, e.g., an albumin, to an animal system (such as, e.g., a rabbit or a mouse), or, if a polypeptide is of sufficient length (e.g., at least about 25 amino acids), the polypeptide may be presented without a carrier. However, immunogenic epitopes comprising as few as 8 to 10 amino acids have also been shown to be sufficient to generate antibodies and to be useful since they are capable of binding to, e.g., Unear epitopes in a denatured polypeptide such as in Western blotting. Polypeptides or proteins bearing an epitope of the present invention may be used to generate antibodies according to known methods including, e.g., without Umitation, in vivo immunization, in vitro immunization, and phage display methods (see, e.g., SutcUffe, et al. supra; WUson, et al. supra, and Bittle, et al. (1985) J. Gen. Virol. 66:2347-2354. "Binding Composition"
The term "binding composition" refers to molecules that bind with specificity and/or selectivity to an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (such as, e.g., in an antibody-antigen interaction). However, other compositions (e.g., antibodies, oUgonucleotides, proteins (e.g., receptors), peptides, or smaU molecules) may also specificaUy and/or selectivity associate (bind) with the LP in contrast to other molecules. TypicaUy, the association wiU be in a natural physiologicaUy relevant protein-protein interaction (either covalent or non-covalent) and it may include members of a multi-protein complex (including carrier compounds or dimerization partners). The composition may be a polymer or chemical reagent. A functional analog may be a protein with structural modifications or may be a whoUy unrelated molecule (such as, e.g., one that has a molecular shape that interacts with the appropriate binding determinants). The proteins may serve as agonists or antagonists of the binding partner, see, e.g., Goodman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman & GUman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (cur. ed.) Pergamon Press, Tarrytown, N.Y.
The LP may be used to screen for binding compositions that specificaUy and/or selectively bind an LP of the invention or fragment thereof (e.g., a binding composition can be a molecule, or part of one, that selectively and/or stoichiometricaUy binds, whether covalently or not, to one or more specific sites of an LP (or fragment thereof) such as, e.g., in an antigen-antibody interaction, a hormone-receptor interaction, a substrate-enzyme interaction, etc.). At least one and up to a pluraUty of test binding compositions can be screened for specific and/or selective binding with the LP.
In one embodiment, a binding composition thus identified is closely related to a natural Ugand of an LP (such as, e.g., a Ugand or fragment thereof, a natural substrate, a structural or functional mimetic, or a natural binding partner; see, e.g., CoUgan, et al. (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5.)
"Binding Agent:LP Complex"
The term "binding agentLP complex," as used herein, refers to a complex of a binding agent and a LP (or fragment thereof) which is formed by specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent to the respective LP (or fragment thereof). Specific and/or selective binding of the binding agent means that the binding agent has a specific and/or selective binding site that recognizes a site on the LP protein (or fragment thereof). For example, antibodies raised against a LP protein (or fragment thereof) that recognize an epitope on the LP protein (or fragment thereof) are capable of forming a binding agent:LP complex by specific and/or selective binding. TypicaUy, the formation of a binding agent:LP complex aUows the measurement of LP protein (or fragment thereof) in a mixture of other proteins and/or biologies.
"Antibody:LP Complex"
The phrase "antibody:LP complex" refers to an embodiment in which the binding agent, e.g., is an antibody. The antibody may be monoclonal, polyclonal, or a binding fragment of an antibody (including, without Umit, e.g., Fv, Fab, or F(ab)2 fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (Zapata, et al, (1995) Protein Engin. 8(10): 1057-62); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments). Preferably, for cross-reactivity purposes, the antibody is a polyclonal antibody.
Antibodies
Antibodies can be raised to various LP proteins, including individual, polymorphic, aUeUc, strain, or species variants, and fragments thereof, both in their naturaUy occurring
(fuU-length) forms and in their recombinant forms. AdditionaUy, antibodies can be raised to LP proteins in either their active forms or in their inactive forms. Anti-idiotypic antibodies may also be used. Antibodies of the invention include, e.g., wiύhout Umitation, polyclonal, monoclonal, multispecific, human, humanized or chimeric antibodies, single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, F(ab') fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression Ubrary, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies (including, e.g., anti-Id antibodies to antibodies of the invention), and an epitope-binding fragment of any of the above.
As used herein, the phrase "human antibodies" includes, e.g., without Umitation, antibodies having an amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobuUn including, e.g., without Umitation, an antibody isolated from a human immunoglobulin Ubrary or from an animal transgenic for one or more human immunoglobuUns and that do not express endogenous immunoglobuUns, as described herein or, as taught, e.g., in U.S. Patent No. 5,939,598. An antibody of the present invention may be monospecific, bispecific, trispecific or of greater multispecificity. Multispecific antibodies may be specific for different epitopes of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or may be specific for both a polypeptide of the present invention as weU as for a heterologous epitope, such as a heterologous polypeptide or soUd support material (see, e.g., WO 2093/17715; WO 92/08802; WO 91/00360; WO 92/05793; Tutt, et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:60-69; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,474,893; 4,714,681; 4,925,648; 5,573,920; or 5,601,819; or Kostelny, et al. (1992) J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553 .
Further encompassed by the present invention is an antibody that selectively binds a polypeptide, which is encoded by a polynucleotide that stably hybridizes, under stringent hybridization conditions (as described herein), to an LP polynucleotide sequence. An antibody of the present invention may also be characterized or specified in terms of its binding affinity to a protein or polypeptide (fragment thereof), or epitope of the invention. A preferred binding affinity of a binding composition, e.g., an antibody or antibody binding fragment, includes, e.g., a binding affinity that demonstrates a dissociation constant or Kd of less than about: 5 X 10"2M, 10"2M, 5 X 10"3M, 10"3M, 5 X 10"4M, 10"4M, 5 X 10"5M, 10'5M, 5 X 10-6M, 10"6M, 5 X 10"7M, 10"7M, 5 X 10"8M, 10'8M, 5 X 10"9M, 10"9M, 5 X 10 0M, 10-10M, 5 X 10 1M, 10-"M, 5 X 10 2M, 10 2M, 5 X 10'13M, 10'13M, 5 X 10 4M, 10 4M, 5 X 10 5M, or 10" 15M.
The invention also encompasses antibodies that competitively inhibit binding of a binding composition to an epitope of the invention as determined by any known art method for determining competitive binding, e.g., the immunoassays described herein. In preferred embodiments, the antibody competitively inhibits binding to the epitope by at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85%, at least 80%, at least 75%, at least 70%, at least 60%, or at least 50%. Antibodies of the present invention may act as agonists or antagonists of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). Likewise encompassed by the invention, are neutraUzing antibodies that bind a Ugand and prevent it binding to a receptor. Similarly encompassed are Ugand-binding antibodies that inhibit receptor activation without inhibiting receptor binding. Alternatively, Ugand-binding antibodies that activate a receptor are also included: Antibodies of the invention may act as receptor agonists, e.g., by potentiating or activating either aU or a subset of the biological activities of the Ugand-mediated receptor activation, e.g., by inducing dimerization of a receptor. The antibodies may be specified as agonists, antagonists, or inverse agonists for biological activities comprising the specific biological activities of a peptide of the invention disclosed herein. An antibody agonist can be made using known methods art (see, e.g., WO 96/40281; U.S. Patent No. 5811,097; Deng, et al., Blood 92(6):1981-1988 (1998); Chen, et al., Cancer Res. 58(16):3668-3678 (1998); Harrop, et al, J. Immunol. 161(4):1786-1794 (1998); Zhu, et al, Cancer Res. 58( 15):3209-3214 (1998)).
Antibodies of the present invention may be used, e.g., without Umitation, to purify, detect, or target a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention for, e.g., in vitro and/or in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic methods. For example, the antibodies have use in immunoassays for quaUtatively and/or quantitatively measuring levels of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention in a biological sample (see, e.g., Harlow, et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, cur. ed.; incorporated by reference).
The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein is not Umited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology. The term "monoclonal antibody" refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced. Methods for producing and screening for specific antibodies using hybridoma technology are routine and known in the art. For an overview of the technology for producing human antibodies, see, e.g., Lonberg and Huszar, Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93 (1995). In addition, commercial companies such as, e.g., Abgenix, Inc. (Freemont, CA) and Genpharm (San Jose, CA) can be hired to produce human antibodies. Completely human antibodies that recognize a selected epitope can be generated by
"guided selection" (see, e.g., Jespers, et al. (1988) BioTechnology 12:899-903). Further, antibodies of the invention can, in turn, be used to generate anti-idiotype antibodies that "mimic" a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention using known techniques (see, e.g., Greenspan & Bona, FASEB J. 7(5):437-444; (1989) and Nissinoff, J. (1991) Immunol. 147(8):2429-2438). The present invention encompasses antibodies recombinantiy fused or chemicaUy conjugated (including both covalent and non-covalent conjugations) to a polypeptide (or portion thereof, preferably comprising at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids of a polypeptide of SED ID NO:X) of the present invention to generate fusion proteins. The fusion does not necessarily need to be direct, but may occur through Unker sequences.
The antibodies may be specific for antigens other than a polypeptide of the invention (or portion thereof, preferably at least: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 contiguous amino acids) of the present invention. For example, antibodies may be used to target an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to particular ceU types, either in vitro or in vivo, by fusing or conjugating a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) ofthe present invention to an antibody specific for a particular ceU surface receptor. Antibodies fused or conjugated to a polypeptide of the invention may also be used in in vitro immunoassays and in purification methods using known art methods (see e.g., Harbor, et al., supra, and WO 9312 1232; EP 439,095; Naramura et al. (1994) Immunol. Lett. 39:9 1-99).
The present invention further includes compositions comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused or conjugated to an antibody domain other than a variable region. For example, a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may be fused or conjugated to an antibody Fc region, or portion thereof. The antibody portion that is fused to a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may comprise a constant region, a hinge region, a CHI domain, a CH2 domain, and/ or a CH3 domain or any combination of whole domains or portions thereof. A polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) may also be fused or conjugated to an antibody portion described herein to form multimers. For example, Fc portions fused to a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) can form dimers through disulfide bonding between the Fc portions. Higher multimeric forms can be made by fusing the polypeptides to portions of IgA and IgM. Methods for fusing or conjugating a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) to an antibody portion are known (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,336,603; 5,622,929; 5,359,046; 5,349,053; 5,447,851; 5,112,946; EP 307,434; EP 367,166; WO 96/04388).
In many cases, the Fc part of a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (see, e.g., EP A232, 262). Alternatively, deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, can be favored. Moreover, an antibody of the present invention (or fragment thereof) can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to faciUtate purification. Techniques for conjugating a therapeutic moiety to an antibody are known, see, e.g., Amon, et al., "Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld, et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc.1985); HeUstrom, et al., "Antibodies For Drug DeUvery", in ControUed Drug DeUvery (2nd Ed.), Robinson, et al. (eds.), pp. 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987). Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
- An antibody (or fragment thereof) of the invention may be utilized for immunophenotyping of ceU Unes and biological samples. The translation product of an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) may be useful as a ceU specific marker, or more specificaUy, as a ceUular marker (which is differentiaUy expressed at various stages of differentiation and/or maturation of particular ceU types). A particular protein can be measured by a variety of immunoassay methods see, e.g., Stites and Terr (eds.) (1991) Basic and Clinical Immunology (7th ed.); Price and Newman (eds.) (1991) Principles and Practice of Immunoassays Stockton Press, NY; and Ngo (ed.) (1988) Non-isotopic Immunoassays Plenum Press, NY.; Stites and Terr (eds.) Basic and CUnical Immunology (7th ed.) supra; Maggio (ed.) Enzyme Immunoassay. supra; and Harlow and Lane Antibodies. A Laboratory Manual, supra. The abiUty o the antibody of interest to immunoprecipitate a particular antigen can be assessed by, e.g., Western blot analysis. One of skiU in the art would be knowledgeable as to the parameters are modifiable to increase binding of an antibody to an antigen and to decrease background (e.g., by pre-clearing the ceU lysate with sepharose beads). Further discussion of immunoprecipitation protocols can be found in, e.g., Ausubel et al, eds., 1994, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Vol. 1, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.
Therapeutic Uses
The present invention further encompasses antibody-based therapies that involve administering LP antibody to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a primate
(e.g., a human), to modulate, treat, inhibit, effect, or ameUorate one or more of the disclosed diseases, disorders, or conditions. An antibody of the invention can be used to modulate, treat, inhibit, ameUorate, or prevent diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) o the invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, any one or more of the diseases, disorders, syndromes or conditions described herein. The treatment, ameUoration, and/or prevention of diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant expression and/or activity of a polypeptide of the invention includes, e.g., without Umitation, ameUorating symptoms associated with those diseases, disorders or conditions. Antibodies of the invention may be provided in pharmaceuticaUy acceptable compositions as known in the art or as described herein.
Making LP proteins; Mimetics
DNAs which encode a LP protein or fragments thereof can be obtained by chemical synthesis, screening cDNA Ubraries, or by screening genomic Ubraries prepared from a wide variety of ceU Unes or tissue samples. Methods for doing so, or making expression vectors are either art known or are described herein.
These DNAs can be expressed in a wide variety of host ceUs for the synthesis of a fuU-length protein or fragments which can in turn, e.g., be used to generate polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies; for binding studies; for construction and expression of modified molecules; and for structure/function studies. Each LP protein or its fragments can be expressed in host ceUs that are transformed or transfected with appropriate expression vectors. By "transformed" is meant a ceU into which (or into an ancestor of which) a DNA molecule has been introduced, by means of recombinant techniques, which encodes an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof.
Expression vectors are typicaUy self-repUcating DNA or RNA constructs containing the desired antigen gene or its fragments, usuaUy operably Unked to appropriate genetic control elements that are recognized in a suitable host ceU. The specific type of control elements necessary to effect expression depends on the host ceU used. GeneraUy, genetic control elements include a prokaryotic promoter system or a eukaryotic promoter expression control system, and typicaUy include a transcriptional promoter, an optional operator to control the onset of transcription, transcription enhancers to elevate the level of mRNA expression, a sequence that encodes a suitable ribosome binding site, and sequences that terminate transcription and translation. All of the associated elements both necessary and sufficient for the production of LP polypeptide are in operable Unkage with the nucleic acid encoding the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). UsuaUy, expression vectors also contain an origin of repUcation that aUows the vector to repUcate independently of the host ceU. An expression vector will preferably include, e.g., at least one selectable marker. Such markers include, e.g., without Umit, dihydrofolate reductase, G418, or neomycin resistance for eukaryotic ceU culture and tetracycUne, kanamycin or ampiciUin resistance genes for culturing in E. coli and other bacteria.
The vectors of this invention contain DNAs which encode an LP protein, or a fragment thereof, typicaUy encoding, e.g., a biologicaUy active polypeptide, or protein. The DNA can be under the control of a viral promoter and can encode a selection marker. This invention further contemplates use of expression vectors capable of expressing eukaryotic cDNA coding for a LP (or fragment) in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host, where the vector is compatible with the host and where the eukaryotic cDNA coding for the protein is inserted into the vector such that growth of the host containing the vector expresses the cDNA in question. UsuaUy, expression vectors are designed for stable repUcation in their host ceUs or for ampUfication to greatly increase the total number of copies of the desirable gene per ceU. It is not always necessary to require that an expression vector repUcate in a host ceU, e.g., it is possible to effect transient expression of the protein or its fragments in various hosts using ill
vectors that do not contain a repUcation origin that is recognized by the host ceU. It is also possible to use vectors that cause integration of an LP protein gene or its fragments into the host DNA by recombination, or to integrate a promoter that controls expression of an endogenous gene. Vectors, as used herein, encompass plasmids, viruses, bacteriophage, integratable
DNA fragments, and other vehicles that enable the integration of DNA fragments into the genome of the host. Expression vectors are speciaUzed vectors that contain genetic control elements that effect expression of operably Unked genes. Plasmids are the most commonly used form of vector, but many other forms of vectors that perform an equivalent function are also suitable for use (see, e.g., Pouwels, et al. (1985 and Supplements) Cloning Vectors: A Laboratory Manual Elsevier, N.Y.; and Rodriquez, et al. (eds.) (1988) Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Cloning Vectors and Their Uses Buttersworth, Boston, MA).
Suitable host ceUs include prokaryotes, lower eukaryotes, and higher eukaryotes. Prokaryotes include both gram negative and gram positive organisms, e.g., E. coli and B. subtilis. Lower eukaryotes include yeasts, e.g., S. cerevisiae and Pichia, and species of the genus Dictyostelium. Higher eukaryotes include estabUshed tissue culture ceU Unes from animal ceUs, both of non-mammaUan origin, e.g., insect ceUs, and birds, and of mammaUan origin, e.g., human, primates, and rodents.
Prokaryotic host- vector systems include a variety of vectors for many different species. As used herein, E. coli and its vectors will be used genericaUy to include equivalent vectors used in other prokaryotes. A representative vector for ampUfying DNA is pBR322 or its derivatives. Vectors that can be used to express these proteins or protein fragments include, but are not Umited to, such vectors as those containing the lac promoter (pUC- series); trp promoter (pBR322-trp); Ipp promoter (the pIN-series); lambda-pP or pR promoters (pOTS); or hybrid promoters such as ptac (pDR540). See Brosius, et al. (1988) "Expression Vectors Employing Lambda-, trp-, lac-, and Ipp-derived Promoters," in Rodriguez and Denhardt (eds.) Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Cloning Vectors and Their Uses 10:205-236 Buttersworth, Boston, MA. Otiier representative bacterial vectors include, e.g., without Umit, pQE70, pQE60, and pQE-9, (avaUable from QIAGEN, Inc.); pBluescript vectors, Phagescript vectors, pNH8A, pNH16a, pNHlδA, pNH46A, (avaUable from
Stratagene Cloning Systems, Inc.); and ptrc99a, pKK223-3, pKK233-3, pDR540, pRIT5 (available from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc). Higher eukaryotic tissue culture ceUs are typicaUy the preferred host ceUs for expression of the functionaUy active LP protein. Non-Umiting representative examples of suitable expression vectors include pCDNAl; pCD (Okayama, et al. (1985) Mol. CeU Biol. 5:1136-1142); pMClneo Poly-A, (Thomas, et al. (1987) CeU 51:503-512); and a baculovirus vector such as pAC 373 or pAC 610. Additional eukaryotic vectors include, e.g., without Umit, pWLNEO, pSV2CAT, pOG44, pXTl and pSG (avaUable from Stratagene); and ρSVK3, pBPN, pMSG and pSVL (avaUable from Pharmacia Biotech, Inc.).
A polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, and preferably, a mature and/or secreted form, can also be recovered from natural sources, including, e.g., without Umit, bodily fluids, tissues, and ceUs, (whether directly isolated or cultured); products of chemical synthetic procedures; and products produced by recombinant techniques from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host (including, e.g., bacterial, yeast, higher plant, insect, and mammaUan ceUs).
It is Ukely that LP proteins need not be glycosylated to eUcit biological responses. However, it wiU occasionaUy be desirable to express an LP protein or LP polypeptide in a system that provides a specific or defined glycosylation pattern. In this case, the usual pattern wiU be that provided naturaUy by the expression system. However, the pattern wiU be modifiable by exposing the polypeptide, e.g., in unglycosylated form, to appropriate glycosylating proteins introduced into a heterologous expression system. For example, the LP protein gene may be co-transformed with one or more genes encoding mammaUan or other glycosylating enzymes. It is further understood that over glycosylation may be detrimental to LP protein biological activity, and that one of skiU may perform routine testing to optimize the degree of glycosylation which confers optimal biological activity.
In addition, an LP polypeptide (or fragments thereof) may also include, e.g., an initial modified methionine residue (in some cases because of host-mediated processes). TypicaUy, the Ν-terminal methionine encoded by the translation initiation codon removed with high efficiency from any protein after translation in aU eukaryotic ceUs. While the Ν-terminal methionine on most proteins is also efficiently removed in most prokaryotes, for some proteins depending on the nature of the amino acid to which the Ν-terminal methionine is covalendy Unked, the removal process is inefficient. In one embodiment, the yeast Pichia pastoris is used to express a polypeptide of the present invention(or fragment thereof) in an eukaryotic system (see, e.g., ElUs, et al., Mol. CeU. Biol. 5:1111-21 (1985); Koutz, et al., Yeast 5: 167-77 (1989); Tschopp, et al., Νucl. Acids Res. 15:3859-76 (1987)). Thus, a heterologous coding sequence, such as, e.g., an LP polynucleotide sequence, (or fragment thereof) under the transcriptional regulation of aU or part of the AOX1 regulatory sequence is expressed at exceptionaUy high levels in Pichia yeast grown in the presence of methanol.
In one example, the plasmid vector pPIC9K is used to express polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) as set forth herein, in a Pichea yeast system essentiaUy as described in "Pichia Protocols: Methods in Molecular Biology," D.R. Higgins and J. Cregg, eds. The Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1998. This expression vector aUows expression and secretion of a protein of the invention by virtue of the strong AOX1 promoter Unked to the Pichia pastoris alkaUne phosphatase (PHO) secretory signal peptide located upstream of a multiple cloning site. Many other yeast vectors could be used in place of pPIC9K, such as, e.g., pYES2, pYDl, pTEFl/Zeo, pYES2/GS, pPICZ, pGAPZ, pGAPZalpha, pPIC9, pPIC3.5, PHIL-D2, PHIL-SI, pPIC3.5K, and, PA08, as a skiUed in the artisan would appreciate, as long as the proposed expression construct provides appropriately located and operably Unked signals for transcription, translation, secretion (if desired), and the Uke, (including an in- frame stop codon as required).
Furthermore, heterologously expressed proteins or polypeptides can also be expressed in plant ceUs. For plant ceUs viral expression vectors (e.g., cauUflower mosaic virus and tobacco mosaic virus) and plasmid expression vectors (e.g., TI plasmid) are suitable. Such ceUs are avaUable from a wide range of sources (e.g., the American Tissue Type Culture CoUection, Rockland, MD; also, see for example, Ausubel, et al. (cur. ed. and Supplements; expression vehicles may be chosen from those provided e.g., in Pouwels, et al. (Cur. ed..) Cloning Vectors. A Laboratory Manual).
A LP protein, or a fragment thereof, may be engineered to be phosphatidyl inositol (PI) Unked to a ceU membrane, but can be removed from membranes by treatment with a phosphatidyl inositol cleaving enzyme, e.g., phosphatidyl inositol phosphoUpase-C. This releases the antigen in a biologicaUy active form, and aUows purification by standard procedures of protein chemistry (see, e.g., Low (1989) Biochem. Biophys. Acta 988:427-454; Tse, et al. (1985) Science 230:1003-1008; and Brunner, et al. (1991) J. CeU Biol. 114:1275- 1283). Now that LP proteins have been characterized, fragments or derivatives thereof can be prepared by conventional processes for synthesizing peptides. These include processes such as are described in Stewart and Young (1984) SoUd Phase Peptide Synthesis Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL; Bodanszky and Bodanszky (1984) The Practice of Peptide Synthesis Springer- Verlag, New York, NY; and Bodanszky (1984) The Principles of Peptide Synthesis Springer- Verlag, New York, NY. The prepared protein and fragments thereof can be isolated and purified from the reaction mixture by means of peptide separation, for example, by extraction, precipitation, electrophoresis and various forms of chromatography, and the Uke. An LP protein of this invention can be obtained in varying degrees of purity depending upon its desired use. Purification can be accompUshed by use of known protein purification techniques or by the use of the antibodies or binding partners herein described (e.g., in immunoabsorbant affinity chromatography).
Recombinant Proteins An LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, can be used to generate a fusion protein.
For example, when fused to a second polypeptide, an LP polypeptide, or fragment thereof, can be used as an antigenic tag or an immunogen.
Antibodies raised against an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to indirectly detect a second protein by binding thereto. In one embodiment, if an LP protein has amino acid sequence portion that targets a ceUular location (e.g., based on trafficking signals), that portion of the polypeptide can be used by fusing it to another protein (or fragment) to target a protein. Examples of domains that can be fused to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) include, e.g., not only heterologous signal sequences, but also other heterologous functional regions. A fusion does not necessarUy need to be direct, but may occur, e.g., through Unker sequences. Moreover, fusion proteins may also be engineered to improve characteristics of an LP polypeptide.
For instance, a region of additional amino acids, particularly charged amino acids, may be added to the N-terminus of the polypeptide to improve stabiUty and persistence during purification from a host ceU or during subsequent handling and storage. In addition, peptide moieties can be added to the polypeptide to facUitate purification. Such regions may be removed before final preparation of the polypeptide. Additions of peptide moieties to facUitate handling are famUiar and routine art techniques. Moreover, an LP polypeptide (including any fragment thereof, and specificaUy an epitope) can be combined with parts of the constant domain of an immunoglobuUn e.g., (TgA, IgE, IgG, IgM) portions thereof (CH 1, CH2, CH3), and any combination thereof including both entire domains and portions thereof), resulting in a chimeric polypeptide. Such fusion proteins can faciUtate purification and often are useful to increase the in vivo half-Ufe of the protein (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. Biochem.15 270:3958-3964). Enhanced deUvery of an antigen across an epitheUal barrier to the immune system has been demonstrated for antigens (e.g., insulin) conjugated to an FcRn binding partner such as IgG or Fc fragments (see, e.g., WO 96/22024 and WO 99/104813). IgG fusion proteins that have a disulfide-Unked dimeric structure due to the IgG portion disulfide bonds have also been found more efficient in binding and neutraUzing other molecules than monomeric polypeptides or fragments thereof alone (Fountoulakis, et al. (1995) J. Biochem. 270:3958-3964).
AdditionaUy, a fusion protein can comprise various portions of the constant region of an immunoglobuUn molecule together with a human protein (or part thereof) EP-A-O 464 533 (Canadian counterpart 2045869). In many cases, the Fc part in a fusion protein is beneficial in therapy and diagnosis, and thus, can result in, e.g., improved pharmacokinetic properties (EP-A 0232 262.). Alternatively, deleting the Fc part after the fusion protein has been expressed, detected, and purified, may be desired. For example, the Fc portion may hinder therapy and/or diagnosis if the fusion protein is used as an immunogen for immunizations. In drug discovery for example, human proteins, such as hIL-5, have been fused with Fc portions for the purpose of high-throughput screening assays to identify hIL-5 antagonists (Bennett, et al. (1995) I. Molecular Recognition 8:52-58; and Johanson, et al. (1995) J. Biol. Chem. 270:9459-9471).
Furthermore, new constructs may be made by combining similar functional domains from other proteins. For example, protein-binding or other segments may be "swapped" between different new fusion polypeptides or fragments (see, e.g., Cunningham, et al. (1989) Science 243:1330-1336; and O'Dowd, et al. (1988) J. Biol. Chem. 263:15985-15992). Moreover, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be fused to a marker sequence, such as a peptide, to facUitate purification. In preferred embodiments, the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as, e.g., the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., Chatsworth, CA, 91311), which provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein (Gentz, et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:821-824). Another useful peptide-purification tag is the "HA" tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from an influenza hemagglutinin protein (WUson, et al. (1984) CeU 37:767). Nucleic acid molecules containing LP polynucleotide sequences encoding an LP epitope can also be recombined with a gene of interest as an epitope tag (e.g., the "HA" or flag tag) to aid in detection and purification of the expressed polypeptide. For example, one system purifies non-denatured fusion proteins expressed in human ceU Unes (Janknecht, et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:8972-897). In this system, a gene of interest is subcloned into a vaccinia recombination plasmid such that the open reading frame of the sequence of interest is translationaUy fused to an amino-terminal tag consisting of six histidine residues. The tag serves as a matrix-binding domain for the fusion protein. Extracts from ceUs infected with the recombinant vaccinia virus are loaded onto Ni2+ nitriloacetic acid-agarose column and histidine-tagged proteins can be selectively eluted with imidazole-containing buffers.
AdditionaUy, LP fusion constructions may be generated through the techniques of gene-shuffling, motif-shuffling, exon shuffling, and/or codon shuffling (coUectively referred to as "DNA shuffling"). DNA shuffling may be employed to modulate an activity of an LP polypeptide. Such methods can be used to generate LP polypeptides (or fragments thereof) with altered activity, as weU as agonists and antagonists of an LP polypeptide (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793; 5,811,238; 5,830,721; 5,834,252; and 5,837,458, and Patten, et al. (1997) Cur. Opinion Biotechnol. 8:724-33 30; Harayama, (1998) Trends Biotechnol. 16(2):76- 82; Hansson, et al. (1999) J. Mol. Biol. 287:265-76; and Lorenzo and Blasco, (1998) Biotechniques 24(2): 308-13; each of which is incorporated by reference for these DNA shuffling teachings).
VIII. Functional Variants
"Derivatives" of LP protein antigens include amino acid sequence mutants, glycosylation variants, and covalent or aggregate conjugates with other chemical moieties. Covalent derivatives can be prepared by Unkage of functionaUties to groups which are found in LP protein amino acid side chains or at the N- or C- termini, by any art known means. These derivatives can include, without Umitation, aUphatic esters or amides of the carboxyl terminus, or of residues containing carboxyl side chains, O-acyl derivatives of hydroxyl group-containing residues, and N-acyl derivatives of the amino terminal amino acid or amino-group containing residues, e.g., lysine or arginine. Acyl groups are selected from the group of alkyl-moieties including C3 to C18 normal alkyl, thereby forming alkanoyl aroyl species. Covalent attachment to carrier proteins may be important when immunogenic moieties are haptens.
Also provided by the invention is a chemicaUy modified derivative of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that may provide additional advantages such as increased solubility, increased stability increased circulating time, or decreased irnmunogenicity or antigenicity (see U.S. Patent no: 4,179,337). A chemical moieties for derivatization may be selected from water soluble polymers such as, e.g., polyethyleneglycol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, copolymers, carboxymethylceUulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, etc. A polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) may be modified at random or at predetermined positions within the molecule and may include, e.g., one, two, three, or more attached chemical moieties. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched. For polyethylene glycol, a preferred molecular weight is between about 1 kDa and about 100 kDa (the term "about" means that in polyethylene glycol preparations, some molecules wiU weigh more and some wiU weigh less, than the stated molecular weight). Other sizes may be used, depending on the desired effect (e.g., the [period of sustained release, the effects, if any, on biological activity, ease in handling, the degree or lack of antigenicity, and other known effects of polyethylene glycol on a protein, polypeptide or an analog). Polyethylene glycol molecules (or other chemical moieties) should be attached with consideration of the effect on functional, immunogenic, and/or antigenic domains of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof). Attachment methods include; e.g., without Umit,
(coupUng PEG to G-CSF); EP 0 401 384, pegylating GM-CSF using tresyl chloride (MaUk, et al. (1992) Exp. Hematol. 20:1028-1035). For example, polyethylene glycol may be covalently bound through amino acid residues via a reactive group, such as, e.g., a free amino or carboxyl group. Reactive groups are those to which an activated polyethylene glycol molecule may be bound. Amino acid residues having a free amino group may include, e.g., lysine residues, and N-terminal amino acid residue. Amino acid residues having a free carboxyl group may include, e.g., aspartic acid residues, glutamic acid residues, and C- terminal amino acid residues. Sulfhydryl groups may also be used to attach to a polyethylene glycol molecule. For human, a preferred attachment is at an amino group, such as, e.g., an attachment at the N-terminus or a lysine group.
One may specificaUy desire a protein, or a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) that is chemicaUy modified at the N-terminus. Using polyethylene glycol as an illustration of the present composition, one may select from a variety of polyethylene glycol molecules (by molecular weight, branching, etc.), the proportion of polyethylene glycol molecules to a protein (polypeptide) molecule in the reaction mix, the type of pegylation reaction to be performed, and the method of obtaining the selected N-terminaUy pegylated, e.g., polypeptide. The method of obtaining an N-terminaUy pegylated preparation (by, e.g., separating this moiety from other monopegylated moieties if necessary) may be by purification of the N-terminaUy pegylated material from a population of pegylated protein molecules. Selective protein chemical modification at the N-terminus may be accompUshed by reductive alkylation, which exploits differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups (lysine versus the N-terminal) available for derivatization in a particular protein. Under appropriate reaction conditions, substantiaUy selective derivatization of a protein or polypeptide (or fragment thereof) at the N-terminus with a carbonyl-group- containing-polymer is achieved.
This invention also encompasses the use of derivatives of an LP protein other than variations in amino acid sequence or glycosylation. Such derivatives may involve covalent or aggregative association with chemical moieties. GeneraUy, these derivatives faU into the three classes: (1) salts, (2) side chain and terminal residue covalent modifications, and (3) adsorption complexes (e.g., with ceU membranes). Such covalent or aggregative derivatives are useful as immunogens, as reagents in immunoassays, or in purification methods such as for affinity purification of proteins or other binding proteins. For example, a LP protein antigen can be immobiUzed by covalent bonding to a soUd support such as cyanogen bromide-activated SEPHAROSE, by methods which are weU known in the art, or adsorbed onto polyolefin surfaces, with or without glutaraldehyde cross-Unking, for use in an assay or purification of anti-LP protein antibodies or its respective binding partner. An LP protein can also be labeled for use in diagnostic assays with a detectable group (such as, e.g., radioiodinated by the chloramine T procedure; covalently bound to rare earth chelates; or conjugated to another fluorescent moiety). Purification of an LP protein may be effected by immobiUzed antibodies or a binding partner.
A polypeptide ofthe invention (or fragment thereof) may be as a monomer or a multimer (e.g., a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a higher multimer). Accordingly, the present invention encompasses monomers and multimers of a polypeptide of the invention, (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., their preparation, and compositions (preferably, therapeutic compositions) containing them. In specific embodiments, the polypeptides and/or fragments of the invention are monomers, dimers, trimers, tetramers or higher multimers. In additional embodiments, a multimer of the invention is at least a dimer, at least a trimer, or at least a tetramer. Multimers encompassed by the invention may be homomers or heteromers. As used herein, the term "homomer," refers to a multimer containing only a specific polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:Y or in a talbe herein (including fragments, variants, spUce variants, and fusion proteins, corresponding to these polypeptides as described herein). A homomer may contain a polypeptide having identical or different amino acid sequences. In a specific embodiment, a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing only polypeptides (or fragments thereof) having identical amino acid sequences. In another specific embodiment, a homomer of the invention is a multimer containing polypeptides having different amino acid sequences.
In specific embodiments, a multimer of the invention is a homodimer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences) or a homotrimer (e.g., containing polypeptides having identical and/or different amino acid sequences). In additional embodiments, the homomeric multimer of the invention is at least a homodimer, at least a homotrimer, or at least a homotetramer. As used herein, the term "heteromeric," refers to a multimer containing one or more heterologous polypeptides. In a specific embodiment, a multimer of the invention is a heterodimer, a heterotrimer, or a heterotetramer. In additional embodiments, the heteromeric multimer of the invention is at least a heterodimer, at least a heterotrimer, or at least a heterotetramer. Multimers of the invention may be the result of hydrophobic, hydrophilic, ionic and/or covalent associations and/or may be indirectly Unked, by e.g., Uposome formation. Thus, in one embodiment, a multimer of the invention, such as, e.g., homodimers or homotrimers, are formed when polypeptides of the invention (or fragments thereof) contact one another in solution. In another embodiment, a heteromultimer of the invention, such as, e.g., a heterotrimer or a heterotetramer, is formed when, e.g., a polypeptide of the invention contacts an antibody (generated against a polypeptide; or fragment thereof of the invention (including antibodies to the heterologous polypeptide sequence in a fusion protein of the invention)) in solution. In other embodiments, a multimer of the invention is formed by covalent association with and/or between a polypeptide and a binding partner such as mentioned herein (or fragment thereof). Such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a polypeptide sequence (e.g., as recited in a sequence Usting herein, or contained in a polypeptide encoded by a deposited clone specified herein). In one instance, a covalent association is a cross-link, e.g., between cysteine residues. In another instance, the covalent associations are the consequence of chemical or recombinant manipulation. Alternatively, such covalent associations may involve one or more amino acid residues contained in a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., a fusion protein of the invention. In one example, covalent associations form with a heterologous sequence contained in a fusion protein of the invention (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925). In a specific example, a covalent association is between a heterologous sequence contained in an Fc fusion protein of the invention (as described herein). In another specific example, a covalent association of a fusion protein of the invention is with a heterologous polypeptide sequence such as, e.g., oseteoprotegerin (see, e.g., WO 98149305, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
In another embodiment, two or more polypeptides of the invention (or fragment thereof) are joined through peptide Unkers. Examples include, e.g., peptide Unkers described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,073,627 (incorporated by reference for these teachings). A protein comprising multiple polypeptides of the invention that are separated by peptide Unkers may be produced using conventional recombinant DNA technology.
Recombinant fusion proteins comprising a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) fused to a polypeptide sequence that dimerizes or trimerizes in solution can be expressed in a suitable host ceU. The resulting soluble multimeric fusion protein can be recovered from a supernatant using any art known technique or method described herein. Trimeric polypeptides of the invention may offer an advantage of enhanced biological activity (as defined herein). Preferred leucine zipper moieties and isoleucine moieties are those that preferentiaUy form trimers. An example is a leucine zipper derived from lung surfactant protein D (SPD), as described in Hoppe, et al. FEBS Letters 344: 19 1,15(1994) and in U.S. patent appUcation Ser. No. 08/446,922, (each hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings). Other peptides derived from naturaUy occurring trimeric proteins may be employed when preparing a trimeric polypeptide of the invention.
In another example, polypeptides or proteins of the invention are associated by interactions with a Flag polypeptide sequence (e.g., contained in a fusion protein of the invention having a Flag sequence). In a further embodiment, a protein or a polypeptide of the invention is associated by an interaction with a heterologous polypeptide sequence (contained in a Flag fusion protein of the invention) and an anti-Flag antibody.
A multimer of the invention may be generated using chemical art known techniques. For example, polypeptides (or fragments thereof) desired to be contained in a multimer of the invention may be chemicaUy cross-Unked using a Unker molecule e.g., Unker molecules and Unker molecule length optimization techniques are known in the art; see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, which is incorporated by reference for such teachings. AdditionaUy, a multimer of the invention may be generated using techniques known in the art to form one or more inter-molecule cross-Unks between the cysteine residues (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings). Further, a polypeptide of the invention modified by the addition of cysteine or biotin to the C or N-terminus of a polypeptide can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
AdditionaUy, a multimer of the invention can be generated by art known methods (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings). Alternatively, a multimer of the invention can be generated using other commonly known genetic engineering techniques. In one embodiment, a polypeptide contained in a multimer of the invention is produced recombinantiy with fusion protein technology described herein or otherwise known in the art (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings). In a specific embodiment, a polynucleotide encoding a homodimer of the invention can be generated by Ugating a polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to another sequence encoding a Unker polypeptide and then subsequently, further to a synthetic polynucleotide encoding the translated product of the polypeptide in the reverse orientation from the original C-terminus to the N-terminus (lacking the leader sequence) (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
In another embodiment, recombinant techniques described herein or otherwise known in the art can be appUed to generate a recombinant polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) that contains a transmembrane domain (or hyrophobic or signal peptide) and that can be incorporated by membrane reconstitution techniques into a Uposome (see, e.g., US Patent No. 5,478,925, incorporated by reference for these teachings).
X. Uses The present invention provides reagents that wiU find use in diagnostic and/or therapeutic appUcations as described herein, e.g., in the description of kits for diagnosis.
An LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) can be used in numerous ways, e.g., such as a reagent. The foUowing descriptions (using known art techniques) are non- Umiting examples of ways to use an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof). For example, an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) is useful for chromosome identification. There exists an ongoing need to identify new chromosome markers, since few chromosome-marking reagents, based on actual sequence data (repeat polymorphisms), are presently available. Each polynucleotide of the present invention can therefore, be used as a chromosome marker.
In another embodiment, the invention encompasses a kit, e.g., for analyzing a sample for the presence of a polynucleotide associated with a proUferative disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition. In a general embodiment, the kit includes, e.g., at least an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) probe containing a polynucleotide sequence that hybridizes with an LP polynucleotide sequence(or fragment thereof) and directions, e.g., such as for disposal. In another specific embodiment, a kit includes, e.g., two polynucleotide probes defining an internal region of an LP polynucleotide sequence, where each probe has one strand containing a 31 mer-end internal to a region the polynucleotide.
In a further embodiment, a probe may be useful as a primer for ampUfication using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Where a diagnosis of a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition has already been made according to conventional methods, the present invention is useful as a prognostic indicator, for a subject exhibiting an enhanced or diminished expression of n LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) by comparison to a subject expressing the polynucleotide of the present invention (or fragment thereof) at a level nearer a standard level.
The phrase, "measuring level of a composition of the present invention" is intended to mean herein measuring or estimating (either quaUtatively and/or quantitatively) a level of, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) including, e.g., mRNA, DNA, or cDNA, in a first sample (e.g., preferably a biological sample) either directly (e.g., by determining or estimating an absolute protein or mRNA level) or relatively (e.g., by comparing to a polypeptide or mRNA level in a second sample). In one embodiment, the level in the first sample is measured or estimated from an individual having, or suspected of having, a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition and comparing that level to a second level, wherein the second level is obtained from an individual not having and/or not being suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder or condition. Alternatively, the second level is determined by averaging levels from a population of individuals not having or suspected of having a disease, syndrome, disorder, or condition. As is appreciated in the art, once a standard level is determined, it can be used repeatedly as a standard for comparison. A "biological sample" is intended to mean herein any sample comprising biological material obtained from, using, or employing, e.g., an organism, body fluid, exudate, lavage product, waste product, ceU (or part thereof), ceU Une, organ, biopsy, tissue culture, or other source originating from, or associated with, a Uving ceU, tissue, organ, or organism, which contains, e.g., a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), a mRNA (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, including, e.g., without Umitation, a sample such as from, e.g., hair, skin, blood, saUva, semen, vomit, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid, breast milk, lymph, pulmonary sputum, urine, fecal matter, a lavage product, etc.
As indicated, a biological sample can include, e.g., without Umitation, body fluids (e.g., such as semen, lymph, sera, plasma, urine, synovial fluid and spinal fluid) that contain a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), a protein (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention, by product, or, waste product; and/or other tissue source found to express a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), mRNA (or fragment thereof), or nucleic acid (or fragment thereof), by product, or, waste product; of the present invention. Methods for obtaining biological samples, e.g., tissue biopsies, body fluids, ceUs, or waste products from mammals are known in the art. Where the biological sample is to include, e.g., mRNA, a tissue biopsy is a preferred source. The present invention further encompasses an LP polynucleotide sequence (or fragment thereof) that is chemicaUy synthesized, or reproduced as a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) using art known methods. The use of a PNA is preferred if a polynucleotide (or a fragment thereof) is incorporated, e.g., onto a soUd support, or genechip. For the purposes of the present invention, a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) is a polyamide type of polynucleotide analog in which, generaUy, e.g., the monomeric units for adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine are available commerciaUy (see, e.g., Perceptive Biosystems). Certain components of a polynucleotide, such as DNA, Uke phosphorus, phosphorus oxides, or deoxyribose derivatives, are not present in a PNA. GeneraUy, PNAs bind specificaUy and tightly to complementary DNA strands and are not degraded by nucleases (Nielsen, et al. (1993)
Nature 365: 666). In fact, a PNA binds more strongly to DNA than DNA binds to itself, probably, as there is no electrostatic repulsion between PNA/DNA; furthermore, the PNA polyamide backbone is more flexible than DNA. Because of this, PNA/DNA duplexes can bind under a wider range of stringency conditions than DNA/DNA duplexes thus, making it easier to perform multiplex hybridizations. Moreover, smaUer probes can be used with PNA than with DNA due to the strong binding.
In addition, it is more Ukely that single base mismatches can be determined using a PNA/DNA hybridization since, e.g., a single mismatch in a PNA/DNA 15-mer lowers the melting point (T-J by 8°-20°C, versus lowering the melting point 4°-16°C for the DNA/DNA 15-mer duplex. In addition, the absence of charge groups in a PNA molecule means that hybridizations can be done at low ionic strengths and the absence of charge groups with the DNA reduces possible interference by salt. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), can be used in numerous ways. The foUowing descriptions are non-Umiting, exemplars that use art known techniques.
A polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be used to assay a protein level, e.g., of a secreted protein, in a sample, e.g., such as a bodUy fluid by using antibody-based techniques. For example, protein expression in a tissue can be studied by an immunohistological method (see, e.g., Jalkanen, et al. (1985) J. CeU Biol. 101:976-985; Jalkanen, et al. (1987) J. CeU Biol. 105:3087-303096). Another useful antibody-based method for detecting protein or polypeptide expression includes, e.g., an immunoassay Uke an enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay or a radioimmunoassay (RIA). In addition to assaying, e.g., the level of a secreted protein in a sample, a protein can also be detected by in vivo imaging. Thus, the invention provides a means for detecting, marking, locating or diagnosing a disease, syndrome, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition comprising assaying the expression of a polynucleotide (or fragment thereof), or a polypeptide (or fragment thereof), of the present invention that is in a sample, e.g., ceUs or body fluid of an individual by comparing one level of expression with another level of expression, e.g., a standard level of expression to indicate, e.g., a disease, syndrome, disorder, and/or condition, (or predilection to the same), or to make a prognosis or prediction.
Furthermore, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof)can be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a disease, syndrome, condition, and/or a disorder. For example, a subject can be administered a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention to replace absent or decreased levels of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., insuUn); to supplement absent or decreased levels of a different polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., hemoglobin S for hemoglobin B; SOD to catalyze DNA repair proteins); to inhibit the activity of a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., an oncogene or tumor suppressor); to activate a polynucleotide or polypeptide (e.g., by binding to a receptor), to reduce activity of a membrane bound receptor by competing with the receptor for free Ugand (e.g., soluble TNF receptors can be used to reduce inflammation), or to bring about a desired response (e.g., blood vessel growth inhibition, enhancement of an immune response to proUferating ceUs or to an infectious agent).
Similarly, an antibody directed to a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the present invention can also be used to treat, prevent, modulate, ameUorate, and/or diagnose a condition, syndrome, state, disease or disorder. For example, administration of an antibody directed to an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can bind and reduce the level of the targeted polypeptide. Similarly, administration of an antibody can activate an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), such as by binding to the polypeptide that is bound to a membrane (e.g., a receptor). Diagnosis and Imaging Using an LP Antibody
Antibodies of the invention can be used to assay polypeptide levels in a sample, e.g., using classical immunohistological methods known to those of skiU in the art (see e.g., Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU. Biol. 101:976-985 (1985); Jalkanen, et al., J. CeU . Biol. 105:3087-3096 (1987)). Other antibody-based methods typicaUy useful for detecting polypeptide expression include, e.g., immunoassays, such as the enzyme Unked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and the radioimmunoassay (RIA).
Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with LP (such as, e.g., LP misexpression, LP overexpression, LP underexpression, etc.). Examples of such disorders include, without Umit, a ceU proUferative disorder such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, Hamartoma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, a cancer of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gaU bladder, gangUa, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, Uver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, saUvary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; an autoimmune/inflammatory disorder such as acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, aUergies, ankylosing spondyUtis, amyloidosis, anemia, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, cholecystitis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes meUitus, emphysema, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, erythroblastosis fetaUs, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, hypereosinophiUa, irritable bowel syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjόgren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative coUtis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, compUcations of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, and trauma; a cardiovascular disorder such as congestive heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease, degenerative valvular heart disease, calcifϊc aortic valve stenosis, congenitaUy bicuspid aortic valve, mitral annular calcification, mitral valve prolapse, rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, nonbacterial thrombotic endocarditis, endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoid heart disease, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, pericarditis, neoplastic heart disease, congenital heart disease, compUcations of cardiac transplantation, arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, hypertension, vascuUtis, Raynaud's disease, aneurysms, arterial dissections, varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, vascular tumors, and compUcations of thrombolysis, baUoon angioplasty, vascular replacement, and coronary artery bypass graft surgery; a neurological disorder such as epUepsy, ischemic cerebrovascular disease, stroke, cerebral neoplasms,
Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease, dementia, Parkinson's disease and other extrapyramidal disorders, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and other motor neuron disorders, progressive neural muscular atrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, hereditary ataxias, multiple sclerosis and other demyeUnating diseases, bacterial and viral meningitis, brain abscess, subdural edema, epidural abscess, suppurative intracranial thrombophlebitis, myeUtis and radicuUtis, viral central nervous system disease, prion diseases including kuru, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, fatal familial insomnia, nutritional and metaboUc diseases of the nervous system, neurofibromatosis, tuberous sclerosis, cerebeUoretinal hemangioblastomatosis, enceph- ottigeminal syndrome, mental retardation and other developmental disorders of the central nervous system including Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, neuroskeletal disorders, autonomic nervous system disorders, cranial nerve disorders, spinal cord diseases, muscular dystrophy and other neuromuscular disorders, peripheral nervous system disorders, dermatomyositis and polymyositis, inherited, metaboUc, endocrine, and toxic myopathies, myasthenia gravis, periodic paralysis, mental disorders including mood, anxiety, and schizophrenic disorders, seasonal affective disorder (SAD), akathesia, amnesia, catatonia, diabetic neuropathy, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, paranoid psychoses, post-therapeutic neuralgia, Tourette's disorder, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, and famiUal frontotemporal dementia; and a developmental disorder such as renal tubular acidosis, anemia, Cushing's syndrome, achondroplastic dwarfism, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, epUepsy, gonadal dysgenesis, WAGR syndrome (Wilms' tumor, aniridia, genitourinary abnormaUti.es, and mental retardation), Smith-Magenis syndrome, myelodysplastic syndrome, hereditary mucoepitheUal dysplasia, hereditary keratodermas, hereditary neuropathies such as Charcot- Marie-Tooth disease and neurofibromatosis, hypothyroidism, hydrocephalus, seizure disorders such as Syndenham's chorea and cerebral palsy, spina bifϊda, anencephaU, craniorachischisis, congenital glaucoma, cataract, and sensorineural hearing loss. Sequences encoding an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are used in Southern or northern analysis; dot blot or other membrane-based technologies; PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-Uke assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from a subject; to detect an altered LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) expression. Such quaUtative or quantitative methods are weU known in the art.
Therapeutic Uses This invention also provides reagents with significant therapeutic value. An LP protein or polypeptide (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), fragments thereof, and antibodies thereto, along with compounds identified as having binding affinity to an LP, are useful in the treatment of conditions associated with abnormal physiology or development, including abnormal proUferation, e.g., cancerous conditions, or degenerative conditions. Abnormal proUferation, regeneration, degeneration, and atrophy may be modulated by appropriate therapeutic treatment using a composition(s) provided herein. For example, a disease or disorder associated with abnormal expression or abnormal signaUng by an LP protein is a target for an agonist or antagonist of the protein.
Other abnormal developmental conditions are known in ceU types shown to possess LP mRNA by northern blot analysis (see, e.g., Berkow (ed.) The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy. Merck & Co., Rahway, N.J.; Thorn et al. Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine. McGraw-HiU, N.Y.; and Rich (ed.) CUnical Immunology: Principles and Practice. Mosby, St. Louis (cur. ed.); and below). Developmental or functional abnormaUties, (e.g., of the neuronal, immune, or hematopoetic system) cause significant medical abnormaUties and conditions which may be susceptible to prevention or treatment using compositions provided herein. Recombinant LP or LP antibodies can be purified and administered to a subject for treatment. These reagents can be combined for use with additional active or inert ingredients, e.g., in conventional pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers or dUuents, e.g., immunogenic adjuvants, along with physiologicaUy innocuous stabiUzers and excipients. These combinations can be sterile filtered and placed into dosage forms as by lyophiUzation in dosage vials or storage in stabiUzed aqueous preparations. This invention also contemplates use of antibodies or binding fragments thereof, including forms which are not complement binding.
Another therapeutic approach included within the invention involves direct administration of reagents, formulations, or compositions by any conventional administration techniques (such as, e.g., without Umit, local injection, inhalation, or systemic administration) to a subject. The reagents, formulations, or compositions included within the bounds and metes of the invention may also be targeted to a ceU by any of the methods described herein (e.g., polynucleotide deUvery techniques). The actual dosage of reagent, formulation, or composition that modulates a disease, disorder, condition, syndrome, etc., depends on many factors, including the size and health of an organism, however one of one of ordinary skiU in the art can use the foUowing teachings describing methods and techniques for determining cUnical dosages (see, e.g., SpUker (1984) Guide to CUnical Studies and Developing Protocols. Raven Press Books, Ltd., New York, pp. 7-13, 54-60; Spilker (1991) Guide to CUnical Trials. Raven Press, Ltd., New York, pp. 93-101; Craig and Stitzel (eds. 1986) Modern Pharmacology. 2d ed., Little, Brown and Co., Boston, pp. 127-33; Speight (ed. 1987) Avery's Drug Treatment: Principles and Practice of CUnical Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 3d ed., WiUiams and Wilkins, Baltimore, pp. 50-56; TaUarida, et al. (1988) Principles in General Pharmacology. Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 18-20; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,657,760; 5,206,344; and 5,225,212.). GeneraUy, in the range of about between 0.5 fg/ml and 500 μg/ml inclusive final concentration are administered per day to a human adult in any pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier. Furthermore, animal experiments provide reUable guidance for the determination of effective does for human therapy. Interspecies scaUng of effective doses can be performed foUowing art known principles (e.g., see, Mordenti and ChappeU (1989) "The Use of Interspecies ScaUng in Toxicokinetics," in Toxicokinetics and New Drug Development; Yacobi, et al. (eds.) Pergamon Press, NY).
Effective doses can also be extrapolated using dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal-model test systems. For example, for antibodies a dosage is typicaUy 0.1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of a recipients body weight. Preferably, a dosage is between 0.1 mg/kg and 20 mg/kg of a recipients body weight, more preferably 1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg of a recipients body weight. GeneraUy, homo-specific antibodies have a longer half-Ufe than hetero-specific antibodies, (e.g., human antibodies last longer within a human host than antibodies from another species, e.g., such as a mouse, probably, due to the immune response of the host to the foreign composition). Thus, lower dosage of human antibodies and less frequent administration is often possible if the antibodies are administered to a human subject. Furthermore, the dosage and frequency of administration of antibodies of the invention may be reduced by enhancing uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain) by using modifications such as, e.g., Upidation. The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the compositions of the invention and instructions such as, e.g., for disposal (typicaUy, in a form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products). The quantities of reagents necessary for effective treatment wiU depend upon many different factors, including means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, and other medicaments administered. Thus, treatment dosages should be titrated to optimize safety and efficacy. TypicaUy, dosages used in vitro may provide useful guidance in the amounts useful for in situ administration of these reagents. Animal testing of effective doses for treatment of particular disorders wiU provide further predictive indication of human dosage. Various considerations are described, e.g., in Gilman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (8th ed.) Pergamon Press; and (1990) Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th ed.) Mack PubUshing Co., Easton, PA. Methods for administration are discussed therein and below, e.g., for oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, or intramuscular administration, transdermal diffusion, and others. PharmaceuticaUy acceptable carriers wUl include water, saUne, buffers, and other compounds described, e.g., in the Merck Index. Merck & Co., Rahway, NJ. Dosage ranges would ordinarily be expected to be in amounts lower than 1 mM concentrations, typicaUy less than about 10 μM concentrations, usuaUy less than about 100 nM, preferably less than about 10 pM (picomolar), and most preferably less than about 1 fM (femtomolar), with an appropriate carrier. Slow release formulations, or a slow release apparatus wiU often be utilized for continuous administration.
LP protein, fragments thereof, and antibodies to it or its fragments, antagonists, and agonists, may be admimstered directly to the host to be treated or, depending on the size of the compounds, it may be desirable to conjugate them to carrier proteins such as ovalbumin or serum albumin prior to their administration. Therapeutic formulations may be administered in any conventional dosage formulation. While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation. Formulations typicaUy comprise at least one active ingredient, as defined above, together with one or more acceptable carriers thereof. Each carrier should be both pharmaceuticaUy and physiologicaUy acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients and not injurious to the patient. Formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal) administration. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods weU known in the art of pharmacy. See, e.g., Gilman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Goodman and Gilman's: The Pharmacological Bases of Therapeutics (8th ed.) Pergamon Press; and (1990) Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (17th ed.) Mack PubUshing Co., Easton, PA; Avis, et al. (eds.) (1993) Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications Dekker, NY; Lieberman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets Dekker, NY; and Lieberman, et al. (eds.) (1990) Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Disperse Systems Dekker, NY. The treatment of this invention may be combined with or used in association with other therapeutic agents.
The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition. Such a composition comprises, e.g., a therapeuticaUy effective amount of a composition of the invention in a pharmaceuticaUy acceptable carrier. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" means a carrier approved by a federal regulatory agency of the United States of America, or a regulatory/ administrative agency of a state government of the United States or a carrier that is Usted in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other pharmacopeia; which is generaUy recognized by those in the art for use in an animal, e.g., a mammal, and, more particularly, in a primate, e.g., a human primate.
Various deUvery systems are known and can be used to adn-inister, e.g., a composition, formulation, antibody polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or polynucleotide (or fragment thereof) of the invention. For example, deUvery can use Uposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant ceUs, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu (1 87) J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432), inclusion of a nucleic acid molecule as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc. Methods of administration include, e.g., without Umit, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitpneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes.
An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition of the immune system, by, e.g., activating or inhibiting the proUferation, differentiation, or mobiUzation (chemotaxis or directed movement) of an immune ceU. TypicaUy, immune ceUs develop through a process caUed hematopoiesis, producing myeloid (platelets, red blood ceUs, neutrophils, and macrophages) and lymphoid (B and T lymphocytes) ceUs from pluripotent stem ceUs.
The etiology of an immune disease, disorder, syndrome, or condition may be genetic and/or somatic, (e.g., such as some forms of cancer or some autoimmune conditions acquired by e.g., chemotherapy or toxins or an infectious agent, e.g., a virus or prion-Uke entity. Moreover, an LP can be used to mark or detect a particular immune system disease, syndrome, disorder, state, or condition.
An LP can be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating, and/ or diagnosing a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/ or a condition of a hematopoietic ceU. An LP could be used to increase or inhibit the differentiation or proUferation of a hematopoietic ceU, including a pluripotent stem ceU such an effect can be implemented to treat, prevent, modulate, or ameUorate a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or a condition associated with a decrease in a specific type of hematopoietic ceU. An example of such an immunologic deficiency, disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition includes, e.g., without Umitation, a blood condition (e.g. agammaglobuUnemia, digammaglobuUnemia), ataxia telangiectasia, common variable immunodeficiency, Digeorge Syndrome, HIN infection, HTLV-BLV infection, leukocyte adhesion deficiency syndrome, lymphopenia, phagocyte bactericidal dysfunction, severe combined immunodeficiency (SCIDs), Wiskott-Aldrich Disorder, anemia, thrombocytopenia, or hemoglobinuria. Moreover, an LP can be used to modulate hemostatic or thrombolytic activity. For example, increasing hemostatic or thrombolytic activity can treat or prevent a blood coagulation condition such as e.g., afibrinogenemia, a factor deficiency, a blood platelet disease (e.g. thrombocytopenia), or a wound resulting from e.g., trauma, surgery, etc. Alternatively, a composition of the invention can be used to decrease hemostatic or thrombolytic activity or to inhibit or dissolve a clotting condition. Such compositions can be important in a treatment or prevention of a heart condition, e.g., an attack infarction, stroke, or mycardial scarring. An LP may also be useful in ameUorating, treating, preventing, modulating and/ or diagnosing an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition such as results, e.g., from the inappropriate recognition by a ceU of the immune system of the self as a foreign material. Such an inappropriate recognition results in an immune response leading to detrimental effect destruction on the host, e.g., on a host ceU, tissue, protein, or moiety, e.g., a carbohydrate side chain. Therefore, administration of an LP which inhibits a detrimental immune response, particularly, e.g., a proUferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of a T-ceU, may be effective in detecting, diagnosing, ameUorating, or preventing such an autoimmune disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition. Examples of autoimmune conditions that can be affected by the present invention include, e.g., without Umit Addison's Disease syndrome hemolytic anemia, anti-phosphoUpid syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, dermatitis, aUergic encephalomyeUtis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's Syndrome, Graves' Disease syndrome, Multiple Sclerosis, Myasthenia Gravis, Neuritis, Ophthalmia, BuUous Pemphigoid, Pemphigus, Polyendocrinopathies, Purpura, Reiter's Disease syndrome, Stiff-Man Syndrome, Autoimmune Thyroiditis, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus, Autoimmune Pulmonary Inflammation, GuiUain-BarreSyndrome, insuUn dependent diabetes meUitis, and autoimmune inflammatory eye disease.
Similarly, aUergic reactions and conditions, such as asthma (e.g., aUergic asthma) or other respiratory problems, may also be ameUorated, treated, modulated or prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto. Moreover, such inventive compositions can be used to effect, e.g., anaphylaxis, hypersensitivity to an antigenic molecule, or blood group incompatibiUty.
An LP may also be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose organ rejection or graft-versus-host disease (GVHD). GeneraUy speaking, organ rejection occurs by a host's, immune-ceU destruction of a transplanted tissue or ceU. A similarly destructive immune response is involved in GVHD, however, in this case, transplanted foreign immune ceUs destroy host tissues and/or ceUs. Administration of a composition of the invention, which ameUorates or modulates such a deleterious immune response (e.g., a deleterious proUferation, differentiation, or chemotaxis of a T ceU), can be effective in modulating, ameUorating, diagnosing, and/ or preventing organ rejection or GVHD.
Similarly, an LP may also be used to detect, treat, modulate, ameUorate, prevent, and/or diagnose an inflammation, e.g., by inhibiting the proUferation and/or differentiation of a ceU involved in an inflammatory response, or an inflammatory condition (either chronic or acute), including, e.g., without Umitation, chronic prostatitis, granulomatous prostatitis and malacoplakia, an inflammation associated with an infection (such as, e.g., septic shock, sepsis, or systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS)), ischemia-reperfusion injury, endotoxin lethaUty, arthritis, complement-mediated hyperacute rejection, nephritis, cytokine or chemokine induced lung injury, inflammatory bowel disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, or a condition resulting from an over production of a cytokine(s) (e.g., TNF or IL-1 .)
An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a hyperproUferative disease, condition, disorder, or syndrome (such as, e.g., a neoplasm) via direct or indirect interactions. For example, such as by initiating the proUferation of ceUs that, in turn, modulate a hyperproUferative state; or by increasing an immune response (e.g., by increasing the antigenicity of a protein involved in a hyperproUferative condition); or by causing the proUferation, differentiation, or mobilization of a specific ceU type (e.g., a T-ceU). A desired effect using a composition of the invention may also be accompUshed either by, e.g., enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response.
Alternatively, the desired result may be effected either by, e.g., diminishing or blocking an existing immune response, or by preventing the initiation of a new immune response.
Examples of such hyperproUferative states, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions include, e.g., without Umitation, a neoplasm of the colon, abdomen, bone, breast, digestive system, Uver, pancreas, peritoneum, endocrine system (e.g., an adrenal gland, a parathyroid gland, the pituitary, the testicles, the ovary, the thymus, or the thyroid), eye, head, neck, nervous system (central or peripheral), the lymphatic system, pelvis, skin, spleen, thorax, and urogenital system. Similarly, other hyperproUferative conditions, include, e.g., without Umit hypergammaglobuUnemia, lymphoproUferative conditions, paraproteinemias, purpura, sarcoidosis, Hamartoma, Sezary Syndrome, Waldenstron's MacroglobuUnemia, Gaucher's Disease syndrome, histiocytosis, and other hyperproUferative states.
One preferred embodiment utilizes an LP to inhibit aberrant ceUular division, through a polynucleotide deUvery technique. Thus, the present invention provides a method for treating, preventing, modulating, ameUorating, preventing, inhibiting, and/or diagnosing ceU proUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions described herein by inserting into an abnormaUy proUferating ceU a composition of the present invention, wherein said composition beneficiaUy modulates an excessive condition of ceU proUferation, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Another embodiment comprises administering one or more active copies of an LP polynucleotide sequence to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU. For example in one embodiment, an LP polynucleotide sequence is operably Unked in a construct comprising a recombinant expression vector that is effective in expressing a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) corresponding to the polynucleotide of interest. In another preferred embodiment, the construct encoding a polypeptide or fragment thereof, is inserted into a targeted ceU utilizing a retrovirus or an adenoviral vector (see, e.g., Nabel, et al. (1999) Proc. Nad. Acad. Sci. USA 96: 324-326). In a still preferred embodiment, the viral vector is defective and only transforms or transfects a proUferating ceU but does not transform or transfects a non-proUferating ceU. Moreover, in a stiU further preferred embodiment, an LP polynucleotide sequence is inserted into a proUferating ceU either alone, (or in combination with, or fused to, another polynucleotide sequence, which can subsequently be modulated via an external stimulus (e.g., a magnetic signal, a specific smaU molecule, a chemical moiety or a drug administration, etc.) that acts on an upstream promoter to induce expression of the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). As such, a desired effect of the present invention (e.g., selectively increasing, decreasing, or inhibiting expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence) may be accompUshed based on using an external stimulus.
An LP sequence may be useful in repressing the expression of a gene or an antigenic composition, e.g., an oncogenic retrovirus. By "repressing the expression of a gene" is meant, e.g., the suppression of the transcription of a 'gene', the degradation of a 'gene' transcript (pre-message RNA), the inhibition of spUcing of a 'gene', the destruction of mRNA, the prevention of a post-translational modification of a polypeptide, the destruction of a polypeptide, or the inhibition of a normal function of a protein.
Local administration to an abnormaUy proUferating ceU may be achieved by any art known method or technique discussed herein including, e.g., without Umit to transfection, electroporation, microinjection of ceUs, or in vehicles (such as a Uposome, Upofectin, or a naked polynucleotide). Encompassed deUvery systems include, without Umit, retroviral vectors (GUboa, J. Virology 44:845 (1982); Hocke, Nature 320:275 (1986); WUson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85:3014); vaccinia virus systems (Chakrabarty, et al., Mol. CeU Biol. 5:3403 (1985); Yates, et al., Nature 3 13:8 12 (1985). Preferably a retroviral, or adenoviral deUvery system (as known in the art or described herein) is used to specificaUy deUver a recombinant construct or to transfect a ceU that is abnormaUy proUferating. An LP polynucleotide sequence may be deUvered directiy to the site of a ceU proUferation, e.g., in an internal organ, body cavity, and the Uke by use of, e.g., an imaging device used to guide the recombinant construct. Alternatively, administration to an appropriate location may be carried out at a time of surgical intervention.
By "cell proliferative condition" is meant any human or animal disease, syndrome, disorder, condition, or state, affecting any ceU, tissue, any site or any combination of organs, tissues, or body parts, which is characterized by a single or multiple local abnormal proUferation of ceUs, groups of ceUs, or tissues, whether benign or maUgnant. Any amount of LP may be administered as long as it has a desired effect on the treated ceU, e.g., a biologicaUy inhibiting effect on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU. Moreover, it is possible to administer more than one LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto, simultaneously to the same site.
By "biologically inhibiting" is meant a partial or total inhibition of mitotic activity and/or a decrease in the rate of mitotic activity or metastatic activity of a targeted ceU. A biologicaUy inhibitory dose can be determined by assessing the effects of an LP on abnormaUy proUferating ceU division in a ceU or tissue culture, tumor growth in an animal or any other art known method. In another embodiment, an LP can be useful to inhibit angiogenesis associated with abnormaUy proUferative ceUs or tissues, either alone, or as a protein fusion, or in combination with another LP polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist, thereto. In a preferred embodiment, a desired anti-angiogenic effect may be achieved indirectly, e.g., through the inhibition of hematopoietic, tumor-specific ceUs, such as, e.g., tumor-associated macrophages (see e.g., Joseph, et al. (1998) J Natl. Cancer Inst. 90(21): 1648-53). Alternatively, in a desired anti- angiogenic effect may be achieved directly, (e.g., see Witte, et al, (1998) Cancer Metastasis Rev. 17(2): 155-61). An LP, including a protein fusion, may be useful in inhibiting an abnormaUy proUferative ceU or tissue, via an induction of apoptosis. An LP may act either directiy, or indirecdy to induce apoptosis in a proUferative ceU or tissue, e.g., by activating the death- domain FA receptor, such as, e.g., tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor-1, CD95 (F&APO- I), TNF-receptor-related apoptosis-mediated protein (TRAMP) and TNF-related apoptosis- inducing Ugand (TRAIL) receptor-1 and -2 (see, e.g., Schulze-Osthoff, et al., Eur J Biochem 254 (3): 439-59 (1998), which is hereby incorporated by reference for teachings on apoptotic ceU death). Moreover, in another preferred embodiment, an LP may induce apoptosis via other mechanisms, such as, e.g., through the activation of a pathway that subsequently activates apoptosis, or through stimulating the expression of a protein(s) that activates an apoptotic pathway, either alone or in combination with smaU molecule drugs or adjuvants, such as apoptonin, galectins, hioredoxins, anti-inflammatory proteins (see e.g., Mutat Res 400 (l-2):447-55 (1998), Med Hypotheses. 50(5): 423-33 (1998), Chem Biol Interact. Apr 24; 111-112:23-34 (1998), J Mol Med. 76(6): 402-12(1998), Int J Tissue React; 20 (1):3-15 (1998), which are aU hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings).
An LP is useful in inhibiting ceU metastasis either directly as a result of administering a polynucleotide or polypeptide (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto, (as described elsewhere herein), or indirectly, such as, e.g., by activating or increasing the expression of a protein known to inhibit metastasis, such as, e.g., an alpha integrin, (see, e.g., Cur. Top Microbial Immunol 1998; 23 1: 125-4 1, which is hereby incorporated by reference for these teachings). Such a desired effect can be achieved either alone using an LP or in combination with e.g., a smaU molecule drug or an adjuvant.
An LP, or a protein fusion thereto, is useful in enhancing the irnmunogenicity and/or antigenicity of a proUferating ceU or tissue, either directly, (such as would occur if e.g., an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) 'vaccinated' the immune system to respond to a proUferative antigen or immunogen), or indirectly, (such as in activating, e.g., the expression a of protein known to enhance an immune response (e.g. a chemokine), to an antigen on an abnormaUy proUferating ceU). An LP may be used to, modulate, ameUorate, effect, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a cardiovascular disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition. As described herein, including, e.g., without limitation, cardiovascular abnormaUties, such as arterio-arterial fistula, arteriovenous fistula, cerebral arteriovenous malformations, congenital heart defects, pulmonary atresia, and Scimitar Syndrome peripheral artery disease, syndrome, such as Umb ischemia. Additional cardiovascular disorders encompass, e.g., congenital heart defects which include, e.g., aortic coarctation, car triatriatum, coronary vessel anomaUes, crisscross heart, dextrocardia, patent ductus arteriosus, Ebstein's anomaly, Eisenmenger complex, hypoplastic left heart syndrome, levocardia, tetralogy of faUot, transposition of great vessels, double outlet right ventricle, tricuspid atresia, persistent truncus arteriosus, and heart septal defects, such as e.g., aortopulmonary septal defect, endocardial cushion defects, Lutembacher's Syndrome, trilogy of FaUot, and ventricular heart septal defects. Further cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., heart disease syndrome, such as, e.g., arrhythmias, carcinoid heart disease syndrome, high cardiac output, low cardiac output, cardiac tamponade, endocarditis (including bacterial endocarditis), heart aneurysm, cardiac arrest, congestive heart failure, congestive cardiomyopathy, paroxysmal dyspnea, cardiac edema, heart hypertrophy, congestive cardiomyopathy, left ventricular hypertrophy, right ventricular hypertrophy, post-infarction heart rupture, ventricular septal rupture, heart valve disease, myocardial disease, myocardial ischemia, pericardial effusion, pericarditis (including constrictive and tuberculous pericarditis), pneumopericardium, post-pericardiotomy syndrome, pulmonary heart disease syndrome, rheumatic heart disease syndrome, ventricular dysfunction, hyperemia, cardiovascular pregnancy compUcations, Scimitar Syndrome, cardiovascular syphiUs, and cardiovascular tuberculosis. Further cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., arrhythmias including, e.g., sinus arrhythmia, atrial fibriUation, atrial flutter, bradycardia, extra systole, Adams-Stokes Syndrome, bundle-branch block, sinoatrial block, long QT syndrome, parasystole, Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome, Mahaim-type pre- excitation syndrome, Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome, sick sinus syndrome, and ventricular fibriUation tachycardias. Tachycardias encompassed with the cardiovascular condition described herein include, e.g., paroxysmal tachycardia, supraventricular tachycardia, accelerated idioventricular rhythm, atrioventricular nodal re-entry tachycardia, ectopic atrial tachycardia, ectopic junctional tachycardia, sinoatrial nodal re-entry tachycardia, sinus tachycardia, Torsades de Pointes Syndrome, and ventricular tachycardia. Additional cardiovascular disorders include, e.g., heart valve disease such as, e.g., aortic valve insufficiency, aortic valve stenosis, heart murmurs, aortic valve prolapse, mitral valve prolapse, tricuspid valve prolapse, mitral valve insufficiency, mitral valve stenosis, pulmonary atresia, pulmonary valve insufficiency, pulmonary valve stenosis, tricuspid atresia, tricuspid valve insufficiency, and tricuspid valve stenosis. Myocardial conditions associated with cardiovascular disease include, e.g., myocardial diseases such as, e.g., alcohoUc cardiomyopathy, congestive cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, aortic subvalvular stenosis, pulmonary subvalvular stenosis, restrictive cardiomyopathy, Chagas cardiomyopathy, endocardial fibroelastosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, Kearns Syndrome, myocardial reperfusion injury, and myocarditis. Cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., myocardial ischemias such as, e.g., coronary disease syndrome, such as e.g., angina pectoris, coronary aneurysm, coronary arteriosclerosis, coronary thrombosis, coronary vasispasm, myocardial infarction, and myocardial stunning. Cardiovascular diseases also encompassed herein include, e.g., vascular diseases such as e.g., aneurysms, angiodysplasia, angiomatosis, baciUary angiomatosis, Hippel-Lindau Disease syndrome, KLippel-Trenaunay- Weber Syndrome, Sturge-Weber Syndrome, angioneurotic edema, aortic disease, Takayasu's Arteritis, aortitis, Leriche's Syndrome, arterial occlusive disease, arteritis, enarteritis, polyarteritis nodosa, cerebrovascular disease, diabetic angiopathies, diabetic retinopathy, emboUsm, thrombosis, erythromeialgia, hemorrhoids, hepatic veno-occlusive disease syndrome, hypertension, hypotension, ischemia, peripheral vascular diseases, phlebitis, pulmonary veno-occlusive disease syndrome, Raynaud's disease syndrome, CREST syndrome, retinal vein occlusion, Scimitar syndrome, superior vena cava syndrome, telangiectasia, ataxia telangiectasia, hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, varicocele, varicose veins, varicose ulcer, vascuUtis, and venous insufficiency. Cardiovascular conditions further include, e.g., aneurysms such as, e.g., dissecting aneurysms, false aneurysms, infected aneurysms, ruptured aneurysms, aortic aneurysms, cerebral aneurysms, coronary aneurysms, heart aneurysms, and iUac aneurysms. Arterial occlusive cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., arteriosclerosis, intermittent claudication, carotid stenosis, fibromuscular dysplasias, mesenteric vascular occlusion, Moyamoya disease syndrome, renal artery obstruction, retinal artery occlusion, and thromboangUtis obUterans.
Cerebrovascular cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., carotid artery disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral anoxia, cerebral arteriosclerosis, cerebral arteriovenous malformation, cerebral artery disease, cerebral emboUsm and thrombosis, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, cerebral hemorrhage, epidural hematoma, subdural hematoma, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral infarction, cerebral ischemia (including transient cerebral ischemia), subclavian steal syndrome, periventricular leukomalacia, vascular headache, cluster headache, migraine, and vertebrobasUar insufficiency. EmboUc cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., air emboUsms, amniotic fluid emboUsms, cholesterol emboUsms, blue toe syndrome, fat emboUsms, pulmonary emboUsms, and thromboemboUsms. Thrombotic cardiovascular conditions include, e.g., coronary thrombosis, hepatic vein thrombosis, retinal vein occlusion, carotid artery thrombosis, sinus thrombosis, WaUenberg's syndrome, and thrombophlebitis. Ischemic conditions include, e.g., cerebral ischemia, ischemic coUtis, compartment syndromes, anterior compartment syndrome, myocardial ischemia, reperfusion injuries, and peripheral Umb ischemia. VascuUtic conditions include, e.g., aortitis, arteritis, Behcet's Syndrome, Churg-Strauss Syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, thromboangUtis obUterans, hypersensitivity vascuUtis, Schoenlein-Henoch purpura, aUergic cutaneous vascuUtis, and Wegener's granulomatosis. An LP can be beneficial in ameUorating critical Umb ischemia and coronary disease. An LP may be administered using any art known method, described herein An LP may administered as part of a therapeutic composition or formulation, as described in detaU herein. Methods of deUvering an LP are also described in detail herein. Anti-Hemopoietic Activity
The naturaUy occurring balance between endogenous stimulators and inhibitors of angiogenesis is one in which inhibitory influences typicaUy predominate (see, e.g., Rastinejad, et al., CeU 56345-355 (1989)). When neovascularization occurs under normal physiological conditions, such as wound heaUng, organ regeneration, embryonic development, and female reproductive processes, angiogenesis is stringently regulated, and deUmited spatiaUy and temporaUy. In pathological angiogenesis such as, e.g., during soUd tumor formation, these regulatory controls fail and unregulated angiogenesis can become pathologic by sustaining progression of many neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases. A number of serious diseases are dominated by abnormal neovascularization (including, e.g., soUd tumor growth and metastases, arthritis, some types of eye conditions, and psoriasis; see, e.g., reviews by Moses, et al., Biotech. 9630-634 (1991); Folkman, et al., N. Engl. J. Med., 333: 1757-1763 (1995); Auerbach, et al., J. Microvasc. Res. 29:401-4 11 (1985); Folkman, "Advances in Cancer Research", eds. Klein and Weinhouse, Academic Press, New York, pp. 175-203 (1985); Patz, Am. J. Opthalmol. 94:7 15-743 (1982); and Folkman, et al., Science 221:7 19-725 (1983). In a number of pathological conditions, angiogenesis contributes to a disease-state, e.g., for example, significant data have accumulated suggesting that soUd tumor formation is dependent on angiogenesis (see, e.g., Folkman and Klagsbrun, Science 235:442-447 (1987)). In another embodiment of the invention, administration of an LP provides for the treatment, ameUoration, modulation, diagnosis, and/or inhibition of a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition associated with neovascularization. MaUgnant and metastatic conditions that can be effected in a desired fashion using an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, a maUgnancy, soUd tumor, and a cancer as described herein or as otherwise known in the art (for a review of such disorders, syndromes, etc. see, e.g., Fishman, et al., Medicine, 2d Ed., J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia (1985)). Thus, the present invention provides a method of ameUorating, modulating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing an angiogenesis-related disease and/ or disorder, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP. For example, cancers that may be so affected using a composition of the invention includes, e.g., without Umit a soUd tumor, including e.g., prostate, lung, breast, ovarian, stomach, pancreas, larynx, esophagus, testes, Uver, parotid, biUary tract, colon, rectum, cervix, uterus, endometrium, kidney, bladder, thyroid cancer; primary tumors and metastases; melanomas; gUoblastoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; leiomyo sarcoma; non-smaU ceU lung cancer; colorectal cancer; advanced maUgnancies; and blood born tumors such as e.g., leukemia.
Moreover, an LP may be deUvered topicaUy, to treat or prevent cancers such as, e.g., skin cancer, head and neck tumors, breast tumors, and Kaposi's sarcoma. Within yet another aspect, an LP may be utilized to treat superficial forms of bladder cancer by, e.g., intravesical administration into the tumor, or near the tumor site; via injection or a catheter. Of course, the appropriate mode of administration wiU vary according to the cancer to be treated. Other modes of deUvery are discussed herein. An LP may also be useful in modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/ or diagnosing another disease, disorder, syndrome, and/or condition, besides a ceU proUferative condition (e.g., a cancer) that is assisted by abnormal angiogenic activity. Such close group conditions include, e.g., without Umitation, benign tumors, e.g., such as hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas; atherosclerotic plaques; ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g., diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, cornea graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, uvietis and Pterygia (abnormal blood vessel growth) of the eye; rheumatoid arthritis; psoriasis; delayed wound heaUng; endomettiosis; vasculogenesis; granulations; hyperttophic scars (keloids); nonunion fractures; scleroderma; trachoma; vascular adhesions; myocardial angiogenesis; coronary coUaterals; cerebral coUaterals; arteriovenous malformations; ischemic Umb angiogenesis; Osier-Webber Syndrome; plaque neovascularization; telangiectasia; hemophiUac joints; angiofibroma; fibromuscular dysplasia; wound granulation; Crohn's disease; and atherosclerosis.
For example, within another aspect of the present invention methods are provided for modulating, ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing hyperttophic scars and keloids, comprising administering an LP to a site of hyperttophic scar or keloid formation. Within one embodiment, the method involves a direct injection into a hyperttophic scar or keloid, to provide a beneficial effect, e.g., by preventing progression of such a lesion. This method is of particular value to a prophylactic treatment of a condition known to result in the development of a hypertrophic scar or a keloid (e.g., burns), and is preferably initiated after the proUferative phase of scar formation has had time to progress (approximately, e.g., 14 days after the initial injury), but before hypertrophic scar or keloid development. As noted above, the present invention also provides methods for ameUorating, treating, preventing, and/or diagnosing neovascular diseases of the eye, including e.g., corneal graft neovascularization, neovascular glaucoma, proUferative diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and macular degeneration. Moreover, ocular diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions associated with neovascularization that can be modulated ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g., without Umit; neovascular glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, retinoblastoma, retrolental fibroplasia, uveitis, retinopathy of premature macular degeneration, corneal graft neovascularization, as weU as other inflammatory eye diseases, ocular tumors, and diseases associated with choroidal or iris neovascularization (see, e.g., reviews by Waltman, et al, (1978) Am. J. Ophthal. 8.51704-710 and Gartner, et al., (1978) Sun. Ophthd. 22:291-3 12). Thus, within one aspect of the present invention methods are provided for treating or preventing neovascular diseases of the eye such as corneal neovascularization (including corneal graft neovascularization), comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP composition to the cornea, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited or delayed. Briefly, the cornea is a tissue that normaUy lacks blood vessels. In certain pathological conditions however, capiUaries may extend into the cornea from the pericorneal vascular plexus of the Umbus. When the cornea becomes vascularized, it also becomes clouded, resulting in a decUne in the patient's visual acuity. Visual loss may become complete if the cornea completely opacities. A wide variety of diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions can result in corneal neovascularization, including e.g., corneal infections (e.g., trachoma, herpes simplex keratitis, leishmaniasis and onchocerciasis), immunological processes (e.g., graft rejection and Stevens- Johnson's syndrome), alkaU burns, trauma, inflammation (of any cause), toxic and nutritional deficiency states, and as a compUcation of using contact lenses.
Within particularly preferred embodiments, an LP composition may be prepared for topical administration in saUne (combined with any of the preservatives and anti-microbial agents commonly used in ocular preparations), and administered in drop form to the eye. The solution or suspension may be prepared in its pure form and administered several times daily. Alternatively, anti-angiogenic compositions, prepared as described herein, may also be administered directly to the cornea. Within preferred embodiments, an anti-angiogenic composition is prepared with a muco-adhesive polymer, which binds to the cornea. Within further embodiments, an anti-angiogenic factor or anti-angiogenic LP composition may be utilized as an adjunct to conventional steroid therapy. Topical therapy may also be useful prophylacticaUy in corneal lesions that are known to have a high probabiUty of inducing an angiogenic response (such as, e.g., a chemical burn). In these instances, the treatment (likely in combination with steroids) may be instituted immediately to help prevent subsequent compUcations. Within other embodiments, an LP composition may be injected directly into the corneal stroma using microscopic guidance by an ophthalmologist. The preferred site of injection may vary with the morphology of the individual lesion, but the goal of the administration is to place a composition of the invention at the advancing front of the vasculature (i.e., interspersed between the blood vessels and the normal cornea). In most instances, this would involve periUmbic corneal injection to "protect" the cornea from advancing blood vessels. This method may also be utilized shortly after a corneal insult to prophylacticaUy prevent corneal neovascularization. In such a situation, the composition could be injected into the periUmbic cornea interspersed between the corneal lesion and its undesired potential Umbic blood supply. Such methods may also be utiUzed in a similar fashion to prevent capUlary invasion of transplanted corneas. In a sustained-release form, injections might only be required 2-3 times per year. A steroid could also be added to the injection solution to reduce inflammation resulting from the injection itself.
Within another aspect, methods are provided for treating or preventing neovascular glaucoma, comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited. In one embodiment, the composition may be administered topicaUy to the eye to treat or prevent early forms of neovascular glaucoma. Within other embodiments, the composition may be implanted by injection into the region of the anterior chamber angle. Within other embodiments, the composition may also be placed in any location such that the composition is continuously released into the aqueous humor. Within another aspect, methods are provided for treating or preventing proUferative diabetic retinopathy, comprising administering to a patient a therapeuticaUy effective amount of an LP to the eyes, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited. Within a particularly preferred embodiment, proUferative diabetic retinopathy may be treated by injection into the aqueous or the vitreous humor, to increase the local concentration of a composition of the invention in the retina; Preferably, this treatment should be initiated before the acquisition of severe disease requiring photocoagulation. Within another aspect of the present invention, methods are provided for treating or preventing retrolental fibroplasia, comprising administering to a patient a beneficiaUy effective amount of an LP to the eye, such that the formation of blood vessels is inhibited. The composition may be administered topicaUy, via intravitreous injection and/or via intraocular implants. Additional, diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, hemangioma, arthritis, psoriasis, angiofibroma, atherosclerotic plaques, delayed wound heaUng, granulations, hemophiUc joints, hypertrophic scars, nonunion fractures, Osier-Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma, scleroderma, trachoma, and vascular adhesions. Moreover, diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, soUd tumors, blood born tumors such as leukemias, tumor metastasis, Kaposi's sarcoma, benign tumors (e.g., hemangiomas), acoustic neuromas, neurofibromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, ocular angiogenic diseases, e.g., diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma, retrolental fibroplasia, rubeosis, retinoblastoma, and uvietis, delayed wound heaUng, endomettiosis, vasculogenesis, granulations, hypertrophic scars (keloids), nonunion fractures, scleroderma, trachoma, vascular adhesions, myocardial angiogenesis, coronary coUaterals, cerebral coUaterals, arteriovenous malformations, ischemic Umb angiogenesis, Osier- Webber Syndrome, plaque neovascularization, telangiectasia, hemophiUac joints, angiofibroma fibromuscular dysplasia, wound granulation, Crohn's disease, syndrome, atherosclerosis, birth-control inhibition of vascularization necessary for embryo implantation during the control of menstruation, and diseases that have angiogenesis as a pathologic consequence such as, e.g., cat scratch disease (Rochele rninaUa quintosa), ulcers (Helicobacter pylori), BartoneUosis and bacUlary angiomatosis.
In another embodiment as a birth control method, an amount of an LP sufficient to block embryo implantation is administered before or after intercourse and fertiUzation have occurred, thus providing an effective method of birth control, possibly a "morning after" method. An LP may also be used in controlling menstruation or administered either as a peritoneal lavage fluid or for peritoneal implantation in the treatment of endomettiosis.
An LP may be utiUzed in a wide-variety of surgical procedures. For example, within one aspect of the present invention a compositions (in the form of, e.g., a spray or film) may be utilized to coat or spray an area before removal of a tumor, to isolate normal surrounding tissues from maUgnant tissue, and/or to prevent the spread of disease to surrounding tissues. Within other aspects, an LP composition (e.g., in the form of a spray) may be deUvered via endoscopic procedures to coat tumors, or inhibit angiogenesis in a desired locale. Within yet another aspect, surgical meshes that have been coated with an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention may be utiUzed in a procedure in which a surgical mesh might be utiUzed. For example, a surgical mesh laden with an anti-angiogenic composition may be utiUzed during cancer resection surgery (e.g., abdominal surgery subsequent to colon resection) to provide support to the structure, and to release an amount of the anti-angiogenic factor. Within further aspects of the present invention, methods are provided for treating tumor excision sites, comprising administering an LP to the resection margins of a tumor after excision, such that the local recurrence of cancer and the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited.
Within one embodiment, an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is administered directly to a tumor excision site (e.g., appUed by swabbing, brushing or otherwise coating the resection margins of the tumor with the anti-angiogenic composition). Alternatively, an anti-angiogenic composition may be incorporated into a known surgical paste before administration. Within a particularly preferred embodiment, an anti-angiogenic composition of the invention is appUed after hepatic resections for maUgnancy, and after neurosurgical operations. Within another aspect, administration can be to a resection margin of a wide variety of tumors, including e.g., breast, colon, brain, and hepatic tumors. For example, within one embodiment, anti-angiogenic compositions may be administered to the site of a neurological tumor after excision, such that the formation of new blood vessels at the site is inhibited. Diseases at the Cellular Level Diseases associated with increased ceU survival or the inhibition of apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., cancers (such as, e.g., foUicular lymphomas, carcinomas with p53 mutations, and hormone-dependent tumors, including, e.g., but without Umit, colon cancer, cardiac tumors, pancreatic cancer, melanoma, retinoblastoma, gUoblastoma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer, testicular cancer, stomach cancer, neuroblastoma, myxoma, myoma, lymphoma, endotheUoma, osteoblastoma, osteoclastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, adenoma, breast cancer, prostate cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma and ovarian cancer); autoimmune conditions (such as, e.g., multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biliary cirrhosis, Behcet's disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune-related glomerulonephritis, and rheumatoid arthritis); viral infections (such as, e.g., herpes viruses, pox viruses, and adenoviruses); inflammation; graft v. host disease syndrome, acute graft rejection, and chronic graft rejection. In preferred embodiments, an LP is used to inhibit growth, progression, and/ or metastases of cancers such as, in particular, those Usted herein. Additional diseases, states, syndromes, or conditions associated with increased ceU survival that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., without limitation, progression, and/or metastases of maUgnancies and related disorders such as leukemia including acute leukemias (such as, e.g., acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, including myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic, and erythroleukemia) and chronic leukemias (e.g., chronic myelocytic, chronic granulocytic, leukemia, and chronic lymphocytic leukemia)), polycythemia Vera, lymphomas (e.g., Hodgkin's disease, and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom's macroglobuUnemia, heavy chain disease, syndrome, and soUd tumors including, e.g., without Umitation, sarcomas and carcinomas (such as, e.g., fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, Uposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheUosarcoma, lymphangio sarcoma, lymphangioendotheUosarcoma, synovioma, meso heUoma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous ceU carcinoma, basal ceU carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, meduUary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal ceU carcinoma, hepatoma, bUe duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular tumor, lung carcinoma, smaU ceU lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epitheUal carcinoma, gUoma, astrocytoma, meduUoblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oUgodendrogUoma, menangioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma). Diseases associated with increased apoptosis that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., AIDS, conditions (such as, e.g., Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Retinitis pigmentosa, CerebeUar degeneration and brain tumor, or prion associated disease); autoimmune conditions (such as, e.g., multiple sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, biUary cirrhosis, Behcet's disease syndrome, Crohn's disease syndrome, polymyositis, systemic lupus erythematosus, immune-related glomerulonephritis, and rheumatoid arthritis); myelodysplastic syndromes (such as aplastic anemia), graft v. host disease syndrome; ischemic injury (such as that caused by myocardial infarction, stroke and reperfusion injury); Uver injury (such as, e.g., hepatitis related Uver injury, ischemia reperfusion injury, cholestosis (bUe duct injury), and Uver cancer); toxin-induced Uver disease (such as, e.g., that caused by alcohol), septic shock, cachexia, and anorexia.
Wound Healing and Epithelial Cell Proliferation
In accordance with yet a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for using an LP to stimulate epitheUal ceU proUferation and basal keratinocytes for the purpose of, e.g., wound heaUng, to stimulate hair follicle production, and to heal a dermal wound. An LP composition may be cUnicaUy useful in stimulating wound heaUng including e.g., surgical wounds, excisional wounds, deep wounds involving damage of the dermis and epidermis, eye tissue wounds, dental tissue wounds, oral cavity wounds, diabetic ulcers, dermal ulcers, cubitus ulcers, arterial ulcers, venous stasis ulcers, burns resulting from exposure heat or chemicals, abnormal wound heaUng conditions associated with e.g., uremia, malnutrition, vitamin deficiency and wound heaUng compUcations associated with systemic treatment with steroids, radiation therapy, anti-neoplastic drugs, and anti-metaboUtes. An LP could be used to promote dermal reestabUshment after dermal loss. An LP could be used to increase the adherence of skin grafts to a wound bed and to stimulate re-epitheUaUzation from the wound bed. The foUowing is a non-exhaustive Ust of grafts that an LP could be used to increase adherence to: a wound bed, autografts, artificial skin, aUografts, autodermic grafts, autoepidermic grafts, avascular grafts, Blair-Brown grafts, bone grafts, brephoplastic grafts, cutis grafts, delayed grafts, dermic grafts, epidermic grafts, fascia grafts, fuU thickness grafts, heterologous grafts, xenografts, homologous grafts, hyperplastic grafts, lameUar grafts, mesh grafts, mucosal grafts, OUier-Thiersch grafts, omenpal grafts, patch grafts, pedicle grafts, penetrating grafts, spUt skin grafts, and thick spUt grafts. An LP can be used to promote skin strength and to improve the appearance of aged skin. It is beUeved that an LP will also produce changes in hepatocyte proUferation, and epitheUal ceU proUferation in, for example, the lung, breast, pancreas, stomach, smaU intestine, and large intestine. EpitheUal ceU proUferation can be effected in epitheUal ceUs such as, e.g., sebocytes, hair follicles, hepatocytes, type II pneumocytes, mucin-producing goblet ceUs, and other epitheUal ceUs or their progenitors which are contained within the skin, lung, Uver, and gastrointestinal tract.
An LP may: promote proUferation of endotheUal ceUs, keratinocytes, and basal keratinocytes; it could also be used to reduce the side effects of gut toxicity that result from radiation, chemotherapy treatments or viral infections, it may have a cytoprotective effect on the smaU intestine mucosa; it may also stimulate heaUng of mucositis (mouth ulcers) that result from chemotherapy and viral infections, it could further be used in fuU regeneration of skin in full and partial thickness skin defects, including burns, (i.e., re-population of hair follicles, sweat glands; and sebaceous glands), treatment of other skin defects such as psoriasis, it also could be used to treat epidermolysis bullosa, a defect in adherence of the epidermis to the underlying dermis which results in frequent, open and painful bUsters by accelerating re-epitheUaUzation of these lesions; it could also be used to treat gastric and doudenal ulcers and help heal by scar formation of the mucosal Uning and regeneration of glandular mucosa and duodenal mucosal lining more rapidly. Inflammatory bowel diseases, such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative coUtis, are diseases that result in destruction of the mucosal surface of the smaU or large intestine, respectively. Thus, an LP could be used to promote resurfacing of a mucosal surface to aid more rapid heaUng and to prevent progression of inflammatory bowel disease resulting in a desired effect, e.g., such as on the production of mucus throughout the gastrointestinal tract and the protection of intestinal mucosa from injurious substances that are ingested or foUowing surgery. An LP could be used to treat a condition associated with the under expression of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide of the present invention (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto.
Moreover, a LP could be used to prevent and heal damage to the lungs due to various pathological states, such as, e.g., stimulating proUferation and differentiation to promote repair of alveoU and bronchiolar epitheUum. For example, emphysema, inhalation injuries, that (e.g., from smoke inhalation) and burns, which cause necrosis of the bronchiolar epitheUum and alveoU could be effectively ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using a polynucleotide or polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), or an agonist or antagonist thereto. Also, an LP could be used to stimulate the proUferation of and differentiation of type II pneumocytes, to help treat or prevent hyaUne membrane diseases, such as e.g., infant respiratory distress syndrome and bronchopulmonary displasia, (in premature infants). An LP could stimulate the proUferation and/or differentiation of a hepatocyte and, thus, could be used to aUeviate or treat a Uver condition such as e.g., fulminant Uver failure (caused, e.g., by cirrhosis), Uver damage caused by viral hepatitis and toxic substances (e.g., acetaminophen, carbon tetrachloride, and other known hepatotoxins). In addition, an LP could be used treat or prevent the onset of diabetes mellitus. In patients with newly diagnosed Types I and II diabetes, where some islet ceU function remains, an LP could be used to maintain the islet function so as to aUeviate, modulate, ameUorate, delay, or prevent permanent manifestation of the disease. In addition, an LP could be used as an auxiUary in islet ceU transplantation to improve or promote islet ceU function. Neurological Diseases
Nervous system diseases, disorders, syndromes, states, and/or conditions that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed with an LP composition include, e.g., without Umitation, nervous system injuries diseases, disorders, states, syndromes, and/ or conditions that result in either a disconnection or misconnection of an axon or dendrite; a diminution or degeneration of a ceU (or part of a ceU) of the nervous system (such as, e.g., without Umitation, neurons, astrocytes, microgUa, macrogUa, oUgodendrogUa, Schwann ceUs, and ependymal ceUs); demyeUnation or improper mylenation; neural ceU dysfunction (such as, e.g., faUure of neurotransmitter release or uptake); or interference with mylenization. Nervous system lesions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed in a subject using an LP composition of the invention, include, e.g., without Umitation, the foUowing lesions of either the central (including spinal cord and brain) or peripheral nervous system: (1) ischemic lesions, in which a lack of oxygen in a portion of the nervous system results in neuronal injury or death, including e.g., cerebral infarction (or ischemia), or spinal cord infarction (or ischemia); (2) traumatic lesions, including, e.g., lesions caused by physical injury or associated with surgery (e.g., lesions that sever a portion of the nervous system), or compression injuries; (3) maUgnant lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by maUgnant tissue, which is either a nervous system associated maUgnancy or a maUgnancy derived from non-nervous-system tissue; (4) infectious lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised because of infection (e.g., by an abscess or associated with infection by human immunodeficiency virus, herpes zoster, or herpes simplex virus or with Lyme disease, syndrome, tuberculosis, syphiUs); (5) degenerative lesions, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised because of a degenerative process including, without Umit, degeneration associated with Parkinson's disease syndrome, Alzheimer's cUsease syndrome, Huntington's chorea, or Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS); (6) lesions associated with a nutritional condition, in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by a nutritional disorder (or a cUsorder of metaboUsm including, without Umit, vitamin B 12 deficiency, foUc acid deficiency, Wernicke disease, syndrome, tobacco-alcohol amblyopia, Marcbiafava-Bignami disease (primary degeneration of the corpus caUosum), and alcohoUc cerebeUar degeneration; (7) neurological lesions associated with systemic diseases inclucUng, e.g., without Umitation, diabetes (diabetic neuropathy, BeU's palsy), systemic lupus erythematosus, carcinoma, or sarcoidosis; (8) lesions caused by toxic substances including e.g., alcohol, lead, or a neurotoxin; and (9) demyeUnating lesions in which a portion of the nervous system is comprised by a demyeUnating cause (including, e.g., without Umitation, multiple sclerosis, human immunodeficiency virus-associated myelopathy, transverse myelopathy or various etiologies, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, and central pontine myeUnolysis). In a preferred embodiment, an LP can be used to protect a neuronal ceU from the damaging effects of cerebral hypoxia; cerebral ischemia, cerebral infarction; stroke; or a neural ceU injury associated with a heart attack. An LP, which is useful for producing a desired effect in a nervous system condition, may be selected by testing for biological activity in promoting survival and/or differentiation of neural ceU. For example, an LP that eUcits any of the foUowing effects may be useful according to the invention: (1) increased survival time of neurons in culture; (2) increased or decreased sprouting of a neural in culture or in vivo; (3) increased or decreased production of a neuron-associated molecule e.g., such as a neurotransmitter in culture or in vivo, e.g., choUne acetyltransferase or acetylchoUnesterase with respect to a motor neuron; or (4) decreasing a symptom of neuronal dysfunction in vivo or in a model system, e.g., such as a mouse model for Parkinsons Syndrome. Such an effect may be measured by any known art method.
In a preferred, non-Umiting embodiment any art known method can be used to: measure increased neuronal survival (such as, e.g., described in Arakawa, et al. (1990) J. Neurosci. 10:3507-3515); detect increased or decreased sprouting (such as, e.g., described in Pestronk, et al. (1980) Exp. Neurol. 70:65-82; Brown, et al. (1981) Ann. Rev. Neurosci. 4:17- 42); measure increased production of a neuron-associated molecule (e.g., by bioassay, enzymatic assay, antibody binding, Northern blot assay, etc., depending on the molecule to be measured); and measure motor neuron dysfunction (by, e.g., assessing the physical manifestation of motor neuron disorder, e.g., weakness, motor neuron conduction velocity, or functional disability in a model system). In specific embodiments, motor neuron diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g., without limitation, infarction, infection, exposure to toxin, trauma, surgical damage, degenerative cUsease or maUgnancy (that may affect motor neurons as weU as other components of the nervous system), as weU as conditions that selectively affect neurons such as, e.g., without Umitation, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis progressive spinal muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar palsy, primary lateral sclerosis, infantile and juvenile muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar paralysis of childhood (Fazio-Londe syndrome), poUomyeUtis post poUo syndrome, and Hereditary Motorsensory Neuropathy (Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease) . Infectious Disease
An LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose an effect of an infectious agent in a subject or associated with a condition. For example, by increasing an immune response e.g., particularly increasing the proUferation and differentiation a of B and/or a T ceU, infectious diseases may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed. The immune response may be increased either by enhancing an existing immune response, or by initiating a new immune response. Alternatively, an LP may also directly inhibit an infectious agent, without necessarily eUciting an immune response. Viruses are a type of an infectious agent that can cause diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions that may be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition of the invention. Examples of such viruses, include, e.g., without Umitation, the foUowing DNA and RNA viruses and viral famiUes: Arbovirus, Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Arterivirus, Birnaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliάviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Dengue, EBV, HIV, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae (Hepatitis), Herpesviridae (such as, e.g., Cytomegalovirus, Herpes Simplex, Herpes Zoster), Mononegavirus (e.g., Paramyxoviridae, Morbillivirus, Rhabdoviridae), Orthomyxoviridae (e.g., Influenza A, Influenza B, and parainfluen ), Papilomavirus, Papovaviridae, Parvoviridae, Picomaviridae, Poxviridae (such as, e.g., Smallpox or Vaccinia), Reoviridae (e.g., Rotavirus), Retroviridae (such as, e.g., HTLV-1, HTL.V-11, Lentivirus), and Togaviridae (e.g., Rubivirus). TypicaUy, viruses of these famiUes can cause a variety of undesired conditions, including, but not Umited to: e.g., arthritis, bronchioUitis, respiratory syncytial virus, encephalitis, eye infections (e.g., conjunctivitis, keratitis), chronic fatigue syndrome, hepatitis (e.g., of type A, B, C, E, Chronic Active, or Delta), Japanese BencephaUtis, Junin, Chikungunya, Rift VaUey fever, yeUow fever, meningitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS), pneumonia, Burkitt's Lymphoma, chickenpox, hemorrhagic fever, Measles, Mumps,- Parainfluenza, Rabies, a common cold, PoUo, leukemia, RubeUa, sexuaUy transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., Kaposi's, warts), and viremia. An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these symptoms or diseases. In specific embodiments, an LP composition is used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose e.g., meningitis, Dengue, EBV, and/or hepatitis (e.g., hepatitis B). In a further specific embodiment, an LP is administered to a subject that is non-responsive to one or more currently estabUshed commerciaUy available, hepatitis vaccines. In a further specific embodiment an LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose AIDS or an AIDS-related syndrome or condition. Similarly, bacterial or fungal agents that can cause a disease, disorder, condition, syndrome, or symptom and that can be ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP composition of the invention include, e.g., but without Umitation, the foUowing: Gram-Negative and Gram-positive bacteria and bacterial families and fungi such as: Actinomycetales (e.g., Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Norcardia), Cryptococcus neoformans, Aspergillosis, Bacillaceae (e.g., Anthrax,
Clostridium), Bacteroidaceae, Blastomycosis, Bordetella, Borrelia (e.g., Borrelia burgdorferi), Brucellosis, Candidiasis, Campylobacter,Coccidioidomycosis, Cryptococcosis, Oermatocycoses, E. coli (e.g., EnterotoxigenicE. coli and Enterohemorrhagic E. coli), Enterobacteriaceae (Klebsiella, Salmonella (e.g., Salmonella typhi, and Salmonella paratyphi), Serratia, Yersinia), Erysipelothrix, Helicobacter, Legionellosis, Xeptospirosis, isteria, Mycoplasmatales, Mycobacterium leprae, Vibrio cholerae, Neisseriaceae (e.g., Acinetobacter)Gonorrhea, Menigococcal), Meisseria meningitidis, Pasteurellacea Infections (e.g., Actinobacillus, Heamophilus (e.g., Heamophilus influenza tpeB), Pasteurella), Pseudomonas, Rickettsiaceae, Chla ydiaceae, Syphilis, Shigella spp.,Staphylococcal, Meningiococcal, Pneumococcal and Streptococcal (e.g., Streptococcus pneumoniae and Group B Streptococcus). These bacterial or fungal families can cause the foUowing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms including, e.g., without Umitation, bacteremia, endocarditis, eye infections (conjunctivitis, tuberculosis, uveitis), gingivitis, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related infections), paronychia, prosthesis-related infections, Reiter's Disease syndrome, respiratory tract infections, such as Whooping Cough or Empyema, sepsis, Lyme Disease syndrome, Cat-Scratch Disease syndrome, Dysentery, Paratyphoid Fever, food poisoning, Typhoid, pneumonia, Gonorrhea, meningitis (e.g., meningitis types A and B), Chlamydia, SyphiUs, Diphtheria, Leprosy, Paratuberculosis, Tuberculosis, Lupus, BotuUsm, gangrene, tetanus, impetigo, Rheumatic Fever, Scarlet Fever, sexuaUy transmitted diseases, skin diseases (e.g., ceUuUtis, dermatocycoses), toxemia, urinary tract infections and wound infections. An LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms.
In specific embodiments, an LP composition can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose: tetanus, Dip heria, botuUsm, and/or meningitis type B.
Moreover, parasitic agents causing diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms that can be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed by an LP include, e.g., without Umitation, a parasitic agent from any of the foUowing groupings: Amebiasis, Babesiosis, Coccidiosis, Ctyptosporidiosis, Dientamoebiasis. Dourine, Ectoparasitic, Giardiasis, Helminthiasis, Eeishmaniasis, Theileriasis, Toxoplasmosis, Trypanosomiasis, Trichomona, Sporoζpans
(e.g., Plasmodium virax, Plasmodium falciparium, Plasmodium malariae, and Plasmodium ovale). These parasites can cause a variety of diseases or symptoms, including, e.g., without Umitation: Scabies, Trombiculiasis, eye infections, intestinal disease (e.g., dysentery, giardiasis), Uver disease syndrome, lung disease syndrome, opportunistic infections (e.g., AIDS related conditions), malaria, compUcations of pregnancy, and toxoplasmosis. An LP composition of the invention can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose any of these diseases, disorders, conditions, syndromes, or symptoms. In specific embodiments, an LP can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose malaria.
Preferably, treatment or prevention using an LP is accompUshed either by administering an effective amount of an LP composition to a subject, or by removing ceUs from a subject, deUvering an LP then returning the resulting engineered ceU to the patient (ex vivo therapy). Furthermore, an LP sequence can be used as an antigen in a vaccine to raise an immune response against an infectious disease. Regeneration An LP composition of the invention can be used e.g., to differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure, de-differentiate a ceU, tissue; or biological structure; cause proUferation in ceU or a zone (simUar to a ZPA in a Umb bud), have an effect on chemotaxis, remodel a tissue (e.g., basement membrane, extra ceU matrix, connective tissue, muscle, epitheUa), or initiate the regeneration of a tissue, organ, or biological structure (see, e.g., Science (1997) 276:59-87). Regeneration using an LP composition of the invention could be used to repair, replace, remodel, or protect tissue damaged by, e.g., congenital defects, trauma (such as, e.g., wounds, burns, incisions, or ulcers); age; disease (such as, e.g., osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, periodontal disease syndrome, or Uver faUure), surgery, (including, e.g., cosmetic plastic surgery); fibrosis; re-perfusion injury; or cytokine damage. Tissues that can be regenerated include, e.g., without Umitation, organs (e.g., pancreas, Uver, intestine, kidney, epitheUa, endotheUum), muscle (smooth, skeletal, or cardiac), vasculature (inclucUng vascular and lymphatics), nervous system tissue, ceUs, or structures; hematopoietic tissue; and skeletal (bone, cartilage, tendon, and Ugament) tissue. Preferably, regeneration occurs with Uttle or no scarring. Regeneration also may include, e.g., angiogenesis.
Moreover, an LP composition may increase the regeneration of an aggregation of special ceU types, a tissue, or a matrix that typicaUy is difficult to heal. For example, by increasing the rate at which a tendon/Ugament he ls after damage. Also encompassed is using an LP prophylacticaUy to avoid damage (e.g., in an interstitial space of a joint or on the cartalagenous capsule of a bone). Specific diseases that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/ or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g., without Umitation, tendinitis, carpal tunnel syndrome, and other tendon or Ugament defects. Examples of non-heaUng wounds include, wounds that would benefit form regeneration treatment, e.g., without Umit pressure ulcers, ulcers associated with vascular insufficiency, surgical wounds, and traumatic wounds.
Similarly, nerve and brain tissue also could be regenerated using an LP. Such nervous system conditions that could be modulated, ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP composition include, e.g., without Umitation, central and peripheral nervous system diseases, neuropathies, or mechanical and traumatic conditions (e.g., spinal cord disorders or syndromes, head trauma, cerebrovascular disease syndrome, and stoke). SpecificaUy, diseases associated with peripheral nerve injuries include, e.g., without Umitation, peripheral neuropathy (e.g., resulting from chemotherapy or other medical therapies), locaUzed neuropathies, and central nervous system diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease syndrome, Parkinson's disease syndrome, Huntington's disease syndrome, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and Shy-Drager syndrome). AU could be ameUorated, treated, prevented, and/or diagnosed using an LP. Chemotaxis An LP may have an effect on a chemotaxis activity. Briefly, chemotactic molecules can attract or mobilize (but may also repeal) ceUs (e.g., monocytes, fibroblasts, neutrophils, T-ceUs, mast ceUs, eosinophils, epitheUal and/or endotheUal ceUs) or ceU processes (e.g., filopodia, psuedopodia, lameUapodia, dendrites, axons, etc.) to a particular site (e.g., such as inflammation, infection, site of hyperproUferation, the floor plate of the developing spinal cord, etc.). In some instances, such mobilized ceUs can then fight off and/or modulate a particular trauma, abnormaUty, condition, syndrome, or disease. An LP may have an effect on a chemotactic activity of a ceU (such as, e.g., an attractive or repulsive effect).
A chemotactic molecule can be used to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose inflammation, infection, hyperproUferative diseases, disorders, syndromes, and/or conditions, or an immune system disorder by increasing the number of ceUs targeted to a particular location in the body. For example, a chemotactic molecule can be used to attract an immune ceU to an injured location in a subject. An LP that had an effect on a chemotactant could also attract a fibroblast, which can be used to modulate, ameUorate, and/or treat a wound. It is also contemplated that an LP may inhibit a chemotactic activity to modulate, ameUorate, treat, prevent, and/or diagnose a disease, disorder, syndrome, and/ or a condition. XL Kits
This invention also contemplates use of LP proteins, fragments thereof, peptides, and their fusion products in a variety of diagnostic kits and methods for detecting the presence of LP protein or a binding partner. Typically, the kit wiU have a compartment containing either a defined LP protein peptide or gene segment or a reagent, which recognizes one or the other, e.g., binding partner fragments or antibodies.
A preferred kit for determining the concentration of, e.g., a LP protein in a sample would typicaUy comprise a labeled compound, e.g., binding partner or antibody, having known binding affinity for the LP protein, a source of LP protein (naturaUy occurring or recombinant), and a means for separating the bound from free labeled compound, for example, a soUd phase for immobilizing the LP protein. Compartments containing reagents, and instructions, will normally be provided. Another diagnostic aspect of this invention involves use of oUgonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences taken from the sequence of a LP protein. These sequences are used as probes for detecting levels of the LP protein message in samples from natural sources, or patients suspected of having an abnormal condition, e.g., cancer or developmental problem. The preparation of both RNA and DNA nucleotide sequences, the labeUng of the sequences, and the preferred size of the sequences has received ample description and discussion in the Uterature.
In specific embodiments, a kit may include, e.g., a recombinantiy produced or chemicaUy synthesized polypeptide antigen. The polypeptide antigen of the kit may also be attached to a soUd support. In a more specific embodiment the detecting means of the above-described kit includes, e.g., a soUd support to which said polypeptide antigen is attached. Such a kit may also include, e.g., a non-attached reporter-labeled anti-human antibody. In this embodiment, binding of the antibody to the polypeptide antigen is detected by binding of the reporter-labeled antibody. Other Preferred Embodiments
Other preferred embodiments of the claimed invention include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a sequence of SEQ ID NO.X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein. Other preferred embodiments of the claimed invention include an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides of a mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X wherein X is any integer as defined in a Table herein. Also preferred is a nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is include, e.g. in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Clone
Sequence and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of the Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NOX in a Table herein. Also preferred is a nucleic acid molecule wherein said sequence of contiguous nucleotides is included, e.g., in the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOX in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of the Start Codon and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of the Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NOX in a Table herein. Similarly preferred is a nucleic acid molecule comprising polynucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:X in the range of positions beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' nucleotide of a correspondingly encoded First Amino Acid of a Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein. Also preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one polynucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NOX. More preferably said polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to one, exhibits 95% sequence identity to at least: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more polynucleotide fragments 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in length of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X., wherein any one such fragment is at least 21 contiguous nucleotides in length. Further preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a polynucleotide sequence of at least about: 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X. Also preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of at least about: 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 84, 86, 88, 90, 92, 94, 96, 98, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, or 150 contiguous nucleotides in at least one nucleotide sequence fragment of SEQ ID NOX, wherein the length of at least one such fragment is about 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:X. Another preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence that is at least 95% identical to a sequence of SEQ ID NO:X beginning with the nucleotide at about the position of the 5' Nucleotide of the First Amino Acid of the Signal Peptide and ending with the nucleotide at about the position of the 3' Nucleotide of a Clone Sequence as defined for SEQ ID NO:X in a Table herein. A further preferred embodiment is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising a polynucleotide sequence, which is at least 95% identical to the complete mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO:X or a species variant thereof. Also preferred is an isolated or recombinant nucleic acid molecule comprising polynucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a mature coding portion of a polynucleotide of the invention (or fragment thereof), wherein the nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes does not hybridize under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence consisting of only A residues or of only T residues. Thus, the invention provides an assay system or kit for carrying out a diagnostic method. The kit generaUy includes, e.g., a support with surface- bound recombinant antigens, and a reporter-labeled anti-human antibody for detecting surface-bound anti-antigen antibody.
The broad scope of this invention is best understood with reference to the foUowing examples, which are not intended to Umit the invention to specific embodiments.
EXAMPLES
General Methods
Many of the standard methods described herein are described or referenced, e.g., in Maniatis, et al. (Cur. ed..) Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY; Sambrook, et al.; Ausubel, et al., Biology Greene PubUshing Associates, Brooklyn, NY; or Ausubel, et al. (1987 and Supplements) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology Wiley/ Greene, NY; Innis, et al. (eds.) (1990) PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and AppUcations Academic Press, NY. Methods for protein purification include such methods as ammonium sulfate precipitation, column chromatography, electrophoresis, centrifugation, crystallization, and others. See, e.g., Ausubel, et al. (1987 and periodic supplements); Deutscher (1990) "Guide to Protein Purification," Methods in Enzymology vol. 182, and other volumes in this series; CoUgan, et al. (1995 and supplements) Current Protocols in Protein Science John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY; P. Matsudaira (ed.) (1993) A Practical Guide to Protein and Peptide Purification for Microsequencing. Academic Press, San Diego, CA; and manufacturer's Uterature on use of protein purification products, e.g., Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ, or Bio-Rad, Richmond, CA. Combination with recombinant techniques aUow fusion to appropriate segments (epitope tags), e.g., to a FLAG sequence or an equivalent which can be fused, e.g., via a protease- removable sequence. See, e.g., HochuU (1989) Chemische Industrie 12:69-70; HochuU (1990) "Purification of Recombinant Proteins with Metal Chelate Absorbent" in Setiow (ed.) Genetic Engineering. Principle and Methods 12:87-98, Plenum Press, NY; and Crowe, et al. (1992) QIAexpress: The High Level Expression and Protein Purification System QUIAGEN, Inc., Chatsworth, CA. Standard immunological techniques are described, e.g., in Hertzenberg, et al. (eds. 1996) Weir's Hanbook of Experimental Immunology vols. 1-4, BlackweU Science; CoUgan (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology Wiley/Greene, NY; and Methods in Enzymology volumes. 70, 73, 74, 84, 92, 93, 108, 116, 121, 132, 150, 162, and 163. Assays for neural ceU biological activities are described, e.g., in Wouterlood (ed. 1995) Neuroscience Protocols modules 10, Elsevier; Methods in Neurosciences Academic Press; and Neuromethods Humana Press, Totowa, NJ. Methodology of developmental systems is described, e.g., in Meisami (ed.) Handbook of Human Growth and Developmental Biology CRC Press; and Chrispeels (ed.) Molecular Techniques and Approaches in Developmental Biology Interscience. FACS analyses are described in Melamed, et al. (1990) Flow Cytometry and Sorting Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, NY; Shapiro (1988) Practical Flow Cytometry Liss, New York, NY; and Robinson, et al. (1993) Handbook of Flow Cytometry Methods WUey-
Liss, New York, NY.
Example 1: Isolation of LP clones
Standard methods are used to isolate fuU length genes from a cDNA Ubrary made from an appropriate source, e.g., human ceUs. The appropriate sequence is selected, and hybridization at high stringency conditions is performed to find a fuU length corresponding gene using standard techniques. The fuU length, or appropriate fragments, of human genes are used to isolate a corresponding monkey or other primate gene. Preferably, a fuU length coding sequence is used for hybridization. Similar source materials as indicated above are used to isolate natural genes, including genetic, polymorphic, aUeUc, or strain variants. Other species variants are also isolated using similar methods. With a positive clone, the coding sequence is inserted into an appropriate expression vector. This may be in a vector specificaUy selected for a prokaryote, yeast, insect, or higher vertebrate, e.g., mammaUan expression system. Standard methods are appUed to produce the gene product, preferably as a soluble secreted molecule, but wiU, in certain instances, also be made as an intraceUular protein. IntraceUular proteins typicaUy require ceU lysis to recover the protein, and insoluble inclusion bodies are a common starting material for further purification. With a clone encoding a vertebrate LP protein, recombinant production means are used, although natural forms may be purified from appropriate sources. The protein product is purified by standard methods of protein purification, in certain cases, e.g., coupled with immunoaffinity methods. Immunoaffinity methods are used either as a purification step, as described above, or as a detection assay to determine the separation properties of the protein.
Preferably, the protein is secreted into the medium, and the soluble product is purified from the medium in a soluble form. Alternatively, as described above, inclusion bodies from prokaryotic expression systems are a useful source of material. TypicaUy, the insoluble protein is solubiUzed from the inclusion bodies and refolded using standard methods. Purification methods are developed as described herein. The product of the purification method described above is characterized to determine many structural features. Standard physical methods are appUed, e.g., amino acid analysis and protein sequencing. The resulting protein is subjected to CD spectroscopy and other spectroscopic methods, e.g.,
NMR, ESR, mass spectroscopy, etc. The product is characterized to determine its molecular form and size, e.g., using gel chromatography and similar techniques. Understanding of the chromatographic properties w l lead to more gentle or efficient purification methods. Prediction of glycosylation sites may be made, e.g., as reported in Hansen, et al. (1995) Biochem. J. 308:801-813. The purified protein is also be used to identify other binding partners of an LP of the invention as described, e.g., in Fields and Song (1989) Nature 340:245-246. Example 2: Tissue Distribution of an LP Polynucleotide
Tissue distribution of mRNA expression of a polynucleotide of the present invention (or fragment thereof) is determined using protocols for Northern blot analysis, described (among others) by, e.g., Sambrook, et al. For example, a cDNA probe produced using common techniques is labeled with P32 using the Rediprime DNA labeUng system (Amersham Life Science), according to manufacturer's instructions. After labeUng, the probe is purified using CHROMA SPIN- 100™ column (Clontech Laboratories, Inc.), according to manufacturer's protocol number PT1200-1. The purified, labeled probe is then used to examine various human tissues for mRNA expression. Multiple Tissue Northern (MTN) blots containing various human tissues (H) or human immune system tissues (IM) (Clontech) are examined with the labeled probe using Express Hyb™ hybridization solution (Clontech) according to manufacturer's protocol number PTU90-1. After hybridization and washing, blots are mounted and exposed to film (overnight at -70 °C), and the films are subsequently developed according to standard procedures. Example 3: Chromosomal Mapping of an LP Polynucleotide An oUgonucleotide primer set is designed according to the sequence at the 5' end of a
SEQ ID NO:X identified sequence. This primer preferably spans about 100 nucleotides. This primer set is then used in a polymerase chain reaction under the foUowing set of conditions: 30 seconds, 95 °C; 1 minute, 56 °C; 1 minute, 70 °C. This cycle is repeated 32 times foUowed by one 5-minute cycle at 70 °C. Human, mouse, and hamster DNA is used as template in addition to a somatic ceU hybrid panel containing individual chromosomes or chromosome fragments (Bios, Inc). The reaction is analyzed on either 8% polyacrylamide gels or 3.5 % agarose gels. Chromosome mapping is determined by the presence of an approximately lOObp PCR fragment in a particular somatic ceU hybrid.
Example 4: Production of a Secreted LP Protein for a High-Throughput Screening Assay
The foUowing protocol produces a supernatant containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to be tested. This supernatant can then be used in a variety of screening assays (such as, e.g., those taught herein). First, dilute Poly-D-Lysine (644 587 Boehringer- Mannheim) stock solution . mg/ml in PBS) 1:20 in PBS (w/o calcium or magnesium 17-5 16F Biowhittaker) to obtain a working stock solution of 50 ug/ml. Add 200 ul of this solution to each weU (24-weU plates) and incubate (RT for 20 min). Distribute the solution over each weU (a 12-channel pipetter may be used with tips on every other channel). Aspirate off the Poly-D-Lysine solution and rinse with 1 ml PBS (Phosphate Buffered SaUne). The PBS should remain in the weU until just before plating the ceUs and plates may be coated (up to two weeks in advance) with poly-lysine. Plate 2933: ceUs (do not carry ceUs past P+20) at 2 x IO5 ceUs/weU in 0.5 ml DMEM (Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium)(with 4.5 G/L glucose and L-glutamine5 (12-604F Biowhittaker)) /10% heat inactivated FBS (14-503F Biowhittaker) fix Pinstripe (17-602E Biowhittaker). Let the ceUs grow overnight.
The next day, mix in a sterile solution basin: 300 ul Lipofectamine (18324-012 Gibco; BRL) and 5ml Optimem I (31985070 Gibco; BRL) per 96-weU plate. With a smaU volume multi-channel pipetter, aUquot approximately 2 ug of an expression vector containing an LP polynucleotide insert of the invention, produced by any art known methods or as taught herein, into an appropriately labeled 96-weU round-bottom plate. With a multi-channel pipetter, add 50 μl of the Lipofectamine/Optimem I mixture to each weU. Pipette up and down gently to mix. Incubate at RT for 15-45 minutes. After about 20 minutes, use a multichannel pipetter to add 150μl of Optimem I to each weU. As a control, transfect one plate of vector DNA lacking an insert with each set of transfections. Preferably, transfections should be performed by spUtting the foUowing tasks between two individuals to reduce the time, and to insure that the ceUs do not spend too much time in PBS. First, person A aspirates off the media from four 24-weU plates of ceUs, and then person B rinses each weU with 0.5-1 ml of PBS. Person A then aspirates off the PBS rinse, and person B (using a 12-channel pipetter with tips on every other channel) adds 200μl of DNA/Lipofectamine/Optimem I complex first to the odd weUs, then to the even weUs (of each row on the 24-weU plates). Incubate at 37 °C for 6 hours. While ceUs are incubating, prepare appropriate media, either 1% BSA in DMEM with Ix penstrep, or CHO-5 media (116.6 mg/L of CaCl2 (anhyd); 0.00130mg/L CuSO4-5H2O; 0.050 mg/L of Fe(NO3)3-9H20; 0.417 mg/L of FeSO4-7H2O; 311.80 mg/L of KC1; 28.64 mg/L of MgCl2; 48.84 mg/L of MgS04; 6995.50 mg/L of NaCl; 2400.0 mg/L of NaHC03; 62.50 mg/L of NaH2P04-H20; 71.02 mg/L of Na2HPO4; 0.4320 mg/L of ZnS04-7H20; 0.002 mg/L of Arachidonic Acid; 1.022 mg/L of Cholesterol; 0.070 mg/L of DL-alpha-Tocopherol-Acetate; 0.0520 mg/L of Linoleic Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Linolenic Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Myristic Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Oleic Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Palmitric Acid; 0.010 mg/L of Palmitic Acid; 100 mg/L of Pluronic F-68; 0.010 mg/L of Stearic Acid; 2.20 mg/L of Tween 80; 4551 mg/L of D- Glucose; 130.85 mg/ml of L-Alanine; 147.50 mg/ml of L-Arginine-HCL; 7.50 mg/ml of L- Asparagine-H2O; 6.65 mg/ml of L- Aspartic Acid; 29.56 mg/ml of L-Cystine-2HCL-H20; 31.29 mg/ml of L-Cystine-2HCL; 7.35 mg/ml of L-Glutamic Acid; 365.0 mg/ml of L- Glutamine; 18.75 mg/ml of Glycine; 52.48 mg/ml of L-Histidine-HCL-H2O; 106.97 mg/ml of L-Isoleucine; 111.45 mg/ml of L-Leucine; 163.75 mg/ml of L-Lysine HCL; 32.34 mg/ml of L-Methionine; 68.48 mg/ml of L-Phenylalanine; 40.0 mg/ml of L-ProUne; 26.25 mg/ml of L-Serine; 101.05 mg/ml of L-Threonine; 19.22 mg/ml of L-Tryptophan; 91.79 mg/ml of L-Tryrosine-2Na-2H2O; 99.65 mg/ml of L-VaUne; 0.0035 mg/L of Biotin; 3.24 mg/L of D- Ca Pantothenate; 11.78 mg/L of ChoUne Chloride; 4.65 mg/L of FoUc Acid; 15.60 mg/L of i-Inositol; 3.02 mg/L of Niacinamide; 3.0 mg/L of Pyridoxal HCL; 0.031 mg/L of Pyridoxine HCL; 0.319 mg/L of Riboflavin; 3.17 mg/L of Thiamine HCL; 0.365 mg/L of Thymidine; and 0.680 mg/L of Vitamin B12; 25 mM of HEPES Buffer; 2.39 mg/L of Na Hypoxanthine; 0.105 mg/L of Lipoic Acid; 0.081 mg/L of Sodium Putrescine-2HCL; 55.0 mg/L of Sodium Pyruvate; 0.0067 mg/L of Sodium Selenite; 20uM of Ethanolamine; 0.122 mg/L of Ferric Citrate; 41.70 mg/L of Methyl-B-Cyclodextrin complexed with Linoleic Acid; 33.33 mg/L of Methyl-B-Cyclodextrin complexed with Oleic Acid; and 10 mg/L of Methyl-B-Cyclodextrin complexed with Retinal) with 2mm glutamine, and IX pensttep (BSA (81-068-3 Bayer) lOOgm dissolved in IL DMEM for a 10% BSA stock solution). Filter the media and coUect 50 ul for endotoxin assay in 15ml polystyrene conical.
The transfection reaction is terminated, preferably by spUtting tasks (as above) at the end of the incubation period. Person A aspirates off the transfection media, whUe person B adds 1.5 ml appropriate media to each weU. Incubate at 37 °C for 45 or 72 hours depending on the media used (1 %BSA for 45 hours or CHO-5 for 72 hours). On day four, using a 300 ul multichannel pipetter, aUquot 600μl in one 1 ml deep weU plate and the remaining supernatant into a 2 ml deep weU. The supematants from each weU can then be used in an assay taught herein. It is specificaUy understood that when activity is obtained in an assay described herein using a supernatant, the activity originates either from the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) directly (such as, e.g., from a secreted protein or fragment thereof) or by the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) inducing expression of another protein(s), which is/are then released into the supernatant. Thus, the invention provides a method of identifying a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) in a supernatant characterized by an activity in a particular assay taught herein.
Example 5: Construction of a GAS Reporter Construct One signal transduction pathway involved in ceUular differentiation and proUferation is a Jaks-STATS pathway. Activated proteins in a Jaks-STATS pathway have been shown to bind to gamma activation site "GAS" elements or interferon-sensitive responsive element ("ISRE"), which are located, e.g., in the promoter region of many genes. TypicaUy, binding, e.g., by a protein, to such an element alters expression of an associated gene. GAS and ISRE elements are recognized by a class of transcription factors caUed Signal Transducers and Activators of Transcription, or "STATS." The Statl and Stat3 members of the STATS famUy are present in many ceU types, (as is Stat2) probably, because the response to IFN- alpha is widespread. Stat4, however, is more restricted to particular ceU types though, it has been found in T helper class I ceUs after their treatment with IL-12. Stat 5 (originaUy designated mammary growth factor) has been found at higher concentrations in ceUs besides breast ceUs, e.g., myeloid ceUs. Stat 5 is activated in tissue culture ceUs by many cytokines.
After tyrosine phosphorylation (by kinases known as the Janus Kinase Family or "Jaks"), members of the STATS family typicaUy translocate from the cytoplasm to the nucleus of the ceU. Jaks represent a distinct family of soluble tyrosine kinases and include, e.g., Tyk2, Jakl, Jak2, and Jak3. These Jak kinases display significant sequence simUarity to each other and, generaUy, are catalyticaUy inactive in resting ceUs. However, Jaks are catalyticaUy activated by a wide range of receptors (summarized in the Table below, adapted from Schidler and DarneU (1995) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 64:621-51). One cytokine receptor family, which is capable of activating a Jak, is divided into two groups (Class 1 and 2). Class 1 includes, e.g., receptors for IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-6, IL-7, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15, Epo, PRL, GH, G-CSF, GM-CSF, LIF, CNTF, and thrombopoietin; while Class 2 includes, e.g., IFN-a, IFN-g, and IL-10. The Class 1 receptors share a conserved cysteine motif (a set of four conserved cysteines and one tryptophan) and a WSXWS motif (a membrane proximal region encoding Trp-Ser-Xxx-Trp-Ser). Thus, after a Ugand binds a receptor, Jaks are typicaUy activated and, in turn, subsequently activate STATS, which translocate and bind to GAS transcriptional elements (located in the nucleus of the ceU). This entire process of sequential activation is encompassed in a typical Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. Therefore, activation of a Jaks-STATS pathway (reflected by binding of a GAS or ISRE element) is used to indicate that an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is involved in the proUferation and/or differentiation of a ceU. For instance, growth factors and cytokines are examples of proteins that are known to activate a Jaks-STATS pathway. Consequently, by using a GAS element Unked to a reporter molecule, an activator of a Jaks-STATS pathway is identified.
Figure imgf000166_0001
To construct a synthetic GAS containing promoter element, Uke that described in an assays taught herein, a PCR based strategy is employed to generate a GAS-SV40 promoter sequence. The 5' primer contains four tandem copies of the GAS binding site found in the IRF1 promoter, which has previously been shown to bind STATS after induction by a range of cytokines (see, e.g., Rothman, et al. (1994) Immunity 1:457-468). Although, however, it is possible to use other GAS or ISRE elements. The 5' primer also contains 18bp of sequence complementary to the SV40 early promoter sequence and is flanked with an Xhol site. The sequence of the 5' primer is:
5 ' : GCGCCTCGAGATTTCCCCG-ι-?-ATCTAGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCG-^-ATGATTTCCCCGAAATA TCTGCCATCTCAATTAG : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 39 )
The downstream primer, which is complementary to the SV40 promoter and is flanked with a Hind III site, is: 5':GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC:3' (SEQ ID NO:40). PCR ampUfication is performed using the SV40 promoter template present in a B- gakpromoter plasmid (Clontech). The resulting PCR fragment is digested with Xhol/Hind III and subcloned into BLSK2- (Stratagene). Sequencing with forward and reverse primers confirms that the insert contains the foUowing sequence: 5 ' : CTCGAGATTTCCCCGAAATCTAGATTTCCCCGAAATGATTCCCCGAAATGATTTCCCCGAAATATCTGC CATCTCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCC GCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAG CTATTCCAGAAGTAGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCTT : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 41 ) With this GAS promoter element Unked to the SV40 promoter, a GAS:SEAP2 reporter construct is next engineered. Here, the reporter molecule is a secreted alkaUne phosphatase (SEAP). Clearly, in this or in any of the other assays described herein, any appUcable reporter molecule is used instead of SEAP without undue experimentation. For example, using art known methods, such as, e.g., without Umitation, chloramphenicol acetylttansferase (CAT), luciferase, alkaUne phosphatase, B-galactosidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), or any protein (detectable by an antibody or detectable binding partner) could be substituted for SEAP. Once the above sequence is confirmed, the synthetic GAS-SV40 promoter element is subcloned into a pSEAP-Promoter vector (Clontech) using Hindlll and Xhol. This, effectively, replaces the SV40 promoter with the ampUfied GAS:SV40 promoter element to create a GAS-SEAP vector. However, since the resulting GAS-SEAP vector does not contain a neomycin resistance gene it is not a preferred embodiment for use in mammaUan expression systems. To generate stable mammaUan ceU Unes that express a GAS-SEAP reporter, the GAS-SEAP cassette is removed (using Sail and Notl) from the GAS-SEAP vector and inserted into a backbone vector containing a neomycin resistance gene, such as, e.g., pGFP-1 (Clontech), using these restriction sites in the multiple cloning site, to create a GAS-SEAP/Neo vector. Once the GAS-SEAP/Neo vector is transfected into a mammaUan ceU, it can also be used as a reporter molecule for GAS binding as taught in an assay as described herein. Similar constructs is made using the above description and replacing GAS with a different promoter sequence. For example, construction of reporter-molecules containing NFK-B and EGR promoter sequences are appUcable. AdditionaUy, however, many other promoters is substituted using a protocols described herein, e.g., SRE, IL-2, NFAT, or Osteocalcin promoters is substituted, alone or in combination with another (e.g., GAS/NF- KB/EGR, GAS/NF-KB, I1-2/NFAT, or NF-KB/GAS). Similarly, other ceU Unes is used to test reporter construct activity, such as, e.g., without Umitation, HELA (epitheUal), HUVEC '(endotheUal), Reh (B-ceU), Saos-2 (osteoblast), HUVAC (aortic), or Cardiomyocyte ceU Unes. Alternatively, testing whether an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is involved in a JAK/STATs signal transduction pathway can be performed (without undue experimentation) by adopting a method as described, e.g., in Ho, et al. (1995) Mol. CeU. Biol. 15:5043-5-53. Furthermore, it may be possible to test the JAK/STATs signal transduction pathway for blockage using an LP composition of the invention. AdditionaUy, standard methods exist for testing whether an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention is involved in a STAT signaUng pathway (e.g., such methods are described, e.g., in Starr, et al. (1997) Nature 387:917-921; Endo, et al. (1997) Nature 387:921-924; and Naka, et al. Nature 387:924-929 and can be employed here without undue experimentation). Example 6: High-Throughput Screening Assay for T-cell Activity.
The foUowing protocol is used to assess T-ceU activity by identifying factors and/or determining whether a supernate (described herein) containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) modulates the proUferation and/or differentiation of a T-ceU. T-ceU activity is assessed using a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct. Thus, a factor that increases SEAP activity indicates an abiUty to activate a Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. One type of T-ceU used in this assay is, e.g., a Jurkat T-ceU (ATCC Accession No. TIB-152), although other ceUs can also be used such as, e.g., without limitation, Molt-3 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1552) or Molt-4 ceUs (ATCC Accession No. CRL-1582) .
Jurkat T-ceUs are lymphoblastic CD4+ Thl helper ceUs. To generate stable ceU Unes, approximately 2 million Jurkat ceUs are transfected with a GAS-SEAP/Neo vector using DMRIE-C (Life Technologies) in a transfection procedure as described below. Transfected ceUs are seeded to a density of approximately 20,000 ceUs per weU and any resulting transfectant (resistant to 1 mg/ml genticin) is subsequently selected. Resistant colonies are then expanded and tested for their response to increasing concentrations of interferon gamma. The dose response of a selected clone is then estabUshed. TypicaUy, the foUowing method yields a number of ceUs sufficient for 75 weUs (each containing approximately 200 ul of ceUs). The method can be modified easUy (e.g., it can either be scaled up or performed in multiples to generate sufficient numbers of ceUs for multiple 96 weU plates). Jurkat ceUs are maintained in RPM1 + 10% serum with 1 % Pen-Strep. Combine 2.5 mis of OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies) with 10 ug of plasmid DNA in a T25 flask. Add 2.5 ml OPTI-MEM containing 50 μl of DMRIE-C and incubate (RT) for 15-45 min. During incubation, determine the ceU concentration, spin down the required number of ceUs (~107 per transfection), and resuspend in OPTI-MEM to a final concentration of IO7 ceUs/ml. Then add 1 ml of 1 x IO7 ceUs in OPTI-MEM to a T25 flask and incubate at 37 °C for 6 hrs. After incubation, add 10 ml of RPMI + 15% serum. The Jurkat:GAS-SEAP stable reporter Unes are maintained in RPMI + 10% serum, 1 mg/ml Genticin, and 1% Pen-Strep. These ceUs are treated with supematants containing an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) and/or an induced polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) as produced by a protocol taught herein. On the day of treatment with the supernatant, the ceUs should be washed, and re-suspended in fresh RPMI + 10% serum to a density of 500,000 ceUs per ml. The exact number of ceUs required depends on the number of supematants being screened. For one 96 weU plate, approximately 10 million ceUs are required (for 10 plates, 100 million ceUs). Transfer the ceUs to a triangular reservoir boat, to dispense the ceUs into a 96 weU dish, using a 12 channel pipette to transfer 200 ul of ceUs into each weU (therefore adding 100,000 ceUs per weU). After aU the plates have been seeded, 50 ul of the supematants are transferred directiy from the 96 weU plate containing the supematants into each weU using a 12 channel pipette. In addition, a dose of exogenous interferon gamma (0.1 ng, 1.0 ng, 10.0 ng) is added to weUs H9, H10, and Hll to serve as additional positive controls for the assay. The 96 weU dishes containing Jurkat ceUs treated with supematants are placed in an incubator for 48 hrs (note: this time is variable between 48-72 hrs). Then, 35 ul samples from each weU are transferred to an opaque 96 weU plate using a 12-channel pipette. The opaque plates should be covered (using ceUophane), and stored at -20 °C until SEAP assays are performed as described herein or known in the art.. Plates containing the remaining treated ceUs are placed at 4 °C, and can serve as a source of material for repeated assays on a specific weU if so desired. As a positive control, 100 Unit/ml interferon gamma is used to activate Jurkat T ceUs. TypicaUy, a 30-fold induction or greater is observed in positive control weUs. As wiU be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, the above protocol may be used in the generation of both transient, as weU as, stably transfected ceUs.
Example 7: High-Throughout Screening Assay to Identify Myeloid Activity
The foUowing protocol is used to assess myeloid activity by determining whether an
LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) mediates the proUferation, and/or differentiation of a myeloid ceU. Myeloid ceU activity is assessed using a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct as described herein. Thus, a factor that increases SEAP activity indicates the ability to activate a Jaks-STATS signal transduction pathway. A typical myeloid ceU used in such an assay is U937 (a pre-monocyte ceU Une) although, other myeloid ceUs can be used, such as, e.g., without Umitation, TF-1, HL60, or KG1. To transiently transfect U937 ceUs with a GAS/SEAP/Neo construct a DEAE-
Dextran method is used (Kharbanda, et al. (1994) CeU Growth & Differentiation, 5: 259- 265). First, 2 x 107U937 ceUs are harvested and then washed with PBS. TypicaUy, U937 ceUs are grown in RPMI 1640 medium containing 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) supplemented with 100 units/ml penicillin, and 100 mg/ml streptomycin. Next, suspend the ceUs in 1 ml of 20 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4) buffer containing 0.5 mg/ml DEAE- Dextran, 8 ug GAS-SEAP2 plasmid DNA, 140 mM NaCl, 5 mM KC1, 375 uM Na2HP04- 7H20, 1 mM MgCl2, and 675 uM CaCl2. Incubate at 37°C for 45 min. Wash the ceUs with RPMI 1640 medium containing 10% FBS and then resuspend in 10 ml complete medium and incubate at 37 °C for 36 hr. The GAS-SEAP/U937 stable ceUs are obtained by growing the ceUs in 400 ug/ml G418. The G418-fi.ee medium is used for routine growth but periodicaUy (every one to two months), the ceUs should be re-grown in 400 ug/ml G418 for several passages. These ceUs are tested by harvesting lxl08ceUs (approximately enough for ten 96-weU plate assays) and then washing with PBS. Suspend the ceUs in 200 ml of the above described growth medium to a final density of 5x105 ceUs/ml. Plate 200 ul ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate (or lxlO5 ceUs/weU). Add 50 ul of supernatant as described herein then, incubate at 37 °C for 48 to 72 hr. As a positive control, 100 Unit/ml interferon gamma is used to activate U937 ceUs. TypicaUy, a 30-fold induction is observed in weUs containing the positive controls. Assay a supernatant according to a SEAP protocol taught herein or art- known.
Example 8: High-Throughput Screening Assay to Identify Neuronal Activity.
When ceUs undergo differentiation and proUferation, genes are activated through many different signal transduction pathways. One such gene, EGR1 (early growth response gene 1), is induced in various tissues and ceU types upon activation. The promoter of EGRI is responsible for such induction. The activation of particular ceUs is assessed using the EGRI promoter Unked to a reporter molecule. SpecificaUy, the foUowing protocol is used to assess neuronal activity in a PC12 ceU (rat phenochromocytoma ceU). PC12 ceUs show proUferative and/or differentiative responses (e.g., EGRI expression) upon activation by a number of stimulators, such as, e.g., TPA (tetradecanoyl phorbol acetate), NGF (nerve growth factor), and EGF (epidermal growth factor). Thus, PC12 ceUs (stably transfected with a construct comprising an EGR promoter operably Unked to SEAP reporter) are used in an assay to determine activation of a neuronal ceU by an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). A EGR/SEAP reporter construct is created as foUows: the EGR-I promoter sequence (-633 to +1; Sakamoto, et al. (1991) Oncogene 6:867-871) is PCR ampUfied from human genomic DNA using the foUowing primers:
5 ' GCGCTCGAGGGATGACAGCGATAGAACCCCGG -3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 42 ) 5 ' GCGAAGCTTCGCGACTCCCCGGATCCGCCTC-3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 43 ) Using a GAS:SEAP/Neo vector (described herein), the EGRI ampUfied product is inserted into this vector by linearizing the GAS:SEAP/Neo vector (Xhol/Hindlll) and removing the GAS/SV40 sniffer. The EGRI ampUfied product is restricted using these same enzymes (Xhol/Hindlll). Then, the EGRI promoter is Ugated to the vector. To prepare 96 weU-plates for ceU culture, add two mis of a coating solution (dilute (1 :30) coUagen type I (Upstate Biotech Inc. Cat#08-115) in filter sterUized 30% ethanol) per one 10 cm plate or 50 ml per weU of the 96-weU plate, and then air dry for 2 hr. Routinely grow PC12 ceUs on pre-coated 10 cm tissue culture dishes using RPMI-1640 medium (Bio Whittaker) containing 10% horse serum (JRH BIOSCIENCES, Cat. # 12449-78P), 5% heat- inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS) supplemented with 100 units/ml penicillin andlOO ug/ml streptomycin. Every three to four days, perform a one to four spUt of the ceUs. CeUs are removed from a plate by scraping and re-suspending (typicaUy, by pipetting up and down more than 15 times). To transfect an EGR/SEAP/Neo construct into PC12 ceUs use the Lipofectamine protocol taught herein. Produce stable EGR-SEAP/PC12 ceUs by growing transfected ceUs in 300 ug/ml G418. The G418-free medium is used for routine growth but periodicaUy (every one to two months), the PC12 ceUs should be re-grown in 300 ug/ml G41830 for several passages.
To assay a PCI 2 ceU for neuronal activity, a 10 cm plate (containing ceUs that are around 70 to 80% confluent) is screened by removing the old medium and washing the ceUs once with PBS. Then, starve the ceUs overnight in low serum medium (RPMI-1640 containing 1% horse serum, and 0.5% FBS with antibiotics). The next morning, remove the medium, and wash the ceUs with PBS. Scrape off the ceUs from the plate and suspend them thoroughly in 2 ml low serum medium. Count the ceU number, and add more low serum medium to achieve a final ceU density of approximately 5x105 ceUs/ml. Add 200 ul of the ceU suspension to each weU of 96-weU plate (equivalent to lxlO5 ceUs/weU). Add 50 ul of supernatant and store at 37°C for 48 to 72 hr. As a positive conttol, use a growth factor known to activate PCI 2 ceUs through EGR, such as, e.g., 50 ng/ul of Neuronal Growth Factor (NGF). TypicaUy, a fifty-fold or greater induction of SEAP is achieved with a positive control. Assay the supernatant according to a SEAP method described herein. Example 9: High-Throughput Screening Assay to Identify T-cell Activity
NF-KB (Nuclear Factor kappa B) is a transcription factor activated by a wide variety of agents including, e.g., inflammatory cytokines (such as, e.g., IL-1, TNF, CD30, CD40, lymphotoxin-alpha, and lymphotoxin-beta); LPS, thrombin; and by expression of certain viral gene products. As a ttanscription factor, NF-KB typicaUy regulates: the expression of genes involved in immune ceU activation; the control of apoptosis (NF- KB appears to shield ceUs from apoptosis); the development of B-ceUs or T-ceUs; anti-viral or antimicrobial responses; and multiple stress responses. Under non-stimulating conditions, NF- KB is retained in the cytoplasm with I-KB (Inhibitor KB). However, upon proper stimulation, I- KB is phosphorylated and degraded, leading to NF-KB translocating into the nucleus of the ceU, thereby activating transcription of specific target genes, such as, e.g., IL-2, IL-6, GM- CSF, ICAM-I, and Class 1 MHC. Due to NF-KB's role in transcriptional activation and its abiUty to respond to a range of stimuU, reporter constructs utilizing the NF-KB promoter element are useful in screening a supernatant produced as described herein. Activators or inhibitors of NF-KB are useful in treating diseases, e.g., inhibitors of NF-KB is used to treat diseases, syndromes, concUtions, etc., related to the acute or chronic activation of NF-KB, such as, e.g., rheumatoid arthritis. To construct a vector comprising a NF-KB promoter element, a PCR based strategy is employed. The upstream primer should contain four tandem copies of the NF-KB bincUng site (GGGGACTTTCCC; SEQ ID NO:44), 18 bp of sequence that is complementary to the 5' end of the SV40 early promoter sequence, and that is flanked by the Xhol site:
5 ' : GCGGCCTCGAGGGGACTTTCCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGGATCCGGGACTTTCCATCCTGCCATC TCAATTAG : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 5 ) The downstream primer is complementary to the 3' end of the SV40 promoter and is flanked by the Hind III site:
5 ' : GCGGCAAGCTTTTTGCAAAGCCTAGGC : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 46 ) .
A PCR ampUfication is performed using the SV40 promoter template present in a pB- gal promoter plasmid (Clontech). The resulting PCR fragment is digested with Xhol, and Hind III, then subcloned into BLSK2 (Stratagene). Sequencing with the T7, and T3 primers should confirm that the insert contains the foUowing sequence:
5 ' : CTCGAGGGGACTTTCCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGGACTTTCCGGGACTTTCCATCTGCCATCTCAATTAGTC AGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCC CCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGTA GTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCT : 3 ' ( SEQ ID NO : 47 )
Next, replace the SV40 minimal promoter element present in the pSEAP2-promoter plasmid (Clontech) with the NF-KB/SV40 fragment using Xhol, and Hindlll (note, this vector does not contain a neomycin resistance gene, and therefore, is not preferred for use in a mammaUan expression system). To generate a stable mammaUan ceU Une', the NF- KB/SV40/SEAP construct is removed from the above NF-KB/SEAP vector using restriction enzymes Sail, and Notl, and then inserted into a vector having neomycin resistance. For example, the NF-KB/SV40/SEAP construct is inserted into pGFP-1 (Clontech), replacing the GFP gene, after restricting pGFP-1 with Sail, and Notl. After a NF-KB/SV40/SEAP/Neo vector is estabUshed, then stable Jurkat T-ceUs are created and maintained as described herein. SimUarly, a method for assaying supematants with these stable Jurkat T-ceUs is used as previously described herein. As a positive control, exogenous TNF alpha (at, e.g., concentration of 0.1 ng, 1.0ng, and 10 ng) is added to a control weU (e.g., weUs H9, H10, and HI 1). Typically, a 5- to 10-fold activation is observed in the control. Example 10: Assay for Reporter Activity (e.g., SEAP) As a reporter molecule for the assays taught herein, SEAP activity is assessed using the
Tropix Phospho-Ught Kit (Cat. BP-400) according to the foUowing general procedure. The Tropix Phospho-Ught Kit suppUes the dilution, assay, and reaction buffers described below. Prime a dispenser with the 2.5x dilution buffer and dispense 15 ul of 2.5x dUution buffer into Optiplates containing 35 ul of a supernatant. Seal the plates with a plastic sealer and incubate at 65 °C for 30 min. Separate the Optiplates to avoid uneven heating. Cool the samples, until they are maintained at RT for 15 minutes. Empty the dispenser and prime with the assay buffer. Add 50 ml assay buffer and incubate (5 min. at RT). Empty the dispenser and prime with the reaction buffer (see the table below). Add 50 ul reaction buffer and incubate (20 min. at RT). Since the intensity of the chemiluminescent signal is time dependent, and it takes about 10 minutes to read five plates on luminometer, treat five plates at each time and start the second set 10 minutes later. Read the relative Ught unit in the luminometer using the H12 location on the plate as blank, and print the results. An increase in chemUuminescence indicates reporter activity.
Reaction Buffer Foarmulation:
Figure imgf000174_0001
Example 11: High-Throughput Screening Assay Identifying Changes in Small Molecule Concentration and Membrane Permeability Binding by a Ugand to a receptor can affect: intraceUular levels of smaU molecules (such as, e.g., without Umitation, calcium, potassium, and sodium); pH, and a membrane potential of the ceU. These alterations are measured in an assay to identify supematants that bind to a receptor. The foUowing protocol is a non-Umiting exemplar for assaying the effects on calcium ions in a ceU (such as, e.g., without Umitation, Ca + sequestration, removal, uptake, release, etc.) however, this assay can easUy be modified to detect other ceUular changes (such as, e.g., potassium, sodium, pH, membrane potential) effected by binding of a Ugand with a receptor.
The foUowing assay uses Fluorometric Imaging Plate Reader ("FLIPR") to measure changes in fluorescent molecules (Molecular Probes) that bind smaU molecules, such as, e.g., Ca . Clearly, as would be recognized by the skilled artisan, other fluorescent molecules that can detect a smaU composition (such as, e.g., a smaU molecule) can be employed instead of the calcium fluorescent molecule, fiuo-4 (Molecular Probes, Inc.; No. F- 14202), used here. For adherent ceUs, seed the ceUs at 10,000-20,000 ceUs/weU in a Co-starblack 96-weU plate with a clear bottom. Incubate the plate in a C02 incubator for 20 hours. The adherent ceUs are washed twice in a Biotek washer with 200 ul of HBSS (Hank's Balanced Salt Solution) leaving 100 ul of buffer after the final wash. A stock solution of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 is made in 10% pluronic acid DMSO. To load the ceUs with fluo-4, 50 ul of 12 ug/ml fluo-4 is added to each weU. The plate is incubated at 37 °C in a C02 incubator for 60 min. Wash the plate four times in a Biotek washer with 200 ul of HBSS leaving 100 ul of buffer (as described above). For non-adherent ceUs, the ceUs are spun down from culture media. CeUs are re- suspended in a 50-ml conical tube to 2-5x106 ceUs/ml with HBSS. Then, 4 ul of 1 mg/ml fluo-4 solution in 10% pluronic acid DMSO is added to each ml of ceU suspension. Subsequently, the tube is placed in a 37 °C water bath for 30-60 min. The ceUs are washed twice with HBSS, re-suspended to lxl 06 ceUs/ml, and dispensed into a microplate (100 ul/weU). The plate is centrifuged at 1000 rpmXg (times gravity) for 5 min. The plate is then washed once in 200 ul Denley CeU Wash foUowed by an aspiration step to 100 ul final volume. For a non-ceU based assay, each weU contains a fluorescent molecule, such as, e.g., fluo-4 . The supernatant is added to the weU, and a change in fluorescence is detected. To measure the fluorescence of intraceUular calcium, the FLIPR is set for the foUowing parameters: (1) System gain is 300-800 mW; (2) Exposure time is 0.4 second; (3) Camera F/stop is F/2; (4) Excitation is 488 nm; (5) Emission is 530 nm; and (6) Sample addition is 50 ul. Observance of an increased emission at 530 nm indicates an extraceUular signaUng event, which has resulted in an increase in the concentration of intraceUular Ca+ .
Example 12: High-Throughput Screening Assay to Identify Tyrosine Kinase Activity
The Protein Tyrosine Kinases (PTK) represent a diverse group of transmembrane and cytoplasmic kinases. Within the Receptor Protein Tyrosine Kinase (RPTK) group are receptors for a range of mitogenic and metaboUc growth factors including, e.g., the PDGF, FGF, EGF, NGF, HGF, and InsuUn receptor subfamiUes. In addition, a large number of RPTKs have no known corresponding Ugand. Ligands for RPTKs include, e.g., mainly secreted smaU proteins, but also can include membrane-bound proteins, and extraceUular matrix proteins.
Activation of an RPTK by a Ugand typically involves dimerization of a Ugand-mediated receptor resulting in the transphosphorylation of a receptor subunit(s) and subsequent activation of a cytoplasmic tyrosine kinase. TypicaUy, cytoplasmic tyrosine kinases include, e.g., receptor associated tyrosine kinases of the src-family (such as, e.g., src, yes, lck, lyn, and fyn); non-receptor Unked tyrosine kinases, and cytosoUc protein tyrosine kinases (such as, e.g., Jaks, which mediate, e.g., signal transduction triggered by the cytokine superfamUy of receptors such as, e.g., the Interleukins, Interferons, GM-CSF, and Leptin). Because of the wide range of factors that stimulate tyrosine kinase activity, the identification of a novel human secreted protein capable of activating tyrosine kinase signal transduction pathways would be useful. Therefore, the foUowing protocol is designed to identify a novel human secreted protein (or fragments thereof) that activates a tyrosine kinase signal transduction pathway. Seed target ceUs (e.g., primary keratinocytes) at a density of approximately 25,000 ceUs per weU in a 96 weU Loprodyne Silent Screen Plates purchased ( alge Nunc, NaperviUe, IL). SteriUze the plates using two 30-minute rinses with 100% ethanol, then rinse with doubly deionized water, and dry overnight. Coat some plates for 2 hr with 100 ml of ceU culture grade type I coUagen (50 mg/ml), gelatin (2%), polylysine (50 mg/ml) (Sigma Chemicals, St. Louis, MO); 10% Matrigel (Becton Dickinson, Bedford, MA); or calf serum. Then rinse the plates (PBS) and store at 4 °C. Seed 5,000 ceUs/weU in growth medium on a plate and then (after 48 hrs) assay ceU growth by estimating the resulting ceU number using the Alamar Blue method (Alamar. Biosciences, Inc., Sacramento, CA). Use Falcon plate covers (#3071 from Becton Dickinson, Bedford, MA) to cover the Loprodyne SUent Screen Plates. Falcon Microtest III ceU culture plates can also be used in some proUferation experiments. To prepare extracts, seed A431 ceUs onto nylon membranes of Loprodyne plates (20,000/200ml/weU) and culture overnight in complete medium. Quiesce the ceUs by incubation in serum-free basal medium for 24 hr. Treat the ceUs with EGF (60 ng/ml) or 50 ul of a supernatant described herein, for 5-20 minutes. After removing the medium, add 100 ml of extraction buffer to each weU (20 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.15M NaCl, 1% Triton X-100, 0.1 % SDS, 2 mM Na3V04, 2 mM Na4P2O7 and a cocktail of protease inhibitors (Boeheringer Mannheim, Cat No. 1836170; IndianapoUs, IN) and shake the plate on a rotating shaker for 5 minutes at 4 °C. Then place the plate in a vacuum transfer manifold and extract filter through the 0.45 mm membrane bottom of each weU (using house vacuum). CoUect the extracts of a 96-weU catch/assay plate in the bottom of the vacuum manifold and immediately place on ice. To clarify an extract by centrifugation, remove the content of a weU (after detergent solubiUzation for 5 min) and centrifuge (15 min at 16,000xG at 4 °C). Test the filtered extracts for levels of tyrosine kinase activity. Although many methods of detecting tyrosine kinase activity are known and can be used without undue experimentation, a non-limiting method is described here for exemplar purposes.
GeneraUy, the tyrosine kinase activity of a supernatant is evaluated by determining its abiUty to phosphorylate a tyrosine residue on a specific substrate (e.g., a biotinylated peptide). An example of a biotinylated peptide useful for this purpose includes, e.g., without Umitation, PSK1 (corresponding to amino acid residue numbers 6-20 of the ceU division kinase cdc2- p34) and PSK2 (corresponding to amino acid residue numbers 1-17 of gastrin). Both of these biotinylated peptides are substrates for a number of tyrosine kinases and are commerciaUy avaUable (Boehringer Mannheim, IndianapoUs, IN).
The tyrosine kinase reaction is set up by adding the foUowing components as foUows: First, add lOμl of 5uM biotinylated peptide, then 10 μl ATP/Mg+2 (5mM ATP/50mM MgCL), then lOμl of 5x Assay Buffer (40mM imidazole hydrochloride, pH7.3, 40 mM beta- glycerophosphate, ImM EGTA, lOOmM MgCl2, 5 M MnCl2, 0.5 mg/ml BSA), then 5μl of Sodium Vanadate (1 mM), and then 5μl of water. Mix the components gently and pre- incubate the reaction mix at 30 °C for 2 min. InitiaUze the reaction by adding lOμl of the control enzyme or the filtered supernatant. Stop the tyrosine kinase assay reaction by adding 10 ul of 120mm EDTA and place the reactions on ice. Determine tyrosine kinase activity by transferring 50 ul of the reaction mixture to a microtiter plate (MTP) module and incubating at 37 °C for 20 min. This aUows the streptavadin coated 96 weU plate to associate with the biotinylated peptide. Wash the MTP module four times with 300 ul of PBS per weU . Next add 75 ul of anti-phosphotyrosine antibody conjugated to horseradish peroxidase (anti-P- Tyr-POD (0.5μl/ml)) to each weU and incubate for one hour at 37 °C. Wash each weU as described above. Next, add lOOμl of peroxidase substrate solution (Boehringer Mannheim, IndianapoUs, IN) and incubate for a minimum of five minutes (up to 30 min) at RT.
Measure the absorbance of the sample at 405 nm using an ELISA reader (the level of bound peroxidase activity reflects the level of tyrosine kinase activity and is quantitated using an ELISA reader).
LP-induced tyrosine phosphorylation is determined as foUows using any appropriate ceU Une (such as, e.g., Saos, GH4C1, LNCAP, LLC-PKl, L6, GTl-7, SK-N-MC, U373MG, MCF-7, Ishikawa, PAl, HEP-G2, ECV304, GLUTag, BTC6, HuVEC, TF-1, Balb/C 3T3, HDF, M07E, T1165, THP-1, or Jurkat). On day 1, approximately 2.0 xlO4 ceUs per are plated onto poly-D-lysine-coated weUs (96 weU plates) containing 100 μL ceU propagation media pMEM:F12 at a 3:1 ratio, 20 mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 5% FBS, and 50 μg/ml Gentamicin) then incubated overnight. On day 2, the propagation media is replaced with 100 μL starvation medium (DMEM:F12 at a 3:1, 20mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 0.5% FBS, and 50 μg/ml Gentamicin) and incubated overnight. On day 3, a 100X stock of pervanadate solution is prepared (100 μL of 100 mM sodium orthovanadate and 3.4 μL of H20^). CeUs are stimulated with varying concentrations of an LP of the invention (e.g., 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 5, and 10 μL of an LP stock solution) and incubated (10 min. at RT). After stimulation, the medium is aspirated and 75 μL lysis buffer (50mM Hepes at pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1% TRITON X-100, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM pervanadate, and BM protease inhibitors) is added to each weU (4°C for 15 minutes). Subsequently, 25 μL of 4X loading buffer is added to the ceU lysates and the resulting solution is mixed and then heated to 95°C. Detection of tyrosine phosphorylation is accompUshed by Western immunoblotting.
Samples of the treated ceUs (20 μl) are separated using SDS-PAGE 8-16% AA ready gels (Bio-Rad). Separated proteins are subsequently electrotransferred (~lhr at 250 mA) in transfer buffer (25 mM Tris base at pH 8.3, 0.2 M glycine, 20% methanol) to a nitroceUulose membrane that is incubated (lhr at RI) in a blocking buffer (20 mM Tris HCI at pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% TWEEN-20; 1% BSA). To detect the presence of LP-induced phosphorylated proteins any appropriate commerciaUy avaUable anti-phosphotyrosine antibody is added to a membrane (such as, e.g., a monoclonal antibody that can detect, e.g., Erk-1, Erk-2 kinase, Raf, JNK, ρ38 MAP, Map kinase kinase (MEK), MEK kinase, Src, Muscle specific kinase (MUSK), IRAK, Tee, and Janus, etc.). The membrane is incubated overnight (4°C with gentle rocking) in a first solution (primary antibody, TBST, and 1% BSA), foUowed by TBST washing (X3 for 5 min/wash at RT) and incubation (1 hr at RT with gentle rocking) with a second solution (secondary antibody, TBST, and 1% BSA). After the secondary incubation, another series of TBST washes is carried out (X4 for 10 min/wash at RT) and detection of the immuno-identified proteins is visuaUzed by incubating the membranes (10-30 ml of SuperSignal Solution for approximately 1 min at RT). After excess developing solution is removed, the membrane is wrapped (plastic wrap) and exposed to X- ray film (20 sec, 1 min., and 2 min. or longer if needed). LP-induced tyrosine phosphorylation is determined by comparing the number and intensity of immunostained protein bands from treated ceUs (visual inspection) with the number and intensity of immunostained protein bands from negative control ceUs (buffer only without LP solution).
Example 13: High-Throughput Screening Assay To Identify Phosphorylation Activity An alternative and/or compUmentary tyrosine kinase assay, which can also be used detects activation (e.g., phosphorylation) of intraceUular signal transduction intermediates. For example, as described herein, such an assay detects tyrosine phosphorylation of an Erk-1 and/or Erk-2 kinase. However, detecting phosphorylation of other molecules, such as, e.g., Raf, JNK, p38 MAP, Map kinase kinase (MEK), MEK kinase, Src, Muscle specific kinase (MUSK), IRAK, Tee, and Janus; as weU as any other phosphoserine, phosphotyrosine, or phosphothreonine molecule, can be determined by substituting one of these molecules for an Erk-1 or Erk-2 molecule used as foUows. SpecificaUy, assay plates are made by coating the weUs of a 96-weU ELISA plate with 0.1 ml of protein G (1 ug/ml) for 2 hr at RT. Then, the plates are rinsed with PBS and blocked with 3% BSA/PBS for 1 hr at RT. The protein G plates are subsequently treated for one hour at RT (100 ng/weU) using a commercial monoclonal antibody directed against Erk-1 and/or Erk-2 (Santa Cruz Biotechnology). After 3-5 rinses with PBS, the plates are stored at 4 °C until further use. To detect phosphorylation of another molecule (as stated above) modify this step of the method by substituting an appropriate monoclonal antibody, which can detect one of the above- described molecules (such as, e.g., Raf, JNK, p38 MAP, Map kinase kinase (MEK), MEK kinase, Src, Muscle specific kinase (MUSK), IRAK, Tee, Janus, etc.)). Seed A431 ceUs at 20,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU Loprodyne filterplate and culture in an appropriate growth medium overnight. Then starve the ceUs for 48 hr in basal medium (DMEM) and treat for 5-20 minutes with EGF (6.0 ng/weU) or with 50 ul of a supernatant described herein. Then, solubiUze the ceUs and filter the ceU extract directly into the assay plate. After incubation with the filtered extract for 1 hr at RT, rinse the weUs again. As a positive control, use a commercial preparation of MAP kinase (10 ng/weU) in place of the extract. Treat the plates (1 hr at RT) with a commercial polyclonal antibody (rabbit; 1 ug/ml) that recognizes a phosphorylated epitope of an Erk-1 and/or an Erk-2 kinase. Biotinylate the antibody using any standard, art-known procedure. Quantitate the amount of bound polyclonal antibody by successive incubations with Europium-streptavidin and Europium fluorescence enhancing reagent in a WaUac DELFIA instrument (using time-resolved fluorescence). Observance of an increased fluorescent signal over background indicates that phosphorylation has occurred.
Example 14: Method of Detecting Abnormal Levels of an LP Polypeptide in a Sample
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can be detected in a sample (such as, e.g., a biological sample as described herein). GeneraUy, if an increased or decreased level of the LP polypeptide (compared to a normal level) is detected, then this level of the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is a useful marker such as, e.g., for a particular ceUular phenotype.
Methods to detect the level of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are numerous, and thus, it is to be understood that one skiUed in the art can modify the foUowing exemplar assay to fit a particular need without incurring undue experimentation.
For example, an antibody-sandwich ELISA is used to detect an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) in a sample. WeUs of a microtiter plate are coated with specific antibocUes, at a final concentration of 0.2 to 10 ug/ml. The antibodies (either monoclonal or polyclonal) are produced by any art known method (or as described herein). The weUs are treated with an appropriate blocking reagent so that non-specific binding of the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to the weU is reduced and/or prevented. The coated weUs are then incubated for greater than 2 hours at RT with the sample containing the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). Preferably, serial dilutions of the sample containing the suspected polypeptide (or fragment thereof) should be used to vaUdate results. The plates are then washed three times with doubly deionized or distilled water to remove unbound polypeptide. Next, 50 ul of specific antibody-alkaUne phosphatase conjugate (at a concentration of 25-400 ng) is added and incubated (2 hours at RT). The plates are again washed three times with doubly deionized or distilled water to remove unbound conjugate. Subsequently, 75 ul of 4- methylumbeUiferyl phosphate (MUP) or p-nitrophenylphosphate (NPP) substrate solution is added to each weU and incubated (approximately one hour at RT). The reaction is then measured by a microtiter plate reader. A standard curve is prepared, using serial dilutions of a control sample, and the polypeptide concentration is plotted on the X-axis (log scale) with fluorescence or absorbance plotted on the Y-axis (Unear scale). The concentration of the polypeptide in the sample can then be interpolated using the standard curve. Example 15: Detecting Stimulation or Inhibition of B cell Proliferation and Differentiation
Generation of functional humoral immune responses requires both soluble and cognate signaUng between B-Uneage ceUs and their microenvironment a signal may impart a positive stimulus that aUows a B-Uneage ceU to continue its programmed development, or a negative stimulus that instructs the ceU to arrest its current developmental pathway. To date, numerous stimulatory and inhibitory signals have been found that influence B ceU responsiveness (including, e.g., signals from: IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-10, IL-4, IL-13, IL-14, and IL-15). Interestingly, a signal by itself can be a weak effector but, in combination with various co-stimulatory proteins, the signal can induce, e.g., activation, proUferation, differentiation, homing, tolerance, and death among B ceU populations.
One of the best-studied examples of a B-ceU co-stimulatory protein is the class of molecules represented by the TNF-superfamUy. Within this family, it has been demonstrated that CD40, CD27, and CD30 along with their respective Ugands (CD154, CD70, and CD 153) regulate a variety of immune responses. Assays which aUow for the detection and/or observation of the proUferation and/or differentiation of a B-ceU population and/or its precursors are useful in determining the effect of a composition of the invention on a B-ceU population (e.g., in terms of proUferation and differentiation). Taught herein below are two assays designed to detect the effect of a composition of the invention on the differentiation, proUferation, and/or inhibition of a B-ceU population or its precursor. In vitro Assay: An LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof), is assessed for its ability to induce activation, proUferation, differentiation, inhibition, and/ or death in a B-ceU and its precursors. The activity of the LP polypeptide on purified human tonsiUar B ceUs (measured qualitatively over the dose range from 0.1 to 10,000 ng/mL) is assessed using a standard B-lymphocyte co-stimulation assay in which purified, tonsiUar B ceUs are cultured in the presence a priming agent (such as, e.g., either formaUn-fixed Staphylococcus aureus Cowan I (SAC) or immobiUzed anti-human IgM antibody). A second signal (such as, e.g., IL-2, and IL- 15) synergizes with SAC and IgM crossUnking to eUcit B ceU proUferation (measured by tritiated-thymidine incorporation). A novel synergizing agent can readily be identified using this assay. The assay involves isolating human tonsiUar B ceUs by magnetic-bead-depletion (MACS) of CD3-positive ceUs. The resulting ceU population is greater than 95% B ceUs as assessed by expression of CD45R(B220). Narious dilutions of each sample are placed into individual weUs of a 96-weU plate to which are added 10s B-ceUs suspended in culture medium (RPMI 1640 containing 10% 5FBS, 5 X 10"5M 2ME, 1 OOU/ml penicilUn, 1 Oug/ml streptomycin, and IO"5 dilution of SAC) in a total volume of 150μl. ProUferation or inhibition is quantitated by a 20h pulse (luCi/weU) with 3H-thymidine (6.7 Ci/mM) beginning 72h post factor addition. The positive and negative controls are respectively, IL2 and medium. In vivo Assay: BALB/C mice are injected (i.p.) twice daily either with buffer alone or with 10 mg/Kg of an LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof). Mice receive this treatment for four consecutive ,days, at which time they are sacrificed and various tissues and serum coUected for analyses. Comparison of sections (hemotoxyUn and eosin stained) from normals and spleens treated with an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are assessed to identify an effect of the activity of the LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on spleen ceUs (such as, e.g., the diffusion of peri-arterial lymphatic sheaths, and/or significant increases in the nucleated ceUularity of the red pulp regions, which may indicate activation of differentiation and proUferation of a B-ceU population). Any immunohistochemical technique using any appropriate B ceU marker (such as, e.g., anti-CD45R) is used to determine whether a physiological change to a splenic ceU (such as, e.g., splenic disorganization) is due to an increased B-ceU representation within a loosely defined B-ceU zone that infiltrates an estabUshed T-ceU region. Flow cytometric analyses of spleens from treated mice are used to indicate whether the tested LP polypeptide (or fragment) specificaUy increases the proportion of ThB+, CD45R duU B ceUs over control levels. SimUarly, an indication of an increased representation of mature B-ceUs in vivo is the detection in a relative increase in serum titers of Ig. Furthermore, determining whether increased B-ceU maturation has occurred can also be achieved by comparing serum IgM and IgA levels between LP polypeptide-treated mice and mice treated with buffer only. Example 16: T-Cell Proliferation Assay To assess the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention on T- ceU proUferation (e.g., by measuring CD3-induced proUferation), an assay is performed on PBMCs to measure 3H-thymidine uptake." Ninety-six weU plates are coated with 100 μl/weU of monoclonal antibody to CD3 (such as, e.g., HIT3a, Pharmingen) or an isotype-matched control rnAb (e.g., B33.1) overnight at 4 °C (1 μg/ml in .05M bicarbonate buffer, pH 9.5), then washed X3 (PBS). PBMC are isolated by F/H gradient centrifugation from human peripheral blood and added to quadrupUcate weUs (5 x 104/weU) of mAb coated plates in RPMI containing 10% FCS and P/S in the presence of varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) (total volume 200 ul). Relevant protein buffer (or mecUum only) is used as a control. After 48 hr culture at 37 °C, plates are spun for 2 min. at 1000 rpm and 100 μl of supernatant is removed and stored at -20 °C for measurement of IL-2 (or other cytokines) if an effect on proUferation is observed. WeUs are supplemented with 100 μl of medium containing 0.5 uCi of 3H-thymidine and cultured at 37 °C for 18-24 hr. WeUs are harvested and the amount of incorporation of 3H-thymidine is used as a measure of proUferation. Anti-CD3 by itself is used as a positive control for proUferation. IL-2 (100 U/ml) is also used as a control that enhances proUferation. A control antibody that does not induce proUferation of T ceUs is used as a negative control for the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof).
Example 17: Effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on the Expression of MHC Class II, Co-stimulatory and Adhesion Molecules and Cell Differentiation of Monocytes and Monocyte-Derived Human Dendritic Cells
Dendritic ceUs are generated by the expansion of proUferating precursors found in the peripheral blood: adherent PBMC or elutriated monocytic fractions are cultured for 7-10 days with GM-CSF (50 ng/ml) and IL-4 (20 ng/ml). These dendritic ceUs have the characteristic phenotype of immature ceUs (e.g., expression of CDl, CD80, CD86, CD40, and MHC class II antigens). Treatment with an activating factor (such as, e.g., TNF-alpha) causes a rapid change in surface phenotype (e.g., an increased expression of MHC class I and II, co-stimulatory and adhesion molecules, down regulation of FQRII, and/or an up regulation of CD83). TypicaUy, these changes correlate with an increased antigen-presenting capacity and/or with a functional maturation of a dendritic ceU. A FACS analysis of surface antigens is performed as foUows: ceUs are treated 1-3 days with increasing concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or LPS as a positive control, washed with PBS containing 1% BSA and 0.02 mM NaN3, and then incubated with 1:20 dUution of appropriate FITC- or PE-labeled monoclonal antibodies for 30 minutes at 4 °C. After an additional wash, the labeled ceUs are analyzed by flow cytometry on a FACScan (Becton Dickinson). Effect on the production of cytokines
Cytokines generated by dendritic ceUs, in particular IL-12, are important in the initiation of T-ceU dependent immune responses. IL-12 strongly influences the development of Th-1 helper T-ceU immune response, and induces cytotoxic T and NK ceU function. An ELISA is used to measure IL-12 release in a dendritic ceU that has been exposed to an LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) as foUows: dendritic cells (106/ml) are treated with increasing concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) for 24 hours. LPS (100 ng/ml) is added to a ceU culture as a positive control. Supematants from the ceU cultures are then coUected and analyzed for IL-12 using a commercial ELISA kit (e.g., R & D Systems; MinneapoUs, MN). The standard protocol provided with the kit is used to measure IL-12 expression.
Effect on the expression of MHC Class II. Co-stimulatory, and Adhesion molecules.
Three major famiUes of ceU surface antigens is identified on monocytes: adhesion molecules, molecules involved in antigen presentation, and Fc receptor. Modulation of the expression of MHC class II antigens and other co-stimulatory molecules (such as, e.g., B7 and ICAM- 1) may result in changes in the antigen presenting capacity of a monocyte and in an abiUty to induce T ceU activation. Increased expression of Fc receptors may correlate with improved monocyte cytotoxic activity, cytokine release, and phagocytosis. A FACS analysis is used to examine surface antigens as foUows: monocytes are treated for 1-5 days with increasing concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or LPS (as a positive control), washed with PBS containing 1% BSA and 0.02 mM sodium azide (NaN3), and then incubated with a 1:20 dilution of appropriate FITC- or PE-labeled monoclonal antibodies for 30 minutes at 4 °C. After an additional wash, the labeled ceUs are analyzed by flow cytometry on a FACS scanner (Becton Dickinson). Monocyte Activation and/or Increased Survival
Assays for molecules that: activate (or, alternatively, inactivate) monocytes; and/or increase monocyte survival (or, alternatively, decrease monocyte survival) are known in the art and may routinely be appUed to determine whether a composition of the invention (such as, e.g., a polypeptide or fragment thereof) functions as an inhibitor or activator of a monocyte. Polypeptides (fragments thereof), agonists, or antagonists of the invention is screened using any of the assays described below. For each of these assays, peripheral blood mononuclear ceUs (PBMC) are purified from single donor leukopacks (American Red Cross, Baltimore, MD) by centrifugation through a Histopaque gradient (Sigma). Monocytes are isolated from PBMC by counterflow centrifugal elutriation.
Monocyte survival Assay
Human, peripheral-blood monocytes progressively lose viabiUty when cultured in the absence of serum or other stimuU. Their death typicaUy results from internaUy regulated processes (such as, e.g., apoptosis). Addition to a culture of activating factors, such as, e.g., TNF-alpha dramaticaUy improves PBMC survival and prevents DNA fragmentation. Propidium iodide (PI) staining is used to measure apoptosis as foUows: monocytes are cultured for 48 hours in polypropylene tubes in serum-free medium (positive control), in the presence of 100 ng/ml TNF-alpha (negative control), and in the presence of varying concentrations of a composition of the invention (such as, e.g., an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof). CeUs are suspended at a concentration of 2 x 106/ml in PBS containing PI at a final concentration of 5 μg/ml, and then incubated at RT for 5 minutes before FACS scan analysis. PI uptake has been demonstrated to correlate with DNA fragmentation in this method.
Effect on cytokine release
An important function of monocytes/macrophages is their regulatory activity on other ceUular populations of the immune system (e.g., through the release of cytokines after appropriate stimulation). An ELISA assay to measure cytokine release is performed as foUows: human monocytes are incubated at a density of 5x105 ceUs/ml with increasing additions of varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention (controls employ the same conditions without the LP polypeptide). For IL-12 production, the ceUs are primed overnight with IFN (100 U/ml) in presence of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). LPS (10 ng/ml) is then added. Conditioned media are coUected after 24h and kept frozen until use. Measurement of TNF-alpha, IL-1, MCP-1, and IL-8 is then performed using any commerciaUy avaUable ELISA kit (e.g., R & D Systems; MinneapoUs, MN) according to a standard protocol provided with the kit. Oxidative burst
Purified monocytes are plated in 96-w plate at approximately 1x10s ceUs/weU. Increasing concentrations of a polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) are added to the weUs in a total volume of 0.2 ml culture medium (RPMI 1640 + 10% FCS, glutamine and antibiotics). After 3 days incubation, the plates are centrifuged and the medium is removed from the weUs. To the macrophage monolayers, 0.2 ml per weU of phenol red solution (140 mM NaCl, 10 mM potassium phosphate buffer pH 7.0, 5.5 mM dextrose, 0.56 mM phenol red and 19 U/ml of HRPO) is added, together with a stimulant (200 nM PMA). The plates are incubated at 37°C for 2 hours and the reaction is stopped by adding 20 μl (IN NaOH) per weU. The absorbance is read at 610 nm. To calculate the amount of H2O2 produced by the macrophages, a standard curve of a H2O2 solution of known molarity is performed for each experiment.
Example 18: Biological Effects of an LP Polypeptide (or fragment thereof)
Astrocyte and neuronal ceU assays An LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof) is tested for its capacity to promote survival, neurite outgrowth, and/or phenotypic differentiation of a ceU of the nervous system (such as, e.g., a cortical neuronal ceU) and/or for it capacity to induce the proUferation of a ceU of the nervous system (such as, e.g., a gUal fibriUary acidic protein immunopositive ceU Uke, e.g., an astrocyte). The use of a cortical ceU for this assay is based on the prevalent expression of FGF-1 and FGF-2 (basic FGF) in cortical structures and on reported enhancement of cortical neuronal survival after FGF-2 treatment. A thymidine incorporation assay, e.g., is used to assess the effect of the LP on the nervous system ceU.
An in vitro effect of FGF-2 on cortical or hippocampal neurons shows increased neuronal survival and neurite outgrowth (see, e.g., WaUcke, et al. (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3012-3016). However, reports from experiments on PC-12 ceUs suggest that neuronal survival and neurite outgrowth are not necessarily synonymous and that a specific effect may depend not only on which FGF is tested but also on the particular receptor(s) that are expressed on a target ceU. Using a primary cortical neuronal culture paradigm, the abiUty of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to induce neurite outgrowth and effect neuronal survival compared to FGF-2 is assessed using, e.g., a thymidine incorporation assay.
Fibroblast and endotheUal ceU assays.
For proUferation assays, human lung fibroblasts (Clonetics; San Diego, CA) and/or dermal microvascular endotheUal ceUs (CeU AppUcations; San Diego, CA) are cultured at 5,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate for one day in growth medium. The ceUs are then incubated for one day in 0.1% BSA basal medium. After replacing the medium with fresh 0.1% BSA medium, the ceUs are incubated (72 hr) with varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide of the invention (or fragment thereof). Then, Alamar Blue (Alamar Biosciences, Sacramento, CA) is added to each weU to a final concentration of 10% and the ceUs are incubated for 4 hr. CeU viability is measured using a CytoFluorfluorescence reader. For a PGE assay, the human lung fibroblasts are cultured at 5,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate for one day. After a medium change to 0.1% BSA basal medium, the ceUs are incubated with FGF-2 or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) with (or without) IL-1 alpha for 24 hours. Then supematants are coUected and assayed for PGE, by EIA (Cayman; Ann Arbor, MI). For an IL-6 assay, the human lung fibroblasts are cultured at 5,000 ceUs/weU in a 96-weU plate for 24 hrs. After a medium change to 0.1% BSA basal medium, the ceUs are incubated with FGF-2 or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) with (or without) IL-1 alpha for 24 hours. The supematants are coUected and assayed for IL-6 by ELISA kit (Endogen;
Cambridge, MA). Human lung fibroblasts are cultured with FGF-2 or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) for 3 days in basal mecUum before the addition of Alamar Blue to assess any effect on growth ofthe fibroblasts. FGF-2 should show a stimulatory effect at about 10- 2500 ng/ml, which can then be used to compare any stimulatory effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof).
Parkinson Models
The loss of motor function in Parkinson's syndrome is attributed to a deficiency of striatal dopamine due to the degeneration of nigrostriatal dopaminergic projection neurons. A Parkinsonian animal model involves systemic administration of l-methyl-4 phenyl 1,2,3,6- tetrahydropyricUne (MPTP). In the central nervous system, MPTP is taken-up by astrocytes and cataboUzed to l-methyl-4-phenyl pyridine (MPP+), which is subsequently released. Released MPP is accumulated in dopaminergic neurons by the high-affinity re-uptake transporter for dopamine. MPP+ is then concentrated in mitochondria via an electrochemical gradient where it selectively inhibits nicotinamide adenine disphosphate: ubiquinone oxidoreductionase (complex I) thereby, interfering with electron transport and eventuaUy generating oxygen radicals. In tissue culture, FGF-2 (basic FGF) has trophic activity towards nigral dopaminergic neurons (Ferrari, et al. (1989) Dev. Biol. 133(1): 140- 147), and administering a striatal gel foam implant containing FGF-2 protects nigral dopaminergic neurons from MPTP toxicity (Otto and Unsicker, (1990) J. Neuroscience 10(6):1912-1921). Based on these reported data for the effect of FGF-2, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention is evaluated to determine whether it has a similar effect as FGF-2 (such as, e.g., by modulating dopaminergic neuronal survival (either in vitro or in vivo) from an effect of MPTP treatment). An in vitro dopaminergic neuronal ceU culture is prepared by dissecting the midbrain floor plate from gestation day 14 Wistar rat embryos. The tissue is dissociated with trypsin and seeded at a density of 200,000 ceUs/cm2 on polyorthinine-laminin coated glass coversUps. The ceUs are maintained in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's medium and F12 medium containing hormonal supplement (N 1). After 8 days in vitro, cultures are fixed with paraformaldehyde and processed for immunohistochemical staining of tyrosine hydroxylase (a specific marker for dopaminergic neurons). Dissociated ceU cultures are prepared from embryonic rats. The culture mecUum is changed every third day and the factors are added at that time. TypicaUy, dopaminergic neurons isolated from gestation-day-14 animals are past a point when dopaminergic precursor ceUs are beUeved to be proUferating, therefore, an increase in the number of tyrosine hydroxylase immunopositive neurons is interpreted to suggest that a similar increase in the number of surviving dopaminergic neurons would occur if the treatment had occurred in vitro. Therefore, if an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) prolongs the survival of dopaminergic neurons in an assay as taught herein, it suggests that the polypeptide (or fragment) is used to ameUorate, modulate, treat, or effect a Parkinson's disease, syndrome, condition, or state.
Example 19: The Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Endothelial Cells
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on an endotheUal ceU (such as, e.g., the effect on the growth of vascular endotheUal ceUs) using the foUowing assay: on day 1, human umbUical vein endotheUal ceUs (HUVEC) are seeded at 2-5 xlO2 ceUs/35 mm dish density in Ml 99 medium containing 4% fetal bovine serum (FBS), 16 units/ml heparin, and 50 units/ml endotheUal ceU growth supplements (ECGS, Biotechnique, Inc.). On the foUowing day, the medium is replaced with Ml 99 containing 10% FBS, 8 units/ml heparin. An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), and positive controls (such as, e.g.,
VEGF, and basic FGF (bFGF)) are added to the ceUs at varying concentrations. On days 4, and 6, the medium is replaced. On day 8, ceU number is determined with a Coulter Counter.
An increase in the number of HUVEC ceUs indicates that the polypeptide (or fragment thereof) mediates proUferation of vascular endotheUal ceUs. Example 20: Stimulatory Effect of an LP Polypeptide on the Proliferation of Vascular Endothelial Cells
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its stimulatory effect on an endotheUal ceU (such as, e.g., a vascular endotheUal ceU) to evaluate a mitogenic effect. A calorimetric MTS (3- (4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl) -5- (3-carboxymethoxyphenyl) -2- (4- sulfophenyl) 2H-tetrazoUum) assay with the electron coupling reagent PMS (phenazine methosulfate) is performed (CeU Titer 96 AQ, Promega) based on Leak, et al. (1994) In vitro CeU. Dev. Biol. 30A.-512-518 (incorporated herein for its assay teachings). Briefly, ceUs are seeded in a 96-weU plate (5,000 ceUs/weU) in 0.1 mL serum-supplemented mecUum and aUowed to attach overnight. After serum-starvation for 12 hours (in 0.5% FBS conditions), bFGF, VEGF, or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), in 0.5% FBS (either with or without Heparin (8 U/ml), is added to a weU of the plate. After 48 hours, 20 mg of MTS/I MS mixture (1:0.05) is added per weU and incubated (1 hour at 37°C) before measuring the absorbance (490 nm in an ELISA plate reader). Background absorbance from control weUs (some media, no ceUs) is subtracted, and seven weUs are performed in paraUel for each condition to test for the presence of mitogenic activity (Leak, et al. supra). Example 21: Inhibition of PDGF-induced Vascular Smooth Muscle CeU ProUferation An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on vascular smooth muscle ceU proUferation (e.g., by measuring BrdUrd incorporation) according to an assay of Hayashida, et al. (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 6:271(36): 21985-21992 (incorporated herein for its assay teachings).
Briefly, subconfluent, quiescent HAoSMC ceUs grown on 4-chamber sUdes are transfected with CRP or FITC-labeled AT2-3LP. Then, the ceUs are pulsed with 10% calf serum and 6mg/ml BrdUrd. After 24 h, immunocytochemistry is performed using BrdUrd Staining Kit (Zymed Laboratories). In brief, after being exposed to denaturing solution, the ceUs are incubated with biotinylated mouse anti-BrdUrd antibody (4 °C for 2 h) and then incubated with streptavidin-peroxidase and diaminobenzidine. After counterstaining with hematoxyUn, ceUs are mounted for microscopic examination, and BrdUrd-positive ceUs are counted. A BrdUrd index is calculated as a percentage of the number of BrdUrd-positive ceUs per number of total ceUs. AdditionaUy, simultaneous detection of BrdUrd staining (nucleus) and FITC uptake (cytoplasm) is performed for an individual ceU by the concomitant use of bright field iUumination and dark field, UV fluorescent illumination (see, Hayashida, et al., supra, for detaUs). Example 22: Stimulation of Endothelial Migration by an LP An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on lymphatic endotheUal ceU migration. EndotheUal ceU migration assays are performed using a 48 weU micro-chemotaxis chamber (Neuroprobe Inc.; Falk, et al. (1980) J. Immunological Methods : 33:239-247). PolyvinylpyrroUdone-free polycarbonate filters with a pore size of 8 μm (Nucleopore Corp.; Cambridge, MA) are coated with 0.1% gelatin (at least 6 hours at RT) and dried under sterile air. Test substances are diluted to appropriate concentrations in Ml 99 supplemented with 0.25 % bovine serum albumin (BSA), and 10 ul of the final cUlution is placed in the lower chamber of a modified Boyden apparatus. Subconfluent, early passage (2-6) HUVEC or BMEC cultures are washed and trypsinized for the minimum time required to achieve ceU detachment. After placing the filter between lower and upper chamber, 2.5 x 105 ceUs (suspended in 50 ul Ml 99 containing 1% FBS) are seeded to the upper compartment. The apparatus is then incubated (5 hrs 37°C in a humidified chamber (5% CO^) to aUow ceU migration. After the incubation period, the filter is removed and the upper side of the filter (containing non-migrated ceUs) is scraped to remove ceUs. Then the filters are fixed with methanol and stained with Giemsa solution (Diff-Quick, Baxter, McGraw Park, IL). Migration is assessed by counting the number of ceUs occupying three random high-power fields (40x) in each weU (measurements in aU groups are performed in quadrupUcate).
Example 23: LP Stimulation of Nitric Oxide Production by Endothelial Cells
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested for its effect on nittic oxide production by an endotheUal ceU according to the foUowing assay.
Nitric oxide released by the vascular endotheUum is beUeved to be a mediator of vascular endotheUum relaxation. Nitric oxide is measured in 96-weU plates of confluent microvascular endotheUal ceUs after 24 hours starvation and a subsequent 4 hr exposure to various levels of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) or a positive control (such as, e.g., VEGF-1). The presence of nitric oxide in the medium is determined by use of the Griess reagent to measure total nitrite after reduction of nitric oxide-derived nitrate by nitrate reductase. The effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on nitric oxide release is examined on HUVEC ceUs. Briefly, NO release from a cultured HUVEC monolayer is measured with a NO-specific polarographic electrode connected to a NO meter (Iso-NO, World Precision Instruments Inc.) (1049). CaUbration of the electrodes is performed with air-saturated distilled water (ISO) or acidified nitrite (Iso-NO) according to the procedure recommended by the manufacturer. The Iso-NO is prepared by the addition of KNO to a heUum-gassed solution of 0.14 M KSO and 0.1 M KI in 0.1 M HSO. The standard caUbration curve is obtained by adding graded concentrations of KNO2 (e.g., 0, 5.0, 10.0, 25, 50, 100, 250, and 500 nmol/L) into the caUbration solution containing KI and H2SO4. The specificity of the Iso-NO electrode to NO is previously determined by measurement of NO from authentic NO gas (1050). The culture medium is removed and HUVECs are washed twice with Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline. The ceUs are then bathed in 5 ml of filtered Krebs-Henseleit solution in 6-weU plates, and the ceU plates are kept on a sUde warmer (Lab Line Instruments Inc.) To maintain the temperature at 37°C, the NO sensor probe is inserted verticaUy into the weUs, keeping the tip of the electrode 2 mm under the surface of the solution, before addition of the different conditions. S-nitroso acetyl peniciUamin (SNAP) is used as a positive control. The amount of released NO is expressed as picomoles per 1 x*106 endotheUal ceUs. AU values should be estabUshed from the means of four to six measurements in each group (number of ceU culture weUs). See, e.g., Leak, et al. (1995) Biochem. and Biophys. Res. Comm. 217:96- 105 (incorporated by reference for teachings on NO assays).
Example 24: Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Cord Formation/Hematopoiesis
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on angiogenesis (such as, e.g., endotheUal ceU differentiation during cord formation such as, e.g., the abiUty of microvascular endotheUal ceUs to form capUlary-Uke hoUow structures when cultured in vitro). Microvascular endotheUal ceUs (CADMEC; CeU AppUcations, Inc.) purchased as proUferating ceUs (passage 2) are cultured in CADMEC growth medium (CeU AppUcations, Inc.) and used at passage 5. For an in vitro angiogenesis assay, the weUs of a 4% ceU culture plate are coated (200 ml/weU) with attachment factor medium (CeU AppUcations, Inc.) for 30 min. at 37°C. CADMEC ceUs are seeded onto the coated weUs at 7,500 ceUs/weU and cultured overnight in the growth medium. The growth medium is then replaced with 300 mg chord formation medium (CeU AppUcations, Inc.) containing either a control buffer or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) (ranging from 0.1 to 100 ng/ml). Commercial VEGF (50 ng/ml; R&D) is used as a positive control. Beta-esteradiol (1 ng/ml) is used as a negative control. An appropriate buffer (without the polypeptide) is also utiUzed as a control. Treated ceUs are then cultured for 48 hr. Any resulting capillary-Uke chords are quantitated (numbers and lengths) using a video image analyzer (e.g., Boeckeler VIA-170).
All assays are done in tripUcate. Example 25: Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Angiogenesis in a Chick ChorioaUantoic Membrane
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on angiogenesis (such as, e.g., the formation of blood vessels on a chick ChorioaUantoic membrane (CAM)). The chick ChorioaUantoic membrane (CAM) is a weU-estabUshed system to examine angiogenesis. Blood vessel formation on CAM is easily visible and quantifiable.
FertiUzed eggs of the White Leghorn chick (Gallus gallus) and the Japanese quail (Cotu ix cotumix) are incubated (37.8°C and 80% humidity). Differentiated CAM of 16-day- old chick and 13-day-old quaU embryos is studied as foUows: On day 4 of development, a window is made on the sheU of a chick egg. The embryos' are checked for normal development and the eggs sealed with ceUotape. The eggs are further incubated until development day 13 (using standard development stages). Thermanox coversUps (Nunc, NaperviUe, IL) are cut into disks of about 5 mm in diameter. Sterile and salt-free growth factors and an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) (ranging from 0.1 to 100 ng/ml) are dissolved in distiUed water and about 3.3 mg/5 ml of the mixture are pipetted on the disks. After air-drying, the inverted disks are appUed on a CAM. After 3 days, the specimens are fixed in 3% glutaraldehyde and 2% formaldehyde and rinsed in 0.12 M sodium cacodylate buffer. They are then photographed with a stereo microscope [WUd M8] and embedded for semi- and ultra-thin sectioning using any art known method. Controls are performed with carrier disks alone. The extent of angiogenesis due to a growth factor only, an LP polypeptide only, or a combination of a growth factor and an LP is measured with respect to the degree of angiogenesis found on the untreated controls.
Example 26: An In Vivo Angiogenesis Assay Using a Matrigel Implant An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on angiogenesis (such as, e.g., its effect on the abiUty of an existing capillary network to form new vessels in a capsule of extraceUular matrix material (Matrigel) which is implanted in a Uving rodent). Briefly, varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) are mixed with Uquid Matrigel (Becton Dickinson Labware; KoUaborative Biomedical Products) at 4 °C and then injected subcutaneously into a rodent (e.g., a mouse) where it subsequently soUdifies into a plug. After 7 days, the plug is removed and examined for the presence of new blood vessels. More specificaUy, an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof), preferably a secreted protein, (e.g., such as, 150 ng/ml) is mixed with Matrigel at 4 °C (the Matrigel • material is Uquid at 4 °C) and then drawn into a cold 3 ml syringe. A female C57BY6 mouse (approximately 8 weeks old) is then injected with approximately 0.5 ml of the mixture at two separate locations (preferably, around the midventral aspect of the abdomen). After 7 days, all injected mice are sacrificed, the Matrigel plugs are removed and cleaned (i.e., aU dinging membranes and fibrous tissue is removed). The plugs are then fixed in neutral buffered formaldehyde (10%), embedded in paraffin, sectioned for histological examination, and stained (e.g., Masson's Trichrome). Cross sections from three different regions of each plug are so processed whUe other elected sections are stained for the presence of vWF. A positive control for this assay is bovine basic FGF (150 ng/ml). Matrigel alone (without an LP polypeptide or FGF) is used as a control to determine basal levels of angiogenesis.
Example 27: Effect of LP on Ischemia in a Rabbit Lower Limb Model
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its effect on ischemia using a rabbit hindUmb ischemia model (created by surgical removal of a femoral artery as described by Takeshita, et al. (1995) Am J. Patho 147:1649-16605 and HoweU et al, (2000) Nonviral DeUvery of the DevelopmentaUy Regulated EndotheUal Locus-1 (del-1) Gene Increases CoUateral Vessel Formation to the Same Extent as hVEGF165 in a Rabbit HindUmb Ischemia Model, Program No.: 536, Third Annual Meeting of the American Society of Gene Therapy; each of which are incorporated by reference herein for the teachings of this assay).
Example 28: Effect of an LP Polypeptide on Vasodialation
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is tested in the foUowing assay for its abiUty to affect blood pressure in spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR), such as, e.g., by modulating duation of the vascular endotheUum. In one embodiment, a retroviraUy- mecUated recombinant construct comprising an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) at varying dosages (e.g., 0.5, 1, 10, 30, 100, 300, and 900 mg/kg) is deUvered intracardiacaUy to determine the affect on the development of high blood pressure in a spontaneously hypertensive (SH) rat model of human essential hypertension to determine whether attenuation of high BP is associated with prevention of other pathophysiological changes induced by a hypertensive state. Intracardiac deUvery of a polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is administered to 13-14 week old spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR) according to a method of Martens, et al. (1998) Proc Natl Acad. Sci U S A 95(5):2664-9 (incorporated herein for the teachings of this method). Conttol SHR and Wister-Kyoto rats (WKY) receive a placebo for the same period. The duration and initiation of treatment, site of administration, among other factors, can influence the reversal of pathophysiological alterations associated with hypertension. At the end of treatment, the effect on arterial systoUc blood pressure and the level of perivascular coUagen concentration is compared to controls. In addition, the medial cross-sectional area of the aorta is compared to that of untreated SHR. Data on vasuclar lumen changes is expressed as the mean (+/-) of a SEM. Other measurements used to determine treatment outcome are: (1) coronary flow (using the Langendorff-perfused heart model at baseUne) after maximum vasocUlation in response to adenosine (10(-5) M), after endotheUum-dependent vasodUation in response to bradykinin (10(-8) M), and after ecNOS inhibition by nitro-L-arginine methyl ester (L-NAME) (10(-4) M); (2) medial thickening of coronary microvessels and perivascular coUagen on histological heart sections; and (3) ecNOS expression by immunohistochemical staining in appropriate vessels using 20-week-old spontaneously hypertensive (SHR) and Wistar-Kyoto control rats (WKY). These measurements are determined by computer-directed color analysis. Statistical analysis are performed with a paired t-test and statistical significance is defined as p<0.05 vs. the response to buffer alone.
Example 29: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Rat Ischemic Sldn Flap Model
Current estimates indicate that over 2,000,000 US citizens have chronic wounds each year, and the problem is increasing as the population ages. The cost of caring for chronic wounds reaches into the billions of doUars a year. Clearly, there is a need for better treatment to promote heaUng of chronic wounds. Ischemia is a major factor contributing to the faUure of most chronic wounds to heal. Wound heaUng involves, e.g., soluble factors that control a series of processes including inflammation, ceUular proUferation, and maturation (see, e.g., Robson, M.C. (1997) Wound Repair and Regeneration 5:12-17). Pro-inflammatory cytokines such as tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and Interleukin-l (IL-1), proteases, protease inhibitors, and growth factors play important roles in normal wound heaUng. Excessive production of these proteins can impede wound heaUng (see, e.g., Mast, & Schultz (1996) Wound Repair and Regeneration 4:411-420). Ischemia of wound tissues occurs frequently in subjects having vascular disease (such as, e.g., venous hypertension, arterial insufficiency, or diabetes). Also, extended periods of pressure can cause ischemia in tissue pressure points in persons without nerve function who have lost nerve functions but are otherwise healthy (such as, e.g., quadriplegics or paraplegics). Thus, methods to restore reverse local tissue ischemia would promote heaUng of many chronic wounds. DeUvery of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to wound ceUs (e.g., in a recombinant construct encoding the polypeptide or fragment) is used to test a polypeptide of the invention for its abiUty to treat ischemic, non-heaUng wounds. In one embodiment an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is used in a rodent single pedicle dorsal skin flap method based on a technique of McFarlane, et al. (1965) Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery 35:177-182 to test angiogenesis. Example 30: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Peripheral Arterial Disease Model
Angiogenic treatment using an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is a novel therapeutic strategy to obtain restoration of blood flow around an ischemia (e.g., in a case of peripheral arterial disease). To test the ability of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) to modulate such a peripheral arterial disease, the foUowing experimental protocol is used: a) Using a rodent (as in the above described method) one side of the femoral artery is Ugated to create ischemic damage to a muscle of the hindUmb (the other non-damaged hindUmb functions as the control); b) an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is deUvered to the animal either intravenously and/or intramuscularly (at the damaged Umb) at least x3 times per week for 2-3 weeks at a range of dosages (20 mg-500 mg); and c) the ischemic muscle tissue is coUected after at 1, 2, and 3 weeks post-Ugation for an analysis of expression of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) and histology. GeneraUy, (as above) parameters for evaluation include determining viabiUty and vascularization of tissue surrounding the ischemia, while more specific evaluation parameters may include, e.g., measuring skin blood flow, skin temperature, and factor VIII immunohistochemistry, and/or endotheUal alkaUne phosphatase reaction. Polypeptide expression during the ischemia, is studied using any art known in situ hybridization technique. Biopsy is also performed on the other side of normal muscle of the contralateral hind mb for analysis as a control.
Example 31: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in an Ischemic Myocardial Disease Mouse Model
An LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) is evaluated as a treatment capable of stimulating the development of coUateral vessels, and/or restructuring new vessels after coronary artery occlusion. The model is based on Guo, et al. (1999) Proc Natl Acad. Sci U S A. 96:11507-11512 (incorporated herein for these teachings) demonstrating that a robust infarct-sparing effect occurs during the early and the late phases of preconditioning in the mouse and that the quantitative aspects of this effect are consistent with previous experience in other species. The model is useful to elucidate the molecular basis of ischemic preconditioning by making it possible to apply molecular biology techniques to intact animal preparations to dissect the precise role of a specific LP during ischemic events. Example 32: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Rat Corneal Wound Healing Model
This animal model examines effects of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) for angiogenic or anti-angiogenic activity on the normaUy avascular cornea. Briefly, the protocol comprises making a 1-1.5 mm long incision from the center ofthe corneal epitheUum of an anesthetized mouse (e.g., a C57BL mouse strain) into the stromal layer then inserting a spatula below the Up of the incision facing the outer corner of the eye to make a pocket
(whose base is 1-1.5 mm form the edge of the eye). Next, a peUet comprising an LP polypeptide or fragment thereof, (in a dosage range of about 50 ng-5ug) is positioned within the pocket (being immobilized in a slow release form, e.g., in an inert hydron peUet of approximately 1-2 ml volume). Alternatively, treatment with an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) can also be appUed topicaUy to the corneal wound in a dosage range of 20 mg-500 mg (daily treatment for five days). Over a 5 to 7 day post-operative period any angiogenic effect (e.g., stimulating the in growth of vessels from the adjacent vascularized corneal
Umbus) is determined. A photographic record is created by sUt lamp photography. The appearance, density and extent of these vessels are evaluated and scored. In some instances, the time course of the progression is foUowed in anesthetized animals, before sacrifice.
Vessels are evaluated for length, density and the radial surface of the Umbus from which they emanate (expressed as clock-faced hours). Corneal wound heaUng is also assessed using any other art known technique. Example 33: Effect of an LP Polypeptide in a Diabetic Mouse and Glucocorticoid- Impaired Wound Healing Models
Diabetic Mouse (db+/db+) as a Model
A geneticaUy-induced diabetic mouse is used to examine the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on wound heaUng. Mutant diabetic (db+/db+) mice have a single autosomal recessive mutation on chromosome 4 (db+) are used (Coleman et al. (1982) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 72283-293). TypicaUy, homozygous (db-/db-) mice are obese in comparison to their normal heterozygous (db+/db+) Uttermates. The mutant mice (db+/db+) have unique behavioral characteristics (such as, e.g., polyphagia, polydipsia, and polyuria); characteristic physiology (e.g., elevated blood glucose, increased or normal insuUn levels, and suppressed ceU-mediated immunity); and specific pathologies (such as, e.g., peripheral neuropathy, myocardial compUcations, and microvascular lesions, basement membrane thickening, and glomerular filtration abnormaUties (see, e.g., Mandel, et al. (1978) J. Immunol. 120: 1375; Debray-Sachs, et al. (1983) CUn. Exp. Immunol. 51(l):l-7; Leiter, et al. (1985) Am. J. of Pafhol. 114:46-55; Norido, et al. (1984) Exp. Neural. 83(2):221-232; Robertson, et al. (1980) Diabetes 29(l):60-67; GiacomeUi, et al. (1979) Lab Invest. 40(4):460- 473; Coleman, (1982) Diabetes 31 (Suppl): 1-6). These homozygous diabetic mice also develop a form of insuUn-resistant hyperglycemia that is analogous to human type II diabetes (Mandel, et al. (1978) J. Immunol. 120: 1375-1377). All things considered, heaUng in the db+/db+ mouse may model the heaUng observed in humans with diabetes (see, Greenhalgh, et al. (1990) Am. J. of Pathol. 136:1235-1246). Thus, fuU-thickness, wound-heaUng using the db+/db+ mouse is a useful weU-characterized, cUnicaUy relevant, and reproducible model of impaired wound heaUng in humans. GeneraUy, it is agreed that heaUng of the diabetic wound is dependent on formation of granulation tissue and re-epitheUaUzation rather than simply by contraction (see, e.g., Gartner, et al. (1992) J. Surg. Res. 52:389; Greenhalgh, et al (1990) Am. J. Pathol. 136:1235). Moreover, the diabetic db+/db+ animals have many of the characteristic features observed in Type II diabetes meUitus. Therefore, the geneticaUy- induced db+/db+ diabetic mouse is useful to examine the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on wound heaUng according to the foUowing method. GeneticaUy, diabetic female C57BWKsJ mice and their non-diabetic heterozygous Uttermates are purchased at 6 weeks of age (Jackson Laboratories) and are 8 weeks old at the start of testing. Animals are individuaUy housed and received food and water ad libitum. All manipulations are performed using standard aseptic techniques. The wounding protocol is performed generaUy according to the method of Tsuboi & Rifkin, (1990) Exp. Med. 172:245-251. Steroid Impaired Rat Model
The foUowing method is designed to investigate the effect of a topical treatment of varying concentrations of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) on the wound of a heaUng-impaired rat (methylprednisolone impairment of a fuU thickness excisional skin wound). The inhibition of wound healing by steroids (such as, e.g., the glucocorticoid methylprednisolone) is weU documented both in vitro and in vivo (see, e.g., Wahl, (1989) Glucocorticoids and Wound heaUng. In: Anti-Inflammatory Steroid Action: Basic and CUnical Aspects pp. 280-302; Wahlet, al. (1975) J.lmmunol. 115: 476-481; and Werb, et al. (1978) J. Exp. Med. 147:1684-1694). Glucocorticoids (such as methylprednisolone) are beUeved to retard wound heaUng by inhibiting angiogenesis, decreasing vascular permeabiUty, fibroblast proUferation, coUagen synthesis, and by transiently reducing the level of circulating monocytes. Furthermore, the systemic administration of steroids (such as glucocorticoids) to impair wound heaUng is a weU estabUshed method used in rodents, such as, e.g., the rat (see, e.g., Ebert, et al. (1952) An. Intern. Med. 37:701-705; Beck, et al. (1991) Growth Factors. 5: 295-304; Haynes, et al. (1978) J. CUn. Invest. 61: 703-797; Haynes, et al. (1978) J. CUn. Invest. 61: 703-797; and Wahl, (1989), supra); and Pierce, et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 2229-2233). Thus, such a model is useful in assessing the effect of an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention on wound heaUng. The assays, methods, or examples described herein test the activity of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof). However, an ordinarily skilled artisan could easily modify (without undue experimentation) any exemplar taught herein using a different composition and/or concentration (such as, e.g., an agonist and/or an antagonist of an LP polynucleotide sequence or an LP polypeptide (or fragment thereof) of the invention. It wiU be clear that the invention may be practiced otherwise than as specificaUy described in the foregoing description and examples. Numerous modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in Ught of the above teachings and, therefore, are within the scope of the appended claims. The entire disclosure of each document cited (including patents, patent appUcations, journal articles, abstracts, laboratory manuals, books, or other disclosures) in the Background of the Invention, Detailed Description, and Examples is hereby incorporated herein by reference for the teachings they were intended to convey. Moreover, the hard copy ofthe sequence Usting submitted herewith and the corresponding computer readable form are both incorporated herein by reference in their entireties, including without reservation, all corresponding drawings, pictures, graphs, diagrams, figures, figure legends, and http sites (including aU corresponding information contained therein). The foregoing written specification is considered sufficient to enable a person of ordinary skiU in the art to practice the invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein wiU become apparent from the foregoing description and these modifications also faU within the scope of the appended claims. AU references cited herein are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent appUcation was specificaUy and individuaUy indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety for aU purposes. Many modifications and variations of this invention can be made without departing from its spirit and scope, as wiU be apparent to those skiUed in the art. The specific embodiments described herein are offered by way of example only, and the invention is to be Umited only by the terms of the appended claims, along with the fuU scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled. SEQUENCE LISTING
SEQ ID NO: 1 is primate LPl 94 nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 2 is primate LPl 94 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 3 is primate LP263a nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 4 is primate LP263a amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 5 is primate LP263b nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 6 is primate LP263b amino acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 7 is primate LP264 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 8 is primate LP264 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 9 is primate LP265 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 10 is primate LP265 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 11 is primate LP283 nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 12 is primate LP283 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 13 is primate LP286 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 14 is primate LP286 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 15 is primate LP284 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 16 is primate LP284 amino acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 17 is primate LP282 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 18 is primate LP282 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 19 is primate LP273 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 20 is primate LP273 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 21 is primate LP277 nucleic acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 22 is primate LP277 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 23 is primate LP287 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 24 is primate LP287 amino sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 25 is primate LP209 nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 26 is primate LP209 amino acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 27 is primate LP209b nucleic acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 28 is primate LP209b amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 29 is primate LP209c nucleotide sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 30 is primate LP209c amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 31 is primate LP209d nucleotide sequence. SEQ ID NO: 32 is primate LP209d amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 33 is primate LP293 nucleotide sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 34 is primate LP293b amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 35 is primate LP294 nucleotide sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 36 is primate LP294 amino acid sequence. SEQ ID NO: 37 is primate LP295 nucleotide sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 38 is primate LP295 amino acid sequence.
SEQ ID NO: 39 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 40 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 41 is a DNA primer SEQ ID NO: 42 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 43 is a DNA primer
SEQ ID NO: 44 is a DNA primer

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. An isolated or recombinant polynucleotide comprising sequence encoding an antigenic polypeptide comprising at least 17 contiguous amino acids from a mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: Y (LPl 94; LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283,
LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295).
2. The polynucleotide of Claim 1, encoding: a) a full length polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or table 1-18; b) a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y or table 1-18; c) an antigenic fragment at least 12 contiguous amino acid residues in length of SEQ
ID NO: Y from an LP of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18; d) at least two fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y from an LP of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18, wherein said fragment do not overlap; e) a pluraUty of fragments of SEQ ID NO: Y from an LP of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18, wherein said fragment do not overlap; or f) a mature polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:Y with less than five amino acid substitutions.
3. The polynucleotide of Claim 1, which hybridizes at 55° C, less than 500 mM salt, to: a) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 1 ; b) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 3; c) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 5; d) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 7; e) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 9; f) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 11; g) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 13; h) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 15. i) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 17; j) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 19; k) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 21 ;
1) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 23 m) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 25; n) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 27; o) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 29; p) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 31; q) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 33; r) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 35; or s) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 37.
4. The polynucleotide of Claim 3, wherein said temperature is at least 65° C, and said salt is less than 300 mM.
5. The polypeptide of Claim 3, comprising at least 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 59, 75, or at least about 150 contiguous nucleotides to a nucleotide sequence of LP(LP194, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295) of: a) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 1; b) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 3; c) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 5; d) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 7; e) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 9; f) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 11; g) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 13; h) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 15. i) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 17; j) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 19; k) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 21 ;
1) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 23 m) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 25; n) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 27; o) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 29; p) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 31; q) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 33; r) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 35 or s) the mature coding protion of SEQ ID NO: 37.
6. An expression vector comprising a polynucleotide of Claim 1, wherein said temperature is at least 65° C, and said salt is less than 300 mM.
7. The expression vector of Claim 6, which further comprises a pluraUty of 23 nucleotide segments with identity to the coding portion of SEQ ID NO: X.
8. A host ceU containing the expression vector of Claim 6, including a eukaryotic ceU.
9. A method of making an antigenic polypeptide comprising expressing a recombinant polynucleotide of Claim 1.
10. A method for detecting a polynucleotide of Claim 1, comprising contacting said polynucleotide with a probe that hybridizes, under stringent conditions, to at least 25 contiguous nucleotides of: a) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 1; b) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 3; c) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 5; d) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 7; e) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 9; f) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 11; g) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 13; h) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 15. i) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 17; j) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 19; k) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 21;
1) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 23 m) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 25; n) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 27; o) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 29; p) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 31; q) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 33; r) the mature coding portion of SEQ ID NO: 35 or s) the mature coding protion of SEQ ID NO: 37. to form a duplex, wherein detection of said duplex indicates the presence of said polynucleotide.
11. A kit for the detection of a polynucleotide of Claim 1 , comprising a compartment containing a probe that hybridizes, under stringent hybridization conditions, to at least 34 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of Claim 1 to form a duplex.
12. The kit of claim 11, wherein said probe is detectably labeled.
13. A binding compound comprising an antibody which specificaUy binds to at least a 17 contiguous amino acid antigen binding site region of: a) primate LP194 (SEQ ID NO: 2); b) primate LP263a (SEQ ID NO: 4); c) primate LP263b (SEQ ID NO: 6); d) primate LP264 (SEQ ID NO: 8); e) primate LP265 (SEQ ID NO: 10); f) primate LP283 (SEQ ID NO: 12) ; g) primate LP286
(SEQ ID NO: 14); h) primate LP284 (SEQ ID NO: 16); i) primate LP282 (SEQ ID NO: 18); j) primate LP273 (SEQ ID NO: 20); k) primate LP277 (SEQ ID NO: 22); • 1) primate LP287 (SEQ ID NO: 24); m) primate LP209 (SEQ ID NO: 26); n) primate LP209b (SEQ ID NO: 28); o) primate LP209c (SEQ ID NO: 30); p) primate LP209d (SEQ ID NO: 32); q) primate LP293 (SEQ ID NO: 34); r) primate LP294 (SEQ ID NO: 36); or s) primate LP295 (SEQ ID NO: 38).
4. The binding compound of Claim 13, wherein: a) said antibody binding site is: i) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: Y; U) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2; iii) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 4; iv) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 6; v) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 8; vi) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 10; vU) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 12; vUi) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 14; ix) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 16; x) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 18; xi) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 20; xU) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 22; xUi) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 24; xiv) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 26; xv) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 28; xvi) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 30; xvU) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 32; xviU) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 34; xix) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 36; xx) specificaUy immunoreactive with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 38; xxi) raised against a purified or recombinantiy produced human LP protein selected from : LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277, LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d,
LP293, LP294, or LP295; xxU) in a monoclonal antibody, Fab, or F(ab)2; or b) said binding compound is: i) an antibody molecule; U) a polyclonal antiserum;
Ui) detectably labeled; iv) sterUe; or v) in a buffered composition.
15. A method using the binding compound of Claim 13, comprising contacting said binding compound with a biological sample comprising an antigen, thereby forming an LP binding compound:antigen complex.
16. The method of Claim 15, wherein said biological sample is from a human, and wherein said binding compound is an antibody.
17. A detection kit comprising said binding compound of Claim 14, and: a) instructional material for the use of said binding compound for said detection; or b) a compartment providing segregation of said bincUng compound.
18. A substantiaUy pure or isolated antigenic polypeptide, which binds to said binding composition of Claim 13, and further comprises at least 25 contiguous amino acids from: a) primate LPl 94 (SEQ ID NO: 2); b) primate LP263a (SEQ ID NO: 4); c) primate LP263b (SEQ ID NO: 6); d) primate LP264 (SEQ ID NO: 8); e) primate LP265 (SEQ ID NO: 10); f) primate LP283 (SEQ ID NO: 12); g) primate LP286 (SEQ ID NO: 14); h) primate LP284 (SEQ ID NO: 16); i) primate LP282 (SEQ ID NO: 18); j) primate LP273 (SEQ ID NO: 20); k) primate LP277 (SEQ ID NO: 22);
1) primate LP287 (SEQ ID NO: 24); m) primate LP209 (SEQ ID NO: 26); n) primate LP209b (SEQ ID NO: 28); o) primate LP209c (SEQ ID NO: 30); p) primate LP209d (SEQ ID NO: 32); q) primate LP293 (SEQ ID NO: 34); r) primate LP294 (SEQ ID NO: 36); or s) primate LP295 (SEQ ID NO: 38);
19. The polypeptide of Claim 18, which: a) comprises at least a fragment of at least 29 contiguous amino acid residues from a primate LP protein selected from: LPl 94, LP263a, LP263b, LP264, LP265, LP283, LP286, LP284, LP282, LP273, LP277,
LP287, LP209, LP209b, LP209c, LP209d, LP293, LP294, or LP295; b) is a soluble polypeptide; c) is detectably labeled; d) is in a sterile composition; e) is in a buffered composition; f) is recombinantiy produced, or g) has a naturaUy occurring polypeptide sequence.
20. The binding compound of Claim 14, where said compound is an antibody that: a) is raised against a peptide sequence of a mature polypeptide of Table 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18; b) is produced in a mammal, or a plant; c) is immunoselected; or d) binds to a denatured polypeptide of Table 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, or 18.
PCT/US2002/000525 2001-02-02 2002-01-28 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents Ceased WO2002063009A2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2002249928A AU2002249928A1 (en) 2001-02-02 2002-01-28 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
US10/470,390 US20040126777A1 (en) 2002-01-28 2002-01-28 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
EP02718810A EP1419250A2 (en) 2001-02-02 2002-01-28 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US26635901P 2001-02-02 2001-02-02
US60/266,359 2001-02-02
US27056401P 2001-02-21 2001-02-21
US60/270,564 2001-02-21
US30505801P 2001-07-13 2001-07-13
US60/305,058 2001-07-13

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002063009A2 true WO2002063009A2 (en) 2002-08-15
WO2002063009A3 WO2002063009A3 (en) 2004-03-18
WO2002063009A8 WO2002063009A8 (en) 2004-04-22

Family

ID=27401883

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/000525 Ceased WO2002063009A2 (en) 2001-02-02 2002-01-28 Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1419250A2 (en)
AU (1) AU2002249928A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2002063009A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005035762A1 (en) * 2003-09-02 2005-04-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Cytokine involved in epithelial-mesenchymal transition
EP1434783A4 (en) * 2001-03-16 2006-06-07 Lilly Co Eli Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
WO2014097978A1 (en) * 2012-12-19 2014-06-26 国立大学法人滋賀医科大学 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT AND/OR PREVENTION OF DISEASE INVOLVING ABNORMAL ACCUMULATION OF AMYLOID β PROTEIN

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1993000353A1 (en) * 1991-06-20 1993-01-07 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Sequences characteristic of human gene transcription product

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1434783A4 (en) * 2001-03-16 2006-06-07 Lilly Co Eli Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
WO2005035762A1 (en) * 2003-09-02 2005-04-21 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Cytokine involved in epithelial-mesenchymal transition
JP2007526758A (en) * 2003-09-02 2007-09-20 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Cytokines involved in epithelial-mesenchymal transition
US7745585B2 (en) 2003-09-02 2010-06-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Antibodies to interleukin-like epithelial-mesenchymal transition inducer (ILEI)
JP4851327B2 (en) * 2003-09-02 2012-01-11 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Cytokines involved in epithelial-mesenchymal transition
WO2014097978A1 (en) * 2012-12-19 2014-06-26 国立大学法人滋賀医科大学 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR THE TREATMENT AND/OR PREVENTION OF DISEASE INVOLVING ABNORMAL ACCUMULATION OF AMYLOID β PROTEIN
JPWO2014097978A1 (en) * 2012-12-19 2017-01-12 国立大学法人滋賀医科大学 Pharmaceutical composition for treatment and / or prevention of diseases in which amyloid β protein is abnormally accumulated
US9649360B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2017-05-16 Shiga University Of Medical Science Pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of disease involving abnormal accumulation of amyloid β protein

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2002063009A3 (en) 2004-03-18
WO2002063009A8 (en) 2004-04-22
AU2002249928A1 (en) 2002-08-19
EP1419250A2 (en) 2004-05-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6924356B2 (en) Human protein HHEPU32
US20030055236A1 (en) Secreted protein HKABT24
EP1078046A1 (en) 97 human secreted proteins
WO1999038881A1 (en) 67 human secreted proteins
EP1064297A1 (en) 95 human secreted proteins
EP1019091A1 (en) 50 human secreted proteins
CA2344100A1 (en) 31 human secreted proteins
US20040126777A1 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
EP1032838A1 (en) 125 human secreted proteins
EP1027430A1 (en) 64 human secreted proteins
WO2003020005A2 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
CA2364209A1 (en) 49 human secreted proteins
CA2364630A1 (en) 50 human secreted proteins
AU5045900A (en) Meth1 and meth2 polynucleotides and polypeptides
WO2002074906A2 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
WO1999010363A1 (en) 29 human secreted proteins
WO1999006423A1 (en) 83 human secreted proteins
EP1019506A1 (en) 101 human secreted proteins
US20040152885A1 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
WO2002063009A2 (en) Lp mammalian proteins; related reagents
CA2361272A1 (en) 33 human secreted proteins
US20050214844A1 (en) 86 human secreted proteins
CA2368719A1 (en) 50 human secreted proteins
CA2368442A1 (en) 48 human secreted proteins
EP1683865A2 (en) Mammalian proteins and in particular CD200

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10470390

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002718810

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

CFP Corrected version of a pamphlet front page
CR1 Correction of entry in section i

Free format text: IN PCT GAZETTE 33/2002 DUE TO A TECHNICAL PROBLEMAT THE TIME OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION, SOME INFORMATION WAS MISSING UNDER (81). THE MISSING INFORMATION NOW APPEARS IN THE CORRECTED VERSION

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2002718810

Country of ref document: EP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2002718810

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: JP